6.4 Technical Notes
Detailed notes on the changes implemented in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4
Edition 4
Abstract
Preface
Note
Chapter 1. Important Changes to External Kernel Parameters
procfs
entries, sysfs
default values, boot parameters, kernel configuration options, or any noticeable behavior changes.
intel_idle.max_cstate
- A new kernel parameter,
intel_idle.max_cstate
, has been added to specify the maximum depth of a C-state, or to disableintel_idle
and fall back toacpi_idle
. For more information, refer to the/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<version>/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
file. nobar
- The new
nobar
kernel parameter, specific to the AMD64 / Intel 64 architecture, can be used to not assign address space to the Base Address Registers (BARs) that were not assigned by the BIOS. noari
- The new
noari
kernel parameter can disable the use of PCIe Alternative Routing ID Interpretation (ARI). - MD
state
file - The
state
file of an MD array component device (found in the/sys/block/md<md_number>/md/dev-<device_name>
directory) can now contain additional device states. For more information, refer to the/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<version>/Documentation/md.txt
file. route_localnet
- The
route_localnet
kernel parameter can be used to enable the use of 127/8 for local routing purposes. For more information, refer to the/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<version>/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
file. pf_retrans
- The
pf_retrans
kernel parameter specifies the number of re-transmissions that will be attempted on a given path before traffic is redirected to an alternate transport (should one exist). For more information, refer to the/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<version>/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
file. traceevent
- The new
traceevent
library, used by perf, uses the following sysfs control files:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/header_page /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/.../.../format /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/events /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/type
/sys/kernel/fadump_*
- On 64-bit IBM POWER machines, the following control files have been added to be used by the firmware-assisted dump feature:
/sys/kernel/fadump_enabled /sys/kernel/fadump_registered /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem
For more information about these files, refer to/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<version>/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.txt
. - Transparent Hugepages
- The
/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage symbolic
link, which points to/sys/kernel/mm/redhat_transparent_hugepage
, has been added for consistency purposes.Documentation for transparent hugepages has been added to the following file:/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<version>/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt
- vmbus_show_device_attr
- The
vmbus_show_device_attr
attribute of the Hyper-Vvmbus
driver shows the device attribute in sysfs. This is invoked when the/sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<busdevice>/<attr_name>
file is read. - BNA debugfs Interface
- The BNA debugfs interface can be accessed through the
bna/pci_dev:<pci_name>
hierarchy (note that the debugfs file system must be mounted). The following debugging services are available for eachpci_dev>
:fwtrc
— used to collect current firmware trace.fwsave
— used to collect last-saved firmware trace as a result of firmware crash.regwr
— used to write one word to the chip register.regrd
— used to read one or more words from the chip register.
iwlegacy
debug_level
- The
iwlegacy
driver includes a new sysfs control file,/sys/bus/pci/drivers/iwl/debug_level
, to control per-device level of debugging. TheCONFIG_IWLEGACY_DEBUG
option enables this feature. iwlwifi
debug_level
- The
iwlwifi
driver includes a new sysfs control file,/sys/class/net/wlan0/device/debug_level
, to control per-device level of debugging. TheCONFIG_IWLWIFI_DEBUG
option enables this feature. ie6xx_wdt
- If debugfs is mounted, the new
/sys/kernel/debug/ie6xx_wdt
file contains a value that determines whether the system was rebooted by watchdog. supported_krb5_enctypes
- The new
/proc/fs/nfsd/supported_krb5_enctypes
proc file lists the encryption types supported by the kernel'sgss_krb5
code. usbmixer
- The
/proc/asound/card<card_number>/usbmixer
proc file has been added. It contains a mapping between the ALSA control API and the USB mixer control units. This file can be used debugging and problem diagnostics. codec#<number>
- The
/proc/asound/card<card_number>/codec#<number>
proc files now contain information about the D3cold power state, the deepest power-saving state for a PCIe device. Thecodec#<number>
files now also contain additional power state information, specifically:reset status
,clock stop ok
, andpower states error
. The following is an example output:Power: setting=D0, actual=D0, Error, Clock-stop-OK, Setting-reset
cgroup.procs
- The
cgroup.procs
file is now writable. Writing a TGID into the cgroup.procs file of a cgroup moves that thread group into that cgroup. sysfs_dirent
- The last
sysfs_dirent
, which represents a single sysfs node, is now cached to improve scalability of thereaddir
function. iov
- The
iov
sysfs directory was added under theib
device. This directory is used to manage and examine the port P_Key and guid paravirtualization. - FDMI attributes
- Fabric Device Management Interface (FDMI) attributes can now be exposed to the
fcoe
driver via thefc_host
class object. ltm_capable
- The
/sys/bus/usb/devices/<device>/ltm_capable
file has been added to show whether a device supports Latency Tolerance Messaging (LTM). This file is present for both USB 2.0 and USB 3.0 devices. fwdump_state
- The
/sys/class/net/eth<number>/device/fwdump_state
file has been added to determine whether the firmware dump feature is enabled or disabled. flags
,registers
- The
Commands in Q
item was added to the/sys/block/rssd<number>/registers
file. This file's output was also re-formatted. Also, a new/sys/block/rssd<number>/flags
file has been added. This read-only file dumps the flags in a port and driver data structure. duplex
- The
/sys/class/net/eth<number>/duplex
file now reportsunknown
when the NIC duplex state isDUPLEX_UNKNOWN
. - Mountpoint Interface
- A sysfs mountpoint interface was added to the perf tool.
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT
is a TCP level socket option that specifies the maximum amount of time (in milliseconds) that transmitted data may remain unacknowledged before TCP will forcefully close the corresponding connection and return ETIMEDOUT to the application. If the value0
is specified, TCP will continue to use the system default.IPPROTO_ICMP
- The
IPPROTO_ICMP
socket option makes it possible to sendICMP_ECHO
messages and receive the correspondingICMP_ECHOREPLY
messages without any special privileges. - Increased Default in
ST_MAX_TAPES
- In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, the number of supported tape drives has increased from 128 to 512.
- Increased Number of Supported IOMMUs
- The number of supported input/output memory management units (IOMMUs) has been increased to be the same as the number of I/O Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controllers (APICs; defined in
MAX_IO_APICS
). - New Module Parameters
- The following list summarizes new command line arguments passed to various kernel modules. For more information about the majority of these module parameters, refer to the output of the
modinfo <module>
command, for example,modinfo bna
.- New
kvm
module parameter:module_param(min_timer_period_us, uint, S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR);
min_timer_period_us
— Do not allow the guest to program periodic timers with small interval, since the hrtimers are not throttled by the host scheduler, and allow tuning the interval with this parameter. The default value is500us
.
- New
kvm-intel
module parameter:module_param_named(eptad, enable_ept_ad_bits, bool, S_IRUGO);
enable_ept_ad_bits
— Parameter to control enabling/disabling A/D bits, if supported by CPU. The default value isenabled
.
- New
ata_piix
module parameter:module_param(prefer_ms_hyperv, int, 0);
prefer_ms_hyperv
— On Hyper-V Hypervisors, the disks are exposed on both the emulated SATA controller and on the paravirtualized drivers. The CD/DVD devices are only exposed on the emulated controller. Request to ignore ATA devices on this host. The default value isenabled
.
- New
drm
module parameters:module_param_named(edid_fixup, edid_fixup, int, 0400); module_param_string(edid_firmware, edid_firmware, sizeof(edid_firmware), 0644);
edid_fixup
— Minimum number of valid EDID header bytes (0-8). The default value is6
.edid_firmware
— Do not probe monitor, use specified EDID blob from built-in data or/lib/firmware
instead.
- New
i915
module parameters:module_param_named(lvds_channel_mode, i915_lvds_channel_mode, int, 0600); module_param_named(i915_enable_ppgtt, i915_enable_ppgtt, int, 0600); module_param_named(invert_brightness, i915_panel_invert_brightness, int, 0600);
- New
nouveau
module parameter:module_param_named(vram_type, nouveau_vram_type, charp, 0400);
- New
radeon
module parameter:module_param_named(lockup_timeout, radeon_lockup_timeout, int, 0444);
- New
i2c-ismt
module parameters:module_param(stop_on_error, uint, S_IRUGO); module_param(fair, uint, S_IRUGO);
- New
iw-cxgb4
module parameters:module_param(db_delay_usecs, int, 0644); module_param(db_fc_threshold, int, 0644);
- New
mlx4_ib
module parameter:module_param_named(sm_guid_assign, mlx4_ib_sm_guid_assign, int, 0444);
- New
ib_qib
module parameter:module_param_named(cc_table_size, qib_cc_table_size, uint, S_IRUGO);
- New
bna
module parameter:module_param(bna_debugfs_enable, uint, S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR);
- New
cxgb4
module parameters:module_param(dbfifo_int_thresh, int, 0644); module_param(dbfifo_drain_delay, int, 0644);
- New
e1000e
module parameter:module_param(debug, int, 0);
- New
igb
module parameter:module_param(debug, int, 0);
- New
igbvf
module parameter:module_param(debug, int, 0);
- New
ixgbe
module parameter:module_param(debug, int, 0);
- New
ixgbevf
module parameter:module_param(debug, int, 0);
- New
hv_netvsc
module parameter:module_param(ring_size, int, S_IRUGO);
- New
mlx4_core
module parameter:module_param(enable_64b_cqe_eqe, bool, 0444);
enable_64b_cqe_eqe
— Enable 64 byte CQEs/EQEs when the firmware supports this.
- New
sfc
module parameters:module_param(vf_max_tx_channels, uint, 0444); module_param(max_vfs, int, 0444);
- New
ath5k
module parameter:module_param_named(no_hw_rfkill_switch, ath5k_modparam_no_hw_rfkill_switch, bool, S_IRUGO);
- New
iwlegacy
module parameters:module_param(led_mode, int, S_IRUGO); module_param(bt_coex_active, bool, S_IRUGO);
- New
wlcore
module parameter:module_param(no_recovery, bool, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
- New s390
scm_block
module parameters:module_param(nr_requests, uint, S_IRUGO); module_param(write_cluster_size, uint, S_IRUGO)
- New s390
zfcp
module parameters:module_param_named(no_auto_port_rescan, no_auto_port_rescan, bool, 0600); module_param_named(datarouter, enable_multibuffer, bool, 0400); module_param_named(dif, enable_dif, bool, 0400);
- New
aacraid
module parameters:module_param(aac_sync_mode, int, S_IRUGO|S_IWUSR); module_param(aac_convert_sgl, int, S_IRUGO|S_IWUSR);
- New
be2iscsi
module parameter:module_param(beiscsi_##_name, uint, S_IRUGO);
- New
lpfc
module parameter:module_param(lpfc_req_fw_upgrade, int, S_IRUGO|S_IWUSR);
- New
megaraid_sas
module parameters:module_param(msix_vectors, int, S_IRUGO); module_param(throttlequeuedepth, int, S_IRUGO); module_param(resetwaittime, int, S_IRUGO);
- New
qla4xxx
module parameters:module_param(ql4xqfulltracking, int, S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR); module_param(ql4xmdcapmask, int, S_IRUGO); module_param(ql4xenablemd, int, S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR);
- New
hv_storvsc
module parameter:module_param(storvsc_ringbuffer_size, int, S_IRUGO);
- New
ehci-hcd
driver parameter:module_param(io_watchdog_force, uint, S_IRUGO);
io_watchdog_force
— Force I/O watchdog to be ON for all devices.
- New
ie6xx_wdt
module parameters:module_param(timeout, uint, 0); module_param(nowayout, bool, 0); module_param(resetmode, byte, 0);
- New
snd-ua101
module parameter:module_param(queue_length, uint, 0644);
Chapter 2. Device Drivers
Storage Drivers
- The Direct Access Storage Devices (
DASD
) device driver has been updated to detect path configuration errors that cannot be detected by hardware or microcode. Upon successful detection, the device driver does not use such paths. With this feature, for example, the DASD device driver detects paths that are assigned to a specific subchannel but lead to different storage servers. - The
zfcp
device driver has been updated to add data structures and error handling to support the enhanced mode of the System z Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) adapter card. In this mode, the adapter passes data directly from memory to the SAN (data routing) when memory on the adapter card is blocked by large and slow I/O requests. - The
mtip32xx
driver has been updated to add support for the latest PCIe SSD drives. - The
lpfc
driver for Emulex Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapters has been updated to version 8.3.5.86.1p. - The
qla2xxx
driver for QLogic Fibre Channel HBAs has been updated to version 8.04.00.04.06.4-k, which adds support for QLogic's 83XX Converged Network Adapter (CNA), 16 GBps FC support for QLogic adapters, and new Form Factor CNA for HP ProLiant servers. - The
qla4xxxx
driver has been updated to version v5.03.00.00.06.04-k0, which addschange_queue_depth
API support, fixes a number of bugs, and introduces various enhancements. - The
ql2400-firmware
firmware for QLogic 4Gbps fibre channel HBA has been updated to version 5.08.00. - The
ql2500-firmware
firmware for QLogic 4Gbps fibre channel HBA has been updated to version 5.08.00. - The
ipr
driver for IBM Power Linux RAID SCSI HBAs has been updated to version 2.5.4, which adds support for the Power7 6Gb SAS adapters and enables SAS VRAID capability on these adapters. - The
hpsa
driver has been updated to version 2.0.2-4-RH1 to add PCI-IDs for the HP Smart Array Generation 8 family of controllers. - The
bnx2i
driver for Broadcom NetXtreme II iSCSI has been updated to version 2.7.2.2 with general hardware support enablements. iSCSI and FCoE boot support on Broadcom devices is now fully supported in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4. These two features are provided by the bnx2i and bnx2fc Broadcom drivers. - The
bnx2fc
driver for the Broadcom Netxtreme II 57712 chip has been updated to version 1.0.12.iSCSI and FCoE boot support on Broadcom devices is now fully supported in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4. These two features are provided by the bnx2i and bnx2fc Broadcom drivers. - The
mpt2sas
driver has been updated to version 13.101.00.00, which adds multi-segment mode support for the Linux BSG Driver. - The Brocade
bfa
Fibre Channel and FCoE driver has been updated to version 3.0.23.0 which includes Brocade 1860 16Gbps Fibre Channel Adapter support, new hardware support in Dell PowerEdge 12th Generation servers, andissue_lip
support. Thebfa
firmware was updated to version 3.0.3.1. - The
be2iscsi
driver for ServerEngines BladeEngine 2 Open iSCSI devices has been updated to version 4.4.58.0r to add iSCSI netlink VLAN support. - The
qib
driver for TrueScale HCAs has been updated to the latest version with the following enhancements:- Enhanced NUMA awareness
- Congestion Control Agent (CCA) for Performance Scale Messaging (PSM) fabrics
- Dual Rail for PSM fabrics
- Performance enhancements and bug fixes
- The following drivers have been updated to include latest upstream features and bug fixes:
ahci
,md
/bitmap
,raid0
,raid1
,raid10
, andraid456
.
Network Drivers
- The
netxen_nic
driver for NetXen Multi port (1/10) Gigabit Network has been updated to version 4.0.80, which adds miniDIMM support. Thenetxen_nic
firmware has been updated to version 4.0.588. - The
bnx2x
driver has been updated to the version 1.72.51-0 to include support for Broadcom 57800/57810/57811/57840 chips as well as general bug fixes and updated firmware for Broadcom 57710/57711/57712 chips. This update also includes the following enhancements:- Support for iSCSI offload and Data Center Bridging/Fibre Channel over Ethernet (DCB/FCOE) on Broadcom 57712/578xx chips. The Broadcom 57840 chip is supported in a 4x10G configuration only and does not support iSCSI offload and FCoE. Future releases will support additional configurations and iSCSI offload and FCoE.
- Additional physical layer support, including Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE).
- iSCSI offload enhancements
- OEM-specific features
- The
be2net
driver for Emulex OneConnect 10GbE Network Adapters has been updated to version 4.4.31.0r. The SR-IOV functionality of the Emulexbe2net
driver is now fully supported in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4. SR-IOV runs on all Emulex-branded and OEM variants of BE3-based hardware (with minimum firmware version 4.2.324.30), which all require thebe2net
driver software. - The
ixgbevf
driver has been updated to version 2.6.0-k to include the latest hardware support, enhancements, and bug fixes. - The
cxgb4
driver for Chelsio Terminator4 10G Unified Wire Network Controllers has been updated to add support for Chelsio's T480-CR and T440-LP-CR adapters. - The
cxgb3
driver for the Chelsio T3 Family of network devices has been updated to version 1.1.5-ko. - The
ixgbe
driver for Intel 10 Gigabit PCI Express network devices has been updated to version 3.9.15-k to include support for SR-IOV with Data Center Bridging (DCB) or Receive-Side Scaling (RSS), PTP support as a Technology Preview, latest hardware support, enhancements, and bug fixes. - The
iw_cxgb3
driver has been updated. - The
iw_cxgb4
driver has been updated. - The
e1000e
driver for Intel PRO/1000 network devices has been updated to add the latest hardware support, features, and provide a number of bug fixes. - The
enic
driver for Cisco 10G Ethernet devices has been updated to version 2.1.1.39. - The
igbvf
driver (Intel Gigabit Virtual Function Network driver) has been updated to the latest upstream version. - The
igb
driver for Intel Gigabit Ethernet Adapters has been updated to version 4.0.1 to add the latest hardware support. Also, PTP support has been added to theigb
driver as a Technology Preview. - The
tg3
driver for Broadcom Tigon3 Ethernet devices has been updated to version 3.124 to add new hardware support. Also, PTP support has been added to thetg3
driver as a Technology Preview. - The
qlcnic
driver for the HP NC-Series QLogic 10 Gigabit Server Adapters has been updated to version 5.0.29. - The Brocade
bna
driver for Brocade 10Gb PCIe Ethernet Controllers driver has been updated to version 3.0.23.0 to add new hardware support for Dell PowerEdge 12th Generation servers, and enable the use of non-Brocade Twinax Copper cables. Thebna
firmware was updated to version 3.0.3.1. - The Broadcom NetXtreme II
cnic
driver has been updated to version 2.5.13 to include new features, bug fixes, and support for new OEM platforms. - The wireless drivers have been updated to upstream version 3.5, including the
iwlwifi
driver for Intel wireless LAN adapters and theath9k
driver for PCI/PCI-Express adapters with Atheros wireless LAN chipsets. Additionally, thert2800pci
andrt2800usb
drivers have been added to support various USB and PCI/PCI-Express adapters with Ralink wireless LAN chipsets.
Miscellaneous Drivers
- The
intel_idle
cpuidle driver for Intel processors has been updated to add support for Intel's Xeon E5-XXX V2 series of processors. - The
wacom
driver has been updated to add support for the CTL-460 Wacom Bamboo Pen, the Wacom Intuos5 Tablet, and the Wacom Cintiq 22HD Pen Display. - The ALSA HDA audio driver has been updated to enable or improve support for new hardware and fix a number of bugs.
- The
mlx4_en
driver has been updated to the latest upstream version. - The
mlx4_ib
driver has been updated to the latest upstream version. - The
mlx4_core
driver has been updated to the latest upstream version. - The
z90crypt
device driver has been updated to support the new Crypto Express 4 (CEX4) adapter card.
Chapter 3. Deprecated Functionality
systemtap
component- The systemtap-grapher package has been removed from Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. For more information, see https://access.redhat.com/solutions/757983.
matahari
component- The Matahari agent framework (matahari-*) packages have been removed from Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. Focus for remote systems management has shifted towards the use of the CIM infrastructure. This infrastructure relies on an already existing standard which provides a greater degree of interoperability for all users.
distribution
component- The following packages have been deprecated and are subjected to removal in a future release of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. These packages will not be updated in the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 repositories and customers who do not use the MRG-Messaging product are advised to uninstall them from their system.
- mingw-gcc
- mingw-boost
- mingw32-qpid-cpp
- python-qmf
- python-qpid
- qpid-cpp
- qpid-qmf
- qpid-tests
- qpid-tools
- ruby-qpid
- saslwrapper
Red Hat MRG-Messaging customers will continue to receive updated functionality as part of their regular updates to the product. fence-virt
component- The libvirt-qpid is no longer part of the fence-virt package.
openscap
component- The openscap-perl subpackage has been removed from openscap.
Chapter 4. Technology Previews
4.1. Storage and File Systems
- Cross Realm Kerberos Trust Functionality for samba4 Libraries
- The Cross Realm Kerberos Trust functionality provided by Identity Management, which relies on the capabilities of the samba4 client library, is included as a Technology Preview starting with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4. This functionality uses the libndr-nbt library to prepare Connection-less Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (CLDAP) messages.Package: samba-3.6.9-151
- Open multicast ping (Omping), BZ#657370
- Open Multicast Ping (Omping) is a tool to test the IP multicast functionality, primarily in the local network. This utility allows users to test IP multicast functionality and assists in the diagnosing if an issues is in the network configuration or elsewhere (that is, a bug). In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Omping is provided as a Technology Preview.Package: omping-0.0.4-1
- System Information Gatherer and Reporter (SIGAR)
- The System Information Gatherer and Reporter (SIGAR) is a library and command-line tool for accessing operating system and hardware level information across multiple platforms and programming languages. In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, SIGAR is considered a Technology Preview package.Package: sigar-1.6.5-0.4.git58097d9
- fsfreeze
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 includes fsfreeze as a Technology Preview. fsfreeze is a new command that halts access to a file system on a disk. fsfreeze is designed to be used with hardware RAID devices, assisting in the creation of volume snapshots. For more details on the fsfreeze utility, refer to the
fsfreeze(8)
man page.Package: util-linux-ng-2.17.2-12.9 - DIF/DIX support
- DIF/DIX, is a new addition to the SCSI Standard and a Technology Preview in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. DIF/DIX increases the size of the commonly used 512-byte disk block from 512 to 520 bytes, adding the Data Integrity Field (DIF). The DIF stores a checksum value for the data block that is calculated by the Host Bus Adapter (HBA) when a write occurs. The storage device then confirms the checksum on receive, and stores both the data and the checksum. Conversely, when a read occurs, the checksum can be checked by the storage device, and by the receiving HBA.The DIF/DIX hardware checksum feature must only be used with applications that exclusively issue
O_DIRECT
I/O. These applications may use the raw block device, or the XFS file system inO_DIRECT
mode. (XFS is the only file system that does not fall back to buffered I/O when doing certain allocation operations.) Only applications designed for use withO_DIRECT
I/O and DIF/DIX hardware should enable this feature.For more information, refer to section Block Devices with DIF/DIX Enabled in the Storage Administration Guide.Package: kernel-2.6.32-358 - Filesystem in user space
- Filesystem in Userspace (FUSE) allows for custom file systems to be developed and run in user space.Package: fuse-2.8.3-4
- Btrfs, BZ#614121
- Btrfs is under development as a file system capable of addressing and managing more files, larger files, and larger volumes than the ext2, ext3, and ext4 file systems. Btrfs is designed to make the file system tolerant of errors, and to facilitate the detection and repair of errors when they occur. It uses checksums to ensure the validity of data and metadata, and maintains snapshots of the file system that can be used for backup or repair. The Btrfs Technology Preview is only available on AMD64 and Intel 64 architectures.
Warning
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 includes Btrfs as a technology preview to allow you to experiment with this file system. You should not choose Btrfs for partitions that will contain valuable data or that are essential for the operation of important systems.Package: btrfs-progs-0.20-0.2.git91d9eec - LVM Application Programming Interface (API)
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 features the new LVM application programming interface (API) as a Technology Preview. This API is used to query and control certain aspects of LVM.Package: lvm2-2.02.98-9
- FS-Cache
- FS-Cache in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 enables networked file systems (for example, NFS) to have a persistent cache of data on the client machine.Package: cachefilesd-0.10.2-1
- eCryptfs File System
- eCryptfs is a stacked, cryptographic file system. It is transparent to the underlying file system and provides per-file granularity. eCryptfs is provided as a Technology Preview in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.Package: ecryptfs-utils-82-6
4.2. Networking
- linuxptp
- The linuxptp package, included in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 as a Technology Preview, is an implementation of the Precision Time Protocol (PTP) according to IEEE standard 1588 for Linux. The dual design goals are to provide a robust implementation of the standard and to use the most relevant and modern Application Programming Interfaces (API) offered by the Linux kernel. Supporting legacy APIs and other platforms is not a goal.Package: linuxptp-0-0.6.20121114gite6bbbb
- PTP support in kernel drivers
- PTP support has been added as a technology preview to the ixgbe, igb, and tg3 kernel drivers.Packages: kernel-2.6.32-335
- QFQ queuing discipline
- In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, the tc utility has been updated to work with the Quick Fair Scheduler (QFQ) kernel features. Users can now take advantage of the new QFQ traffic queuing discipline from userspace. This feature is considered a Technology Preview.Package: kernel-2.6.32-358
- vios-proxy, BZ#721119
- vios-proxy is a stream-socket proxy for providing connectivity between a client on a virtual guest and a server on a Hypervisor host. Communication occurs over virtio-serial links.Package: vios-proxy-0.1-1
- IPv6 support in IPVS
- The IPv6 support in IPVS (IP Virtual Server) is considered a Technology Preview.Package: kernel-2.6.32-358
4.3. Clustering and High Availability
- pcs
- The pcs package has been added to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 as a Technology Preview. This package provides a command-line tool configure and manage the corosync and pacemaker utilities.Package: pcs-0.9.26-10
- luci support for fence_sanlock
- The luci tool now supports the Sanlock fence agent as a Technology Preview, which is available in the luci's list of agents.Package: luci-0.26.0-37
- Recovering a node via a hardware watchdog device
- New fence_sanlock agent and checkquorum.wdmd, included in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 as a Technology Preview, provide new mechanisms to trigger the recovery of a node via a hardware watchdog device. Tutorials on how to enable this Technology Preview will be available at https://fedorahosted.org/cluster/wiki/HomePageNote that SELinux in enforcing mode is currently not supported.Package: cluster-3.0.12.1-49
- keepalived
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 includes the keepalived package as a Technology Preview. The keepalived package provides simple and robust facilities for load-balancing and high-availability. The load-balancing framework relies on the well-know and widely used Linux Virtual Server kernel module providing Layer4 network load-balancing. The keepalived daemon implements a set of health checkers to load-balanced server pools according to their state. The keepalived daemon also implements the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), allowing router or director failover to achieve high availability.Package: keepalived-1.2.7-3
- HAProxy
- HAProxy is a stand-alone, layer-7, high-performance network load balancer for TCP and HTTP-based applications which can perform various types of scheduling based on the content of the HTTP requests. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 introduces the haproxy package as a Technology Preview.Package: haproxy-1.4.22-3
- libqb package
- The libqb package provides a library with the primary purpose of providing high performance client server reusable features, such as high performance logging, tracing, inter-process communication, and polling. This package is introduced as a dependency of the pacemaker package, and is considered a Technology Preview.Package: libqb-0.14.2-3
- pacemaker, BZ#456895
- Pacemaker, a scalable high-availability cluster resource manager, is included in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 as a Technology Preview. Pacemaker is not fully integrated with the Red Hat cluster stack.Package: pacemaker-1.1.8-7
4.4. Authentication
- Simultaneous maintaining of TGTs for multiple KDCs
- Kerberos version 1.10 added a new cache storage type, DIR:, which allows Kerberos to maintain Ticket Granting Tickets (TGTs) for multiple Key Distribution Centers (KDCs) simultaneously and auto-select between them when negotiating with Kerberized resources. In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, SSSD has been enhanced to allow you to select the DIR: cache for users that are logging in via SSSD. This feature is introduced as a Technology Preview.Package: sssd-1.9.2-82
4.5. Security
- TPM
- TPM (Trusted Platform Module) hardware can create, store and use RSA keys securely (without ever being exposed in memory), verify a platform's software state using cryptographic hashes and more. The trousers and tpm-tools packages are considered a Technology Preview.Packages: trousers-0.3.4-4, tpm-tools-1.3.4-2
4.6. Devices
- mpt2sas lockless mode
- The
mpt2sas
driver is fully supported. However, when used in the lockless mode, the driver is a Technology Preview.Package: kernel-2.6.32-358
4.7. Kernel
- Thin-provisioning and scalable snapshot capabilities
- The
dm-thinp
targets,thin
andthin-pool
, provide a device mapper device with thin-provisioning and scalable snapshot capabilities. This feature is available as a Technology Preview.Package: kernel-2.6.32-358 - Kernel Media support
- The following features are presented as Technology Previews:
- The latest upstream video4linux
- Digital video broadcasting
- Primarily infrared remote control device support
- Various webcam support fixes and improvements
Package: kernel-2.6.32-358 - Remote audit logging
- The audit package contains the user space utilities for storing and searching the audit records generated by the
audit
subsystem in the Linux 2.6 kernel. Within the audispd-plugins sub-package is a utility that allows for the transmission of audit events to a remote aggregating machine. This remote audit logging application, audisp-remote, is considered a Technology Preview in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.Package: audispd-plugins-2.2-2 - Linux (NameSpace) Container [LXC]
- Linux containers provide a flexible approach to application runtime containment on bare-metal systems without the need to fully virtualize the workload. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 provides application level containers to separate and control the application resource usage policies via cgroups and namespaces. This release includes basic management of container life-cycle by allowing creation, editing and deletion of containers via the libvirt API and the virt-manager GUI. Linux Containers are a Technology Preview.Packages: libvirt-0.9.10-21, virt-manager-0.9.0-14
- Diagnostic pulse for the fence_ipmilan agent, BZ#655764
- A diagnostic pulse can now be issued on the IPMI interface using the
fence_ipmilan
agent. This new Technology Preview is used to force a kernel dump of a host if the host is configured to do so. Note that this feature is not a substitute for theoff
operation in a production cluster.Package: fence-agents-3.1.5-25
4.8. Virtualization
- Performance monitoring in KVM guests, BZ#645365
- KVM can now virtualize a performance monitoring unit (vPMU) to allow virtual machines to use performance monitoring. Note that the
-cpu
flag must be set when using this feature.With this feature, Red Hat virtualization customers running Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 guests can use the CPU's PMU counter while using the performance tool for profiling. The virtual performance monitoring unit feature allows virtual machine users to identify sources of performance problems in their guests, thereby improving the ability to profile a KVM guest from the host.This feature is a Technology Preview in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4.Package: kernel-2.6.32-358 - Dynamic virtual CPU allocation
- KVM now supports dynamic virtual CPU allocation, also called vCPU hot plug, to dynamically manage capacity and react to unexpected load increases on their platforms during off-peak hours.The virtual CPU hot-plugging feature gives system administrators the ability to dynamically adjust CPU resources in a guest. Because a guest no longer has to be taken offline to adjust the CPU resources, the availability of the guest is increased.This feature is a Technology Preview in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4. Currently, only the vCPU hot-add functionality works. The vCPU hot-unplug feature is not yet implemented.Package: qemu-kvm-0.12.1.2-2.355
- System monitoring via SNMP, BZ#642556
- This feature provides KVM support for stable technology that is already used in data center with bare metal systems. SNMP is the standard for monitoring and is extremely well understood as well as computationally efficient. System monitoring via SNMP in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 allows the KVM hosts to send SNMP traps on events so that hypervisor events can be communicated to the user via standard SNMP protocol. This feature is provided through the addition of a new package: libvirt-snmp. This feature is a Technology Preview.Package: libvirt-snmp-0.0.2-3
- Wire speed requirement in KVM network drivers
- Virtualization and cloud products that run networking work loads need to run wire speeds. Up until Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1, the only way to reach wire speed on a 10 GB Ethernet NIC with a lower CPU utilization was to use PCI device assignment (passthrough), which limits other features like memory overcommit and guest migrationThe macvtap/vhost zero-copy capabilities allow the user to use those features when high performance is required. This feature improves performance for any Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x guest in the VEPA use case. This feature is introduced as a Technology Preview.Package: qemu-kvm-0.12.1.2-2.355
Chapter 5. Known Issues
5.1. Installation
anaconda
component, BZ#895982- Physical-extents size less than 32MB on top of an MD physical volume leads to problems with calculating the capacity of a volume group. To work around this problem, use a physical-extent size of 32MB or leave space double the physical-extent size free when allocating logical volumes. Another option is to change the default 4MB size of a physical extent to 32MB.
anaconda
component, BZ#875644- After upgrading the system using kickstart, IBM System z machines halt instead of rebooting, despite the instruction to reboot. To work around this problem, boot the system manually.
anaconda
component- Setting the qla4xxx parameter
ql4xdisablesysfsboot
to1
may cause boot from SAN failures. anaconda
component- To automatically create an appropriate partition table on disks that are uninitialized or contain unrecognized formatting, use the
zerombr
kickstart command. The--initlabel
option of theclearpart
command is not intended to serve this purpose. anaconda
component, BZ#676025- Users performing an upgrade using the Anaconda's text mode interface who do not have a boot loader already installed on the system, or who have a non-GRUB boot loader, need to select
Skip Boot Loader Configuration
during the installation process. Boot loader configuration will need to be completed manually after installation. This problem does not affect users running Anaconda in the graphical mode (graphical mode also includes VNC connectivity mode). anaconda
component- On s390x systems, you cannot use automatic partitioning and encryption. If you want to use storage encryption, you must perform custom partitioning. Do not place the
/boot
volume on an encrypted volume. anaconda
component- The order of device names assigned to USB attached storage devices is not guaranteed. Certain USB attached storage devices may take longer to initialize than others, which can result in the device receiving a different name than you expect (for example,
sdc
instead ofsda
).During installation, verify the storage device size, name, and type when configuring partitions and file systems. -
kernel
component - Recent Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 releases use a new naming scheme for network interfaces on some machines. As a result, the installer may use different names during an upgrade in certain scenarios (typically
em1
is used instead ofeth0
on new Dell machines). However, the previously used network interface names are preserved on the system and the upgraded system will still use the previously used interfaces. This is not the case for Yum upgrades. -
anaconda
component - The
kdump default on
feature currently depends on Anaconda to insert thecrashkernel=
parameter to the kernel parameter list in the boot loader's configuration file. firstaidkit
component- The firstaidkit-plugin-grub package has been removed from Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2. As a consequence, in rare cases, the system upgrade operation may fail with unresolved dependencies if the plug-in has been installed in a previous version of Red Hat Enterprise Linux. To avoid this problem, the firstaidkit-plugin-grub package should be removed before upgrading the system. However, in most cases, the system upgrade completes as expected.
anaconda
component, BZ#623261- In some circumstances, disks that contain a whole disk format (for example, an LVM Physical Volume populating a whole disk) are not cleared correctly using the
clearpart --initlabel
kickstart command. Adding the--all
switch—as inclearpart --initlabel --all
—ensures disks are cleared correctly. anaconda
component- When installing on the IBM System z architecture, if the installation is being performed over SSH, avoid resizing the terminal window containing the SSH session. If the terminal window is resized during the installation, the installer will exit and the installation will terminate.
yaboot
component, BZ#613929- The kernel image provided on the CD/DVD is too large for Open Firmware. Consequently, on the POWER architecture, directly booting the kernel image over a network from the CD/DVD is not possible. Instead, use yaboot to boot from a network.
anaconda
component- The Anaconda partition editing interface includes a button labeled Resize. This feature is intended for users wishing to shrink an existing file system and an underlying volume to make room for an installation of a new system. Users performing manual partitioning cannot use the Resize button to change sizes of partitions as they create them. If you determine a partition needs to be larger than you initially created it, you must delete the first one in the partitioning editor and create a new one with the larger size.
system-config-kickstart
component- Channel IDs (read, write, data) for network devices are required for defining and configuring network devices on IBM S/390 systems. However, system-config-kickstart—the graphical user interface for generating a kickstart configuration—cannot define channel IDs for a network device. To work around this issue, manually edit the kickstart configuration that system-config-kickstart generates to include the desired network devices.
5.2. Entitlement
subscription-manager
component- When firstboot is running in text mode, the user can only register via Red Hat Network Register, not with subscription-manager. Both are available in GUI mode.
subscription-manager
component- If multiple repositories are enabled, subscription-manager installs product certificates from all repositories instead of installing the product certificate only from the repository from which the RPM package was installed.
subscription-manager
component- firstboot fails to provide Red Hat Network registration to a virtual machine in a NAT-based network; for example, in the libvirt environment. Note that this problem only occurs during the first boot after installation. If you run firstboot manually later, the registration finishes successfully.
5.3. Deployment
389-ds-base
component, BZ#878111- The ns-slapd utility terminates unexpectedly if it cannot rename the
dirsrv-<instance>
log files in the/var/log/
directory due to incorrect permissions on the directory. cpuspeed
component, BZ#626893- Some HP Proliant servers may report incorrect CPU frequency values in
/proc/cpuinfo
or/sys/device/system/cpu/*/cpufreq
. This is due to the firmware manipulating the CPU frequency without providing any notification to the operating system. To avoid this ensure that theHP Power Regulator
option in the BIOS is set toOS Control
. An alternative available on more recent systems is to setCollaborative Power Control
toEnabled
. releng
component, BZ#644778- Some packages in the Optional repositories on RHN have multilib file conflicts. Consequently, these packages cannot have both the primary architecture (for example, x86_64) and secondary architecture (for example, i686) copies of the package installed on the same machine simultaneously. To work around this issue, install only one copy of the conflicting package.
grub
component, BZ#695951- On certain UEFI-based systems, you may need to type
BOOTX64
rather thanbootx64
to boot the installer due to case sensitivity issues. grub
component, BZ#698708- When rebuilding the grub package on the x86_64 architecture, the glibc-static.i686 package must be used. Using the glibc-static.x86_64 package will not meet the build requirements.
5.4. Virtualization
qemu-kvm
component, BZ#1159613- If a
virtio
device is created where the number of vectors is set to a value higher than 32, the device behaves as if it was set to a zero value on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, but not on Enterprise Linux 7. The resulting vector setting mismatch causes a migration error if the number of vectors on anyvirtio
device on either platform is set to 33 or higher. It is, therefore, not recommended to set thevector
value to be greater than 32. kernel
component- In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, if Large Receive Offload (LRO) is enabled with the
macvtap
driver, a kernel panic can occur on the host machine. This problem was observed on machines using Broadcom, QLogic and Intel cards. To work around the problem, disable LRO by runningethtool -K large-receive-offload off
. kernel
component- There is a known issue with the Microsoft Hyper-V host. If a legacy network interface controller (NIC) is used on a multiple-CPU virtual machine, there is an interrupt problem in the emulated hardware when the IRQ balancing daemon is running. Call trace information is logged in the
/var/log/messages
file. libvirt
component, BZ#888635- Under certain circumstances, virtual machines try to boot from an incorrect device after a network boot failure. For more information, please refer to this article on Customer Portal.
qemu-kvm
component, BZ#894277- "Fast startup" used in Microsoft Windows 8 is not fully compatible with qemu-kvm in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. Windows 8 can therefore fail to boot the second time after its shutdown. To ensure successful boot of Windows 8 inside qemu-kvm, disable Windows 8 "fast startup" in .
numad
component, BZ#872524- If numad is run on a system with a task that has very large resident memory (>= 50% total system memory), then the numad-initiated NUMA page migrations for that task can cause swapping. The swapping can then induce long latencies for the system. An example is running a 256GB Microsoft Windows KVM Virtual Machine on a 512GB host. The Windows guest will fault in all pages on boot in order to zero them. On a four node system, numad will detect that a 256GB task can fit in a subset of two or three nodes, and then attempt to migrate it to that subset. Swapping can then occur and lead to latencies. These latencies may then cause the Windows guest to hang, as timing requirements are no longer met. Therefore, on a system with only one or two very large Windows machines, it is recommended to disable numad.Note that this problem is specific to Windows 2012 guests that use more memory than exists in a single node. Windows 2012 guests appear to allocate memory more gradually than other Windows guest types, which triggers the issue. Other varieties of Windows guests do not seem to experience this problem. You can work around this problem by:
- limiting Windows 2012 guests to less memory than exists in a given node -- so on a typical 4 node system with even memory distribution, the guest would need to be less than the total amount of system memory divided by 4; or
- allowing the Windows 2012 guests to finish allocating all of its memory before allowing numad to run. numad will handle extremely huge Windows 2012 guests correctly after allowing a few minutes for the guest to finish allocating all of its memory.
grubby
component, BZ#893390- When a Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 guest updates the kernel and then the guest is turned of through Microsoft Hyper-V Manager, the guest fails to boot due to incomplete grub information. This is because the data is not synced properly to disk when the machine is turned off through Hyper-V Manager. To work around this problem, execute the
sync
command before turning the guest off. kernel
component- Using the mouse scroll wheel does not work on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 guests that run under Microsoft Hyper-V Manager installed on a physical machine. However, the scroll wheel works as expected when the vncviewer utility is used.
kernel
component, BZ#874406- Microsoft Windows Server 2012 guests using the e1000 driver can become unresponsive consuming 100% CPU during reboot.
kernel
component- When a kernel panic is triggered on a Microsoft Hyper-V guest, the kdump utility does not capture the kernel error information; an error is only displayed on the command line.
kernel
component- Due to a bug in Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2008 R2, attempting to remove and then reload the hv_utils module on a Hyper-V guest running Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 will cause a shutdown and the heartbeat service to not work. To work around this issue, upgrade the host system to Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2012.
quemu-kvm
component, BZ#871265- AMD Opteron G1, G2 or G3 CPU models on qemu-kvm use the family and models values as follows: family=15 and model=6. If these values are larger than 20, the
lahfm_lm
CPU feature is ignored by Linux guests, even when the feature is enabled. To work around this problem, use a different CPU model, for example AMD Opteron G4. qemu-kvm
component, BZ#860929- KVM guests must not be allowed to update the host CPU microcode. KVM does not allows this and instead always returns the same microcode revision or patch level value to the guest. If the guest tries to update the CPU microcode, it will fail and show an error message similar to:
CPU0: update failed (for patch_level=0x6000624)
To work around this, configure the guest to not install CPU microcode updates; for example, uninstall the microcode_ctl package Red Hat Enterprise Linux of Fedora guests. virt-p2v
component, BZ#816930- Converting a physical server running either Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 or Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 which has its file system root on an MD device is not supported. Converting such a guest results in a guest which fails to boot. Note that conversion of a Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 server which has its root on an MD device is supported.
virt-p2v
component, BZ#808820- When converting a physical host with a multipath storage, Virt-P2V presents all available paths for conversion. Only a single path must be selected. This must be a currently active path.
virtio-win
component, BZ#615928- The balloon service on Windows 7 guests can only be started by the Administrator user.
libvirt
component, BZ#622649- libvirt uses transient iptables rules for managing NAT or bridging to virtual machine guests. Any external command that reloads the iptables state (such as running system-config-firewall) will overwrite the entries needed by libvirt. Consequently, after running any command or tool that changes the state of iptables, guests may lose access to the network. To work around this issue, use the
service libvirt reload
command to restore libvirt's additional iptables rules. virtio-win
component, BZ#612801- A Windows virtual machine must be restarted after the installation of the kernel Windows driver framework. If the virtual machine is not restarted, it may crash when a memory balloon operation is performed.
qemu-kvm
component, BZ#720597- Installation of Windows 7 Ultimate x86 (32-bit) Service Pack 1 on a guest with more than 4GB of RAM and more than one CPU from a DVD medium often crashes during the final steps of the installation process due to a system hang. To work around this issue, use the Windows Update utility to install the Service Pack.
qemu-kvm
component, BZ#612788- A dual function Intel 82576 Gigabit Ethernet Controller interface (codename: Kawela, PCI Vendor/Device ID: 8086:10c9) cannot have both physical functions (PF's) device-assigned to a Windows 2008 guest. Either physical function can be device assigned to a Windows 2008 guest (PCI function 0 or function 1), but not both.
virt-v2v
component, BZ#618091- The virt-v2v utility is able to convert guests running on an ESX server. However, if an ESX guest has a disk with a snapshot, the snapshot must be on the same datastore as the underlying disk storage. If the snapshot and the underlying storage are on different datastores, virt-v2v will report a 404 error while trying to retrieve the storage.
virt-v2v
component, BZ#678232- The VMware Tools application on Microsoft Windows is unable to disable itself when it detects that it is no longer running on a VMware platform. Consequently, converting a Microsoft Windows guest from VMware ESX, which has VMware Tools installed, will result in errors. These errors usually manifest as error messages on start-up, and a "Stop Error" (also known as a BSOD) when shutting down the guest. To work around this issue, uninstall VMware Tools on Microsoft Windows guests prior to conversion.
5.5. Storage and File Systems
anaconda
component- In UEFI mode, when creating a partition for software RAID, anaconda can be unable to allocate the
/boot/efi
mount point to the software RAID partition and fails with the "have not created /boot/efi" message in such a scenario. Driver Update Disk
component, BZ#904945- The hpsa driver installed from the AMD64 and Intel 64 Driver Update Program ISO might not be loaded properly on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3. Consequently, the system can become unresponsive. To work around this problem, use the
pci=nomsi
kernel parameter before installing the driver from the ISO. kernel
component, BZ#918647- Thin provisioning uses reference counts to indicate that data is shared between a thin volume and snapshots of the thin volume. There is a known issue with the way reference counts are managed in the case when a discard is issued to a thin volume that has snapshots. Creating snapshots of a thin volume and then issuing discards to the thin volume can therefore result in data loss in the snapshot volumes. Users are strongly encouraged to disable discard support on the thin-pool for the time being. To do so using lvm2 while the pool is offline, use the
lvchange --discard ignore <pool>
command. Any discards that might be issued to thin volumes will be ignored. kernel
component- Storage that reports a discard_granularity that is not a power of two will cause the kernel to improperly issue discard requests to the underlying storage. This results in I/O errors associated with the failed discard requests. To work around the problem, if possible, do not upgrade to newer vendor storage firmware that reports discard_granularity that is not a power of two.
parted
component- Users might be unable to access a partition created by parted. To work around this problem, reboot the machine.
lvm2
component, BZ#852812- When filling a thin pool to 100% by writing to thin volume device, access to all thin volumes using this thin pool can be blocked. To prevent this, try not to overfill the pool. If the pool is overfilled and this error occurs, extend the thin pool with new space to continue using the pool.
dracut
component- The Qlogic QLA2xxx driver can miss some paths after booting from Storage Area Network (SAN). To workaround this problem, run the following commands:
echo "options qla2xxx ql2xasynclogin=0" > /etc/modprobe.d/qla2xxx.conf mkinitrd /boot/initramfs-`uname -r`.img `uname -r` --force
lvm2
component, BZ#903411- Activating a logical volume can fail if the
--thinpool
and--discards
options are specified on logical-volume creation. To work around this problem, manually deactivate all thin volumes related to the changed thin pool prior to running thelvchange
command. kernel
component- Unloading the
nfs
module can cause the system to terminate unexpectedly if the fsx utility was ran with NFSv4.1 before. kernel
component- Due to a bug in the CIFS mount code, it is not possible to mount Distributed File System (DFS) shares in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4.
device-mapper-multipath
component- When the
multipathd
service is not running, failed devices will not be restored. However, the multipath command gives no indication that multipathd is not running. Users can unknowingly set up multipath devices without starting themultipathd
service, keeping failed paths from automatically getting restored. Make sure to start multipathing by- either running:
~]# mpathconf --enable ~]# service multipathd start
- or:
~]# chkconfig multipathd on ~]# service multipathd start
multipathd
will automatically start on boot, and multipath devices will automatically restore failed paths. lvm2
component, BZ#837603- When the administrator disables use of the
lvmetad
daemon in thelvm.conf
file, but the daemon is still running, the cached metadata are remembered until the daemon is restarted. However, if theuse_lvmetad
parameter inlvm.conf
is reset to1
without an interveninglvmetad
restart, the cached metadata can be incorrect. Consequently, VG metadata can be overwritten with previous versions. To work around this problem, stop thelvmedat
daemon manually when disablinguse_lvmetad
inlvm.conf
. The daemon can only be restarted afteruse_lvmetad
has been set to 1. To recover from an out-of-synclvmetad
cache, execute thepvscan --cache
command or restartlvmetad
. To restore metadata to correct versions, use vgcfrestore with a corresponding file in/etc/lvm/archive
. lvm2
component, BZ#563927- Due to the limitations of the LVM 'mirror' segment type, it is possible to encounter a deadlock situation when snapshots are created of mirrors. The deadlock can occur if snapshot changes (e.g. creation, resizing or removing) happen at the same time as a mirror device failure. In this case, the mirror blocks I/O until LVM can respond to the failure, but the snapshot is holding the LVM lock while trying to read the mirror.If the user wishes to use mirroring and take snapshots of those mirrors, then it is recommended to use the 'raid1' segment type for the mirrored logical volume instead. This can be done by adding the additional arguments '--type raid1' to the command that creates the mirrored logical volume, as follows:
~]$ lvcreate --type raid1 -m 1 -L 1G -n my_mirror my_vg
kernel
component, BZ#606260- The NFSv4 server in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 currently allows clients to mount using UDP and advertises NFSv4 over UDP with rpcbind. However, this configuration is not supported by Red Hat and violates the RFC 3530 standard.
-
lvm2
component - The
pvmove
command cannot currently be used to move mirror devices. However, it is possible to move mirror devices by issuing a sequence of two commands. For mirror images, add a new image on the destination PV and then remove the mirror image on the source PV:~]$
lvconvert -m +1 <vg/lv> <new PV>
~]$lvconvert -m -1 <vg/lv> <old PV>
Mirror logs can be handled in a similar fashion:~]$
lvconvert --mirrorlog core <vg/lv>
~]$lvconvert --mirrorlog disk <vg/lv> <new PV>
or~]$
lvconvert --mirrorlog mirrored <vg/lv> <new PV>
~]$lvconvert --mirrorlog disk <vg/lv> <old PV>
5.6. Networking
samba4
component, BZ#878168- If configured, the Active Directory (AD) DNS server returns IPv4 and IPv6 addresses of an AD server. If the FreeIPA server cannot connect to the AD server with an IPv6 address, running the
ipa trust-add
command will fail even if it would be possible to use IPv4. To work around this problem, add the IPv4 address of the AD server to the/etc/hosts
file. In this case, the FreeIPA server will use only the IPv4 address and executingipa trust-add
will be successful. kernel
component- Destroying the root port before any NPIV ports can cause unexpected system behavior, including a full system crash. Note that one instance where the root port is destroyed before the NPIV ports is when the system is shut down. To work around this problem, destroy NPIV ports before destroying the root port that the NPIV ports were created on. This means that for each created NPIV port, the user should write to the
sysfs vport_delete
interface to delete that NPIV port. This should be done before the root port is destroyed. Users are advised to script the NPIV port deletion and configure the system such that the script is executed before thefcoe
service is stopped, in the shutdown sequence. kernel
component- A Linux LIO FCoE target causes the
bfa
driver to reset all FCoE targets which might lead to data corruption on LUN. To avoid these problems, do not use thebfa
driver with a Linux FCoE target. NetworkManager
component, BZ#896198- A
GATEWAY
setting in the/etc/sysconfig/network
file causes NetworkManager to assign that gateway to all interfaces with static IP addresses, even if their configuration did not specify a gateway or specified a different gateway. Interfaces have the incorrect gateway information and the wrong interface may have the default route. Instead of usingGATEWAY
in/etc/sysconfig/network
to specify which interface receives the default route, setDEFROUTE=no
in eachifcfg
file that should not have the default route. Any interface connected using configuration from anifcfg
file containingDEFROUTE=no
will never receive the default route. kernel
component- Typically, on platforms with no Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) hardware the user can see the following message the on the boot console and in dmesg log:
Could not set up I/O space
This message can be safely ignored, unless the system really does have IPMI hardware. In that case, the message indicates that the IPMI hardware could not be initialized. In order to support Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) opregion access to IPMI functionality early in the boot, the IPMI driver has been statically linked with the kernel image. This means that the IPMI driver is "loaded" whether or not there is any hardware. The IPMI driver will try to initialize the IPMI hardware, but if there is no IPMI hardware present on the booting platform, the driver will print error messages on the console and in the dmesg log. Some of these error messages do not identify themselves as having been issued by the IPMI driver, so they can appear to be serious, when they are harmless. kernel
component- Shutting down the
fcoe-target
service while the Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) can lead to a kernel crash. Please minimize FCoE traffic before stopping or restarting this service. fcoe-utils
component- After an ixgbe Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) session is created, server reboot can cause some or all of the FCoE sessions to not be created automatically. To work around this problem, follow the following steps (assuming that eth0 is the missing NIC for the FCoE session):
ifconfig eth0 down ifconfig eth0 up sleep 5 dcbtool sc eth0 dcb on sleep 5 dcbtool sc eth0 pfc e:1 a:1 w:1 dcbtool sc eth0 app:fcoe e:1 a:1 w:1 service fcoe restart
fcoe-target-utils
component- Using
targetcli
to configure the FCoE Target will fail with the messageCould not create RTSRoot in configFS
. To prevent this, ensure that thefcoe-target
service is running by executingservice fcoe-target start
. libibverbs
component- The InfiniBand UD transport test utility could become unresponsive when the
ibv_ud_pingpong
command was used with a packet size of 2048 or greater. UD is limited to no more than the smallest MTU of any point in the path between point A and B, which is between 0 and 4096 given that the largest MTU supported (but not the smallest nor required) is 4096. If the underlying Ethernet is jumbo frame capable, and with a 4096 IB MTU on an RoCE device, the max packet size that can be used with UD is 4012 bytes. bind-dyndb-ldap
component- IPA creates a new DNS zone in two separate steps. When the new zone is created, it is invalid for a short period of time.
A/AAAA
records for the name server belonging to the new zone are created after this delay. Sometimes, BIND attempts to load this invalid zone and fails. In such a case, reload BIND by running eitherrndc reload
orservice named restart
. selinux-policy
component- SELinux can prevent the
nmbd
service from writing into the/var/
, which breaks NetBIOS name resolution and leads to SELinux AVC denials. kernel
component- If multiple DHCP6 servers are configured on multiple VLANs, for example two DHCP6 servers on VLAN1 and VLAN3, the bna driver NIC does not set up a VLAN interface but can get the VLAN3 IPv6 address.
kernel
component- The latest version of the sfc NIC driver causes lower UDP and TX performance with large amounts of fragmented UDP packets. This problem can be avoided by setting a constant interrupt moderation period (not adaptive moderation) on both sides, sending and receiving.
kernel
component- When IPv6 is administratively disabled via
disable=1
module parameter, all of the IPv6 protocol handlers are disabled. This includes any offload handlers that support TSO/GSO. The lack of handlers results in the host dropping any TSO/GSO IPv6 packets it may receive from the guest. This can cause problems with retransmission on the guest and throughput. If you want to disable IPV6 support on the host administratively while enabling and providing IPv6 support to the guest without incurring a performance penalty:- set the
disable_ipv6
module to 1 - or use the following sysctl entries:
- net.ipv6.conf.all.disable_ipv6 = 1
- net.ipv6.conf.default.disable_ipv6 = 1
kernel
component- Some network interface cards (NICs) may not get an IPv4 address assigned after the system is rebooted. To work around this issue, add the following line to the
/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-<interface>
file:LINKDELAY=10
NetworkManager
component, BZ#758076- If a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate is not selected when configuring an 802.1x or WPA-Enterprise connection, a dialog appears indicating that a missing CA certificate is a security risk. This dialog presents two options: ignore the missing CA certificate and proceed with the insecure connection, or choose a CA certificate. If the user elects to choose a CA certificate, this dialog disappears and the user may select the CA certificate in the original configuration dialog.
samba
component- Current Samba versions shipped with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 are not able to fully control the user and group database when using the
ldapsam_compat
back end. This back end was never designed to run a production LDAP and Samba environment for a long period of time. Theldapsam_compat
back end was created as a tool to ease migration from historical Samba releases (version 2.2.x) to Samba version 3 and greater using the newldapsam
back end and the new LDAP schema. Theldapsam_compat
back end lack various important LDAP attributes and object classes in order to fully provide full user and group management. In particular, it cannot allocate user and group IDs. In the Red Hat Enterprise Linux Reference Guide, it is pointed out that this back end is likely to be deprecated in future releases. Refer to Samba's documentation for instructions on how to migrate existing setups to the new LDAP schema.When you are not able to upgrade to the new LDAP schema (though upgrading is strongly recommended and is the preferred solution), you may work around this issue by keeping a dedicated machine running an older version of Samba (v2.2.x) for the purpose of user account management. Alternatively, you can create user accounts with standard LDIF files. The important part is the assignment of user and group IDs. In that case, the old Samba 2.2 algorithmic mapping from Windows RIDs to Unix IDs is the following: user RID = UID * 2 + 1000, while for groups it is: group RID = GID * 2 + 1001. With these workarounds, users can continue using theldapsam_compat
back end with their existing LDAP setup even when all the above restrictions apply. kernel
component- Because Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 defaults to using Strict Reverse Path filtering, packets are dropped by default when the route for outbound traffic differs from the route of incoming traffic. This is in line with current recommended practice in RFC3704. For more information about this issue please refer to
/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<version>/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
and https://access.redhat.com/site/solutions/53031.
5.7. Clustering
corosync
component- The redundant ring feature of corosync is not fully supported in combination with InfiniBand or Distributed Lock Manager (DLM). A double ring failure can cause both rings to break at the same time on different nodes. In addition, DLM is not functional if ring0 is down.
selinux-policy
component- The fence-sanlock agent does not support SELinux in Enforcing mode at the moment.
lvm2
component, BZ#814779- Clustered environment is not supported by
lvmetad
at the moment. If global/use_lvmetad=1 is used together with global/locking_type=3 configuration setting (clustered locking), the use_lvmetad setting is automatically overriden to0
andlvmetad
is not used in this case at all. Also, the following warning message is displayed:WARNING: configuration setting use_lvmetad overriden to 0 due to locking_type 3. Clustered environment not supported by lvmetad yet.
luci
component, BZ#615898luci
will not function with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 clusters unless each cluster node hasricci
version 0.12.2-14.
5.8. Authentication
ipa
component, BZ#894388- The Identity Management installer configures all integrated services to listen on all interfaces. The administrator has no means to instruct the Identity Management installer to listen only on chosen interfaces even though the installer requires a valid interface IP address as one installation parameter. To work around this problem, change service configuration after Identity Management installation.
ipa
component, BZ#894378- Identity Management LDAP permission manipulation plugin validates subtree and filter permission specifiers as mutually exclusive even though it is a valid combination in the underlying LDAP Access Control Instruction (ACI). Permissions with filter and subtree specifiers can be neither created nor modified. This affects for example the
Add Automount Keys
permission which cannot be modified. ipa
component, BZ#817080- In some cases the certificates tracked by certmonger are not cleared when running the
ipa-server-install --uninstall
command. This will cause a subsequent re-installation to fail with an unexpected error. sssd
component, BZ#892604- The ssh_cache utility sets the DEBUG level after it processes the command-line parameters. If the command-line parameters cannot be processed, the utility prints DEBUG lines that are not supposed to be printed by default. To avoid this, correct parameters must be used.
sssd
component, BZ#891647- It is possible to specify the
enumerate=true
value in thesssd.conf
file to access all users in the system. However, usingenumerate=true
is not recommended in large environments as this can lead to high CPU consumption. As a result, operations like login or logout can be slowed down. ipa
component, BZ#888579- The Identity Management server processes Kerberos Password Expiration Time field as a 32-bit integer. If Maximum Lifetime of a user password in Identity Management Password Policy is set to a value causing the resulting Kerberos Password Expiration Time timestamp to exceed 32 bits and to overflow, the passwords that are being changed are configured with an expiration time that lies in the past and are always rejected. To ensure that new user passwords are valid and can be changed properly, do not set password Maximum Lifetime in Identity Management Password Policy to values that would cause the Kerberos Password Expiration Time timestamp to exceed 32 bits; that is, passwords that would expire after 2038-01-19. At the moment, recommended values for the Maximum Lifetime field are numbers lower than 9000 days.
sssd
component, BZ#785877- When reconnecting to an LDAP server, SSSD does not check it was re-initialized during the downtime. If the server was re-initialized during the downtime and was filled with completely different data, SSSD does not update its database. As a consequence, the user can get invalid information from SSSD. To work around this problem:
- stop SSSD before reconnecting to the re-initialized server;
- clear the SSSD caches manually before reconnecting;
- start SSSD.
krb5
component- In environments where entropy is scarce, the kadmind tool can take longer to initialize after startup than it did in previous releases as it attempts to read data from the
/dev/random
file and seed its internal random number generator (RNG). Clients which attempt to connect to thekadmin
service can time out and fail with a GSS-API or Kerberos error. After the service completely finishes initializing itself, it will process messages received from now-disconnected clients and can log clock-skew or decrypt-integrity-check-failed errors for those connections. To work around this problem, use a service such asrngd
to seed the system RNG using hardware sources of entropy. ipa
component, BZ#887193- The Identity Management server in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 introduced a technical preview of SELinux user mapping feature, which enabled a mapping of SELinux users to users managed by the Identity Management based on custom rules. However, the default configured SELinux user (
guest_u:s0
) used when no custom rule matches is too constraining. An Identity Management user authenticating to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 can be assigned the too constraining SELinux user in which case a login through graphical session would always fail. To work around this problem, change a too constraining default SELinux user in the Identity Management server fromguest_u:s0
to a more relaxed valueunconfined_u:s0-s0:c0.c1023
:kinit admin ipa config-mod --ipaselinuxusermapdefault=unconfined_u:s0-s0:c0.c1023
An unconfined SELinux user will be now assigned to the Identity Management user by default, which will allow the user to successfully authenticate through graphical interface. ipa
component, BZ#761574- When attempting to view a host in the web UI, the following message can appear:
Certificate operation cannot be completed: Unable to communicate with CMS (Unauthorized)
Attempting to delete installed certificates through the web UI or command-line interface can fail with the same error message. To work around this problem, run the following command:~]# yum downgrade ipa-server libipa_hbac libipa_hbac-python ipa-python ipa-client ipa-admintools ipa-server-selinux
ipa
component, BZ#877324- After upgrading to Red Hat Identity Manager 2.2, it is not possible to add SSH public keys in the web UI. However, SSH public keys can be added on the command line by running
ipa user-mod <user> --sshpubkey
. sssd
component, BZ#880150- Rules with
sudoUser
specified as+netgroup
are always matched with the sssd sudoers plugin. sssd
component- When the
ldap_sasl_authid
is not configured in thesssd.conf
file, SSSD terminates unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. To avoid this problem, ensure that the option is configured. ipa
component- When upgrading the ipa-server package using anaconda, the following error message is logged in the
upgrade.log
file:/sbin/restorecon: lstat(/var/lib/pki-ca/publish*) failed: No such file or directory
This problem does not occur when using yum. sssd
component- In the Identity Manager subdomain code, a User Principal Name (UPN) is by default built from the SAM Account Name and Active Directory trust users, that is
user@DOMAIN
. The UPN can be changed to differ from the UPN in Active Directory, however only the default format,user@DOMAIN
, is supported. sssd
component, BZ#805921- Sometimes, group members may not be visible when running the
getent group groupname
command. This can be caused by an incorrectldap_schema
in the[domain/DOMAINNAME]
section of thesssd.conf
file. SSSD supports three LDAP schema types: RFC 2307, RFC 2307bis, and IPA. By default, SSSD uses the more common RFC 2307 schema. The difference between RFC 2307 and RFC 2307bis is the way which group membership is stored in the LDAP server. In an RFC 2307 server, group members are stored as the multi-valued memberuid attribute which contains the name of the users that are members. In an RFC2307bis server, group members are stored as the multi-valued attribute member (or sometimes uniqueMember) which contains the DN of the user or group that is a member of this group. RFC2307bis allows nested groups to be maintained as well.When encountering this problem:- add
ldap_schema = rfc2307bis
in thesssd.conf
file, - detele the
/var/lib/sss/db/cache_DOMAINNAME.ldb
file, - and restart SSSD.
If the workaround does not work, addldap_group_member = uniqueMember
in thesssd.conf
file, delete the cache file and restart SSSD. - Identity Management component, BZ#826973
- When Identity Management is installed with its CA certificate signed by an external CA, the installation is processed in 2 stages. In the first stage, a CSR is generated to be signed by an external CA. The second stage of the installation then accepts a file with the new signed certificate for the Identity Management CA and a certificate of the external CA. During the second stage of the installation, a signed Identity Management CA certificate subject is validated. However, there is a bug in the certificate subject validation procedure and its default value (
O=$REALM
, where$REALM
is the realm of the new Identity Management installation) is never pulled. Consequently, the second stage of the installation process always fails unless the--subject
option is specified. To work around this issue, add the following option for the second stage of the installation:--subject "O=$REALM"
where$REALM
is the realm of the new Identity Management installation. If a custom subject was used for the first stage of the installation, use its value instead. Using this work around, the certificate subject validation procedure succeeds and the installation continues as expected. - Identity Management component, BZ#822350
- When a user is migrated from a remote LDAP, the user's entry in the Directory Server does not contain Kerberos credentials needed for a Kerberos login. When the user visits the password migration page, Kerberos credentials are generated for the user and logging in via Kerberos authentication works as expected. However, Identity Management does not generate the credentials correctly when the migrated password does not follow the password policy set on the Identity Management server. Consequently, when the password migration is done and a user tries to log in via Kerberos authentication, the user is prompted to change the password as it does not follow the password policy, but the password change is never successful and the user is not able to use Kerberos authentication. To work around this issue, an administrator can reset the password of a migrated user with the
ipa passwd
command. When reset, user's Kerberos credentials in the Directory Server are properly generated and the user is able to log in using Kerberos authentication. - Identity Management component
- In the Identity Management webUI, deleting a DNS record may, under come circumstances, leave it visible on the page showing DNS records. This is only a display issue and does not affect functionality of DNS records in any way.
- Identity Management component, BZ#790513
- The ipa-client package does not install the policycoreutils package as its dependency, which may cause install/uninstall issues when using the
ipa-client-install
setup script. To work around this issue, install the policycoreutils package manually:~]#
yum install policycoreutils
- Identity Management component, BZ#813376
- Updating the Identity Management LDAP configuration via the
ipa-ldap-updater
fails with a traceback error when executed by a non-root user due to the SASL EXTERNAL bind requiring root privileges. To work around this issue, run the aforementioned command as the root user. - Identity Management component, BZ#794882
- With netgroups, when adding a host as a member that Identity Management does not have stored as a host already, that host is considered to be an external host. This host can be controlled with netgroups, but Identity Management has no knowledge of it. Currently, there is no way to use the
netgroup-find
option to search for external hosts.Also, note that when a host is added to a netgroup as an external host, rather than being added in Identity Management as an external host, that host is not automatically converted within the netgroup rule. - Identity Management component, BZ#786629
- Because a permission does not provide write access to an entry, delegation does not work as expected. The 389 Directory Server (389-ds) distinguishes access between entries and attributes. For example, an entry can be granted add or delete access, whereas an attribute can be granted read, search, and write access. To grant write access to an entry, the list of writable attributes needs to be provided. The
filter
,subtree
, and other options are used to target those entries which are writable. Attributes define which part(s) of those entries are writable. As a result, the list of attributes will be writable to members of the permission. sssd
component, BZ#808063- The manpage entry for the
ldap_disable_paging
option in thesssd-ldap
man page does not indicate that it accepts the boolean values True or False, and defaulting to False if it is not explicitly specified. - Identity Management component, BZ#812127
- Identity Management relies on the LDAP schema to know what type of data to expect in a given attribute. If, in certain situations (such as replication), data that does not meet those expectations is inserted into an attribute, Identity Management will not be able to handle the entry, and LDAP tools have do be used to manually clean up that entry.
- Identity Management component, BZ#812122
- Identity Management
sudo
commands are not case sensitive. For example, executing the following commands will result in the latter one failing due to the case insensitivity:~]$
ipa sudocmd-add /usr/bin/X
⋮ ~]$ipa sudocmd-add /usr/bin/x
ipa: ERROR: sudo command with name "/usr/bin/x" already exists - Identity Management component
- When an Identity Management server is installed with a custom hostname that is not resolvable, the
ipa-server-install
command should add a record to the static hostname lookup table in/etc/hosts
and enable further configuration of Identity Management integrated services. However, a record is not added to/etc/hosts
when an IP address is passed as an CLI option and not interactively. Consequently, Identity Management installation fails because integrated services that are being configured expect the Identity Management server hostname to be resolvable. To work around this issue, complete one of the following:- Run the
ipa-server-install
without the--ip-address
option and pass the IP address interactively. - Add a record to
/etc/hosts
before the installation is started. The record should contain the Identity Management server IP address and its full hostname (thehosts(5)
man page specifies the record format).
As a result, the Identity Management server can be installed with a custom hostname that is not resolvable. sssd
component- Upgrading SSSD from the version provided in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 to the version shipped with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 may fail due to a bug in the dependent library
libldb
. This failure occurs when the SSSD cache contains internal entries whose distinguished name contains the\,
character sequence. The most likely example of this is for an invalidmemberUID
entry to appear in an LDAP group of the form:memberUID: user1,user2
memberUID
is a multi-valued attribute and should not have multiple users in the same attribute.If the upgrade issue occurs, identifiable by the following debug log message:(Wed Nov 2 15:18:21 2011) [sssd] [ldb] (0): A transaction is still active in ldb context [0xaa0460] on /var/lib/sss/db/cache_<DOMAIN>.ldb
remove the/var/lib/sss/db/cache_<DOMAIN>.ldb
file and restart SSSD.Warning
Removing the/var/lib/sss/db/cache_<DOMAIN>.ldb
file purges the cache of all entries (including cached credentials). sssd
component, BZ#751314- When a group contains certain incorrect multi-valued
memberUID
values, SSSD fails to sanitize the values properly. ThememberUID
value should only contain one username. As a result, SSSD creates incorrect users, using the brokenmemberUID
values as their usernames. This, for example, causes problems during cache indexing. - Identity Management component
- Two Identity Management servers, both with a CA (Certificate Authority) installed, use two replication replication agreements. One is for user, group, host, and other related data. Another replication agreement is established between the CA instances installed on the servers. If the CA replication agreement is broken, the Identity Management data is still shared between the two servers, however, because there is no replication agreement between the two CAs, issuing a certificate on one server will cause the other server to not recognize that certificate, and vice versa.
- Identity Management component
- The Identity Management (ipa) package cannot be build with a
6ComputeNode
subscription. sssd
component, BZ#741264- Active Directory performs certain LDAP referral-chasing that is incompatible with the referral mechanism included in the openldap libraries. Notably, Active Directory sometimes attempts to return a referral on an LDAP bind attempt, which used to cause a hang, and is now denied by the openldap libraries. As a result, SSSD may suffer from performance issues and occasional failures resulting in missing information.To work around this issue, disable referral-chasing by setting the following parameter in the
[domain/DOMAINNAME]
section of the/etc/sssd/sssd.conf
file:ldap_referrals = false
5.9. Devices
kernel
component- A Linux LIO FCoE target causes the bnx2fc driver to perform sequence level error recovery when the target is down. As a consequence, the FCoE session cannot be resumed after the Ethernet link is bounced, the bnx2fc kernel module cannot be unloaded and the FCoE session cannot be removed when running the
fcoeadm -d eth0
command. To avoid these problems, do not use the bnx2fc driver with a Linux FCoE target. kernel
component- When using large block size (1MB), the tape driver sometimes returns an EBUSY error. To work around this problem, use a smaller block size, that is 256KB.
kernel
component- On some of the older Broadcom tg3 devices, the default Maximum Read Request Size (MRRS) value of 512 byte is known to cause lower performance. It is because these devices perform direct memory access (DMA) requests serially. 1500-byte ethernet packet will be broken into 3 PCIE read requests using 512 byte MRRS. When using a higher MRRS value, the DMA transfer can be faster as fewer requests will be needed. However, the MRRS value is meant to be tuned by system software and not by the driver. PCIE Base spec 3.0 section 7.8.4 contains an implementation note that illustrates how system software might tune the MRRS for all devices in the system. As a result, Broadcom modified the tg3 driver to remove the code that sets the MRRS to 4K bytes so that any value selected by system software (BIOS) will be preserved.
kernel
component- The Brocade BFA Fibre Channel and FCoE driver does not currently support dynamic recognition of Logical Unit addition or removal using the sg3_utils utilities (for example, the
sg_scan
command) or similar functionality. Please consult Brocade directly for a Brocade equivalent of this functionality. kernel
component- iSCSI and FCoE boot support on Broadcom devices is not included in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4. These two features, which are provided by the
bnx2i
andbnx2fc
Broadcom drivers, remain a Technology Preview until further notice. kexec-tools
component- Starting with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.0 and later, kexec kdump supports dumping core to the Brtfs file system. However, note that because the findfs utility in busybox does not support Btrfs yet,
UUID/LABEL
resolving is not functional. Avoid using theUUID/LABEL
syntax when dumping core to Btrfs file systems. trace-cmd
component- The
trace-cmd
service does start on 64-bit PowerPC and IBM System z systems because thesys_enter
andsys_exit
events do not get enabled on the aforementioned systems. trace-cmd
component- trace-cmd's subcommand,
report
, does not work on IBM System z systems. This is due to the fact that theCONFIG_FTRACE_SYSCALLS
parameter is not set on IBM System z systems. libfprint
component- Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 only has support for the first revision of the UPEK Touchstrip fingerprint reader (USB ID 147e:2016). Attempting to use a second revision device may cause the fingerprint reader daemon to crash. The following command returns the version of the device being used in an individual machine:
~]$
lsusb -v -d 147e:2016 | grep bcdDevice
kernel
component- The Emulex Fibre Channel/Fibre Channel-over-Ethernet (FCoE) driver in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 does not support DH-CHAP authentication. DH-CHAP authentication provides secure access between hosts and mass storage in Fibre-Channel and FCoE SANs in compliance with the FC-SP specification. Note, however that the Emulex driver (
lpfc
) does support DH-CHAP authentication on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5, from version 5.4. Future Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 releases may include DH-CHAP authentication. kernel
component- The recommended minimum HBA firmware revision for use with the
mpt2sas
driver is "Phase 5 firmware" (that is, with version number in the form05.xx.xx.xx
). Note that following this recommendation is especially important on complex SAS configurations involving multiple SAS expanders.
5.10. Kernel
kernel
component- In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, irqbalance has been updated to upstream version 1.0.4. This version of irqbalance requires
/sys/device/system/cpu/cpu?/node*
to exist; however, kernel-2.6.32-358 or earlier does not include support for this sysfs node. To work around this problem, use the irqbalance-0.55-35.el6_3 package or earlier. kernel
component- Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 changed the maximum read/write socket memory default value to be higher, allowing for better performance on some machines. It was observed that if the values of
?mem_max
are not symmetrical between two machines, the performance can be negatively affected. To work around this problem, adjust the value of?mem_max
to be equal across all Red Hat Enterprise Linux systems in the network. kabi-whitelists
component- The vxfs module might not work properly on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 because of the broken
radix_tree_gang_lookup_slot
symbol. Consult Symantec should you require a workaround for this issue. kernel
component- Enabling TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) on TAP interface may cause low throughput when the uplink is a high-speed interface. To improve throughput, turn off TSO on the tap interface of the virtual machine.
kabi-whitelists
component, BZ#871580- A patch submitted in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 broke a kABI symbol. Consequently, the previously working Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 Veritas
vxfs
module did not work on the 6.3 kernel; a newer compiled version of the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 Veritasvxfs
module had to be used. In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, the kABI issue has been fixed, and the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 Veritasvxfs
module works as expected. Refer to Table 5.1, “Functionality Matrix” for a summary of what versions of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 andvxfs
function as expected.Table 5.1. Functionality Matrix Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version (Kernel Version) 6.2 GA (2.6.32-220.el6) 6.3 GA (2.6.32-279.el6) 6.4 pre-alpha (2.6.32-330.el6) vxfs
Module Version5.1.120.000-SP1PR2 works fails works 5.1.133.000-SP1RP3 - works fail kernel
component- When using Chelsio's iSCSI HBAs for an iSCSI root partition, the first boot after install fails. This occurs because Chelsio's iSCSI HBA is not properly detected. To work around this issue, users must add the
iscsi_firmware
parameter to grub's kernel command line. This will signal to dracut to boot from the iSCSI HBA. kernel
component- The installation of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 i386 may occasionally fail. To work around this issue, add the following parameter to the kernel command line:
vmalloc=256MB
kernel
component- If a device reports an error, while it is opened (via the
open(2)
system call), then the device is closed (via theclose(2)
system call), and the/dev/disk/by-id
link for the device may be removed. When the problem on the device that caused the error is resolved, theby-id
link is not re-created. To work around this issue, run the following command:~]#
echo 'change' > /sys/class/block/sdX/uevent
kernel
component- When an HBA that uses the
mpt2sas
driver is connected to a storage using an SAS switch LSI SAS 6160, the driver may become unresponsive during Controller Fail Drive Fail (CFDF) testing. This is due to faulty firmware that is present on the switch. To fix this issue, use a newer version (14.00.00.00 or later) of firmware for the LSI SAS 6160 switch. kernel
component, BZ#745713- In some cases, Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 guests running fully-virtualized under Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 experience a time drift or fail to boot. In other cases, drifting may start after migration of the virtual machine to a host with different speed. This is due to limitations in the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Xen hypervisor. To work around this, add the
nohpet
parameter or, alternatively, theclocksource=jiffies
parameter to the kernel command line of the guest. Or, if running under Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7 or newer, locate the guest configuration file for the guest and add thehpet=0
parameter in it. kernel
component- On some systems, Xen full-virt guests may print the following message when booting:
WARNING: BIOS bug: CPU MTRRs don't cover all of memory, losing <number>MB of RAM
It is possible to avoid the memory trimming by using thedisable_mtrr_trim
kernel command line option. kernel
component- The
perf record
command becomes unresponsive when specifying a tracepoint event and a hardware event at the same time. kernel
component- On 64-bit PowerPC, the following command may cause kernel panic:
~]#
./perf record -agT -e sched:sched_switch -F 100 -- sleep 3
kernel
component- Applications are increasingly using more than 1024 file descriptors. It is not recommended to increase the default soft limit of file descriptors because it may break applications that use the
select()
call. However, it is safe to increase the default hard limit; that way, applications requiring a large amount of file descriptors can increase their soft limit without needing root privileges and without any user intervention. kernel
component- In network only use of Brocade Converged Network Adapters (CNAs), switches that are not properly configured to work with Brocade FCoE functionality can cause a continuous linkup/linkdown condition. This causes continuous messages on the host console:
bfa xxxx:xx:xx.x: Base port (WWN = xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx) lost fabric connectivity
To work around this issue, unload the Brocadebfa
driver. kernel
component- In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, a legacy bug in the PowerEdge Expandable RAID Controller 5 (PERC5) which causes the kdump kernel to fail to scan for
scsi
devices. It is usually triggered when a large amounts of I/O operations are pending on the controller in the first kernel before performing a kdump. kernel
component, BZ#679262- In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 and later, due to security concerns, addresses in
/proc/kallsyms
and/proc/modules
show all zeros when accessed by a non-root user. kernel
component- Superfluous information is displayed on the console due to a correctable machine check error occurring. This information can be safely ignored by the user. Machine check error reporting can be disabled by using the
nomce
kernel boot option, which disables machine check error reporting, or themce=ignore_ce
kernel boot option, which disables correctable machine check error reporting. -
kernel
component - The order in which PCI devices are scanned may change from one major Red Hat Enterprise Linux release to another. This may result in device names changing, for example, when upgrading from Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 to 6. You must confirm that a device you refer to during installation, is the intended device.One way to assure the correctness of device names is to, in some configurations, determine the mapping from the controller name to the controller's PCI address in the older release, and then compare this to the mapping in the newer release, to ensure that the device name is as expected.The following is an example from /var/log/messages:
kernel: cciss0: <0x3230> at PCI 0000:1f:00.0 IRQ 71 using DAC … kernel: cciss1: <0x3230> at PCI 0000:02:00.0 IRQ 75 using DAC
If the device name is incorrect, add thepci=bfsort
parameter to the kernel command line, and check again. kernel
component- The minimum firmware version for NIC adapters managed by
netxen_nic
is 4.0.550. This includes the boot firmware which is flashed in option ROM on the adapter itself. kernel
component- High stress on 64-bit IBM POWER series machines prevents kdump from successfully capturing the
vmcore
. As a result, the second kernel is not loaded, and the system becomes unresponsive. kernel
component- Triggering kdump to capture a
vmcore
through the network using the Intel 82575EB ethernet device in a 32 bit environment causes the networking driver to not function properly in the kdump kernel, and prevent thevmcore
from being captured. -
kernel
component - Memory Type Range Register (MTRR) setup on some hyperthreaded machines may be incorrect following a suspend/resume cycle. This can cause graphics performance (specifically, scrolling) to slow considerably after a suspend/resume cycle.To work around this issue, disable and then re-enable the hyperthreaded sibling CPUs around suspend/resume, for example:
#!/bin/sh # Disable hyper-threading processor cores on suspend and hibernate, re-enable # on resume. # This file goes into /etc/pm/sleep.d/ case $1 in hibernate|suspend) echo 0 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu1/online echo 0 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu3/online ;; thaw|resume) echo 1 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu1/online echo 1 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu3/online ;; esac
kernel
component- In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2,
nmi_watchdog
registers with theperf
subsystem. Consequently, during boot, theperf
subsystem grabs control of the performance counter registers, blocking OProfile from working. To resolve this, either boot with thenmi_watchdog=0
kernel parameter set, or run the following command to disable it at run time:echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/nmi_watchdog
To re-enablenmi-watchdog
, use the following commandecho 1 > /proc/sys/kernel/nmi_watchdog
kernel
component, BZ#603911- Due to the way ftrace works when modifying the code during start-up, the NMI watchdog causes too much noise and ftrace can not find a quiet period to instrument the code. Consequently, machines with more than 512 CPUs will encounter issues with the NMI watchdog. Such issues will return error messages similar to
BUG: NMI Watchdog detected LOCKUP
and have eitherftrace_modify_code
oripi_handler
in the backtrace. To work around this issue, disable NMI watchdog by setting thenmi_watchdog=0
kernel parameter, or using the following command at run time:echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/nmi_watchdog
kernel
component- On 64-bit POWER systems the EHEA NIC driver will fail when attempting to dump a
vmcore
via NFS. To work around this issue, utilize other kdump facilities, for example dumping to the local file system, or dumping over SSH. kernel
component, BZ#587909- A BIOS emulated floppy disk might cause the installation or kernel boot process to hang. To avoid this, disable emulated floppy disk support in the BIOS.
kernel
component- The preferred method to enable nmi_watchdog on 32-bit x86 systems is to use either
nmi_watchdog=2
ornmi_watchdog=lapic
parameters. The parameternmi_watchdog=1
is not supported. -
kernel
component - The kernel parameter,
pci=noioapicquirk
, is required when installing the 32-bit variant of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 on HP xw9300 workstations. Note that the parameter change is not required when installing the 64-bit variant.
5.11. Desktop
firefox
package- In certain environments, storing personal Firefox configuration files (~/.mozilla/) on an NFS share, such as when your home directory is on a NFS share, led to Firefox functioning incorrectly, for example, navigation buttons not working as expected, and bookmarks not saving. This update adds a new configuration option, storage.nfs_filesystem, that can be used to resolve this issue. If you experience this issue:
- Start Firefox.
- Type
about:config
into the URL bar and press the Enter key. - If prompted with "This might void your warranty!", click thebutton.
- Right-click in thelist. In the menu that opens, select → .
- Type "storage.nfs_filesystem" (without quotes) for the preference name and then click thebutton.
- Select
true
for the boolean value and then press the button.
Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux-Release_Notes-6
component- The link in the
RELEASE-NOTES-si-LK.html
file (provided by the Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux-Release_Notes-6-si-LK package) incorrectly points at the Beta online version of the 6.4 Release Notes. Because the si-LK language is no longer supported, the link should correctly point to the en-US online 6.4 Release Notes located at: https://access.redhat.com/site/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/6/html-single/6.4_Release_Notes/index.html. libwacom
component- The Lenovo X220 Tablet Touchscreen is not supported in the kernel shipped with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4.
wacomcpl
package, BZ#769466- The wacomcpl package has been deprecated and has been removed from the package set. The wacomcpl package provided graphical configuration of Wacom tablet settings. This functionality is now integrated into the GNOME Control Center.
acroread
component- Running a AMD64 system without the sssd-client.i686 package installed, which uses SSSD for getting information about users, causes acroread to fail to start. To work around this issue, manually install the sssd-client.i686 package.
kernel
component, BZ#681257- With newer kernels, such as the kernel shipped in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1, Nouveau has corrected the Transition Minimized Differential Signaling (TMDS) bandwidth limits for pre-G80 NVIDIA chipsets. Consequently, the resolution auto-detected by X for some monitors may differ from that used in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.0.
fprintd
component- When enabled, fingerprint authentication is the default authentication method to unlock a workstation, even if the fingerprint reader device is not accessible. However, after a 30 second wait, password authentication will become available.
evolution
component- Evolution's IMAP backend only refreshes folder contents under the following circumstances: when the user switches into or out of a folder, when the auto-refresh period expires, or when the user manually refreshes a folder (that is, using the menu item→ ). Consequently, when replying to a message in the Sent folder, the new message does not immediately appear in the Sent folder. To see the message, force a refresh using one of the methods describe above.
anaconda
component- The clock applet in the GNOME panel has a default location of Boston, USA. Additional locations are added via the applet's preferences dialog. Additionally, to change the default location, left-click the applet, hover over the desired location in the Locations section, and click the button that appears.
xorg-x11-server
component, BZ#623169- In some multi-monitor configurations (for example, dual monitors with both rotated), the cursor confinement code produces incorrect results. For example, the cursor may be permitted to disappear off the screen when it should not, or be prevented from entering some areas where it should be allowed to go. Currently, the only workaround for this issue is to disable monitor rotation.
5.12. Tools
coolkey
component, BZ#906537- Personal Identity Verification (PIV) Endpoint Cards which support both CAC and PIV interfaces might not work with the latest coolkey update; some signature operations like PKINIT can fail. To work around this problem, downgrade coolkey to the version shipped with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3.
libreport
component- Even if the stored credentials are used , the report-gtk utility can report the following error message:
Wrong settings detected for Red Hat Customer Support [..]
To work around this problem, close the dialog window; theLogin=<rhn-user>
andPassword=<rhn-password>
credentials in the/etc/libreport/plugins/rhtsupport.conf
will be used in the same way they are used by report-rhtsupport.For more information, refer to this Knowledge Base article. vlock
component- When a user password is used to lock a console with vlock, the console can only be unlocked with the user password, not the root password. That is, even if the first inserted password is incorrect, and the user is prompted to provide the root password, entering the root password fails with an error message.
libreoffice
component- Libreoffice contains a number of harmless files used for testing purposes. However, on Microsoft Windows system, these files can trigger false positive alerts on various anti-virus software, such as Microsoft Security Essentials. For example, the alerts can be triggered when scanning the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 ISO file.
gnome-power-manager
component- When the computer runs on battery, custom brightness level is not remembered and restored if power saving features like "dim display when idle" or "reduce backlight brightness when idle" are enabled.
rsyslog
component- rsyslog does not reload its configuration after a
SIGHUP
signal is issued. To reload the configuration, thersyslog
daemon needs to be restarted:~]#
service rsyslog restart
parted
component- The parted utility in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 cannot handle Extended Address Volumes (EAV) Direct Access Storage Devices (DASD) that have more than 65535 cylinders. Consequently, EAV DASD drives cannot be partitioned using parted, and installation on EAV DASD drives will fail. To work around this issue, complete the installation on a non EAV DASD drive, then add the EAV device after the installation using the tools provided in the s390-utils package.
Chapter 6. New Packages
Chapter 7. Updated Packages
7.1. 389-ds-base
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
(LDAP) server and command-line utilities for server administration.
Note
Security Fixes
- CVE-2012-4450
- A flaw was found in the way 389 Directory Server enforced ACLs after performing an LDAP modify relative distinguished name (modrdn) operation. After modrdn was used to move part of a tree, the ACLs defined on the moved (Distinguished Name) were not properly enforced until the server was restarted. This could allow LDAP users to access information that should be restricted by the defined ACLs.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#742054
- Previously, 389 Directory Server did not support the Simple Authentication and Security Layer (SASL) PLAIN mechanism. This mechanism has been added to the list of supported SASL mechanisms.
- BZ#742381
- Due to certain changes under the
cn=config
suffix, when an attribute value was deleted and then added back in the same modify operation,error 53
was returned. Consequently, the configuration could not be reset. This update allows delete operations to succeed if the attribute is added back in the same modify operation and reset the configuration file as expected. - BZ#757836
- Previously, the
logconv.pl
script used a connection number equal to 0 (conn=0
) as a restart point, which caused the script to return incorrect restart statistics. The underlying source code has been modified and 389 Directory Server is now configured to use connection number equal to 1 (conn=1
) as the restart point. - BZ#803873
- The
Windows Sync
feature uses the name in a search filter to perform an internal search to find an entry. Parentheses, “(” and “)” are special characters in theLDAP
protocol and therefore must be escaped. However, an attempt to synchronize an entry containing parentheses in the name from an Active Directory (AD) server failed with an error. With this update, 389 Directory Server properly escapes the parentheses and synchronization now proceeds correctly as expected. - BZ#818762
- When having an entry in a directory server (DS) with the same user name, group name, or both as an entry in AD and simultaneously the entry in AD was out of scope of the
Windows Sync
feature, the DS entry was deleted. This update adds the newwinSyncMoveAction
DS attribute for the Windows Sync agreement entry, which allows the user to specify the behavior of out-of-scope AD entries. The value could be set to:By default, the value is set tonone
, which means that an out-of-scope AD entry does nothing to the corresponding DS entry;delete
, which means that an out-of-scope AD entry deletes the corresponding DS entry;unsync
, which means that an out-of-scope AD entry is unsynchronized with the corresponding DS entry and changes made to either entry are not synchronized.
none
, which fixes this bug. - BZ#830334
- Due to an incorrect interpretation of an error code, a directory server considered an invalid chaining configuration setting as the
disk full
error and shut down unexpectedly. This bug has been fixed by using the correct error code and a directory server now no longer terminates due to an invalid chaining of a configuration setting. - BZ#830335
- Previously, restoring an
ldif
file from a replica, which had older changes that other servers did not see yet, could lead to these updates not being replicated to other replicas. With this update, 389 Directory Server checks the Change Sequence Numbers (CSNs) and allows the older updates to be replicated. As a result, all replicas remain synchronized. - BZ#830336
- When a directory server was under a heavy read and write load, and an update request was processed, the following error message or other similar
DB_LOCK_DEADLOCK
error messages appeared in the error log:entryrdn-index - _entryrdn_put_data: Adding the parent link (XXX) failed: DB_LOCK_DEADLOCK: Locker killed to resolve a deadlock (-30994)
These errors are common under these circumstances and there is no need to report them in the error log. With this update,389 Directory Server
ensures that these errors are handled properly and no longer logs these messages in the error log. - BZ#830337
- When a directory server was configured to use multi-master replication and the
Entry USN
plug-in, the delete operation was not replicated to the other masters. This update modifies theEntry USN
plug-in to prevent it from changing the delete operation into a delete tombstone operation, and from removing the operation before it logs into the change log to replay to other servers. As a result, the delete operation is replicated to all servers as expected. - BZ#830338
- Previously, 389 Directory Server did not refresh its Kerberos cache. Consequently, if a new Kerberos ticket was issued for a host that had already authenticated against a directory server, it would be rejected by this server until it was restarted. With this update, the Kerberos cache is flushed after an authentication failure and 389 Directory Server works as expected in the described scenario.
- BZ#830343
- Using the
Managed Entry
plug-in in conjunction with other plug-ins, such asDistributed Numeric Assignment
(DNA),Member of
, andAuto Member
, led to problems with delete operations on entries that managed theManaged Entry
plug-in. Themanager
entry was deleted, but themanaged
entry was not. The deadlock retry handling has been improved so that both entries are deleted during the same database operation. - BZ#830344
- Previously, replication errors logged in the error log could contain incorrect information. With this update, the replication errors have been modified to be more useful in diagnosing and fixing problems.
- BZ#830346
- When audit logging in a directory server was enabled, LDAP ADD operations were ignored and were not logged. This update removes a regression in the audit log code that caused the ADD operation to be ignored, and LDAP ADD operations are now logged to the audit log as expected.
- BZ#830348
- 389 Directory Server with a large number of replication agreements took a considerable amount of time to shut down due to a long sleep interval coded in the replication stop code. This sleep interval has been reduced to speed up the system termination.
- BZ#830349
- Previously, in a SASL map definition, using a compound search filter that included the “&” character failed because the “&” character was escaped. The underlying source code has been modified and searching with a filter that includes the “&” character works as expected.
- BZ#830353
- When 389 Directory Server used the
Managed Entry
plug-in or theDNA
plug-in, thevalgrind
tool reported memory errors and leaks. With this update, a patch has been applied to prevent these problems, and memory is now used and deleted correctly. - BZ#832560
- When replication was configured and a conflict occurred, under certain circumstances, an error check did not reveal this conflict, because a
to-be-deleted
attribute was already deleted by another master. Consequently, the conflict terminated the server. This update improves error checks to prevent replication conflicts from crashing the server. - BZ#833202
- Previously, internal entries that were in the cache were freed when retrying failed transactions due to a deadlock. This behavior caused problems in a directory server and this server could terminate under a heavy update load. With this update, the cached internal entries are no longer freed and directory servers do not crash in the described scenario.
- BZ#833218
- Due to improper deadlock handling, the database reported an error instead of retrying the transaction. Consequently, under a heavy load, the directory server got deadlock errors when attempting to write to the database. The deadlock handling has been fixed and 389 Directory Server works as expected in such a case.
- BZ#834047
- Internal access control prohibited deleting newly added or modified passwords. This update allows the user to delete any password if they have the modify rights.
- BZ#834054
- Certain operations, other than
LDAP Modify
operations, can cause the 389 Directory Server to modify internal attributes. For example, aBIND
operation can cause updates to password failure counters. In these cases, 389 Directory Server was updating attributes that could only be updated during an explicitLDAP Modify
operation, such as themodifyTimestamp
attribute. This update adds a new internal flag to skip the update of these attributes on other thanModify
operations. - BZ#834056
- Due to an invalid configuration setup in the
Auto Memmber
plug-in, the directory server became unresponsive under certain circumstances. With this update, the configuration file is validated, invalid configurations are not allowed, and the server no longer hangs. - BZ#834057
- When using SNMP monitoring, 389 Directory Server terminated at startup due to multiple
ldap
servers listed in theldap-agent.conf
file. With this update, the buffer betweenldap
servers no longer resets and 389 Directory Server starts up regardless of the number ofldap
servers listed in the configuration file. - BZ#834064
- Previously, the
dnaNextValue
counter was incremented in the pre-operation stage. Consequently, if the operation failed, the counter was still incremented. This bug has been fixed and thednaNextValue
counter is not incremented if the operation fails. - BZ#834065
- When a replication agreement was added without the LDAP BIND credentials, the replication process failed with a number of errors. With this update, 389 Directory Server validates the replication configuration and ensures that all needed credentials are supplied. As a result, 389 Directory Server rejects invalid replication configuration before attempting to replicate with invalid credentials.
- BZ#834075
- Previously, the
logconv.pl
script did not grab the correct search base, and as a consequence, the searching statistics were invalid. A new hash has been created to store connections and operation numbers from search operations. As a result,logconv.pl
now grabs the correct search base and no longer produces incorrect statistics. - BZ#838706
- When using the
Referential Integrity
plug-in, renaming a user DN did not rename the user's DN in the user's groups, unless that case matched exactly. With this update, case-insensitive comparisons or DN normalizations are performed, so that the member attributes are updated when the user is renamed. - BZ#840153
- Previously, the
Attribute Uniqueness
plug-in did comparisons of un-normalized values. Consequently, using this plug-in and performing theLDAP RENAME
operation on an entry containing one of the attributes which were tested for uniqueness by this plug-in caused theLDAP RENAME
operation to fail with the following error:Constraint Violation - Another entry with the same attribute value already exists.
With this update,Attribute Uniqueness
ensures that comparisons are performed between values which were normalized the same way, andLDAP RENAME
works as expected in this situation. - BZ#841600
- When the
Referential Integrity
plug-in was used with a delay time greater than 0, and theLDAP RENAME
operation was performed on auser
entry with DN specified by one or moregroup
entries under the scope of theReferential Integrity
plug-in, the user entry DN in thegroup
entries did not change. The underlying source code has been modified andLDAP RENAME
operations work as expected in the described scenario. - BZ#842437
- Previously, the
DNA
plug-in could leak memory in certain cases for certainMODIFY
operations. This update applies a patch to fix this bug and the modifications are freed as expected with no memory leaks. - BZ#842438
- To improve the performance, the entry cache size is supposed to be larger then the primary database size if possible. Previously, 389 Directory Server did not alert the user that the size of the entry cache was too small. Consequently, the user could not notice that the size of the entry cache was too small and that they should enlarge it. With this update, the configured entry cache size and the primary database size are examined, and if the entry cache is too small, a warning is logged in the error log.
- BZ#842440
- Previously, the
Memberof
plug-in code executed redundant DN normalizations and therefore slowed down the system. The underlying source code has been modified to eliminate redundant DN normalizations. - BZ#842441
- Previously, the directory server could disallow changes that were made to the
nsds5ReplicaStripAttrs
attribute using theldapmodify
operation. Consequently, the attribute could only be set manually in thedse.ldif
file when the server was shut down. With this update, the user is now able to set thensds5ReplicaStripAttrs
attribute using theldapmodify
operation. - BZ#850683
- Previously, 389 Directory Server did not check attribute values for the
nsds5ReplicaEnabled
feature which caused this feature to be disabled. With this update, 389 Directory Server checks if the attribute value fornsds5ReplicaEnabled
is valid and reports an error if it is not. - BZ#852088
- When multi-master replication or database chaining was used with the
TLS/SSL
protocol, a server using client certificate-based authentication was unable to connect and connection errors appeared in the error log. With this update, the internal TLS/SSL and certificate setup is performed correctly and communication between servers works as expected. - BZ#852202
- Previously, there was a race condition in the replication code. When two or more suppliers were attempting to update a heavily loaded consumer at the same time, the consumer could, under certain circumstances, switch to total update mode, erase the database, and abort replication with an error. The underlying source code has been modified to prevent the race condition. As a result, the connection is now protected against access from multiple threads and multiple suppliers.
- BZ#852839
- Due to the use of an uninitialized variable, a heavily loaded server processing multiple simultaneous delete operations could terminate unexpectedly under certain circumstances. This update provides a patch that initializes the variable properly and the directory server no longer crashes under these circumstances.
- BZ#855438
- Due to an incorrect attempt to send the
cleanallruv
task to the Windows WinSync replication agreements, the task became unresponsive. With this update, the WinSync replication agreements are ignored and thecleanallruv
task no longer hangs in the described scenario. - BZ#856657
- Previously, the
dirsrv
init script always returned 0, even when one or all the defined instances failed to start. This update applies a patch that improves the underlying source code anddirsrv
no longer returns 0 if any of the defined instances failed. - BZ#858580
- The schema reload task reloads schema files in the schema directory. Simultaneously,
Directory server
has several internal schemas which are not stored in the schema directory. These schemas were lost after the schema reload task was executed. Consequently, adding aposixAccount
class failed. With this update, the internal schemas are stashed in a hash table and reloaded with external schemas. As result, adding aposixAccount
is successful. - BZ#863576
- When abandoning a Simple Paged Result request, 389 Directory Server tried to acquire a connection lock twice, and because the connection lock is not self reentrant, 389 Directory Server was waiting for the lock forever and stopped the server. This update provides a patch that eliminates the second lock and 389 Directory Server works as expected in the described scenario.
- BZ#864594
- Previously, Anonymous Resource Limits applied to the
Directory Manager
. However, the Directory Manager should never have any limits. With this update, Anonymous Resource Limits no longer apply to Directory Manager. - BZ#868841
- Even if an entry in AD did not contain all the required attributes for the POSIX account entry, the entry was synchronized to the DS as a POSIX entry. Consequently, the synchronization failed due to a “missing attribute” error. With this update, if an entry does not have all the required attributes, the POSIX account related attributes are dropped and the entry is synchronized as an ordinary entry. As a result, the synchronization is successful.
- BZ#868853
- When enabling replication level logging, the
Windows Sync
feature prints out what version of Windows or AD it detects. Previously, if the feature detected Windows Server 2003 or later, it printed out the following message:detected win2k3 peer
This message could be confusing for users who had a later version of Windows, such as Windows Server 2008. This update modifies the message and now the following message is printed out:detected win2k3 or later peer
- BZ#870158
- When a directory server was under a heavy load, deleting entries using the
Entry USN
feature caused tombstone entry indexes to be processed incorrectly. Consequently, the server could become unresponsive. This update fixes 389 Directory Server to process tombstone indexes correctly, so that the server no longer hangs in this situation. - BZ#870162
- Previously, the abandon request checked if the operation to abandon existed. When a search operation was already finished and an operation object had been released, a Simple Page Results request could fail due to this check. This update modifies 389 Directory Server to skip operation existence checking, so that Simple Paged Results requests are always successfully aborted.
- BZ#875862
- Previously, the
DNA
plug-in attempted to dereference a NULL pointer value for thednaMagicRegen
attribute. Consequently, ifDNA
was enabled with nodnamagicregen
value specified in its configuration and an entry with an attribute that triggered the DNA value generation was added, the server could terminate unexpectedly. This update improves the 389 Directory Server to check for an emptydnamagicregen
value before it attempts to dereference this value. As a result, 389 Directory Server no longer crashes if nodnamagicregen
attribute is specified. - BZ#876694
- Previously, the code to check if a new superior entry existed, returned the “No such object” error only when the operation was requested by the directory manager. Consequently, if an ordinary non-root user attempted to use the
modrdn
operation to move an entry to a non-existing parent, the server terminated unexpectedly. This update provides a patch that removes the operator condition so that the check returns the “No such object” error even if the requester is an ordinary user, and themodrdn
operation performed to the non-existing parent successfully fails for any user. - BZ#876727
- aIf a filter contained a range search, the search retrieved one ID per one
idl_fetch
attribute and merged it to the ID list using theidl_union()
function. This process is slow, especially when the range search result size is large. With this update, 389 Directory Server switches toALLID
mode by using thensslapd-rangelookthroughlimit
switch instead of creating a complete ID list. As a result, the range search takes less time. - BZ#889083
- Previously, if an entry was added or created without plug-in interference, the
nsslapd-plugin-track-binddn
feature filled the value of theinternalModifiersname
andinternalCreatorsname
attributes with the original bind DN instead of the name of the actual plug-in that modified or added the entry. This behavior is undesired; thus thensslapd-plugin-track-binddn
has been modified to always show the name of the actual plug-in that performed these operations. - BZ#891930
- In previous versions of the 389-ds-base packages, an attempt to add a new entry to the
DNA
plug-in when the range of values was depleted caused the following error message to be returned:ipa: ERROR: Operations error: Allocation of a new value for range cn=posix ids,cn=distributed numeric assignment plugin,cn=plugins,cn=config failed! Unable to proceed.
This message was missing all additional information in recent versions of the 389-ds-base packages. With this update, a patch is applied to provide the returned error message with additional information. - BZ#896256
- Previously, an upgrade of the 389-ds-base packages affected configuration files. Consequently, custom configuration files were reverted to by default. This update provides a patch to ensure that custom changes in configuration files are preserved during the upgrade process.
Enhancements
- BZ#746642
- This update allows the
PAM Pass-through
plug-in to pass through the authentication process to different PAM stacks, based on domain membership or some property of the user entry, or both. Users now can login to Red Hat Directory Server using the credentials and account data from the correct AD server. - BZ#768084
- This enhancement improves the
automember
plug-in to check existing entries and writes out the changes which occur if these entries are added. - BZ#782975
- Previously, certain BINDs could cause only entries with the
modifiersname
ormodifystimestamp
attribute to be updated. This behavior led to unnecessary replication traffic. This enhancement introduces the newreplication
feature to decrease replication traffic caused by BINDs. - BZ#830331
- This enhancement adds the new
Disk Monitoring
plug-in. When disk partitions fill up,Disk Monitoring
returns a warning. - BZ#830340
- Previously, two tasks were needed to be performed to clean an entire replication environment, the clean task and the release task. With this update, these tasks are incorporated in the
Cleanallruv
feature. - BZ#830347
- Previously, the
Paged Results
search was allowed to perform only one request per connection. If the user used one connection, multiple Paged Results requests were not supported. This update adds support for multiple Paged Results requests. - BZ#830355
- With this enhancement, obsolete elements in the Database Replica Update Vector (RUV) can be removed with the
CLEANRUV
operation, which removes them on a single supplier or master. - BZ#833222
- This enhancement improves the
memberOf
plug-in to work across multiple back ends or suffixes. - BZ#834046
- With this update, the
Directory Server
schema has been updated with thensTLS1
attribute to makeTLS/SSL
configuration easier. - BZ#834049
- With this update, the
Directory Server
schema has been updated to include theDNA
plug-in attributes. - BZ#834052
- This enhancement improves the
Access Control
feature to control the Directory Manager account. - BZ#834053
- This enhancement adds the ability to execute internal modification operations without changing the operational
modifiersname
attribute. - BZ#834058
- With this update, the
logconv.pl
script has been enhanced with thegetopts()
function. - BZ#834060
- Previously, the password lockout process was triggered not when maximum the number of tries was reached, but the time after. This behavior was not consistent with other vendors' LDAP servers. This enhancement adds the new option which allows users to specify the behavior of password lockout.
- BZ#834061
- Previously, DS did not include the
SO_KEEPALIVE
settings and connections could not be closed properly. This enhancement implements theSO_KEEPALIVE
settings to the DS connections. - BZ#834063
- With this update, the new
passwordTrackUpdateTime
attribute has been added. This attribute records a timestamp when the password was last changed. - BZ#834074
- This enhancement adds the new
nsds5ReplicaEnabled
attribute to the replication agreement. If the replication agreement is disabled, it appears to be removed, but can be easily re-enabled and resumed. - BZ#847868
- Previously, the
Windows Sync
plug-in did not support the RFC 2307 and 2307bis types of POSIX schema which supports Windows Active Directory (AD). Under these circumstances, users had to synchronize data between AD and DS manually which could return errors. This enhancement changes the POSIX attributes to prevent these consequences.Note
Note, that for the initial release, when adding new user and group entries to the DS, the POSIX attributes are not synchronized with AD. Adding new user and group entries to AD synchronizes to DS, and modifying attributes synchronizes both ways. - BZ#852087
- This enhancement improves the
Directory Server
schema to allow setting up an access control for thensslapd-readonly
attribute.
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-4283
- It was discovered that the 389 Directory Server did not properly handle the receipt of certain MOD operations with a bogus Distinguished Name (DN). A remote, unauthenticated attacker could use this flaw to cause the 389 Directory Server to crash.
7.2. abrt, libreport and btparser
libreport
libraries provide an API for reporting different problems in applications to different bug targets like Bugzilla, ftp, and trac.
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#799909
- When the user attempted to remove a non-existing problem directory using the abrt-cli utility, abrt-cli emitted a confusing error message, such as in the following example:
# abrt-cli rm sdfsdf 'sdfsdf' does not exist Can't connect to '/var/run/abrt/abrt.socket': Connection refused
With this update, abrt-cli has been modified to display only a message informing that such a problem directory does not exist. - BZ#808721, BZ#814594
- When multiple kernel oopses occur in a short period of time, ABRT saves only the first oops because the later oopses are mostly only consequences of the first problem. However, ABRT sorted the processed oopses incorrectly so that the last oops that occurred was saved instead of the first oops. With this update, ABRT has been modified to process multiple kernel oopses in the correct order so that ABRT now saves the first oops as expected.
- BZ#810309
- Due to incorrect configuration, ABRT attempted to use the abrt-bodhi command, which is not available in Red Hat Enterprise Linux, while analyzing a backtrace. As a consequence, the user could see the following error message in the problem backtrace:
/bin/sh: line 6: abrt-bodhi: command not found
However, the error message had no influence on the problem reporting process. This update corrects the ABRT configuration so that the abrt-bodhi command is removed from the analyzer events and the error message no longer occurs. - BZ#811901
- Previously, ABRT expected the dbus-send command to be always present on a system. However, ABRT does not depend on the related dbus package so there is no guarantee that the command is installed on the system. Therefore, when processing events that use the dbus-send command and the dbus package was not installed, ABRT emitted the following error message to the system log:
abrtd: /bin/sh: dbus-send: command not found
With this update, ABRT has been modified to verify the existence of dbus-send before attempting to call this command. The aforementioned error messages no longer occur in the system log. - BZ#813283
- Previously, when running the report-gtk command with a non-existing problem directory, ABRT GUI attempted to process the problem directory. As a consequence, the terminal was flooded with GTK error messages. With this update, the ABRT GUI has been modified to no longer process non-existing problem directories. GUI now only prints a message informing that the processed directory does not exist and exits gracefully.
- BZ#817051
- The report tool always had to be executed from a problem directory even to perform actions which do not require the problem directory, such as adding an attachment to the existing bug report. When running from a directory that was not a problem directory, the report tool failed with the following error message:
'.' is not a problem directory
With this update, the report tool has been modified to not require a problem directory if the "-t" option is specified. The report tool can now be used to update existing bug reports without a need to run inside a problem directory. - BZ#815339, BZ#828673
- Due to an error in the default libreport configuration, ABRT attempted to run the reporter-bugzilla command, which is not installed by default. This caused the following warning message to appear during problem reporting:
/bin/sh: line 4: reporter-bugzilla: command not found
However, the reporting process was not affected by this warning message. With this update, the default configuration of libreport has been corrected and reporter-bugzilla is no longer called by ABRT in the default configuration. The aforementioned warning message is no longer displayed during the reporting process. - BZ#820475
- Previously, the abrt-ccpp init script did not emit any status message so that the service abrt-ccpp status command did not display any output. This update corrects the abrt-ccpp init script so that if the abrt-ccpp service is running the "abrt-ccpp hook is installed" message is displayed. If abrt-ccpp is stopped, the "abrt-ccpp hook is not installed" message appears.
- BZ#826745
- Certain ABRT libraries were previously built with wrong linker parameters and when running prelink on these libraries, the process returned error messages that the library contains "undefined non-weak symbols". With this update, the related makefiles have been corrected and the aforementioned errors no longer occur during prelink phase.
- BZ#826924
- ABRT ran the sosreport utility whenever a problem was detected. However, if the detected problem was caused by sosreport, ABRT could run sosreport in an infinite loop. Consequently, abrtd became unresponsive with extensive consumption of system resources. This update modifies ABRT to ignore consequent crashes in the same component that occur within a 20-second time period. The abrtd daemon no longer hangs if sosreport crashes.
- BZ#847227
- ABRT previously moved captured vmcore files from the default location in the /var/crash/ directory to the /var/spool/abrt/ directory. This affected the functioning of various tools that expected a vmcore file to be present in the /var/crash/ directory. This update modifies ABRT to use the CopyVMcore configuration option to specify whether to copy or move the core file. By default, ABRT no longer moves vmcore from the /var/crash/ directory but copies it.
- BZ#847291
- When disk space usage of the /var/spool/abrt/ directory reaches the specified disk space quota, ABRT finds and removes the largest problem directory. However, ABRT was previously unable to handle situations when the largest directory in /var/spool/abrt/ was not a problem directory. ABRT could not remove this directory and entered an infinite loop while searching for the largest directory to be removed. This update modifies ABRT to exclude unknown directories when determining which problem directory needs to be removed. The abrtd daemon no longer hangs in this scenario.
- BZ#856960
- When configured for centralized crash collection, ABRT previously printed logging credentials in plain text into the /var/log/messages log file on a dedicated system while uploading a crash report. This was a security risk, and so ABRT has been modified to no longer print the libreport-plugin-reportuploader plug-in credentials in log messages.
- BZ#873815
- When processing a large amount of problems, the inotify handling code could become out of sync, causing abrtd to be unable to read inotify events. Eventually, abrtd became unresponsive while trying to read an inotify event. If this happened and a Python application attempted to communicate with ABRT, abrtd and the Python application entered a deadlock situation. The daemon was busy trying to read an incoming inotify event and the Python script was waiting for a response from abrtd, which caused the application to become unresponsive as well. With this update, the ABRT exception handler sets timeout on a socket used for communication between abrtd and Python scripts, and also the inotify handling code has been modified. The abrtd daemon and Python applications no longer hang, however under heavy load, the inotify handling code can still become out of sync, which would cause abrtd to stop accepting new problems. If abrtd stops accepting new problems, it has to be restarted to work correctly again.
7.3. alsa-utils
Note
Enhancement
- BZ#814832
- The alsa-utils package has been enhanced to work better with the GNOME volume control applet and sound preferences user interface.
7.4. amanda
Bug Fix
- BZ#752096
- Previously, the amandad daemon, which is required for successful running of AMANDA, was located in the amanda-client package; however, this package was not required during installation of the amanda-server package. Consequently, AMANDA did not work properly. The amanda-client package has been added to the amanda-server dependencies and AMANDA works correctly now.
7.5. anaconda
Bug fixes
- BZ#803883
- Due to a bug in the multipath output parsing code, when installing Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 on an IBM Power system with JBOD (Joined Body Of Disks — more than one hard drive attached to the same SAS controller), Anaconda could detect these multiple hard drives as a multipath device. This in turn caused the partitioning of the hard drive to fail, causing the installation of the system to fail as well. This update fixes the parsing code and the system is installed correctly.
- BZ#848741
- The Anaconda installer did not wait for BIOS storage devices to initialize when booted with the
ks:bd:<bios disk>:/ks.cfg
command-line option. As a consequence, BIOS storage devices could not be found and the installation could fail. To fix this bug, a delay algorithm for BIOS devices has been added to the code path used when booting withks:bd:<bios disk>:/ks.cfg
. As a result, Anaconda tries to wait for BIOS devices to initialize. - BZ#828650
- The file system migration from ext2 to ext3 did not work because Anaconda did not modify the
/etc/fstab
file with the new ext3 file system type. Consequently, after the installation, the file system was mounted as an ext2 file system. With this update, Anaconda properly sets the migrated file system type in/etc/fstab
. Thus, the file system is mounted as expected after installation. - BZ#886150
- When installing Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 Beta using the kickstart file, which included the partition scheme, LVM incorrectly removed the dashes from Logical Volume and Volume Group names. This caused the names to be malformed. This update fixes the aforementioned function to correctly format Logical Volume and Volume Group names during the installation process.
- BZ#819486
- Using IPv6 to install Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 (both Alpha and Beta) on a z/VM guest enabled the user to SSH to the system and proceed with the language selection screen. However, after this step, the installation stopped and the SSH session was closed. With this update, the IPv6 installation on a z/VM guest is successful on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4.
- BZ#824963
- A kickstart installation on unsupported hardware resulted in a dialog box asking for confirmation before proceeding with the installation process. As a consequence, it was not possible to perform a kickstart installation on unsupported hardware without any user input. To fix this bug, a new
unsupported_hardware
kickstart command has been added, which skips the interactive dialog warning when installing a system on unsupported hardware without user input. - BZ#811197
- When a
/boot
partition was on a RAID device, inconsistent messages were returned because it was not supported to have this partition on such a device. These varied messages were confusing. To fix this bug, the error messages have been corrected to make sense and to not duplicate each other. - BZ#834689
- Kernel modules containing Microsoft paravirtualized drivers were missing in the installation environment. To fix this bug, kernel modules with Microsoft PV have been added to the installation environment. As a result, better support for Microsoft virtualization is provided.
- BZ#837835
- Modules with VMware PV drivers were not included in the installation environment. This update adds the modules with VMware PV drivers to provide better virtualization support.
- BZ#809641
- The
udev
device manager was not used to resolve kickstartraid --onpart
disk references. As a consequence, the/dev/disk/by-id/
path could not be used properly. With this update, theudev_resolve_devspec()
function is used to resolve the--onpart
command option. As a result, theraid --onpart
command can now use the/dev/disk/by-id/
paths as expected. - BZ#809640
- The Anaconda installer did not use the
udev
device manager to resolve/dev/disk/by-id/
names. This meant the kickstart installation method did not work with/dev/disk/by-id/
names. To fix this bug, Anaconda is now usingudev
to resolve/dev/disk/by-id/
names. As a result, kickstart installations using/dev/disk/by-id/
names work as expected. - BZ#804557
- When installing a system using the text mode on a machine which already had Red Hat Enterprise Linux installed on it, a traceback error occurred when thebutton was used to go back from any dialog after the time zone dialog. With this update, disks are rescanned when moving back through the upgrade dialog, thus preventing this bug.
- BZ#840723
- The Anaconda installer called the
modprobe
tool without the-b
argument that enabled blacklists. Consequently, modules were not blacklisted. To fix this bug, the required argument has been added to modprobe call. As a result, modules are blacklisted as expected. - BZ#851249
- The Anaconda installer appended the
boot=
parameter on the command line whenever thefips=1
parameter was used. With this update, Anaconda appends theboot=
parameter only when thefips=1
parameter is used and/boot
is on a separate partition. - BZ#828029
- This update fixes a typographical error in Korean version of a warning message used to alert users of a root password that is too simple.
- BZ#681224
- The Anaconda installer did not verify package checksums against the checksum in the repository metadata. A package which did not match the repo metadata checksum could be installed by the Yum utility. As a consequence, an incorrect package could be installed with no errors returned. This update adds verification of the package checksum against the checksum in the repository metadata.
- BZ#656315
- IPv6 configuration options of the installer's text UI (user interface) were using descriptions suggesting misleading meaning. Consequently, the description could mislead the users with DHCPv6 configured to use Dynamic IPv6 configuration (DHCPv6) which used DHCPv6 exclusively without using SLAAC automatic configuration. To fix this bug, the first option (
Automatic neighbor discovery
) has been renamed toAutomatic
; it is the (SLAAC) automatic configuration with the option of using a DHCPv6 server based on RA server configuration. The second option (Dynamic IP configuration (DHCPv6)
) was renamed toAutomatic, DHCP only
, which describes the actual configuration to be used more accurately. These descriptions are now the same as those used by Network Manager. As a result, it is now clearer that the third option (Automatic, DHCP only
) is using the DHCPv6 server exclusively. - BZ#836321
- The command-line interface of the fcoe-utils package in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 was changed but the installer did not adapt to this change correctly. As a consequence, FCoE initiators were not able to log in to remote storages, which could then not be used for installation. To fix this bug, the
fipvlan
command arguments have been fixed to use the new-f
option correctly. As a result, the installer now logs in to a FCoE remote storage correctly, and can be used for installation purposes. - BZ#823690
- Repositories without size data caused a divide-by-zero error. Consequently, the installation failed. With this update, repositories without size data do not cause a divide-by-zero error and the installation succeeds.
- BZ#848818
- Support for the
--hibernation
option was only added to thepart
command. Consequently,--hibernation
did not work with thelogvol
command. To fix this bug, support for--hibernation
has been added to thelogvol
command. As a result,--hibernation
now works with thelogvol
command. - BZ#784001
- The
linksleep
option used to be applied only for theksdevice=
boot parameter using the value link. Consequently, when theksdevice
boot parameter was supplied a value containing a device name or a MAC address, thelinksleep
boot parameter did not take effect. Without waiting for the link, as required by thelinksleep
boot parameter, the installer could fail. To fix this bug, thelinksleep
boot parameter has been added to code paths where the to-be-activated device is specified. As a result, thelinksleep
boot parameter is honored also for installation where theksdevice
boot parameter is supplied a value containing a device name or a MAC address. - BZ#747278
- The Anaconda installer did not check lengths of Logical Volume Manager (LVM) Volume Group names or Logical Volume names. As a consequence, an error occurred when creating disk partitions. To fix this bug, the length of LVM Volume Group names has been truncated to 32 characters and Logical Volume names to 16 characters. As a result, the installation completes successfully.
- BZ#746925
- Previously, Anaconda failed to enable add-on repositories when upgrading the system. Consequently, packages from the add-on repositories were not upgraded. This update allows Anaconda to enable add-on repositories when the system is upgrading and packages from the add-on repositories are upgraded as expected.
Enhancements
- BZ#668065
- With this update, the
vlanid=boot
and--vlanid=kickstart
options can be used to allow users to set a virtual LAN ID (802.1q tag) for a specified network device. By specifying either one of these options, installation of the system can be done over a VLAN. - BZ#838736
- This update allows users to select a LUKS encryption type in the kickstart configuration file.
- BZ#662007
- The
bond boot
,--bondslaves
and--bondopts kickstart
options can now be used to configure bonding as a part of the installation process. For more information on how to configure bonding, refer to the following parts of the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Installation Guide: the Kickstart Options section and the Boot Options chapter. - BZ#813998
- When using a kickstart file to install Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, with the new
fcoe kickstart
option, users can now specify, which Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) devices should be activated automatically in addition to those discovered by Enhanced Disk Drive (EDD) services. For more information, refer to the Kickstart Options section in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Installation Guide. - BZ#838742
- RPM signatures are now generated using the sha256sum utility instead of the md5sum utility. With this update, the sha256sum command-line utility is included in Anaconda and is available in the shell during the installation process.
7.6. authconfig
Bug Fixes
- BZ#862195
- Prior to this update, the authconfig utility used old syntax for configuring the idmap mapping in the smb.conf file when started with the "--smbidmapuid" and "--smbidmapgid" command line options. Consequently, Samba 3.6 ignored the configuration. This update adapts authconfig to use the new syntax of the idmap range configuration so that Samba 3.6 can read it.
- BZ#874527
- Prior to this update, the authconfig utility could write an incomplete sssd.conf file when using the options "--enablesssd" or "--enablesssdauth". As a consequence, the sssd daemon did not start. With this update, authconfig no longer tries to create the sssd.conf file without complete information, and the sssd daemon can now start as expected.
7.7. autofs
Bug Fixes
- BZ#585059
- When the automount daemon managed a large number of mount points, unmounting all active mount points could take a longer period of time than expected. If the daemon failed to exit within 45 seconds, the autofs init script timed out and returned a false-positive shutdown failure. To resolve this problem, the init script restart behavior has been modified. If the init script repeatedly fails to stop the daemon, the script terminates the daemon by sending the SIGKILL signal, which allows autofs to be restarted correctly.
- BZ#819703
- The automount interface matching code was able to detect only IPv4 interfaces. As a consequence, mount points were mounted with an incorrect mount type when using IPv6. To fix this problem, the automount interface matching code has been modified to use the getifaddrs() function insted of ioctl(). The automount interface matching code now properly recognizes IPv6 interfaces and both, IPv4 and IPv6 mounts are now mounted as expected.
- BZ#827024, BZ#846852, BZ#847873
- Previously, automount could terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault when using the internal hosts map. This could happen due to a function name collision between autofs and the libtirpc library. Both utilities called a debug logging function of the same name but with a different call signature. This update applies a series of patches that fix this problem by redefining the internal debug logging function in autofs. Also, several other bugs related to the autofs RPC function have been fixed. The automount daemon no longer crashes when using the internal hosts map and the libtirpc library is installed on the system.
- BZ#834641
- Due to an incorrectly placed port test in the get_nfs_info() function, autofs attempted to contact the portmap service when mounting NFSv4 file systems. Consequently, if the portmap service was disabled on the server, automount failed to mount the NFSv4 file systems with the following error message:
mount(nfs): no hosts available
With this update, the port check has been moved to the correct location in the code so that automount no longer contacts the server's port mapper when mounting NFSv4 file systems. NFSv4 file systems are mounted as expected in this scenario. - BZ#836422
- Previously, the autofs internal hosts map could not be refreshed until all entries in the map had been unmounted. Consequently, users could not access newly exported NFS shares and any attempt to access such shares failed with the "No such file or directory" error message. This update allows the server export list to be updated by sending a HUP signal to the automount daemon. This causes automount to request server exports so the hosts map and associated automounts can be updated. Newly exported NFS shares can now be accessed as expected.
- BZ#845512
- Previously, the usage message displayed by the autofs init script did not contain the "usage" command entry. This update corrects the init script so it now displays all commands that can be used with the autofs service as expected.
- BZ#856296
- When stopping the autofs service, autofs did not correctly handle situations where a null map entry appeared after a corresponding indirect map entry in the autofs master map. As a consequence, automount attempted to unmount a unmount a non-existing automount point and became unresponsive. This update modifies autofs to process null map entries correctly so it no longer attempts to unmount non-existing automount points. The autofs service now stops gracefully as expected.
- BZ#860184
- Previously, the autofs init script did not allow any commands to be run by unprivileged users. However, it is desirable to let a non-root user check the status of autofs for example for monitoring purposes. Therefore, this update modifies the autofs init script to allow unprivileged users to execute the service autofs status command.
- BZ#865311
- Previous versions of autofs contained several typographical errors and misleading information in the auto.master(5) man page, and autofs.sysconfig and autofs.conf configuration files. This update corrects these bugs including the description of the MOUNT_NFS_DEFAULT_PROTOCOL and MOUNT_WAIT options.
- BZ#868973
- When attempting to mount an NFSv4 share from an unreachable NFSv4 server, autofs did not close IPv6 UDP sockets. This could eventually lead to depletion of free file descriptors and an automount failure. This update modifies autofs to close IPv6 UDP sockets as expected, and automount no longer fails due to too many open files in the described scenario.
- BZ#892846
- When using autofs with LDAP, the code used to perform a base DN search allowed a race between two threads executing the same function simultaneously to occur. As a result of this race, autofs could attempt to access already freed memory and terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. With this update, the code used to perform base DN searches has been moved to the function protected by a mutex, which prevents the race from occurring. The base DN searches are now performed only when refreshing settings of the map lookup modules.
Enhancements
- BZ#846870
- This update modifies autofs to allow configuring of separate timeout values for individual direct map entries in the autofs master map.
- BZ#859947
- With this update, the auto.master(5) man page has been updated to document the "-t, --timeout" option in the FORMAT options section.
- BZ#866338
- The auto.master(5) man page has been updated to clarify description of the "nobind" option when it is used with direct mount maps.
- BZ#866396
- The autofs.spec file has been modified to update build dependency of the autofs sss interface library. The library now requires the libsss_autofs package instead of sssd.
- BZ#822733
- This update improves debug logging of autofs. With debug logging set on, automount now reports whether it needs to read a mount map or not.
Bug Fix
- BZ#921147
- Previously, when two nearly simultaneous mount requests occurred, NFS mounts mounted by autofs sometimes failed. This caused a fatal error for the host being probed and autofs failed the mount attempt with a "mount(nfs): no hosts available" error message. This update provides a patch which uses numeric protocol IDs, instead of protoent structures, and NFS mount attempts by autofs no longer fail in the described scenario.
Bug Fix
- BZ#1006163
- Previously, when mounting new mounts, the automount daemon stopped responding. This occurred due to an execution order race during an expire thread creation. This update refactors the code handling the expire thread creation and the problem no longer occurs.
7.8. automake
Security Fix
- CVE-2012-3386
- It was found that the distcheck rule in Automake-generated Makefiles made a directory world-writable when preparing source archives. If a malicious, local user could access this directory, they could execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running "make distcheck".
7.9. avahi
Bug Fix
- BZ#599435
- Previously, the Avahi library packages required the Avahi daemon packages as a dependency. Consequently, whenever installing some of the Avahi libraries, the Avahi daemon was installed as well, which could pose a security risk in certain environments. This update removes these dependencies so that the Avahi libraries are now installed without the Avahi daemon.
7.10. bacula
Bug Fixes
- BZ#728693
- Prior to this update, the logwatch tool did not check the "/var/log/bacula*" file. As a consequence, the logwatch report was incomplete. This update adds all log files to the logwatch configuration file. Now, the logwatch report is complete.
- BZ#728697
- Prior to this update, the bacula tool itself created the "/var/spool/bacula/log" file. As a consequence, this log file used an incorrect SELinux context. This update modifies the underlying code to create the /var/spool/bacula/log file in the bacula package. Now, this log file has the correct SELinux context.
- BZ#729008
- Prior to this update, the bacula packages were built without the CFLAGS variable "$RPM_OPT_FLAGS". As a consequence, the debug information was not generated. This update modifies the underlying code to build the packages with CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS. Now, the debug information is generated as expected.
- BZ#756803
- Prior to this update, the perl script which generates the my.conf file contained a misprint. As a consequence, the port variable was not set correctly. This update corrects the misprint. Now, the port variable is set as expected.
- BZ#802158
- Prior to this update, values for the "show pool" command was obtained from the "res->res_client" item. As a consequence, the output displayed incorrect job and file retention values. This update uses the "res->res_pool" item to obtain the correct values.
- BZ#862240
- Prior to this update, bacula-storage-common utility wrongly removed alternatives for the bcopy function during the update. As a consequence, the Link to bcop.{mysql,sqlite,postgresql} disappeared after updating. This update modifies the underlying code to remove these links directly in storage-{mysql,sqlite,postgresql} and not in bacula-storage-common.
7.11. bash
Bug Fixes
- BZ#695656
- Prior to this update, the trap handler could, under certain circumstances, lose signals during another trap initialization. This update blocks the signal while the trap string and handler are being modified. Now, the signals are no longer lost.
- BZ#799958
- Prior to this update, the manual page for trap in Bash did not mention that signals ignored upon entry cannot be listed later. This is now fixed and the manual page entry text is amended to "Signals ignored upon entry to the shell cannot be trapped, reset or listed".
- BZ#800473
- Prior to this update, the Bash shell called the trap handler within a signal handler when a SIGCHLD signal was received in job control mode and a handler for the signal was installed. This was a security risk and could cause Bash to enter a deadlock or to terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault due to memory corruption. With this update, the trap handler is now called outside of the signal handler, and Bash no longer enters a deadlock.
Enhancement
- BZ#677439
- This update enables the system-wide "/etc/bash.bash_logout" file. This allows administrators to write system-wide logout actions for all users.
Bug Fix
- BZ#982610
- When a trap handler was invoked while running another trap handler, which was invoked during a pipeline call, bash was unresponsive. With this update, pipeline calls are saved and subsequently restored in this scenario, and bash responds normally.
7.12. bfa-firmware
Note
7.13. bind-dyndb-ldap
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#767496
- When persistent search was in use, the plug-in sometimes terminated unexpectedly due to an assertion failure when the "rndc reload" command was issued and the LDAP server was not reachable. With this update, the code has been improved so that connection failures and reconnects are now handled more robustly. As a result, the plug-in no longer crashes in the scenario described.
- BZ#829388
- Previously, some relative domain names were not expanded correctly to FQDNs. Consequently, zone transfers sometimes contained relative domain names although they should only contain FQDNs (for example, they contained "name." record instead of "name.example.com."). The plug-in has been patched, and as a result, zone transfers now contain the correct domain names.
- BZ#840381
- Due to a bug in bind-dyndb-ldap, the named process sometimes terminated unexpectedly when a connection to LDAP timed out. Consequently, when a connection to LDAP timed out (or failed), the named process was sometimes aborted and DNS service was unavailable. The plug-in has been fixed and as a result, the plug-in now handles situations when a connection to LDAP fails gracefully.
- BZ#856269
- Due to a race condition, the plug-in sometimes caused the named process to terminate unexpectedly when it received a request to reload. Consequently, the DNS service was sometimes unavailable. A patch has been applied and as a result, the race condition during reload no longer occurs.
Enhancements
- BZ#733711
- LDAP in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 includes support for persistent search for both zones and their resource records. Persistent search allows the bind-dyndb-ldap plug-in to be immediately informed about all changes in an LDAP database. It also decreases network bandwidth usage required by repeated polling.
- BZ#829340
- Previously, it was only possible to configure IPv4 forwarders in LDAP. With this update, a patch has been added to the plug-in, and as a result, the plug-in is now able to parse and use IPv6 forwarders. BIND9 syntax for "forwarders" is required.
- BZ#829385
- Previously, it was impossible to share one LDAP database between multiple master servers; only one master server could be used. A new bind-dyndb-ldap option "fake_mname" which allows for overriding the master server name in the SOA record has been added. With this option it is now possible to override the master server name in the SOA record so that multiple servers can act as master server for one LDAP database.
- BZ#840383
- When multiple named processes shared one LDAP database and dynamically updated DNS records (via DDNS), they did not update the SOA serial numbers so it was impossible to serve such zones on secondary servers correctly (that is to say, they were not updated on slave servers). With this update, the plug-in can now update SOA serial numbers automatically, if configured to do so. Refer to the new "serial_autoincrement" option in the /usr/share/doc/bind-dyndb-ldap/README file for more details.
- BZ#869323
- This update provides support for the per-zone disabling of forwarding. Some setups require the disabling of forwarding per-zone. For example, company servers are configured as authoritative for a non-public zone and have global forwarding turned on. When the non-public zone contains delegation for a non-public subdomain, the zone must have explicitly disabled forwarding otherwise the glue records will not be returned. As a result, a server can now return delegation glue records for private zones when global forwarding is turned on. Refer to /usr/share/doc/bind-dyndb-ldap/README for detailed information.
Bug Fix
- BZ#928429
- The bind-dyndb-ldap plug-in processed settings too early, which led to the daemon terminating unexpectedly with a segmentation fault during startup or reload. The bind-dyndb-ldap plug-in has been fixed to process its options later, and so, no longer crashes during startup or reload.
7.14. bind
Security Fix
- CVE-2012-5689
- A flaw was found in the DNS64 implementation in BIND when using Response Policy Zones (RPZ). If a remote attacker sent a specially-crafted query to a named server that is using RPZ rewrite rules, named could exit unexpectedly with an assertion failure. Note that DNS64 support is not enabled by default.
Enhancement
- BZ#906312
- Previously, it was impossible to configure the maximum number of responses sent per second to one client. This allowed remote attackers to conduct traffic amplification attacks using DNS queries with spoofed source IP addresses. With this update, it is possible to use the new "rate-limit" configuration option in named.conf and configure the maximum number of queries which the server responds to. Refer to the BIND documentation for more details about the "rate-limit" option.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#827282
- Previously, initscript sometimes reported a spurious error message "initscript: silence spurious "named.pid: No such file or directory" due to a race condition when the DNS server (named) was stopped. This spurious error message has been suppressed and is no longer reported in this scenario.
- BZ#837165
- Due to a race condition in the rbtdb.c source file, the named daemon could terminate unexpectedly with the INSIST error code. This bug has been fixed in the code and the named daemon no longer crashes in the described scenario.
- BZ#853806
- Previously, BIND rejected "forward" and "forwarders" statements in static-stub zones. Consequently, it was impossible to forward certain queries to specified servers. With this update, BIND accepts those options for static-stub zones properly, thus fixing this bug.
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-2266
- A denial of service flaw was found in the libdns library. A remote attacker could use this flaw to send a specially-crafted DNS query to named that, when processed, would cause named to use an excessive amount of memory, or possibly crash.
Bug Fix
- BZ#928439
- Previously, rebuilding the bind-dyndb-ldap source RPM failed with a "/usr/include/dns/view.h:76:21: error: dns/rrl.h: No such file or directory" error.
Bug Fix
- BZ#996955
- Due to a missing gss_release_name() call, the BIND DNS server leaked memory when the "tkey-gssapi-credential" option was used in the BIND configuration. This update properly frees all memory in case the "tkey-gssapi-credential" is used, and BIND no longer leaks memory when GSSAPI credentials are used internally by the server for authentication.
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-4854
- A denial of service flaw was found in BIND. A remote attacker could use this flaw to send a specially-crafted DNS query to named that, when processed, would cause named to crash when rejecting the malformed query.
7.15. binutils
Bug Fixes
- BZ#773526
- In order to display a non-printing character, the readelf utility adds the "0x40" string to the character. However, readelf previously did not add that string when processing multibyte characters, so that multibyte characters in the ELF headers were displayed incorrectly. With this update, the underlying code has been corrected and readelf now displays multibyte and non-ASCII characters correctly.
- BZ#825736
- Under certain circumstances, the linker could fail to produce the GNU_RELRO segment when building an executable requiring GNU_RELRO. As a consequence, such an executable failed upon start-up. This problem affected also the libudev library so that the udev utility did not work. With this update, the linker has been modified so that the GNU_RELRO segment is now correctly created when it is needed, and utilities such as udev now work correctly.
7.16. biosdevname
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#751373
- The biosdevname utility ignored the SMBIOS version check for PCI network adapters. Consequently, PCI network adapter interfaces were renamed according to PCI slot and port numbers on systems with unsupported SMBIOS versions. With this update, the new biosdevname utility ensures that if the SMBIOS version is not supported, PCI network adapter interfaces are not renamed. As a result, PCI network adapters are named with the kernel default name in the scenario described.
- BZ#804754
- When using Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) with embedded network interface devices, the biosdevname utility did not check the System Management BIOS (SMBIOS) type of the physical function for corresponding virtual functions. Consequently, biosdevname did not find SMBIOS type 41 structure for the device virtual functions and did not suggest interface names for these onboard network interfaces. With this update, biosdevname now looks up the SMBIOS type 41 structure for the device virtual functions in the corresponding physical function table. As a result, onboard network devices with virtual network interfaces are now renamed according to the biosdevname naming scheme.
- BZ#815724
- The biosdevname utility did not handle PCI cards with multiple ports. Consequently, only the network interface of the first port of these cards was renamed according to the biosdevname naming scheme. An upstream patch has been applied and biosdevname now handles PCI cards with multiple ports. As a result, all ports of multiple port PCI cards are now renamed according to the biosdevname naming scheme.
7.17. bridge-utils
Enhancements
- BZ#676355
- The man page was missing the multicast option descriptions. This update adds that information to the man page.
- BZ#690529
- This enhancement adds the missing feature described in the BRCTL(8) man page, that allows the user to get the bridge information for a simple bridge using the "brctl show $BRIDGE" command.
7.18. brltty
Bug Fixes
- BZ#684526
- Previously, building the brltty package could fail on the ocaml's unpackaged files error. This happened only if the ocaml package was pre-installed in the build root. The "--disable-caml-bindings" option has been added in the %configure macro so that the package now builds correctly.
- BZ#809326
- Previously, the /usr/lib/libbrlapi.so symbolic link installed by the brlapi-devel package incorrectly pointed to ../../lib/libbrlapi.so. The link has been fixed to correctly point to ../../lib/libbrlapi.so.0.5.
7.19. btrfs-progs
Note
7.20. ccid
Security Fix
- CVE-2010-4530
- An integer overflow, leading to an array index error, was found in the way the CCID driver processed a smart card's serial number. A local attacker could use this flaw to execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running the PC/SC Lite pcscd daemon (root, by default), by inserting a specially-crafted smart card.
Bug Fix
- BZ#808115
- Previously, CCID only recognized smart cards with 5V power supply. With this update, CCID also supports smart cards with different power supply.
7.21. cdrkit
Bug Fix
- BZ#797990
- Prior to this update, overlapping memory was handled incorrectly. As a consequence, newly created paths could be garbled when calling "genisoimage" with the "-graft-points" option to graft the paths at points other than the root directory. This update modifies the underlying code to generate graft paths as expected.
7.22. certmonger
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#810016
- When certmonger was set up to not attempt to obtain a new certificate and the certificate's valid remaining time crossed a configured time to live (TTL) threshold, certmonger warned of a certificate's impending not-valid-after date. Certmonger then immediately logged the warning again, and continued to do so indefinitely, causing the /var/log/messages file to fill up with warnings. This bug has been fixed and certmonger returns a warning again only when another configured TTL threshold is crossed or the service is restarted.
- BZ#893611
- When certmonger attempts to save a certificate to an NSS database, it necessarily opens that database for writing. Previously, if any other process, including any other certmonger tasks that could require access to that database, had the database open for writing, that database could become corrupted. This update backports changes from later versions of certmonger which change its behavior. Now, actions that could result in database modifications are only performed one at a time.
7.23. cifs-utils
Bug Fixes
- BZ#856729
- When the mount.cifs utility ran out of addresses to try, it returned the "System error" error code (EX_SYSERR) to the caller service. The utility has been modified and it now correctly returns the "Mount failure" error code (EX_FAIL).
- BZ#826825
- Typically, "/" characters are not allowed in user names for Microsoft Windows systems, but they are common in certain types of kerberos principal names. However, mount.cifs previously allowed the use of "/" in user names, which caused attempts to mount CIFS file systems to fail. With this package, "/" characters are now allowed in user names if the "sec=krb5" or "sec=krb5i" mount options are specified, thus CIFS file systems can now be mounted as expected.
- BZ#838606
- Previously, the cifs-utils packages were compiled without the RELRO (read-only relocations) and PIE (Position Independent Executables) flags. Programs provided by this package could be vulnerable to various attacks based on overwriting the ELF section of a program. The "-pie" and "-fpie" options enable the building of position-independent executables, and the "-Wl","-z","relro" turns on read-only relocation support in gcc. These options are important for security purposes to guard against possible buffer overflows that lead to exploits. The cifs-utils binaries are now built with PIE and full RELRO support. The cifs-utils binary is now more secured against "return-to-text" and memory corruption attacks and also against attacks based on the program's ELF section overwriting.
Enhancements
- BZ#843596
- With this update, the "strictcache", "actimeo", "cache=" and "rwpidforward" mount options are now documented in the mount.cifs(8) manual page.
- BZ#843612
- The "getcifsacl", "setcifsacl" and "cifs.idmap" programs have been added to the package. These utilities allow users to manipulate ACLs on CIFS shares and allow the mapping of Windows security IDs to POSIX user and group IDs.
- BZ#843617
- With this update, the cifs.idmap helper, which allows SID to UID and SID to GID mapping, has been added to the package. Also, the manual page cifs.upcall(8) has been updated and cifs.idmap(8) has been added.
7.24. clustermon
Bug Fixes
- BZ#865588
- Prior to this update, the dynamic library that represents the CIM provider of a cluster status was not built with all the required dependencies and therefore certain symbols could not be resolved. As a consequence, the cluster status could not be accessed via CIM. This update adds the missing dependencies to the dynamic library. Now, the cluster status is accessible as expected.
- BZ#885830
- Prior to this update, the size of XML-formatted cluster configuration (as in cluster.conf file) greater than 200 kB might have crashed modcluster, a program assisting the ricci daemon in handling the cluster configuration file (cluster.conf), or modclusterd, a daemon providing cluster status. This update drops this restriction and both executables no longer abort with larger configurations.
7.25. cluster and gfs2-utils
Bug Fixes
- BZ#785866
- With this update, a minor typographical error has been fixed in the
/usr/share/cluster/cluster.rng.in.head
RELAX NG schema. - BZ#803477
- Previously, the fsck.gfs2 program printed irrelevant error messages when reclaiming free metadata blocks. These messages could have been incorrectly understood as file system errors. With this update, these messages are no longer displayed.
- BZ#814807
- The
master_wins
implementation of theqdiskd
daemon was not sufficiently fast to hand over the master status during the ordered shutdown. Consequently, a temporary loss of quorum in the cluster could have occurred. With this update,master_wins
has been modified to operate more quickly. - BZ#838047
- Previously, the
master_wins
implementation of theqdiskd
daemon did not check strictly for errors in the/etc/cluster/cluster.conf
file. Consequently, with several incorrect options incluster.conf
, two quorate partitions could have been created at the same time. With this update,master_wins
has been modified to perform strict error checking to avoid the creation of multiple quorate partitions. - BZ#838945
- Prior to this update, an overly long cluster name in the
/etc/cluster/cluster.conf
file could cause a buffer overflow when running the fsck.gfs2 utility on a GFS2 file system with a corrupt super block. With this update, the cluster name is truncated appropriately when the super block is being rebuilt. Now, the buffer overflow condition no longer occurs in the described case. - BZ#839241
- Under certain circumstances, the cman cluster manager did not propagate two internal values across configuration reloads. Consequently, runtime inconsistencies could occur. This bug has been fixed, and the aforementioned error no longer occurs. Also, a corner case memory leak has been fixed.
- BZ#845341
- Prior to this update, the
fenced
daemon created the/var/log/cluster/fenced.log
file with world readable permissions. With this update,fenced
has been modified to set more strict security permissions for its log file. Also, permissions of an existing log file are automatically corrected if necessary. - BZ#847234
- Previously, an insufficient buffer length limitation did not allow long configuration lines in the
/etc/cluster/cluster.conf
configuration file. Consequently, a long entry in the file caused the corosync utility to terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. With this update, the length limit has been extended. As a result, the segmentation fault no longer occurs in this situation. - BZ#853180
- When a GFS2 file system was mounted with the
lock_nolock
option enabled, the cman cluster manager incorrectly checked the currently used resources. Consequently, cman failed to start. This bug has been fixed, and cman now starts successfully in the described case. - BZ#854032
- In certain corner cases, triggered especially when shutting down all cluster nodes at the same time, the cluster daemons failed to quit within the cman shutdown limit (10 seconds). Consequently, the cman cluster manager declared a shutdown error. With this update, the default shutdown timeout has been increased to 30 seconds to prevent the shutdown error.
- BZ#857952
- Under rare circumstances, the
fenced
daemon polled an incorrect file descriptor from the cman cluster manager. Consequently,fenced
entered a loop and the cluster became unresponsive. This bug has been fixed, and the aforementioned error no longer occurs. - BZ#861340
- The
fenced
daemon is usually started before themessagebus
(D-BUS) service, which has no harmful operational effects. Previously, this behavior was recorded as an error message in the/var/log/cluster/fenced.log
file. To avoid confusion, this error message is now entered into/var/log/cluster/fenced.log
only when the log level is set to debugging. - BZ#862847
- Previously, the
mkfs.gfs2 -t
command accepted non-standard characters, like slash (/
), in the lock table name. Consequently, only the first cluster node was able to mount a GFS2 file system successfully. The next node attempting to mount a GFS2 file system became unresponsive. With this update, a more strict validation of lock table names has been introduced. As a result, cluster nodes no longer hang when special characters are used in lock table. - BZ#887787
- Previously, when the client using the cman API called the
cman_stop_notification()
function after cman was already closed, the client terminated with theSIGPIPE
signal. With this update, the underlying source code has been modified to address this issue, and theMSG_NOSIGNAL
message is now displayed to warn the user in the described scenario. - BZ#888053
- Prior to this update, the gfs2_convert tool was unable to handle certain corner cases when converting between GFS1 and GFS2 file systems. Consequently, the converted GFS2 file system contained errors. With this update, gfs2_convert has been fixed to detect these corner cases and adjust the converted file system accordingly
Enhancements
- BZ#661764
- The cman cluster manager is now supported with the
bonding mode
options0
,1
, and2
. Prior to this update, onlybonding mode 1
was supported. - BZ#738704
- This update adds support for clusters utilizing the Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization Manager native shared storage between nodes.
- BZ#786118
- The hostname aliases from the
/etc/hosts
file are now accepted as cluster node names across cluster applications. - BZ#797952
- A new tool, fence_check, has been added to provide a method to test the fence configuration in a non disruptive way. The tool has been designed to run via the crontab utility for regular monitoring of fence devices.
- BZ#821016
- This update enables passing additional command line options to the
dlm_controld
daemon using the/etc/sysconfig/cman
file. - BZ#842370
- The Distributed Lock Manager (DLM) now allows tuning of DLM hash table sizes from the
/etc/sysconfig/cman
file. The following parameters can be set in the/etc/sysconfig/cman
file:DLM_LKBTBL_SIZE=
<size_of_table>
DLM_RSBTBL_SIZE=<size_of_table>
DLM_DIRTBL_SIZE=<size_of_table>
which, in turn, modifies the values in the following files respectively:/sys/kernel/config/dlm/cluster/lkbtbl_size /sys/kernel/config/dlm/cluster/rsbtbl_size /sys/kernel/config/dlm/cluster/dirtbl_size
- BZ#857299
- Previously, it was not possible to modify the default TCP port (21064) of the Distributed Lock Manager (DLM). With this update, the
DLM_TCP_PORT
configuration parameter has been added into the/etc/sysconfig/cman
file. As a result, the DLM TCP port can be manually configured. - BZ#860048
- The fsck.gfs2 program now checks for formal mismatches between disk inode numbers and directory entries in the GFS2 file system.
- BZ#860847
- This update adds support for two and four node clusters utilizing the
rgmanager
daemon with therrp_mode
option enabled. - BZ#878196
- This update adds support for clusters utilizing the VMware's VMDK (Virtual Machine Disk) disk image technology with the
multi-writer
option. This allows using VMDK-based storage with themulti-writer
option for clustered file systems such as GFS2.
7.26. control-center
Bug Fix
- BZ#805069
- Prior to this update, the status LEDs on Wacom tablets did not correctly indicate the current mode. With this update, the LEDs now indicate which of the Touch Ring or Touch Strip modes are active.
7.27. coolkey
Bug Fixes
- BZ#861108
- Previously, Coolkey was unable to recognize PIV-I cards. This update fixes the bug and Coolkey now allows these cards to be read and display certificate information as expected.
- BZ#879563
- Prior to this update, The pkcs11_listcerts and pklogin_finder utilities were unable to recognize certificates and USB tokens on smart cards after upgrading the Coolkey library. A patch has been provided to address this issue and these utilities now work as expected.
- BZ#806038
- Previously, the remote-viewer utility failed to utilize a plugged smart card reader when a Spice client was running. Eventually, the client could terminate unexpectedly. Now, remote-viewer recognizes the reader and offers authentication once the card is inserted and the crashes no longer occur.
- BZ#884266
- Previously, certain new PIV-II smart cards could not be recognized by client card readers, the ESC card manager, or the pklogin_finder utility. A patch has been provided to address this issue and PIV-II cards now work with Coolkey as expected.
Enhancement
- BZ#805693
- Support for Oberthur Smart Cards has been added to the Coolkey library.
7.28. Core X11 Libraries
Package name | Upstream version | BZ number |
---|---|---|
libxcb | 1.8.1 | 755654 |
libXcursor | 1.1.13 | 755656 |
libX11 | 1.5.0 | 755657 |
libXi | 1.6.1 | 755658 |
libXt | 1.1.3 | 755659 |
libXfont | 1.4.5 | 755661 |
libXrender | 0.9.7 | 755662 |
libXtst | 1.2.1 | 755663 |
libXext | 1.3.1 | 755665 |
libXaw | 1.0.11 | 755666 |
libXrandr | 1.4.0 | 755667 |
libXft | 2.3.1 | 755668 |
Package name | Upstream version | BZ number |
---|---|---|
libXau | 1.0.6 | 835172 |
libXcomposite | 0.4.3 | 835183 |
libXdmcp | 1.1.1 | 835184 |
libXevie | 1.0.3 | 835186 |
libXinerama | 1.1.2 | 835187 |
libXmu | 1.1.1 | 835188 |
libXpm | 3.5.10 | 835190 |
libXres | 1.0.6 | 835191 |
libXScrnSaver | 1.2.2 | 835192 |
libXv | 1.0.7 | 835193 |
libXvMC | 1.0.7 | 835195 |
libXxf86dga | 1.1.3 | 835196 |
libXxf86misc | 1.0.3 | 835197 |
libXxf86vm | 1.1.2 | 835198 |
libdrm | 2.4.39 | 835202 |
libdmx | 1.1.2 | 835203 |
pixman | 0.26.2 | 835204 |
xorg-x11-proto-devel | 7.6 | 835206 |
xorg-x11-util-macros | 1.17 | 835207 |
xorg-x11-xtrans-devel | 1.2.7 | 835276 |
xkeyboard-config | 2.6 | 835284 |
libpciaccess | 0.13.1 | 843585 |
xcb-proto | 1.7 | 843593 |
libSM | 1.2.1 | 843641 |
Bug Fixes
- BZ#802559
- Previously, in the xorg-x11-proto-devel package, the definition of the
_X_NONNULL
macro was incompatible with C89 compilers. Consequently, C89 applications could not be built in C89 mode if theX11/Xfuncproto.h
file was included. This update fixes the macro definition to be compatible with C89 mode. - BZ#804907
- Prior to this update, XI2 events were not properly initialized and could contain garbage values. A patch for the libXi package, which had been setting values to garbage, has been provided to fix this bug. Now, actual events no longer contain garbage values and are initialized as expected.
- BZ#871460
- Previously, the spec file of the xkeyboard-config package used the
%{dist}
macro in the Version tag. Although the standard Red Hat Enterprise Linux build environment defines this macro, it does not need to be defined. If it was not defined,%{dist}
appeared literally in the resulting RPM package's version string when the package was rebuilt. The spec file has been corrected to use the conditional%{?dist}
form, which expands to an empty string if%{dist}
is not defined.
7.29. Core X11 clients
Security Fix
- CVE-2011-2504
- It was found that the x11perfcomp utility included the current working directory in its PATH environment variable. Running x11perfcomp in an attacker-controlled directory would cause arbitrary code execution with the privileges of the user running x11perfcomp.
Note
7.30. corosync
Bug Fixes
- BZ#783068
- Prior to this update, the corosync-notifyd service did not run after restarting the process. This update modifies the init script to wait for the actual exit of previously running instances of the process. Now, the corosync-notifyd service runs as expected after restarting.
- BZ#786735
- Prior to this update, an incorrect node ID was sent in recovery messages when corosync entered recovery. As a consequence, debugging problems in the source code was difficult. This update sets the correct node ID.
- BZ#786737
- Upon receiving the JoinMSG message in the OPERATIONAL state, a node enters the GATHER state. However, if JoinMSG was discarded, the nodes sending this JoinMSG could not receive a response until other nodes have had their tokens expired. This caused the nodes having entered the GATHER state spend more time to rejoin the ring. With this update, the underlying source code has been modified to address this issue.
- BZ#787789
- Prior to this update the netfilter firewall blocked input and output multicast packets, corosync coould become suspended, failed to create membership and cluster could not be used. After this update, corosync is no longer dependent on multicast loop kernel feature for local messages delivery, but uses the socpair unix dgram socket.
- BZ#794744
- Previously, on InfiniBand devices, corosync autogenerated the node ID when the configuration file or the cluster manager (cman) already set one. This update modifies the underlying code to recognize user-set mode IDs. Now, corosync autogenerates node IDs only when the user has not entered one.
- BZ#821352
- Prior to this update, corosync sockets were bound to a PEERs IP address instead of the local IP address when the IP address was configured as peer-to-peer (netmask /32). As a consequence, corosync was unable to create memberships. This update modifies the underlying code to use the correct information about the local IP address.
- BZ#824902
- Prior to this update, the corosync logic always used the first IP address that was found. As a consequence, users could not use more than one IP address on the same network. This update modifies the logic to use the first network address if no exact match was found. Now, users can bind to the IP address they select.
- BZ#827100
- Prior to this update, some sockets were not bound to a concrete IP address but listened on all interfaces in the UDPU mode. As a consequence, users could encounter problems when configuring the firewall. This update binds all sockets correctly.
- BZ#847232
- Prior to this update, configuration file names that consisted of more than 255 characters could cause corosync to abort unexpectedly. This update returns the complete item value. In case of the old ABI, corosync prints an error. Now, corosync no longer aborts with longer names.
- BZ#838524
- When corosync was running with the votequorum library enabled, votequorum's register reloaded the configuration handler after each change in the configuration database (confdb). This caused corosync to run slower and to eventually encounter an Out Of Memory error. After this update, a register callback is only performed during startup. As a result, corosync no longer slows down or encounters an Out Of Memory error.
- BZ#848210
- Prior to this update, the corosync-notifyd output was considerably slow and corosync memory grew when D-Bus output was enabled. Memory was not freed when corosync-notifyd was closed. This update modifies the corosync-notifyd event handler not to wait when there is nothing to receive and send from or to D-Bus. Now, corosync frees memory when the IPC client exits and corosync-notifyd produces output in speed of incoming events.
- BZ#830799
- Previously, the node cluster did not correspond with the
CPG
library membership. Consequently, the nodes were recognized asunknown
, andcorosync
warning messages were not returned. A patch with an enhanced log fromCPG
has been provided to fix this bug. Now, the nodes work withCPG
correctly, and appropriate warning messages are returned. - BZ#902397
- Due to a regression, the
corosync
utility did not work with IPv6, which caused the network interface to be down. A patch has been provided to fix this bug. Corosync now works with IPv6 as expected, and the network interface is up. - BZ#838524
- When corosync was running with the votequorum library enabled, votequorum's register reloaded the configuration handler after each change in the configuration database (confdb). This caused corosync to run slower and to eventually encounter an Out Of Memory error. After this update, a register callback is only performed during startup. As a result, corosync no longer slows down or encounters an Out Of Memory error.
- BZ#865039
- Previously, during heavy cluster operations, one of the nodes failed sending numerous of the following messages to the syslog file:
dlm_controld[32123]: cpg_dispatch error 2
A patch has been applied to address this issue. - BZ#850757
- Prior to this update, corosync dropped ORF tokens together with memb_join packets when using CPU timing on certain networks. As a consequence, the RRP interface could be wrongly marked as faulty. This update drops only memb_join messages.
- BZ#861032
- Prior to this update, the corosync.conf parser failed if the ring number was larger than the allowed maximum of 1. As a consequence, corosync could abort with a segmentation fault. This update adds a check to the corosync.conf parser. Now, an error message is printed if the ring number is larger than 1.
- BZ#863940
- Prior to this update, corosync stopped on multiple nodes. As a consequence, corosync could, under certain circumstances, abort with a segmentation fault. This update ensures that the corosync service no longer calls callbacks on unloaded services.
- BZ#869609
- Prior to this update, corosync could abort with a segmentation fault when a large number of corosync nodes were started together. This update modifies the underlying code to ensure that the NULL pointer is not dereferenced. Now, corosync no longer encounters segmentation faults when starting multiple nodes at the same time.
- BZ#876908
- Prior to this update, the parsercorosync-objctl command with additional parameters could cause the error "Error reloading DB 11". This update removes the reloading function and handles changes of changed objects in the configuration data base (confdb). Now, the logging level can be changed as expected.
- BZ#873059
- Several typos in the corosync(8) manual page have been fixed. Also, manual pages for confdb_* functions have been added.
Enhancements
- BZ#770455
- With this update, the corosync log includes the hostname and the process ID of the processes that join the cluster to allow for better troubleshooting.
- BZ#794522
- This update adds the manual page confdb_keys.8 to provide descriptions for corosync runtime statistics that are returned by corosync-objctl.
- BZ#838743
- This update adds the new trace level to filter corosync flow messages to improve debugging.
Bug Fix
- BZ#929101
- When running applications which used the Corosync IPC library, some messages in the dispatch() function were lost or duplicated. This update properly checks the return values of the dispatch_put() function, returns the correct remaining bytes in the IPC ring buffer, and ensures that the IPC client is correctly informed about the real number of messages in the ring buffer. Now, messages in the dispatch() function are no longer lost or duplicated.
7.31. cpuspeed
Bug Fix
- BZ#876738
- Previously, the cpuspeed daemon used a naive method of getting the highest available scaling frequency. Consequently, on certain platforms, cpuspeed did not set the CPU to the correct maximum limit. A patch has been provided to address this issue and cpuspeed now sets the maximum speed correctly.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#642838
- Prior to this update, the PCC driver used the “userspace” governor was loaded instead of the “ondemand” governor when loading. This update modifies the init script to also check the PCC driver.
- BZ#738463
- Prior to this update, the cpuspeed init script tried to set cpufrequency system files on a per core basis which was a deprecated procedure. This update sets thresholds globally.
- BZ#616976
- Prior to this update, the cpuspeed tool did not reset MIN and MAX values, when the configuration file was emptied. As a consequence, the MIN_SPEED or MAX_SPEED values were not reset as expected. This update adds conditionals in the init script to check these values. Now, the MIN_SPEED or MAX_SPEED values are reset as expected.
- BZ#797055
- Prior to this update, the init script did not handle the IGNORE_NICE parameter as expected. As a consequence, "-n" was added to command options when the IGNORE_NICE parameter was set. This update modifies the init script to stop adding the NICE option when using the IGNORE_NICE parameter.
Bug Fix
- BZ#990474
- The cpuspeed init script relied on the presence of the scaling_available_frequencies sysfs file to get the maximum possible scaling frequency for the system. Certain platforms did not provide the scaling_available_frequencies sysfs file, which caused the attempt to set the maximum scaling frequency to fail. With this update, the init script now reads the frequency from cpuinfo_max_speed, and setting the maximum scaling frequency now works on all platforms.
7.32. crash
Note
Bug Fix
- BZ#843093
- A recent time-keeping backport to the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 kernel caused the crash utility to fail during initialization with the "crash: cannot resolve: xtime" error message. This update modifies crash to recognize and handle the time-keeping change in the kernel so that crash now successfully starts up as expected.
Enhancements
- BZ#739094
- The crash utility has been modified to support dump files in the firmware-assisted dump (fadump) format for the 64-bit PowerPC architecture.
- BZ#834260
- The "struct -o" option has been enhanced to accept a virtual address argument. If an address argument is entered, the structure members are prepended by their virtual address.
- BZ#834276
- The "bt" command has been enhanced by adding new "-s" and "[-xd]" options that allow displaying symbol names plus their offset in each frame. The default behavior is unchanged where only the symbol name is displayed. The symbol offset is expressed in the default output format, which can be overridden using the "-x" (hexadecimal) or "-d" (decimal) options.
7.33. createrepo
Note
Bug Fix
- BZ#833350
- Previously, the createrepo utility ignored the "umask" command for files created in the createrepo cache directory. This behavior caused problems when more than one user was updating repositories. The bug has been fixed, and multiple users can now update repositories without complications.
Enhancements
- BZ#646644
- It is now possible to use the "createrepo" command with both the "--split" and the "--pkglist" options simultaneously.
- BZ#714094
- It is now possible to remove metadata from the repodata directory using the modifyrepo program. This update also enhances updating of the existing metadata.
7.34. ctdb
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#758367
- While running ctdb on the GFS2 file system, ctdb could ban a stable node when another node was started or stopped. This bug has been fixed by the rebase and stable nodes get no longer banned in the described scenario.
- BZ#821715
- Previously, on the Glusterfs file system, the ctdb lock file and configuration files were shared. Consequently, the ctdbd daemon running on a node terminated unexpectedly when another node in the cluster was brought down. This bug has been fixed by the rebase and ctdbd no longer crashes in the described scenario.
- BZ#866670
- After removing a ctdb node, the "ctdb status" command reported the same number of nodes as before the node was removed. A patch has been provided to address this issue and "ctdb status" now returns an accurate number of nodes after a remove operation.
7.35. curl
cURL
utility for getting files from HTTP, FTP, FILE, LDAP, LDAPS, DICT, TELNET, and TFTP servers, using any of the supported protocols. This utility offers many useful capabilities, such as proxy support, user authentication, FTP upload, HTTP post, and file transfer resume.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#741935
- The
libssh2
library did not sufficiently reflect its ABI extensions in its version, which prevented the RPM dependency scanner from adding the correct dependency oflibcurl
on an updated version oflibssh2
. Consequently, if the user updatedlibcurl
without first updatinglibssh2
, the update ended with incorrect linkage oflibcurl
and the user was then unable to updatelibssh2
using yum. An explicit dependency oflibcurl
on an update version oflibssh2
has been added and yum can now be used to updatelibcurl
. - BZ#746629
- Previously,
libcurl
required certificates loaded from files to have unique file base names due to limitation of the legacy API of NSS (Network Security Services). Some packages usinglibcurl
did not fulfil this requirement and caused nickname collisions within NSS. Now,libcurl
has been modified to use a newer API of NSS, which does not suffer from this limitation, and packages usinglibcurl
are now allowed to load certificates from files with unrestricted file names. - BZ#813127
- Previously,
libcurl
misinterpreted the Content-Length HTTP header when receiving data using the chunked encoding. Consequently,libcurl
failed to read the last chunk of data and the transfer terminated prematurely. An upstream patch has been applied to fix the handling of the header and the chunked encoding inlibcurl
now works as expected. - BZ#841905
- A sub-optimally chosen identifier in cURL source files clashed with an identifier from a public header file introduced in a newer version of
libssh2
, which prevented the curl package from a successful build. An upstream patch has been applied on cURL source files, which fixes the identifier collisions and the package now builds as expected. - BZ#738456
- The OpenLDAP suite was recently modified to use NSS instead of OpenSSL as the SSL back end. This change led to collisions between
libcurl
and OpenLDAP on NSS initialization and shutdown. Consequently, applications that were using bothlibcurl
and OpenLDAP failed to establish SSL connections. This update modifieslibcurl
to use the same NSS API as OpenLDAP, which prevents collisions from occurring. Applications using OpenLDAP andlibcurl
can now connect to the LDAP server over SSL as expected. - BZ#719938
- As a solution to a security issue, GSSAPI credential delegation was disabled, which broke the functionality of applications that were relying on delegation, incorrectly enabled by libcurl. To fix this issue, the
CURLOPT_GSSAPI_DELEGATION
libcurl
option has been introduced in order to enable delegation explicitly when applications need it. All applications using GSSAPI credential delegation can now use this newlibcurl
option to be able to run properly. - BZ#772642
- SSL connections could not be established with
libcurl
if the selected NSS database was broken or invalid. This update modifies the code oflibcurl
to initialize NSS without a valid database, which allows applications to establish SSL connections as expected. - BZ#873789
- Previously,
libcurl
incorrectly checked return values of the SCP/SFTP write functions provided bylibssh2
. Negative values returned by those functions were treated as negative download amounts, which caused applications to terminate unexpectedly. With this update, all negative values are treated as errors and as such are properly handled on thelibcurl
level, thus preventing the crashes. - BZ#879592
- Prior to this update,
libcurl
used an obsoletelibssh2
API for uploading files over the SCP protocol, which limited the maximum size of files being transferred on 32-bit architectures. Consequently, the 32-bit packages oflibcurl
were unable to transfer large files over SCP. With this update, a newlibssh2
API for SCP uploads is used, which does not suffer from this limitation, thus fixing this bug.
Enhancements
- BZ#676596
- Previously,
libcurl
provided only HTTP status codes in error messages when reporting HTTP errors. This could confuse users not familiar with HTTP. Now,libcurl
has been improved to include the HTTP reason phrase in error messages, thus providing more understandable output. - BZ#730445
- This update introduces a new option,
--delegation
, which enables Kerberos credential delegation in cURL.
7.36. cvs
- BZ#671145
- Prior to this update, the C shell (csh) did not set the CVS_RSH environment variable to "ssh" and the remote shell (rsh) was used instead when the users accessed a remote CVS server. As a consequence, the connection was vulnerable to attacks because the remote shell is not encrypted or not necessarily enabled on every remote server. The cvs.csh script now uses valid csh syntax and the CVS_RSH environment variable is properly set at log-in.
- BZ#695719
- Prior to this update, the xinetd package was not a dependency of the cvs package. As a result, the CVS server was not accessible through network. With this update, the cvs-inetd package, which contains the CVS inetd configuration file, ensures that the xinetd package is installed as a dependency and the xinetd daemon is available on the system.
7.37. dash
Bug Fix
- BZ#706147
- Prior to this update, the dash shell was not an allowed login shell. As a consequence, users could not log in using the dash shell. This update adds the dash to the /etc/shells list of allowed login shells when installing or upgrading dash package and removes it from the list when uninstalling the package. Now, users can login using the dash shell.
7.38. device-mapper-multipath
Bug Fixes
- BZ#578114
- When the
kpartx
tool tried to delete a loop device that was previously created, and the udev utility had this loop device still open, the delete process would fail with theEBUSY
error andkpartx
did not attempt retry this operation. Thekpartx
tool has been modified to wait for one second and then retry deleting up to three times after theEBUSY
error. As a result, loop devices created bykpartx
are now always deleted as expected. - BZ#595692
- The
multipathd
daemon only checked SCSI IDs when determining World Wide Identifiers (WWIDs) for devices. However, CCISS devices do not support SCSI IDs and could not be used by Device Mapper Multipath. With this update,multipathd
checks CCISS devices for CCISS IDs properly and the devices are detected as expected. - BZ#810755
- Some device configurations in the
/usr/share/doc/device-mapper-multipath-0.X.X/multipath.conf.defaults
file were out of date. Consequently, if users copied those configurations into the/etc/multipath.conf
file, their devices would be misconfigured. Themultipath.conf.defaults
file has been updated and users can now copy configurations from it without misconfiguring their devices. Note that copying configurations from themultipath.conf.defaults
file is not recommended as the configurations in that file are built into dm-multipath by default. - BZ#810788
- Previously, Device Mapper Multipath stored multiple duplicate blacklist entries, which were consequently shown when listing the device-mapper-multipath's configuration. Device Mapper Multipath has been modified to check for duplicates before storing configuration entries and to store only the unique ones.
- BZ#813963
- Device Mapper Multipath had two Asymmetric Logical Unit Access (ALUA) prioritizers, which checked two different values. Certain ALUA setups were not correctly failing back to the primary path using either prioritizer because both values need to be checked and neither prioritizer checked them both. With this update, configuration options of both ALUA prioritizers now select the same prioritizer function, which checks both values as expected.
- BZ#816717
- When removing
kpartx
device partitions, themultipath -f
option accepted only the device name, not the full pathname. Consequently, an attempt to delete a mulitpath device by the full pathname failed if the device had thekpartx
partitions. Device Mapper Mulitpath has been modified to except the full pathname, when removingkpartx
device partitions and deleting process no longer fails in the described scenario. - BZ#821885
- Previously, the
multipath -c
option incorrectly listed SCSI devices, which were blacklisted by device type, as valid mulitpath path devices. As a consequence, Device Mapper Multipath could remove the partitions from SCSI devices that never ended up getting multipathed. With this update,multipath -c
now checks if a SCSI device is blacklisted by device type, and reports it as invalid if it is. - BZ#822389
- On reload, if a multipath device was not set to use the
user_friendly_names
parameter or a user-defined alias, Device Mapper Multipath would use its existing name instead of setting the WWID. Consequently, disablinguser_friendly_names
did not cause the multipath device names to change back to WWIDs on reload. This bug has been fixed and Device Mapper Mulitpath now sets the device name to its WWID if nouser_friendly_names
or user defined aliases are set. As a result, disablinguser_friendly_names
now allows device names to switch back to WWIDs on reload. - BZ#829065
- When the Redundant Disk Array Controller (RDAC) checker returned the
DID_SOFT_ERROR
error, Device Mapper Multipath did not retry running the RDAC checker. This behavior caused Device Mapper Multipath to fail paths for transient issues that may have been resolved if it retried the checker. Device Mapper Multipath has been modified to retry the RDAC checker if it receives theDID_SOFT_ERROR
error and no longer fails paths due to this error. - BZ#831045
- When a multipath vector, which is a dynamically allocated array, was shrunk, Device Mapper Multipath was not reassigning the pointer to the array. Consequently, if the array location was changed by the shrinking, Device Mapper Multipath would corrupt its memory with unpredictable results. The underlying source code has been modified and Device Mapper Multipath now correctly reassigns the pointer after the array has been shrunk.
- BZ#836890
- Device Mapper Multipath was occasionally assigning a WWID with a white space for AIX VDASD devices. As a consequence, there was no single blacklist of WWID entry that could blacklist the device on all machines. With this update, Device Mapper Multipath assigns WWIDs without any white space characters for AIX VDASD devices, so that all machines assign the same WWID to an AIX VDASD device and the user is always able to blacklist the device on all machines.
- BZ#841732
- If two multipath devices had their aliases swapped, Device Mapper Multipath switched their tables. Consequently, if the user switched aliases on two devices, any application using the device would be pointed to the incorrect Logical Unit Number (LUN). Device Mapper Multipath has been modified to check if the device's new alias matches a different multipath device, and if so, to not switch to it.
- BZ#860748
- Previously, Device Mapper Multipath did not check the device type and WWID blacklists as soon as this information was available for a path device. Device Mapper Multipath has been modified to check the device type and WWID blacklists as soon as this information is available. As a result, Device Mapper Multipath no longer waits before blacklisting invalid paths.
- BZ#869253
- Previously, the
multipathd
daemon and thekpartx
tool did not instruct thelibdevmapper
utility to skip the device creation process and let udev create it. As a consequence, sometimeslibdevmapper
created a block device in the/dev/mapper/
directory, and sometimes udev created a symbolic link in the same directory. With this update,multipathd
andkpartx
preventlibdevmapper
from creating a block device and udev always creates a symbolic link in the/dev/mapper/
directory as expected.
Enhancements
- BZ#619173
- This enhancement adds a built-in configuration for SUN StorageTek 6180 to Device Mapper Multipath.
- BZ#735459
- To set up persistent reservations on multipath devices, it was necessary to set it up on all of the path devices. If a path device was added later, the user had to manually add reservations to that path. This enhancement adds the ability to set up and manage SCSI persistent reservations using device-mapper devices with the
mpathpersist
utility. As a result, when path devices are added, persistent reservations are set up as well. - BZ#810989
- This enhancement updates the
multipathd init
script to load thedm-multipathd
module, so that users do not have to do this manually in cases when no/etc/multipath.conf
file is present during boot. Note that it is recommended to create themultipath.conf
file by running thempathconf --enable
command, which also loads thedm-multipath
module. - BZ#818367
- When the RDAC path device is in service mode, it is unable to handle I/O requests. With this enhancement, Device Mapper Multipath puts an RDAC path device into a failed state if it is in the service mode.
- BZ#839386
- This update adds two new options to the defaults and devices sections of the
multipath.conf
file; theretain_attached_hw_hander
option and thedetect_prio
option. By default, both of these options are set tono
in the defaults section of themultipath.conf
file. However, they are set toyes
in the NETAPP/LUN device configuration file. Ifretain_attach_hw_handler
is set toyes
and the SCSI layer has attached a hardware handler to the device, Device Mapper Multipath sets the hardware as usual. Ifdetect_prio
is set toyes
, Device Mapper Multipath will check if the device supports ALUA. If so, it automatically sets the prioritizer to thealua
value. If the device does not support ALUA, Device Mapper Multipath sets the prioritizer as usual. This behavior allows NETAPP devices to work in ALUA or non-ALUA mode without making users change to built-in config.In order forretain_attached_hw_handler
to work, the SCSI layer must have already attached the device handler. To do this, the appropriatescsi_dh_XXX
module, for instancescsi_dh_alua
, must be loaded before the SCSI layer discovers the devices. To guarantee this, add the following parameter to the kernel command line:rdloaddriver=scsi_dh_XXX
Bug Fix
- BZ#988704
- Prior to this update, Device Mapper Multipath did not check for NULL pointers before dereferencing them in the sysfs functions. As a result, the multipathd daemon could crash if a multipath device was resized while a path device was being removed. With this update, Device Mapper Multipath checks for NULL pointers in sysfs functions and no longer crashes when a multipath device is resized at the same time as a path device is removed.
Enhancement
- BZ#993545
- This update adds a new /etc/multipath.conf file default keyword, "reload_readwrite". If set to "yes", multipathd will listen to path device change events, and if the device has read-write access, it will reload the multipath device. This allows multipath devices to automatically have read-write permissions, as soon as the path devices have read-write access, instead of requiring manual intervention. Thus, when all the path devices belonging to a multipath device have read-write access, the multipath device will automatically allow read-write permissions.
7.39. dhcp
Security Fix
- CVE-2012-3955
- A flaw was found in the way the dhcpd daemon handled the expiration time of IPv6 leases. If dhcpd's configuration was changed to reduce the default IPv6 lease time, lease renewal requests for previously assigned leases could cause dhcpd to crash.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#803540
- Prior to this update, the DHCP server discovered only the first IP address of a network interface if the network interface had more than one configured IP address. As a consequence, the DHCP server failed to restart if the server was configured to serve only a subnet of the following IP addresses. This update modifies network interface addresses discovery code to find all addresses of a network interface. The DHCP server can also serve subnets of other addresses.
- BZ#824622
- Prior to this update, the dhclient rewrote the /etc/resolv.conf file with backup data after it was stopped even when the PEERDNS flag was set to "no" before shut down if the configuration file was changed while the dhclient ran with PEERDNS=yes. This update removes the backing up and restoring functions for this configuration file from the dhclient-script. Now, the dhclient no longer rewrites the /etc/resolv.conf file when stopped.
Bug Fix
- BZ#1005672
- Previously, the dhcpd daemon or dhclient tool were started to serve on an alias interface for Infiniband network interface card. Consequently, dhcpd/dhclient terminated unexpectedly. One of patches was improved to cover this specific case, thus fixing the bug. Now, both dhcpd and dhclient run correctly.
7.40. dnsmasq
Security Fix
- CVE-2012-3411
- It was discovered that dnsmasq, when used in combination with certain libvirtd configurations, could incorrectly process network packets from network interfaces that were intended to be prohibited. A remote, unauthenticated attacker could exploit this flaw to cause a denial of service via DNS amplification attacks.
Bug Fix
- BZ#815819
- Due to a regression, the lease change script was disabled. Consequently, the "dhcp-script" option in the /etc/dnsmasq.conf configuration file did not work. This update corrects the problem and the "dhcp-script" option now works as expected.
Enhancements
- BZ#824214
- Prior to this update, dnsmasq did not validate that the tftp directory given actually existed and was a directory. Consequently, configuration errors were not immediately reported on startup. This update improves the code to validate the tftp root directory option. As a result, fault finding is simplified especially when dnsmasq is called by external processes such as libvirt.
- BZ#850944
- The dnsmasq init script used an incorrect Process Identifier (PID) in the "stop", "restart", and "condrestart" commands. Consequently, if there were some dnsmasq instances running besides the system one started by the init script, then repeated calling of "service dnsmasq" with "stop" or "restart" would kill all running dnsmasq instances, including ones not started with the init script. The dnsmasq init script code has been corrected to obtain the correct PID when calling the "stop", "restart", and "condrestart" commands. As a result, if there are dnsmasq instances running in addition to the system one started by the init script, then by calling "service dnsmasq" with "stop" or "restart" only the system one is stopped or restarted.
- BZ#887156
- When two or more dnsmasq processes were running with DHCP enabled on one interface, DHCP RELEASE packets were sometimes lost. Consequently, when two or more dnsmasq processes were running with DHCP enabled on one interface, releasing IP addresses sometimes failed. This update sets the SO_BINDTODEVICE socket option on DHCP sockets if running dnsmasq with DHCP enabled on one interface. As a result, when two or more dnsmasq processes are running with DHCP enabled on one interface, they can release IP addresses as expected.
7.41. docbook-utils
Bug Fix
- BZ#639866
- Prior to this update, the Perl script used for generating manpages contained a misprint in the header. As a consequence, the header syntax of all manual pages that docbook-utils built was wrong. This update corrects the script. Now the manual page headers have the right syntax.
7.42. dovecot
Security Fixes
- CVE-2011-2166, CVE-2011-2167
- Two flaws were found in the way some settings were enforced by the script-login functionality of Dovecot. A remote, authenticated user could use these flaws to bypass intended access restrictions or conduct a directory traversal attack by leveraging login scripts.
- CVE-2011-4318
- A flaw was found in the way Dovecot performed remote server identity verification, when it was configured to proxy IMAP and POP3 connections to remote hosts using TLS/SSL protocols. A remote attacker could use this flaw to conduct man-in-the-middle attacks using an X.509 certificate issued by a trusted Certificate Authority (for a different name).
Bug Fix
- BZ#697620
- When a new user first accessed their IMAP inbox, Dovecot was, under some circumstances, unable to change the group ownership of the inbox directory in the user's Maildir location to match that of the user's mail spool (/var/mail/$USER). This correctly generated an "Internal error occurred" message. However, with a subsequent attempt to access the inbox, Dovecot saw that the directory already existed and proceeded with its operation, leaving the directory with incorrectly set permissions. This update corrects the underlying permissions setting error. When a new user now accesses their inbox for the first time, and it is not possible to set group ownership, Dovecot removes the created directory and generates an error message instead of keeping the directory with incorrect group ownership.
7.43. dracut
Bug Fixes
- BZ#835646
- Previously, dracut could not handle uppercase MAC addresses for the PXE "BOOTIF=" parameter. As a consequence, a machine with a dracut generated initramfs could not boot over the network, when the "BOOTIF=" parameter contained uppercase MAC addresses. With this update, dracut converts internally the MAC addresses to lowercase. Now, a machine with a dracut generated initramfs can boot over the network successfully when the "BOOTIF=" parameter contains uppercase MAC addresses.
- BZ#831338
- Previously, the default mount option of the /proc/ directory during boot up was "mount -t proc -o nosuid,noexec,nodev proc/proc". This resulted in inaccessible device nodes in the /proc/ directory for some kernel drivers. The default mount option of the /proc directory has been changed to "mount -t proc proc /proc" and all kernel modules now load successfully.
- BZ#794751
- Previously, dracut could not use the Internet Small Computer System Interface (iSCSI) and dmsquash-live module together. As a consequence, it was not possible to boot from a live medium over iSCSI. After this update, a dracut-generated initramfs, which contains the iSCSI and dmsquash-live modules, is able to boot a live medium via iSCSI. This can be done using the kernel command "root=live:LABEL=<partition-or-iso-label> netroot=iscsi: ".
- BZ#813057
- Previously, the new Brocade switch firmware took longer to complete the BCBx negotiation and a dracut-generated initramfs did not wait long enough for the DCBx negotiation. Now, the initramfs sleeps for three seconds after loading the "802q" kernel module and the DCBx negotiation with the new Brocade switch firmware completes successfully.
- BZ#843105
- When using the "live_ram" parameter for booting from live media, the dracut-generated initramfs ejected the medium. After this action, a reboot caused the machine to not boot from the medium again, even if it was intended. After this update, dracut honors the "no_eject" kernel command-line parameter. Now, if "no_eject" is given on the kernel command-line, the dracut-generated initramfs no longer ejects the live medium after copying it to the RAM.
- BZ#850493
- In FIPS mode, the kernel image has to be validated by a checksum. The sha512hmac tool reads the absolute path of the file to check from the checksum file. Previously, if "/boot" was not on a separate file system, dracut mounted the root file system to "/sysroot". The "/sysroot/boot" partition was not accessible with the "/boot" path and the sha512hmac tool could not access the file in "/boot" to check for. The check failed and the boot process was cancelled. Consequently, the boot processes did not succeed in FIPS mode if "/boot" was not on a separate file system. Now, dracut creates a symbolic link from the "/sysroot/boot" partition to the "/boot" partition in the initramfs and the sha512hmac tool can check the kernel image and the machine can continue booting, if the check was successful.
- BZ#890081
- Previously, the kernel module "scsi_dh_alua" was not included in the initramfs and as a consequence, "scsi_dh_alua" could not be preloaded via the "rdloaddriver" kernel command. The "scsi_dh_alua" kernel module is now included in the initramfs and "scsi_dh_alua" can be preloaded successfully using "rdloaddriver".
- BZ#854416
- Previously, dracut did not strip the kernel modules as mentioned in the man page. Consequently, initramfs size grew very big if the customer had kernel modules with a lot of debug info. The dracut utility now strips the kernel modules, except when in FIPS mode, and as a result, the initramfs size is smaller and can be loaded on machines with small memory.
Enhancements
- BZ#823507
- Documentation for the "rd_retry=" boot option has been added to the dracut(8) man page.
- BZ#858187
- The dracut utility can now boot from iSCSI on a network with virtual LANs configured, where the virtual LAN settings are stored in the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table BIOS.
7.44. dropwatch
Bug Fix
- BZ#725464
- Prior to this update, the dropwatch utility could become unresponsive because it was waiting for a deactivation acknowledgement to be issued by an already deactivated or stopped service. With this update, dropwatch detects an attempt to deactivate/stop an already deactivated/stopped service and no longer hangs.
7.45. dvd+rw-tools
- BZ#807474
- Prior to this update, the growisofs utility wrote chunks of 32KB and reported an error during the last chunk when burning ISO image files that were not aligned to 32KB. This update allows the written chunk to be smaller than a multiple of 16 blocks.
7.46. e2fsprogs
Bug Fixes
- BZ#806137
- On a corrupted file system, the "mke2fs -S" command could remove files instead of attempting to recover them. This bug has been fixed; the "mke2fs -S" command writes metadata properly and no longer removes files instead of recovering them.
- BZ#813820
- The resize2fs(8) man page did not list an ext4 file system as capable of on-line resizing. This omission has been fixed and the resize2fs(8) man page now includes all file systems that can be resized on-line.
- BZ#858338
- A special flag was used to indicate blocks allocated beyond the end of file on an ext4 file system. This flag was sometimes mishandled, resulting in file system corruption. Both the kernel and user space have been reworked to eliminate the use of this flag.
Enhancement
- BZ#824126
- Previously, users could use the e2fsck utility on a mounted file system, although it was strongly recommended not to do so. Using the utility on a mounted file system led to file system corruption. With this update, e2fsck opens the file system exclusively and fails when the file system is busy. This behavior avoids possible corruption of the mounted file system.
Bug Fix
- BZ#1023351
- The resize2fs utility did not properly handle resizing of an ext4 file system to a smaller size. As a consequence, files containing many extents could become corrupted if they were moved during the resize process. With this update, resize2fs now maintains a consistent extent tree when moving files containing many extents, and such files no longer become corrupted in this scenario.
Bug Fix
- BZ#974193
- Some ext4 extent tree corruptions were not detected or repaired by e2fsck. Inconsistencies related to overlapping interior or leaf nodes in the extent tree were not detected, and the file system remained in an inconsistent state after an e2fsck. These inconsistencies were then detected by the kernel at run time. e2fsck is now able to detect and repair this class of corruptions in the file system.
7.47. eclipse-nls
Note
7.48. environment-modules
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#818177
- Due to an error in the Tcl library, some allocated pointers were invalidated inside the library. Consequently, running the "module switch" command in the tcsh shell led to a segmentation fault. The bug has been fixed and the system memory is now allocated and pointed to correctly.
- BZ#848865
- Previously, the /usr/share/Modules/modulefiles/modules file contained an incorrect path. Consequently, an error occurred when the "module load modules" command was executed. With this update, the incorrect path has been replaced and the described error no longer occurs.
7.49. espeak
Bug Fix
- BZ#789997
- Previously, eSpeak manipulated the system sound volume. As a consequence, eSpeak could set the sound volume to maximum regardless of the amplitude specified. The sound volume management code has been removed from eSpeak, and now only PulseAudio manages the sound volume.
7.50. ethtool
Note
7.51. evolution-data-server
Bug Fix
- BZ#734048
- The CalDav calendar back end was converting Uniform Resource Identifiers (URIs) with unescaped space characters or the "%20" string to "%2520". As a consequence, rendering the back end did not allow to contact the remote CalDav service that caused CalDav calendars to be inaccessible. This bug has been fixed and evolution-data-server works correctly in the described scenario.
7.52. evolution
Security Fix
- CVE-2011-3201
- The way Evolution handled mailto URLs allowed any file to be attached to the new message. This could lead to information disclosure if the user did not notice the attached file before sending the message. With this update, mailto URLs cannot be used to attach certain files, such as hidden files or files in hidden directories, files in the /etc/ directory, or files specified using a path containing "..".
Bug Fixes
- BZ#707526
- Creating a contact list with contact names encoded in UTF-8 caused these names to be displayed in the contact list editor in the ASCII encoding instead of UTF-8. This bug has been fixed and the contact list editor now displays the names in the correct format.
- BZ#805239
- Due to a bug in the evolution-alarm-notify process, calendar appointment alarms did not appear in some types of calendars. The underlying source code has been modified and calendar notifications work as expected.
- BZ#890642
- An attempt to print a calendar month view as a PDF file caused Evolution to terminate unexpectedly. This update applies a patch to fix this bug and Evolution no longer crashes in this situation.
7.53. fcoe-target-utils
Bug Fixes
- BZ#819698
- Prior to this update, stopping the fcoe-target daemon did not stop the target session when rebooting. This update improves the fcoe-target script and the fcoe-target daemon can now properly shut down the kernel target.
- BZ#824227
- Prior to this update, a delay in the FCoE interface initialization sometimes resulted in the target configuration not being loaded for that interface. This update permits target configuration for absent interfaces, allowing target and interface configuration in any order.
- BZ#837730
- Prior to this update, specifying a nonexistent backing file when creating a backstore resulted in the unhelpful Python error "ValueError: No such path". This update reports the error in a more helpful way.
- BZ#837992
- Prior to this update, attempting to remove a storage object in a backstore resulted in a Python error. This update fixes the problem and storage objects can now be removed as expected.
- BZ#838442
- Prior to this update, attempting to redirect the output of targetcli resulted in a Python error. This update allows targetcli to be successfully redirected.
- BZ#846670
- Due to a regression, creating a backstore resulted in a Python error. This update allows backstore creation without error.
Enhancements
- BZ#828096
- Prior to this update, backstore size listing abbreviations did not clearly specify between power of 10 (for example Gigabyte) and power of 2 (Gibibyte). This update lists backstore sizes using power-of-2 sizes and labels them as such.
- BZ#828681
- The caching characteristics of backstores are now exposed via the SCSI Write Cache Enable (WCE) bit to initiators, instead of being set opaquely via the "buffered-mode" backstore setting. The default setting for WCE is "on".
7.54. fcoe-utils
Note
Bug Fix
- BZ#867117
- When turning off DCB on a Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) initiator interface connected to a Cisco Fibre Channel Forwarder (FCF), the fcoemon utility disabled the interface but the FCoE interface was re-enabled by a Netlink event before DCB was operational again. Consequently, the interface did not operate in degraded mode with LUNS present as expected and the output of the "ip l" and "fcoeadm -i" commands was contradictory. A patch has been applied to the fcoemon utility to ensure DCB is operational again before enabling the FCoE interface when a link is brought up. In addition, a patch has been applied to fcoe-utils to improve error handling and error messages related to creating and deleting of FCoE interfaces when DCB is not ready.
Enhancement
- BZ#826291
- Support for VLAN notification with VLAN ID 0 has been added. If a VLAN notification has the tag "VLAN 0", the physical port will now be activated. The VLAN interface will not be created but FCoE will be started on the physical interface itself.
7.55. febootstrap
Bug Fix
- BZ#803962
- The "febootstrap-supermin-helper" program is used when opening a disk image using the libguestfs API, or as part of virt-v2v conversion. Previously, this tool did not always handle the "-u" and "-g" options correctly when the host used an LDAP server to resolve user names and group names. This caused the virt-v2v command to fail when LDAP was in use. With this update, the "febootstrap-supermin-helper" program has been modified to parse the "-u" and "-g" options correctly, so that virt-v2v works as expected in the described scenario.
7.56. fence-agents
Bug Fixes
- BZ#908409
- Previously, when fencing a Red Hat Enterprise Linux cluster node with the fence_soap_vmware fence agent, the agent terminated unexpectedly with a traceback if it was not possible to resolve a hostname of an IP address. With this update, a proper error message is displayed in the described scenario.
- BZ#908401
- Due to incorrect detection on newline characters during an SSH connection, the fence_drac5 agent could terminate the connection with a traceback when fencing a Red Hat Enterprise Linux cluster node. Only the first fencing action completed successfully but the status of the node was not checked correctly. Consequently, the fence agent failed to report successful fencing. When the "reboot" operation was called, the node was only powered off. With this update, the newline characters are correctly detected and the fencing works as expected.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#769798
- The speed of fencing is critical because otherwise, broken nodes have more time to corrupt data. Prior to this update, the operation of the fence_vmware_soap fence agent was slower than expected when used on the VMWare vSphere platform with hundreds of virtual machines. With this update, the fencing process is faster and does not terminate if virtual machines without an UID are encountered.
- BZ#822507
- Prior to this update, the attribute "unique" in XML metadata was set to TRUE (1) by default. This update modifies the underlying code to use FALSE (0) as the default value because fence agents do not use these attributes.
- BZ#825667
- Prior to this update, certain fence agents did not generate correct metadata output. As a result, it was not possible to use the metadata for automatic generation of manual pages and user interfaces. With this update, all fence agents generate their metadata as expected.
- BZ#842314
- Prior to this update, the fence_apc script failed to log into APC power switches where firmware changed the end-of-line marker from CR-LF to LF. This update modifies the script to log into a fence device as expected.
- BZ#863568
- Prior to this update, the fence_rhevm agent failed to run the regular expression get_id regex when using a new href attribute. As a consequence, the plug status was not available. This update modifies the underlying code to show the correct status either as ON or OFF.
Enhancements
- BZ#740869
- This update adds the fence_ipdu agent to support IBM iPDU fence devices in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
- BZ#752449
- This update adds the fence_eaton agent to support Eaton ePDU (Enclosure Power Distribution Unit) devices in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
- BZ#800650
- This update adds symlinks for common fence types that utilize standards-based agents in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
- BZ#818337
- This update adds the fence_bladecenter agent to the fence-agents packages in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 to support the --missing-as-off feature for the HP BladeSystem to handle missing nodes as switched off nodes so that fencing can end successfully even if a blade is missing.
- BZ#837174
- This update supports action=metadata via standard input for all fence agents.
7.57. fence-virt
Bug Fixes
- BZ#761228
- Previously, the fence_virt man page contained incorrect information in the "SERIAL/VMCHANNEL PARAMETERS" section. With this update, the man page has been corrected.
- BZ#853927
- Previously, the fence_virtd daemon returned an incorrect error code to the fence_virt agent when the virt domain did not exist. Consequently, the fence_node utility occasionally failed to detect fencing. With this update, the error codes have been changed and the described error no longer occurs.
Enhancements
- BZ#823542
- The "delay" (-w) option has been added to the fence_virt and fence_xvm fencing agents. The delay option can be used, for example, as a method of preloading a winner in a fence race in a CMAN cluster.
- BZ#843104
- With this update, the documentation of the "hash" parameter in the fence_virt.conf file has been improved to notify that hash is the weakest hashing algorithm allowed for client requests.
7.58. file
Bug Fixes
- BZ#795425
- The file utility did not contain a "magic" pattern for detecting QED images and was therefore not able to detect such images. A new "magic" pattern for detecting QED images has been added, and the file utility now detects these images as expected.
- BZ#795761
- The file utility did not contain a "magic" pattern for detecting VDI images and was therefore not able to detect such images. A new "magic" pattern for detecting VDI images has been added, and the file utility now detects these images as expected.
- BZ#797784
- Previously, the file utility did not attempt to load "magic" patterns from the ~/.magic.mgc file, which caused "magic" patterns stored in this file to be unusable. This update modifies the file utility so it now attempts to load the ~/.magic.mgc file. The file is loaded if it exists and "magic" patterns defined in this file work as expected.
- BZ#801711
- Previously, the file utility used read timeout when decompressing files using the "-z" option. As a consequence, the utility was not able to detect files compressed by the bzip2 tool. The underlying source code has been modified so that file no longer uses read timeout when decompressing compressed files. Compressed files are now detected as expected when using the "-z" option.
- BZ#859834
- Previously, the file utility contained multiple "magic" patterns to detect output of the "dump" backup tool. On big-endian architectures, the less detailed "magic" pattern was used and output of the file utility was inconsistent. The less detailed "magic" pattern has been removed, and only one, more detailed, "magic" pattern to detect "dump" output is used now.
7.59. firstboot
Enhancement
- BZ#831818
- Previously, the Firstboot utility allowed displaying only the English version of the End User Licence Agreement (EULA), which could be problematic for users who do not understand English. This update modifies Firstboot so that it uses the $LANG environment variable to find the localized EULA file according to the language set during installation. If the EULA file in the selected language is not found, the default EULA file, which is in English, is used. Users can now read the EULA document in the language chosen during installation before accepting it.
7.60. ftp
Bug Fix
- BZ#783868
- Prior to this update, using the ftp command "put" when the stack size was set to unlimited caused the sysconf(_SC_ARG_MAX) function to return -1, which in turn resulted in the malloc() function being called with an argument of 0 and causing an "Out of memory" message to be displayed. With this update, the underlying source code has been improved to allocate a reasonable minimum of memory. As a result, the "Out of memory" message no longer appears if the stack size was previously set to unlimited.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#869858
- Prior to this update, the ftp client could encounter a buffer overflow and aborted if a macro longer than 200 characters was defined and then used after a connection. This update modifies the underlying code and the buffer that holds memory for the macro name was extended. Now, ftp matches the length of the command line limit and the ftp client no longer aborts when a macro with a long name is executed.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#665337
- Previously, the command line width in the ftp client was limited to 200 characters. With this update, the maximum possible length of the FTP command line is extended to 4296 characters.
- BZ#786004
- Prior to this update, "append", "put", and "send" commands were causing system memory to leak. The memory holding the ftp command was not freed appropriately. With this update, the underlying source code has been improved to correctly free the system resources and the memory leaks are no longer present.
- BZ#849940
- Previously, the ftp client could not be invoked to run directly in the active mode. This functionality has been added to the source code and documented in the manual page. The client can now be executed with an additional "-A" command line parameter and will run in the active mode.
- BZ#852636
- Previously, the ftp client hung up when the ftp-data port (20) was not available (e.g. was blocked). The client then had to be terminated manually. Additional logic has been added to the source code. With this update, ftp has an internal timeout set to 30 seconds. If there is no answer from the server when this time has passed, ftp will now gracefully time out and not hang up.
7.61. gawk
Bug Fix
- BZ#829558
- Prior to this update, the "re_string_skip_chars" function incorrectly used the character count instead of the raw length to estimate the string length. As a consequence, any text in multi-byte encoding that did not use the UTF-8 format failed to be processed correctly. This update modifies the underlying code so that the correct string length is used. multi-byte encoding is processed correctly.
7.62. gcc
Bug Fixes
- BZ#801144
- Due to the incorrect size of a pointer in GCC GNAT code, GNAT used an incorrect function of the libgcc library when compiling 32-bit Ada binaries on PowerPC architecture. Consequently, these programs could not be linked and the compilation failed. This update fixes the problem so that the sizeof operator now returns the correct size of a pointer, and the appropriate function from libgcc is called. GNAT compiles Ada binaries as expected in this scenario.
- BZ#808590
- The Standard Template Library (STL) contained an incomplete move semantics implementation, which could cause GCC to generate incorrect code. The incorrect headers have been fixed so that GCC now produce the expected code when depending on move semantics.
- BZ#819100
- GCC did not, under certain circumstances, handle generating a CPU instruction sequence that would be independent of indexed addressing on PowerPC architecture. As a consequence, an internal compiler error occurred if the "__builtin_bswap64" built-in function was called with the "-mcpu=power6" option. This update corrects the relevant code so that GCC now generates an alternate instruction sequence that does not depend on indexed addressing in this scenario.
- BZ#821901
- A bug in converting the exception handling region could cause an internal compiler error to occur when compiling profile data with the "-fprofile-use" and "-freorder-basic-blocks-and-partition" options. This update fixes the erroneous code and the compilation of profile data now proceeds as expected in this scenario.
- BZ#826882
- Previously, GCC did not properly handle certain situations when an enumeration was type cast using the static_cast operator. Consequently, an enumeration item could have been assigned an integer value greater than the highest value of the enumeration's range. If the compiled code contained testing conditions using such enumerations, those checks were incorrectly removed from the code during code optimization. With this update, GCC was modified to handle enumeration type casting properly and C++ now no longer removes the mentioned checks.
- BZ#831832
- Previously, when comparing the trees equality, the members of a union or structure were not handled properly in the C++ compiler. This led to an internal compiler error. This update modifies GCC so that unions and structures are now handled correctly and code that uses tree equality comparing is now compiled successfully.
- BZ#867878
- GCC previously processed the "srak" instructions without the z196 flag, which enables a compiler to work with these instructions. Consequently, some binaries, such as Firefox, could not be compiled on IBM System z and IBM S/390 architectures. With this update, GCC has been modified to support the z196 flag for the srak instructions, and binaries requiring these instructions can now be compiled successfully on IBM System z and IBM S/390 architectures.
7.63. gdb
Security Fix
- CVE-2011-4355
- GDB tried to auto-load certain files (such as GDB scripts, Python scripts, and a thread debugging library) from the current working directory when debugging programs. This could result in the execution of arbitrary code with the user's privileges when GDB was run in a directory that has untrusted content.
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#795424
- When a struct member was at an offset greater than 256 MB, the resulting bit position within the struct overflowed and caused an invalid memory access by GDB. With this update, the code has been modified to ensure that GDB can access such positions.
- BZ#811648
- When a thread list of the core file became corrupted, GDB did not print this list but displayed the "Cannot find new threads: generic error" error message instead. With this update, GDB has been modified and it now prints the thread list of the core file as expected.
- BZ#836966
- GDB did not properly handle debugging of multiple binaries with the same build ID. This update modifies GDB to use symbolic links created for particular binaries so that debugging of binaries that share a build ID now proceeds as expected. Debugging of live programs and core files is now more user-friendly.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#952090
- When users tried to execute the "maintenance set python print-stack" command, gdb did not recognize it and issued an error stating the command was undefined. With this update, gdb now correctly recognizes and executes the command.
- BZ#952100
- When debugging a C++ program which declared a local static variable inside a class, gdb was unable to locate the local static variable. This caused problems when debugging some issues that required examining these kinds of variables. With this update, gdb now correctly identifies that the variable exists, and the debugging process functions normally.
- BZ#954300
- Previously, users experienced an internal error in the debugger when using a Thread Local Storage (TLS) modifier in a static variable declared inside a class on a C++ program, and asking gdb to print its value. This caused the debugging session to be compromised. With this update, gdb is now able to correctly deal with a static variable declared as a TLS inside a class and errors no longer occur in the described scenario.
7.64. gdm
Bug Fixes
- BZ#616755
- Previously, the gdm_smartcard_extension_is_visible() function returned "TRUE" instead of the "ret" variable. Consequently, the smartcard login could not be disabled in the system-config-authentication window if the pcsd package was installed. With this update, gdm_smartcard_extension_is_visible() has been modified to return the correct value. As a result, the described error no longer occurs.
- BZ#704245
- When GDM was used to connect to a host via XDMCP (X Display Manager Control Protocol), another connection to a remote system using the "ssh -X" command resulted in failed authentication with the X server. Consequently, applications such as xterm could not be displayed on a remote system. This update provides a compatible MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 key in the described scenario, thus fixing this incompatibility.
- BZ#738462
- Previously, X server audit messages were not included by default in the X server log. Now, those messages are unconditionally included in the log. Also, with this update, verbose messages are added to the X server log if debugging is enabled in the /etc/gdm/custom.conf file by setting "Enable=true" in the "debug" section.
- BZ#820058
- Previously, after booting the system, the following message occurred in the /var/log/gdm/:0-greeter.log file:
gdm-simple-greeter[PID]: Gtk-WARNING: gtkwidget.c:5460: widget not within a GtkWindow
With this update, this warning is no longer displayed.
Enhancements
- BZ#719647
- With this update, GDM has been modified to allow smartcard authentication when the visible user list is disabled.
- BZ#834303
- Previously, the GDM debugging logs were stored in the /var/log/messages file. With this update, a separate /var/log/gdm/daemon.log file has been established for these debugging logs.
7.65. gd
- BZ#790400
- Prior to this update, ,the gd graphics library handled inverted Y coordinates incorrectly, when changing the thickness of a line. As a consequence, lines with changed thickness were drawn incorrectly. This update modifies the underlying code to draw lines with changed thickness correctly.
7.66. geronimo-specs
Bug Fix
- BZ#818755
- Prior to this update, the geronimo-specs-compat package description contained inaccurate references. This update removes these references so that the description is now accurate.
7.67. glibc
Bug Fixes
- BZ#804686
- Prior to this update, a logic error caused the DNS code of glibc to incorrectly handle rejected responses from DNS servers. As a consequence, additional servers in the
/etc/resolv.conf
file could not be searched after one server responded with a REJECT. This update modifies the logic in the DNS. Now, glibc cycles through the servers listed in/etc/resolv.conf
even if one returns a REJECT response. - BZ#806404
- Prior to this update, the
nss/getnssent.c
file contained an unchecked malloc call and an incorrect loop test. As a consequence, glibc could abort unexpectedly. This update modifies the malloc call and the loop test. - BZ#809726
- Prior to this update, locale data for the characters in the range a-z were incorrect in the Finnish locale. As a consequence, some characters in the range a-z failed to print correctly in the Finnish locale. This update modifies the underlying code to provide the correct output for these characters. Now, characters in the Finnish locale print as expected.
- BZ#823909
- If a file or a string was in the IBM-930 encoding, and contained the invalid multibyte character "0xffff", attempting to use
iconv()
(or theiconv
command) to convert that file or string to another encoding, such as UTF-8, resulted in a segmentation fault. Now, the conversion code for the IBM-930 encoding recognizes this invalid character and calls an error handler, rather than causing a segmentation fault. - BZ#826149
- Prior to this update, the
fnmatch()
function failed with the return value -1 when the wildcard character "*" was part of the pattern argument and thefile name argument
contained an invalid multibyte encoding. This update modifies thefnmatch()
code to recognize this case. Now, the invalid characters are treated as not matching and then the process proceeds. - BZ#827362
- Prior to this update, the internal
FILE
offset was set incorrectly in wide character streams. As a consequence, the offset returned byftell
was incorrect. In some cases, this could result in over-writing data. This update modifies theftell
code to correctly set the internalFILE
offset field for wide characters. Now,ftell
andfseek
handle the offset as expected. - BZ#829222
- Prior to this update, the
/etc/rpc
file was not set as a configuration file in the glibc build. As a consequence, updating glibc caused the/etc/rpc
file to be replaced without warning or creating a backup copy. This update correctly marks/etc/rpc
as a configuration file. Now, the existing/etc/rpc
file is left in place, and the bundled version can be installed in/etc/rpc.rpmnew
. - BZ#830127
- Prior to this update, the
vfprintf
command returned the wrong error codes when encountering an overflow. As a consequence, applications which checked return codes fromvfprintf
could get unexpected values. This update modifies the error codes for overflow situations. - BZ#832516
- Prior to this update, the
newlocale
flag relied entirely on failure of an underlying open() call to set the errno variable for an incorrect locale name. As a consequence, thenewlocale()
function did not set theerrno
variable to an appropriate value when failing, if it has already been asked about the same incorrect locale name. This update modifies the logic in theloadlocale
call so that subsequent attempts to load a non-existent locale more than once always set theerrno
variable appropriately. - BZ#832694
- Prior to this update, the ESTALE error message referred only to
NFS
file systems. As a consequence, users were confused when non-NFS
file systems triggered this error. This update modifies the error message to apply the error message to all file systems that can trigger this error. - BZ#835090
- Prior to this update, an internal array of name servers was only partially initialized when the
/etc/resolv.conf
file contained IPV6 name servers. As a consequence, applications could, depending on the exact contents of a nearby structure, abort. This update modifies the underlying code to handle IPV6 name servers listed in/etc/resolv.conf
. - BZ#837695
- Prior to this update, a buffer in the resolver code for glibc was too small to handle results for certain DNS queries. As a consequence, the query had to be repeated after a larger buffer was allocated and wasted time and network bandwidth. This update enlarges the buffer to handle the larger DNS results.
- BZ#837918
- Prior to this update, the logic for the functions
exp
,exp2
,pow
,sin
,tan
, andrint
was erroneous. As a consequence, these functions could fail when running them in the non-default rounding mode. With this update, the functions return correct results across all 4 different rounding modes. - BZ#841787
- Prior to this update, glibc incorrectly handled the
options rotate
option in the/etc/resolv.conf
file if this file also contained one or more IPv6 name servers. As a consequence, DNS queries could unexpectedly fail, particularly when multiple queries were issued by a single process. This update modifies the internalization of the listed servers from/etc/resolv.conf
into internal structures of glibc, as well as the sorting and rotation of those structures to implement theoptions rotate
capability. Now, DNS names are resolved correctly in glibc. - BZ#846342
- Prior to this update, certain user-defined 32 bit executables could issue calls to the
memcpy()
function with overlapping arguments. As a consequence, the applications invoked undefined behavior and could fail. With this update, users with 32 bit applications which issue thememcpy
function with overlapping arguments can create the/etc/sysconfig/32bit_ssse3_memcpy_via_32bit_ssse3_memmove
. If this file exists, glibc redirects all calls to the SSSE3 memcpy copiers to the SSSE3 memmove copier, which is tolerant of overlapping arguments.Important
We strongly encourage customers to identify and fix these problems in their source code. Overlapping arguments tomemcpy()
is a clear violation of the ANSI/ISO standards and Red Hat does not provide binary compatibility for applications which violate these standards. - BZ#847932
- Prior to this update, the
strtod()
,strtof()
, andstrtold()
functions to convert a string to a numeric representation in glibc contained multiple integer overflow flaws. This caused stack-based buffer overflows. As a consequence, these functions could cause an application to abort or, under certain circumstances, execute arbitrary code. This update modifies the underlying code to avoid these faults. - BZ#848082
- Prior to this update, the
setlocale()
function failed to detect memory allocation problems. As a consequence, thesetlocale()
function eventually core dumped, due to NULL pointers or uninitialized strings. This update modifies thesetlocale
code to insure that memory allocation succeeded. Now, thesetlocale()
function no longer core dumps. - BZ#849651
- Prior to this update, the
expf()
function was considerably slowed down when saving and restoring the FPU state. This update adds a hand optimized assembler implementation of theexpf()
function for Intel 64 and AMD64 platforms. Now, theexpf()
function is considerably faster. - BZ#852445
- Prior to this update, the PowerPC specific
pthread_once
code did not correctly publish changes it made. As a consequence, the changes were not visible to other threads at the right time. This update adds release barriers to the appropriate thread code to ensure correct synchronization of data between multiple threads. - BZ#861167
- This update adds the
MADV_DONTDUMP
andMADV_DODUMP
macros to themman.h
file to compile code that uses these macros. - BZ#863453
- Prior to this update, the nscd daemon attempted to free a pointer that was not provided by the
malloc()
function, due to an error in the memory management in glibc. As a consequence, nscd could terminate unexpectedly, when handling groups with a large number of members. This update ensures that memory allocated by the pool allocator is no longer passed tofree
. Now, the pool allocator's garbage collector reclaims the memory. As a result, nscd no longer crashes on groups with a large number of members. - BZ#864322
- Prior to this update, the
IPTOS_CLASS
definition referenced the wrong object. As a consequence, applications that referenced theIPTOS_CLASS
definition from theip.h
file did not build or failed to operate as expected. This update modifies the definition to reference the right object and applications that reference to theIPTOS_CLASS
definition.
Bug Fix
- BZ#989558
- The C library security framework was unable to handle dynamically loaded character conversion routines when loaded at specific virtual addresses. This resulted in an unexpected termination with a segmentation fault when trying to use the dynamically loaded character conversion routine. This update enhances the C library security framework to handle dynamically loaded character conversion routines at any virtual memory address, and crashes no longer occur in the described scenario.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#964044
- A fix to prevent logic errors in various mathematical functions, including exp, exp2, expf, exp2f, pow, sin, tan, and rint, caused by inconsistent results when the functions were used with the non-default rounding mode, creates performance regressions for certain inputs. The performance regressions have been analyzed and the core routines have been optimized to bring performance back to reasonable levels.
- BZ#970992
- A program that opens and uses dynamic libraries which use thread-local storage variables may terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault when it is being audited by a module that also uses thread-local storage. This update modifies the dynamic linker to detect such a condition, and crashes no longer occur in the described scenario.
Bug Fix
- BZ#1001050
- A defect in the name service cache daemon (nscd) caused cached DNS queries, under certain conditions, to return only IPv4 addresses when querying for an address using the AF_UNSPEC address family, even though IPv4 and IPv6 results existed. The defect has been corrected and nscd correctly returns both IPv4 and IPv6 results if they both exist.
7.68. gnome-desktop
Bug Fix
- BZ#829891
- Previously, when a user hit the system's hot-key (most commonly Fn+F7) to change display configurations, the system could potentially switch to an invalid mode, which would fail to display. With this update, gnome-desktop now selects valid XRandR modes and correctly switching displays with the hot-key works as expected.
7.69. gnome-packagekit
Bug Fixes
- BZ#744980
- If a package adds or removes a .repo file while updates are being installed, PackageKit (packagekitd) sends a RepoListChanged() message. If Software Update (/usr/bin/gpk-update-viewer) was being used to install these updates it responded to the message by attempting to refresh the available updates list. This resulted in said list going blank. As of this update, gpk-update-viewer ignores such signals from packagekitd, leaving the available updates list visible and unchanged.
- BZ#744906
- When a 64-bit Red Hat Enterprise Linux instance had both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of a package installed, and an update for both packages was available and presented in the Software Update (/usr/bin/gpk-update-viewer) window, the summary and package name appeared for both architectures. Package size and the errata note only presented for the 32-bit version, however. For the 64-bit version, the size column remained blank. And, when the 64-bit version was selected in Software list, the display pane below presented a ‘Loading...’ message rather than the errata note. With this update, gpk-update-viewer seeks out the exact package ID before falling back to the package name, ensuring both package versions are found and associated meta-data displayed when more than one package architecture is installed.
- BZ#694793
- When an application is installed using the Add/Remove Software interface (/usr/bin/gpk-application), a dialogue box appears immediately post-install offering a Run button. Clicking this button launches the newly-installed program. Previously, under some circumstances, an improperly assigned pointer value meant clicking this Run button caused gpk-application to crash (segfault). With this update, the pointer is correctly assigned and gpk-application no longer crashes when launching a newly-installed application.
- BZ#669798
- Previously, it was possible for an ordinary user to shutdown their system or log-out from a session while the PackageKit update tool was running. Depending on the transaction PackageKit was engaged in when the shutdown or logout was initiated, this could damage the RPM database and, consequently, damage the system. With this update, when ordinary users attempting to shutdown or log out while PackageKit is running an update, PackageKit inhibits the process and presents the user with an alert:
A transaction that cannot be interrupted is running.
Note: this update does not prevent a root user (or other user with equivalent administrative privileges) from shutting the system down or logging an ordinary user out of their session.
7.70. gnome-screensaver
Bug Fixes
- BZ#648869
- Previously, NVIDIA hardware did not support the X Resize and Rotate Extension (xRandR) gamma changes. Consequently, the fade-out function did not work on the NVIDIA hardware. With this update, xRandR gamma support detection code fails on NVIDIA cards, and the XF86VM gamma fade extension is automatically used as a fallback so the fade-out function works as expected.
- BZ#744763
- Previously, the mouse cursor could be moved to a non-primary monitor so the unlock dialog box did not appear when the user moved the mouse. This bug has been fixed and the mouse cursor can no longer be moved to a non-primary monitor. As a result, the unlock dialog box comes up anytime the user moves the mouse.
- BZ#752230
- Previously, the shake animation of the unlock dialog box could appear to be very slow. This was because the background was updated every time the window's size allocation changed, and the widget's size allocation consequently changed every frame of the shake animation. The underlying source code has been modified to ensure a reasonable speed of the shake animation.
- BZ#759395
- When a Mandatory profile was enabled, the "Lock screen when screen saver is active" option in the Screensaver Preferences window was not disabled. This bug could expose the users to a security risk. With this update, the lock-screen option is disabled as expected in the described scenario.
- BZ#824752
- When using dual screens, moving the mouse did not unlock gnome-screensaver after the initial timeout. The users had to press a key to unlock the screen. The underlying source code has been modified and the user can now unlock gnome-screensaver by moving the mouse.
Bug Fix
- BZ#994868
- Previously, when using virt-manager, virt-viewer, and spice-xpi applications, users were unable to enter the gnome-screensaver password after the screen saver started. This happened only when the VM system used the Compiz composting window manager. After users released the mouse cursor, then pressed a key to enter a password, the dialog did not accept any input. This happened due to incorrect assignment of window focus to applications that did not drop their keyboard grab. With this update, window focus is now properly assigned to the correct place, and attempts to enter the gnome-screensaver password no longer fail in the described scenario.
7.71. gnome-settings-daemon
Bug Fixes
- BZ#805064
- Previously, the LED indicators of some Wacom graphics tablets were not supported in the gnome-settings-daemon package. Consequently, the status LEDs on Wacom tablets would not accurately indicate the current control mode. With this update, LED support has been added to gnome-settings-daemon. As a result, the tablet LEDs now work as epected.
- BZ#812363
- Previously, using function keys without modifiers (F1, F2, and so on) as keyboard shortcuts for custom actions did not work. With this update, a patch has been added to fix this bug. As a result, gnome-settings-daemon now allows unmodified function keys to be used as keyboard shortcuts for custom actions.
- BZ#824757
- In certain cases, the gnome-settings-daemon did not properly handle the display configuration settings. Consequently, using the system's hot-key to change the display configuration either did not select a valid XRandR configuration or kept monitors in clone mode. This bug has been fixed and gnome-settings-daemon now selects valid XRandR modes and handles the clone mode as expected.
- BZ#826128
- Previously, connecting a screen tablet to a computer before activation of the tablet screen caused the input device to be matched with the only available monitor - the computer screen. Consequently, the stylus motions were incorrectly mapped to the computer screen instead of the tablet itself. With this update, a patch has been introduced to detect the tablet screen as soon as it becomes available. As a result, the device is correctly re-matched when the tablet screen is detected.
- BZ#839328
- Previously, using the shift key within a predefined keyboard shortcut mapped to the tablet's ExpressKey button caused gnome-settings-daemon to crash after pressing ExpressKey. This bug has been fixed, and the shortcuts which use the shift key can now be mapped to ExpressKey without complications.
- BZ#853181
- Prior to this update, the mouse plug-in in the gnome-settings-daemon package interfered with Wacom devices. Consequently, using ExpressKey on a tablet after hot-plugging generated mouse click events. With this update, the mouse plug-in has been fixed to ignore tablet devices and the interference no longer occurs.
- BZ#886922
- Previously, on tablets with multiple mode-switch buttons such as the Wacom Cintiq 24HD, all mode-switch buttons would cycle though the different modes. With this update, each different mode-switch button will select the right mode for the given button.
- BZ#861890
- Due to a bug in the gnome settings daemon, changing the monitor layout led to incorrect tablet mapping. With this update, the graphics tablet mapping is automatically updated when the monitor layout is changed. As a result, the stylus movements are correctly mapped after the layout change and no manual update is needed.
Enhancements
- BZ#772728
- With this update, several integration improvements for Wacom graphics tablets have been backported from upstream: - touchscreen devices are now automatically set in absolute mode instead of relative - memory leaks on tablet hot plug have been fixed - ExpressKeys no longer fail after the layout rotation - test applications are now included in the package to help with debugging issues.
- BZ#858255
- With this update, the touch feature of input devices has been enabled in the default settings of gnome-settings-daemon.
7.72. gnome-terminal
Bug Fix
- BZ#819796
- Prior to this update, gnome-terminal was not completely localized into Asamese. With this update, the Assamese locale has been updated.
7.73. gnutls
Bug Fixes
- BZ#648297
- Previously, the gnutls_priority_init.3 man page contained incorrect information on the gnutls-2.8.5-safe-renegotiation patch, particularly on special control keywords. The manual page has been updated to provide accurate information about the described subject.
- BZ#745242
- Prior to this update, the gnutls_x509_privkey_import() function failed to load private keys in the PKCS#8 format. Consequently, these keys were not processed by applications which use gnutls_x509_privkey_import(). This bug has been fixed, and gnutls_x509_privkey_import() now allows loading of private keys formatted in PKCS#8.
- BZ#771378
- Multiple bugs were present in the implementation of the TLS-1.2 protocol in the gnutls package. Consequently, gnutls was incompatible with clients and servers conforming to the TLS-1.2 protocol standard. With this update, the TLS-1.2 implementation has been fixed. As a result, the compatibility of gnutls with other TLS-1.2 clients and servers is now assured.
- BZ#807746
- Previously, the gnutls-cli-debug man page contained typographical errors and incorrect information on the command-line options. The manual page has been updated, and no longer contains the aforementioned errors.
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-2116
- It was discovered that the fix for the CVE-2013-1619 issue released via RHSA-2013:0588 introduced a regression in the way GnuTLS decrypted TLS/SSL encrypted records when CBC-mode cipher suites were used. A remote attacker could possibly use this flaw to crash a server or client application that uses GnuTLS.
7.74. graphviz
Bug Fixes
- BZ#772637
- Previously, the dot tool could generate different images on 32-bit and 64-bit architectures, which could consequently lead to multilib conflicts of packages that use graphviz during its build process. The problem was caused by different instructions used for floating points processing. On 32-bit Intel architecture, the code is now compiled with the "--ffloat-store" compiler flag, which ensures that identical images are generated regardless of the used architecture.
- BZ#821920
- The graphviz-tcl package included the "demo" directory, which contained examples in various languages. This caused implicit dependencies to be introduced. With this update, all examples are installed as documentation, which reduces the number of implicit dependencies.
- BZ#849134
- The "dot -c" command which is run in the %postun scriptlet recreates graphviz configuration files to be up-to-date with the current state of the installed plug-ins. Previously, if the command failed to load plug-ins specified in the configuration files, warning messages were printed when removing the graphviz-gd package. These messages could have been confusing, and have been therefore removed.
7.75. grub
Bug Fixes
- BZ#783169
- When the BIOS was set to Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) mode, all legacy option ROMs in the setup were disabled, and the grub.efi utility was loaded, an attempt to access the network with the NET0 protocol was not successful and the "nd" root command did not work. This bug has been fixed and GRUB works correctly in this situation.
- BZ#814014
- Previously, the GRUB utility did not scan for KVM virtio disks when creating a device map. Consequently, these disks were not added to this map. This bug has been fixed and GRUB now scans for vd* devices located in the /dev/ directory, so virtio disks are added to a device map as expected.
- BZ#825054
- The GRUB utility did not pass high order address bits for the Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) memory map and system table high order bits. As a consequence, the EFI system map and memory map did not work correctly on computers with RAM bigger then 4 GB. This bug has been fixed by passing high order address bits, so that grub works properly in the described scenario.
- BZ#870420
- When symbolic links in the /dev/mapper/ directory were resolved to the original file, this file did not match proper file entry in the device.map file. Consequently, the grub-install package failed and an error message was returned. With this update, symbolic links are now prevented to resolve in the /dev/mapper/ directory. As a result, grub-install proceeds as expected.
- BZ#876519
- Due to an error in the underlying source code, an incorrect attempt to dereference a NULL pointer could previously cause GRUB to terminate unexpectedly. This update corrects the underlying source code to prevent this error so that GRUB no longer crashes.
Enhancements
- BZ#642396
- This enhancement includes support for IPV6 UEFI 2.3.1 netboot, which was previously missing.
- BZ#737732
- With this update, the users can use EFI boot partition as a root partition, which can be specified in the grub.conf file. As a consequence, the users do not have to specify particular drive, but can use the one specified in the EFI boot manager.
7.76. gstreamer-plugins-base
Enhancement
- BZ#755777
- This update adds color-matrix support for color conversions to the ffmpegcolorspace plugin.
7.77. gtk2
Bug Fixes
- BZ#882346
- Due to a recent change in the behavior of one of the X.Org Server components, GTK+ applications could not use certain key combinations for key bindings. This update makes GTK+ compatible with the new behavior, which ensures that no regressions occur in applications that use the library.
- BZ#889172
- Previously, when switching between the "Recently Used" and "Search" tabs in the “Open Files” dialog box, the "Size" column in the view disappeared. This update ensures the column is visible when the relevant option is selected.
7.78. gvfs
Bug Fixes
- BZ#599055
- Previously, rules for ignoring mounts were too restrictive. If the user clicked on an encrypted volume in the Nautilus' sidebar, an error message was displayed and the volume could not be accessed. The underlying source code now contains additional checks so that encrypted volumes have proper mounts associated (if available), and the file system can be browsed as expected.
- BZ#669526
- Due to a bug in the kernel, a freshly formatted Blu-ray Disk Rewritable (BD-RE) medium contains a single track with invalid data that covers the whole medium. This empty track was previously incorrectly detected, causing the drive to be unusable for certain applications, such as Brasero. This update adds a workaround to detect the empty track, so that freshly formatted BD-RE media are properly recognized as blank.
- BZ#682799, BZ#746977, BZ#746978, BZ#749369, BZ#749371, BZ#749372
- The code of the gvfs-info, gvfs-open, gvfs-cat, gvfs-ls and gvfs-mount utilities contained hard-coded exit codes. This caused the utilities to always return zero on exit. The exit codes have been revised so that the mentioned gvfs utilities now return proper exit codes.
- BZ#746905
- When running gvfs-set-attribute with an invalid command-line argument specified, the utility terminated unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. The underlying source code has been modified so that the utility now prints a proper error message when an invalid argument is specified.
- BZ#809708
- Due to missing object cleanup calls, the gvfsd daemon could use excessive amount of memory, which caused the system to become unresponsive. Proper object cleanup calls have been added with this update, which ensures that the memory consumption is constant and the system does not hang in this scenario.
7.79. hivex
Bug Fixes
- BZ#822741
- Previously, the description of the package contained inappropriate text. This update provides a correction of the language used and now, the spec file contains only neutral expressions.
- BZ#841924
- Certain hive files that had a very large number of child nodes under a single parent node could not be parsed. A patch has been added to allow read-only access to these child nodes.
7.80. hplip
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-0200, CVE-2011-2722
- Several temporary file handling flaws were found in HPLIP. A local attacker could use these flaws to perform a symbolic link attack, overwriting arbitrary files accessible to a process using HPLIP.
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#829453
- Previously, the hpijs package required the obsolete cupsddk-drivers package, which was provided by the cups package. Under certain circumstances, this dependency caused hpijs installation to fail. This bug has been fixed and hpijs no longer requires cupsddk-drivers.
- BZ#683007
- The configuration of the Scanner Access Now Easy (SANE) back end is located in the /etc/sane.d/dll.d/ directory, however, the hp-check utility checked only the /etc/sane.d/dll.conf file. Consequently, hp-check checked for correct installation, but incorrectly reported a problem with the way the SANE back end was installed. With this update, hp-check properly checks for installation problems in both locations as expected.
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-4325
- HPLIP communicated with PolicyKit for authorization via a D-Bus API that is vulnerable to a race condition. This could lead to intended PolicyKit authorizations being bypassed. This update modifies HPLIP to communicate with PolicyKit via a different API that is not vulnerable to the race condition.
7.81. hsqldb
Bug Fix
- BZ#827343
- Prior to this update, the hsqldb database did not depend on java packages of version 1:1.6.0 or later. As a consequence, the build-classpath command failed on systems without the java-1.6.0-openjdk package installed and the hsqldb packages could be installed incorrectly. This update adds a requirement for java-1.6.0-openjdk. Now, the installation of hsqldb proceeds correctly as expected.
7.82. httpd
Security Fixes
- CVE-2008-0455, CVE-2012-2687
- An input sanitization flaw was found in the mod_negotiation Apache HTTP Server module. A remote attacker able to upload or create files with arbitrary names in a directory that has the MultiViews options enabled, could use this flaw to conduct cross-site scripting attacks against users visiting the site.
- CVE-2012-4557
- It was discovered that mod_proxy_ajp, when used in configurations with mod_proxy in load balancer mode, would mark a back-end server as failed when request processing timed out, even when a previous AJP (Apache JServ Protocol) CPing request was responded to by the back-end. A remote attacker able to make a back-end use an excessive amount of time to process a request could cause mod_proxy to not send requests to back-end AJP servers for the retry timeout period or until all back-end servers were marked as failed.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#787247
- When the Apache module mod_proxy was configured, and a particular back-end URL was reverse proxied into the server two or more times, a spurious warning in the following format was given:
[warn] worker [URL] already used by another worker
The level of this message has been changed from WARNING to INFO as it is not incorrect to proxy more than one URL to the same back-end server. - BZ#822587
- The mod_cache module did not handle
206
partialHTTP
responses correctly. This resulted in incorrect responses being returned to clients if a cache was configured. With this update, mod_cache no longer caches206
responses, thus ensuring correct responses are returned. - BZ#829689
- If
LDAP
authentication was used with a Novell eDirectory LDAP server, mod_ldap could return500 Internal Server Error
response if the LDAP server was temporarily unavailable. This update fixes mod_ldap to retry LDAP requests if the server is unavailable, and the500
errors will not be returned in this case. - BZ#837086
- Previously, mod_proxy_connect performed unnecessary
DNS
queries whenProxyRemote
was configured. Consequently, in configurations withProxyRemote
, mod_proxy_connect could either fail to connect, or be slow to connect to the remote server. This update changes mod_proxy to omit DNS queries ifProxyRemote
is configured. As a result, the proxy no longer fails in such configurations. - BZ#837613
- When an
SSL
request failed and the-v 2
option was used, the ApacheBench (ab) benchmarking tool tried to free a certificate twice. Consequently, ab terminated unexpectedly due to a doublefree()
error. The ab tool has been fixed to free certificates only once. As a result, the ab tool no longer crashes in the scenario described. - BZ#848954
- Previously, mod_ssl presumed the private key was set after the certificate in
SSLProxyMachineCertificateFile
. Consequently, httpd terminated unexpectedly if the private key had been set before the certificate in SSLProxyMachineCertificateFile. This update improves mod_ssl to check if the private key is set before the certificate. As a result, mod_ssl no longer crashes in this situation and prints an error message instead. - BZ#853160
- Prior to this update, mod_proxy_ajp did not correctly handle a
flush
message from a Java application server if received before theHTTP
response headers had been sent. Consequently, users could receive a truncated response page without the correct HTTP headers. This update fixes mod_proxy_ajp to ignoreflush
messages before the HTTP response headers have been sent. As a result, truncated responses are no longer sent in scenario described. - BZ#853348
- In a proxy configuration, certain response-line strings were not handled correctly. If a response-line without a
description
string was received from the origin server, for a non-standard status code, such as the450
status code, a500 Internal Server Error
would be returned to the client. This bug has been fixed so that the original response line is returned to the client. - BZ#867268
- Previously, the value of
${cookie}C
in theLogFormat
directive's definition matched substrings of cookie. Consequently, a bad cookie could be printed if its name contained a substring of the name defined inLogFormat
using the${cookie}C
string. With this update, the code is improved so that cookie names are now matched exactly. As a result, a proper cookie is returned even when there are other cookies with its substring in their name. - BZ#867745
- Previously, no check was made to see if the
/etc/pki/tls/private/localhost.key
file was a valid key prior to running the%post
script for the mod_ssl package. Consequently, when/etc/pki/tls/certs/localhost.crt
did not exist andlocalhost.key
was present but invalid, upgrading the Apache HTTP Server daemon (httpd) with mod_ssl failed. The%post
script has been fixed to test for an existingSSL
key. As a result, upgrading httpd with mod_ssl now proceeds as expected. - BZ#868253
- Previously, in a reverse proxy configuration, mod_cache did not correctly handle a
304 Not Modified
response from the origin server when refreshing a cache entry. Consequently, in some cases an empty page was returned to a client requesting an entity which already existed in the cache. This update fixes handling of304 Not Modified
responses in mod_cache and as a result no empty pages will be displayed in the scenario described. - BZ#868283
- Due to a regression, when mod_cache received a non-cacheable
304
response, the headers were served incorrectly. Consequently, compressed data could be returned to the client without the cached headers to indicate the data was compressed. An upstream patch has been applied to merge response and cached headers before data from the cache is served to the client. As a result, cached data is now correctly interpreted by the client.
Enhancements
- BZ#748400
- The Apache module mod_proxy now allows changing the BalancerMember state in the web interface.
- BZ#757735
- The rotatelogs program now provides a new
rotatelogs
-p
option to execute a custom program after each log rotation. - BZ#757739
- The rotatelogs program now provides a new
rotatelogs
-c
option to create log files for each set interval, even if empty. - BZ#796958
- The
LDAPReferrals
configuration directive has been added, as an alias for the existingLDAPChaseReferrals
directive. - BZ#805720
- The mod_proxy and mod_ssl modules have been updated to support the concurrent use of the mod_nss (NSS) and mod_ssl (OpenSSL) modules.
- BZ#805810
- An init script for the
htcacheclean
daemon has been added. - BZ#824571
- The
failonstatus
parameter has been added for balancer configuration in mod_proxy. - BZ#828896
- Previously, mod_authnz_ldap had the ability to set environment variables from received
LDAP
attributes, but only by LDAP authentication, not by LDAP authorization. Consequently, if the mod_authnz_ldap module was used to enable LDAP for authorization but not authentication, theAUTHORIZE_
environment variables were not populated. This update applies a patch to implement setting ofAUTHORIZE_
environment variables using LDAP authorization. As a result, other methods of authentication can be used while using LDAP authorization for setting environment variables for all configured LDAP attributes. - BZ#833064
- The %posttrans scriptlet which automatically restarts the httpd service after a package upgrade can now be disabled. If the file
/etc/sysconfig/httpd-disable-posttrans
exists, the scriptlet will not restart the daemon. - BZ#833092
- The output of
httpd -S
now includes configured alias names for each virtual host. - BZ#838493
- The rotatelogs program has been updated to support the
-L
option to create a hard link from the current log to a specified path. - BZ#842375
- New certificate variable names are now exposed by mod_ssl using the
_DN_userID
suffix, such asSSL_CLIENT_S_DN_userID
, which uses the commonly used object identifier (OID) definition ofuserID
, OID 0.9.2342.19200300.100.1.1. - BZ#842376
- Chunked Transfer Coding is described in RFC 2616. Previously, the Apache server did not correctly handle a chunked encoded POST request with a
chunk-size
orchunk-extension
value of 32 bytes or more. Consequently, when such a POST request was made the server did not respond. An upstream patch has been applied and the problem no longer occurs.
7.83. hwdata
Enhancements
- BZ#839221
- The PCI ID numbers have been updated for the Beta and the Final compose lists.
- BZ#739816
- Support for NVidia graphic card N14E-Q5, 0x11BC has been added.
- BZ#739819
- Support for NVidia graphic card N14E-Q3, 0x11BD has been added.
- BZ#739821
- Support for NVidia graphic card N14E-Q1, 0x11BE has been added.
- BZ#739824
- Support for NVidia graphic card N14P-Q3, 0x0FFB has been added.
- BZ#739825
- Support for NVidia graphic card N14P-Q1, 0x0FFC has been added.
- BZ#760031
- Support for Broadcom BCM943228HM4L 802.11a/b/g/n 2x2 Wi-Fi Adapter has been added.
- BZ#830253
- Support for Boot from Dell PowerEdge Express Flash PCIe SSD devices has been added.
- BZ#841423
- Support for the Intel C228 chipset and a future Intel processor based on Socket H3 has been added.
- BZ#814114
- This update also adds the current hardware USB IDs file from the upstream repository. This file provides support for Broadcom 20702 Bluetooth 4.0 Adapter Softsailing.
7.84. hwloc
Note
7.85. icedtea-web
Bug Fix
- BZ#838084
- Previously, the IcedTea-Web plug-in was built against JDK 6, but in runtime it was possible to use it with JDK 7. Consequently, IcedTea-Web sometimes failed to run. With this update, the icedtea-web package is built against JDK 7 and IcedTea-Web is using JDK 7 in runtime, thus preventing this bug. Note that the end of public updates for JDK 6 is scheduled to go into effect in upcoming weeks.
Bug Fix
- BZ#975426
- A java-1.7.0-openjdk package change released via RHSA-2013:0957 caused the icedtea-web browser plug-in and the javaws application to exit with a NullPointerException. This update fixes icedtea-web to work correctly with the updated java-1.7.0-openjdk packages.
7.86. infinipath-psm
Bug Fix
- BZ#907361
- Due to a packaging error, not all object files required for the infinipath-psm library were built into the library, rendering it non-functional. This update fixes the infinipath-psm Makefile, which now properly includes all required object files, and the library works as expected.
7.87. initscripts
Bug Fixes
- BZ#893395
- Previously, an
ip link
command was called before the master device was properly set. Consequently, the slaves could be in theunknown
state. This has been fixed by callingip link
for master after the device is installed properly, and all slaves are up. As a result, all slaves are in the expected state and connected to the master device. - BZ#714230
- Previously, the naming policy for VLAN names was too strict. Consequently, the
ifdown
utility failed to work with descriptively-named interfaces. To fix this bug, the name format check has been removed andifdown
now works as expected. - BZ#879243
- Prior to this update, there was a typographic error in the
/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifup-aliases
file, which caused the duplicate check to fail. The typo has been corrected and the check works again. - BZ#885235
- The
BONDING_OPTS
variable was applied by theifup
utility on a slave interface, even if the master was already on and had active slaves. This caused an error message to be returned byifup
. To address this bug, it is now checked whether the master does not have any active slaves before applyingBONDING_OPTS
, and no error messages are returned. - BZ#880684
- Prior to this update, the
arping
utility, which checks for IP address duplicates in the network, failed when the parent device was not up. Consequently, the failure was handled the same way as finding of a second IP address in the network. To fix this bug,ifup-aliases
files have been set to be checked whether the master device is up before the duplicity check is run. As a result, no error messages are returned when the parent device is down in the described scenario. - BZ#723936
- The
rename_device.c
file did not correspond with VLAN interfaces, and thus could lead to improperly named physical interfaces. A patch has been provided to address this bug and interfaces are now named predictably and properly. - BZ#856209
- When calling the
vgchange -a y
command instead ofvgchange -a ay
on thenetfs
interface by therc.sysinit
daemon, all volumes were activated. This update provides a patch to fix this bug. Now, only the volumes declared to be activated are actually activated. If the list is not declared, all volumes are activated by default. - BZ#820430
- Previously, when a slave was attached to a master interface, which did not have a correct mode set, the interface did not work properly and could eventually cause a kernel oops. To fix this bug, the
BONDING_OPTS
variables are set before the master interface is brought up, which is the correct order of setting. - BZ#862788
- If there was a process blocking a file system from unmounting, the
/etc/init.d/halt
script tried to kill all processes currently using the file system, including the script itself. Consequently, the system became unresponsive during reboot. With this update, shutdown script PIDs are excluded from the kill command, which enables the system to reboot normally. - BZ#874030
- When the
ifup
utility was used to set up a master interface, theBONDING_OPTS
variables were not applied. Consequently, bonding mode configuration done through theifcfg
utility had no effect. A patch has been provided to fix this bug.BONDING_OPTS
are now applied and bonding mode works in the described scenario. - BZ#824175
- If a network bond device had a name that was a substring of another bond device, both devices changed their states due to an incorrect test of the bond device name. A patch has been provided in the regular expression test and bond devices change their states as expected.
- BZ#755699
- The
udev
daemon is an event-driven hot-plug agent. Previously, anudev
event for serial console availability was emitted only on boot. If runlevels were changed, the process was not restarted, because the event had already been processed. Consequently, the serial console was not restarted when entering and then exiting runlevel 1. With this update, thefedora.serial-console-available
event is emitted on the post-stop of the serial console, and the console is now restarted as expected. - BZ#852005
- Prior to this update, no check if an address had already been used was performed for alias interfaces. Consequently, an already used IP address could be assigned to an alias interface. To fix this bug, the IP address is checked whether it is already used. If it is, an error message is returned and the IP address is not assigned.
- BZ#852176
- Previously, the
init
utility tried to add a bond device even if it already existed. Consequently, a warning message was returned. A patch that checks whether a bond device already exists has been provided and warning messages are no longer returned. - BZ#846140
- Prior to this update, the
crypttab(5)
manual page did not describe handling white spaces in passwords. Now, the manual page has been updated and contains information concerning a password with white spaces. - BZ#870025
- Previous
crypttab (5)
manual page contained a typografic error (crypptab insted of crypttab), which has now been corrected. - BZ#795778
- Previously, usage description was missing in the
/init/tty.conf
and/init/serial.conf
files and this information was not returned in error messages. With this update, the information has been added to the aforementioned files and is now returned via an error message. - BZ#669700
- Prior to this update, the
/dev/shm
file system was mounted by thedracut
utility without attributes from the/etc/fstab
file. To fix this bug,/dev/shm
is now remounted by therc.sysinit
script. As a result,/dev/shm
now contains the attributes from/etc/fstab
. - BZ#713757
- Previous version of the
sysconfig.txt
file instructed users to put theVLAN=yes
option in the global configuration file. Consequently, interfaces with names containing a dot were recognized as VLAN interfaces. Thesysconfig.txt
file has been changed so that the VLAN describing line instructs users to include the VLAN option in the interface configuration file, and the aforementioned devices are no longer recognized as VLAN interfaces. - BZ#869075
- The
sysconfig.txt
file advised users to use thesaslauthd -a
command instead ofsaslauthd -v
, which caused the command to fail with an error message. Insysconfig.txt
, the error in the command has been corrected and thesaslauthd
utility now returns expected results. - BZ#714250
- When the
ifup
utility initiated VLAN interfaces, thesysctl
values were not used. With this update,ifup
rereads thesysctl
values in the described scenario and VLAN interfaces are configured as expected.
Enhancements
- BZ#851370
- The
brctl
daemon is used to connect two Ethernet segments in a protocol-independent way, based on an Ethernet address, rather than an IP address. In order to provide a simple and centralized bridge configuration, bridge options can now be used viaBRIDGING_OPTS
. As a result, a space-separated list of bridging options for either a bridge device or a port device can be added when theifup
utility is used. - BZ#554392
- The updated
halt.local
file has been enhanced with new variables to reflect the character of call. This change leaves users with better knowledge of howhalt.local
was called during a halt sequence. - BZ#815431
- With this update, it is possible to disable duplicate address detection in order to allow administrators to use direct routing without ARP checks.
7.88. iok
Bug Fixes
- BZ#814541, BZ#814548
- Previously, when saving a keymap with a specified name, predefined naming convention was followed and the file name was saved with the "-" prefix without noticing the user. With this update, if the user attempts to save a keymap, a dialog box displaying the required file name format appears.
- BZ#819795
- This update provides the complete iok translation for all supported locales.
7.89. ipa
Note
Security Fix
- CVE-2012-4546
- It was found that the current default configuration of IPA servers did not publish correct CRLs (Certificate Revocation Lists). The default configuration specifies that every replica is to generate its own CRL, however this can result in inconsistencies in the CRL contents provided to clients from different Identity Management replicas. More specifically, if a certificate is revoked on one Identity Management replica, it will not show up on another Identity Management replica.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#784378
- When a master was removed from a replicated environment via the "ipa-replica-manage del" command, the metadata for that master was still contained in the other servers, thus the Directory Server replication plug-in produced warnings about the outdated metadata. Now, the Directory Server CLEANALLRUV task is triggered to handle outdated metadata in the whole replicated Directory Server environment and deleting an Identity Management replica no longer causes problems.
- BZ#790515
- When the "ipactl" command was used to start Identity Management, it waited only 6 seconds for the Directory Server to start and when the Directory Server did not start in time, the start procedure was aborted. A higher default start up wait value was added. A configurable value, "startup_timeout", can be added to /etc/ipa/default.conf or /etc/ipa/server.conf files when the default value of 120 seconds is not sufficient to start the Directory Server.
- BZ#809565
- Previously, DNS records could not be renamed and administrators had to re-enter all DNS records under certain names when the name changed. Now, rename operations for DNS records names and the rename option in the Identity Management CLI interface are able to rename a DNS name and all of its records to other names within the same zone.
- BZ#811295
- Before, when installing Identity Management, there was an option to choose a certificate subject base with a Common Name (CN) as one component. However, it is illegal to have more than one CN attribute in a certificate subject. This caused the Identity Management installation to fail. Now, the CN attribute in a subject base option is no longer allowed, administrators are warned when they choose an incorrect certificate subject base and Identity Management installs properly.
- BZ#815837
- The Identity Management Certificate Authority component did not accept Directory Manager passwords which were set to a non-ASCII control character, "&" or "\". Use of these characters in passwords caused a malformed XML error and the Identity Management installation failed when such characters were a part of the Directory Manager password. Currently, these characters are not allowed in the Identity Management installer and IdM installs successfully.
- BZ#816317
- The Identity Management server or client used programs from the policycoreutils package when SELinux was enabled. However, the installers did not check if the package was actually installed. This caused the Identity Management installation to terminate with a python backtrace when SELinux was enabled and the policycoreutils package was not installed on a system. Currently, the Identity Management installers no longer fail when SELinux is enabled and the policycoreutils package is missing, but, instead, ask the administrator to install it first.
- BZ#817865
- The "ipa" command or Identity Management installers forced a set of address families (IPv4, IPv6) when a network connection was established, instead of letting the system choose the right address family for the new connection. In some cases this caused the connection, command or installer to fail, or the connection to take longer than normal. Automatic address family detection has been implemented and is now respected, with the result that network connections established with an "ipa" command are faster and less vulnerable to errors caused by non-common network settings.
- BZ#819629
- Identity Management DNS modules used a "pull" model for updating DNS records provisioned to the BIND name server by a bind-dyndb-ldap plug-in. When a DNS zone LDAP entry or DNS records present in bind-dyndb-ldap cache were changed via Identity Management CLI or Web UI, the update was not provisioned to the BIND nameserver until a zone was checked with a periodic poll or the DNS record in the cache expired. Now, persistent search is enabled by default for new Identity Management installations and for running Identity Management server instances. A change to the DNS zone LDAP entry or to the DNS record that is already cached by bind-dydnb-ldap is instantly provisioned to the BIND name server and thus resolvable.
- BZ#820003
- The default value of the Directory Server in-memory entry cache was configured to a lower value than the size of an administrator's deployment, which caused the Directory Server to underperform. Now, the Identity Management package requires an updated version of the Directory Server, which warns administrators when the in-memory cache is too small and allows administrators to adjust the value appropriate to ratio of deployment.
- BZ#822608
- When users were migrated from the remote Directory Server, entries in the Identity Management Directory Server did not have complete Kerberos data needed for Kerberos authentication, even though the users passed the Identity Management password migration page. The migrated Identity Management user was not able to authenticate via Identity Management until the password was manually reset. Currently, the Kerberos authentication data generates properly during the migration process and users can successfully access Identity Management.
- BZ#824488
- The Identity Management Kerberos data back end did not support an option to control automatic user log-on attributes, which were updated with every authentication. Administrators with large deployments and high numbers of authentication events in their Identity Management realm could not disable these automatic updates to avoid numerous Directory Server modification and replication events. Now, users can utilize options in Identity Management to customize automatic Kerberos authentication attribute updates.
- BZ#824490
- Previously, Identity Management enforced lowercase letters for all user IDs which caused some operations, such as password changes, to fail when the user ID was uppercase. Also, the WinSync agreement with Active Directory replicated such user information into the Identity Management database. Currently, the Identity Management WinSync plug-in can convert user names and Kerberos principal user parts to lowercase, and passwords replicated from Active Directory via the Winsync agreement can now be changed.
- BZ#826677
- When Identity Management replicas were deleted using the "ipa-replica-manage" command, the script did not verify if the deletion would orphan other Identity Management replicas. Users unaware of the Identity Management replication graph structure might accidentally delete a replica forcing them to reinstall the orphaned replicas. Now, the "ipa-replica-manage" command will not allow users to delete a remote replica if such operation would orphan a replica with a replication agreement.
- BZ#832243
- Identity Management Web UI was not fully compatible with the Microsoft Internet Explorer browser, which caused glitches when working with the Identity Management administration interface. Identity Management Web UI is now compatible with Microsoft Internet Explorer versions 9 or later and glitches no longer occur when working with the Web UI.
- BZ#837356
- Several attributes in the Identity Manager Directory Server that are used to store links to other objects in the directory were not added to the Directory Server Referential Integrity plug-in configuration. When a referred object was deleted or renamed it caused some links to break in the affected attribute and made them point to an invalid object. This update adds all attributes storing links to other objects to the Referential Integrity plug-in configuration, which are updated when the referred object is deleted or renamed.
- BZ#839008
- The Identity Management Web UI Administrator interface was not enabled for users who were indirect members of administrative roles. These users were not able to perform administrative tasks in the Web UI. Presently, indirect members of administrative roles can use the Web UI Administrator interface and are able to perform administrative tasks within the Identity Management Web UI.
- BZ#840657
- Normally, Identity Management SSH capabilities allow storage of public user or host SSH keys, but the keys did not accept the OpenSSH-style public key format. This caused Identity Management to estimate public key type based on the public key blob, which could have caused an issue in the future with new public key types. Now, Identity Management stores SSH public keys in extended OpenSSH format and SSH public keys now contain all required parts, making the functionality acceptable in more deployments.
- BZ#855278
- Previously, Identity Management Web UI used a jQuery library to raise errors when processing Directory Server records with some strings, for example, sudo commands with the "??" string in the name, which, in turn, caused the Web UI to be unable to show, modify or add such records. With this jQuery library update, Identity Management Web UI no longer reports errors for these strings and processes them normally.
- BZ#859968
- Firefox 15 and newer versions did not allow signed JavaScript JAR files to gain privilege escalation to change browser configuration. The Identity Management browser auto configuration configured the browser to access Web UI through Kerberos authentication, which affects these versions of Firefox. Now Identity Management is deployed with its own Firefox extension and is able to auto configure and authenticate using Kerberos.
- BZ#868956
- The Identity Management "dnszone-add" command accepts the "--name-server" option specifying a host name of the primary name server resolving the zone. The option considered all host names as fully qualified domain names (FQDN) even though they were not FQDN, for example, name server "ns.example.com." for zone example.com and were relative to the zone name, such as, name server "ns" for zone "example.com." Users were not able to specify the name server in the relative name format when using the Identity Management "dnszone-add" command. Presently, Identity Management detects the name server format correctly and the "dnszone-add" command can process both relative and fully qualified domain names.
- BZ#877324
- After upgrading to Red Hat Identity Management 2.2, it was not possible to add SSH public keys in the Web UI. However, SSH public keys could be added on the command line by running the "ipa user-mod user --sshpubkey" command. This update allows SSH public keys to be added in the Web UI normally.
- BZ#883484
- Previously, the IPA automatic certificate renewal, in some cases, did not function properly and some certificates were not renewed while other certificates with the same "Not After" values were renewed. Certmonger is now updated, users can serialize access to the NSS databases to prevent corruption and do not have to renew and restart all the services at the same time.
- BZ#888956
- A 389-ds-base variable set during the PKI install "nsslapd-maxbersize" was not dynamically initialized and a restart was required for it to take effect. This caused installation to fail during the replication phase when building a replica from a PKI-CA master with a large CRL. This update includes an LDIF file (/usr/share/pki/ca/conf/database.ldif) to set the default maxbersize to a larger value and allows PKI-CA Replica Installs when CRL exceeds the default maxber value.
- BZ#891980
- Previously, on new IPA server installations, the root CA certificate lifetime was only valid for 8 years and users had to renew the certificate after it expired, which caused some inconvenience. This issue was fixed in Dogtag and this update increases the FreeIPA root CA validity to 20 years.
- BZ#894131
- The "ipa-replica-install" command sometimes failed to add the idnsSOAserial attribute for a new zone and in some cases, zones were added, but with missing data and did not replicate back to the master. With this update, the idnsSOAserial attribute sets properly and synchronizes across all servers and zones are added correctly.
- BZ#894143
- The "ipa-replica-prepare" command failed when a reverse zone did not have SOA serial data and reported a traceback error, which was difficult to read, when the problem occurred. Now, the "ipa-replica-prepare" command functions properly and if SOA serial data is missing, returns a more concise error message.
- BZ#895298
- When either dirsrv or krb5kdc were down, the "service named restart" command in the ipa-upgradeconfig failed during the upgrade of the ipa packages. With this update, the "service named restart" command functions normally and installation no longer fails during upgrades.
- BZ#895561
- Previously, the IPA install on a server with no IPv4 address failed with a "Can't contact LDAP server" error. With this update, both the server and replica install correctly and error messages no longer occur.
- BZ#903758
- Users who upgraded from IPA version 2.2 to version 3.0 encountered certmonger errors and the update failed with the error message, "certmonger failed to start tracking certificate." With this update, IPA 2.2 properly upgrades to version 3.0 without any errors.
- BZ#905594
- Before, users were unable to install the ipa-server-trust-ad package on a 32-bit platform and when doing so received the error message "Unable to read consumer identity." This update provides fixes in the spec file, and the package now installs properly on 32-bit platforms.
Enhancements
- BZ#766007
- This update introduces SELinux User Mapping rules which can be used in Identity Management in conjunction with HBAC rules to define the users, groups and hosts to which the rules apply.
- BZ#766068
- Support for SSH public key management added to the IPA server and OpenSSH on IPA clients is automatically configured to use the public keys stored on the IPA server. Now, when a host enrolled in Identity Management connects to another enrolled host, the SSH public key is verified in the central Identity Management storage.
- BZ#766179
- The Cross Realm Kerberos Trust functionality provided by Identity Management is included as a Technology Preview. This feature allows users to create a trust relationship between an Identity Management and an Active Directory domain. Users from the Active Directory domain can access resources and services from the Identity Management domain with their AD credentials and data does not need to be synchronized between the Identity Management and Active Directory domain controllers.
- BZ#767379
- An automated solution to configure automount on clients for automount maps configured in the central Identity Management server was added. After an Identity Management client has been configured, administrators may use the provided ipa-client-automount script to configure client hosts to use automount maps configured in the Identity Management server.
- BZ#782981
- Users using the Identity Management Web UI were previously forced to log in to client machines enrolled in Identity Management in order to update a password that had expired or been reset. With this update, users are able to more conveniently change an expired or reset password from the Web UI itself.
- BZ#783166
- This update allows the ipa-client-install interface to accept prioritization of IPA servers that clients connect to. Previously, administrators could not configure a prioritized IPA server that SSSD should connect to before connecting to other servers which were potentially returned in a SRV DNS query. Now, when a new option "--fixed-primary" is passed to the "ipa-client-install" command, the discovered or user-provided server is configured as the first value in the ipa_server directive in the "/etc/sssd/sssd.conf" file. Thus, SSSD will always try to connect to this host first.
- BZ#783274
- This enchancement allows MAC address attributes for host entries in Identity Management and publishes them in the Identity Management NIS server. Users can utilize the "--macaddress" option to configure MAC addresses for an Identity Management host entry and, when NIS is enabled, MAC address can be read by an ethers map.
- BZ#786199
- Each ipa command line request previously required full and time-consuming Kerberos authentication, particularly when a series of commands were scripted. This update enhances the command line to take advantage of server-side sessions using a secure cookie, which provides a significant performance improvement due to avoidance of full Kerberos authentication for each ipa command. The session cookie is stored in the session keyring; refer to the keyctl(1) man page for more information about the key management facility.
- BZ#798363
- This update introduces Web UI and CLI "Create Password Policy" entry labels and specifies measurement units, for example, "seconds" for all configured policy fields. Previously, missing measurement units in the Identity Management Web UI or CLI "Create Password Policy" might have confused some users. Now, all missing measurement units are specified in configured policy fields.
- BZ#801931
- This update allows administrators to delegate write privileges to a selected zone only, whereas, when administrators wanted to delegate privileges to update the DNS zone to other Identity Management users, they had to allow write access to the entire DNS tree. Now, administrators can use the "dnszone-add-permission" command to create a system permission allowing its assignee to read and write only a selected DNS zone managed by Identity Management.
- BZ#804619
- Prior to this update, administrators could not configure a slave DNS server because it could not function properly unless an SOA serial number was changed every time a DNS record was changed. With this update, SOA serial numbers are automatically increased when a record in a DNS zone managed by Identity Management is updated. This feature takes advantage of and requires the persistent search data refresh mechanism, which is enabled by default in the Identity Management server install script. Administrators can now configure a slave DNS server for zones managed by Identity Management.
- BZ#805233
- This update prevents deletion of the last administrator, because administrators could accidentally delete the last user from the Identity Management Administrators group, which could only be repaired with direct LDAP modification by the Directory Manager. Now, Identity Management does not allow administrators to delete or disable the last member in the administrator group and Identity Management always has at least one active administrator.
- BZ#813402
- This enhancement warns users in the Identity Management Web UI when their password is about to expire. When the Identity Management user password is about to expire in a configurable number of days, the user is notified in the Identity Management Web UI about this and is offered a link to reset the password.
- BZ#821448
- The Identity Management Firefox browser configuration script now checks if the browser is configured to send Referrer header in HTTP requests for Identity Management. Previously, Firefox browsers which did not have the "network.http.sendRefererHeader" configuration option set to "True" would fail to connect to the Identity Management Web UI, even though they ran the configuration script. Presently, the configuration option is set correctly and the Firefox browser can connect to the Web UI.
- BZ#831010
- This enhancement allows Identity Management client installer to accept a fixed set of Identity Management servers and circumvent automatic server discovery via DNS SRV records. Some network environments may contain SRV records which are not suitable for Identity Management client and should not be used by the client at all. The "--fixed-primary" option of ipa-client-install can now be used to configure SSSD to not use DNS SRV records to auto-discover Identity Management servers and the client install script now accepts a fixed list of Identity Management servers which is then passed to SSSD.
- BZ#835643
- This update introduces an auto-renew of Identity Management Subsystem Certificates. The default validity period for a new Certificate Authority is 10 years and the CA issues a number of certificates for its subsystems (OCSP, audit log, and others). Subsystem certificates are normally valid for two years and if the certificates expire, the CA does not start up or does not function properly. Therefore, in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, Identity Management servers are capable of automatically renewing their subsystem certificates and the subsystem certificates are tracked by certmonger, which automatically attempts to renew the certificates before they expire.
7.90. iproute
Bug Fix
- BZ#811219
- Invoking the socket stat utility, ss, with the "-ul" arguments did not list open UDP sockets. Consequently, users could not list open or listening UPD sockets. A patch has been applied to the ss utility to list UDP sockets and now the utility correctly reports all open UDP sockets.
Enhancement
- BZ#821106
- The iproute packages were distributed without the libnetlink library for accessing the netlink service. Consequently, it was not possible for users to utilize the libnetlink library features. The libnetlink library is now included in the newly introduced "iproute-devel" subpackage. As a result, users can now utilize libnetlink features.
7.91. iprutils
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#826907
- Previously, showing disk details caused the iprconfig utility, which is used to configure Hardware RAID devices, to terminate unexpectedly. Now, disk details are shown properly and iprconfig no longer crashes.
- BZ#830982
- Previously, in some situations, iprconfig failed to change the IOA asymmetric access mode if the saved mode in the configuration file located in the "/etc/ipr/" directory was different than the current mode. With this update, iprconfig sets the mode correctly and a warning message is returned when this inconsistency is detected.
- BZ#869751
- Previously, iprutils showed the wrong disk platform location within the system location string when the "iprconfig -c show-details sgx" command was used. Now, the platform location for the hard disk is combined with the location of "secured easy setup" (SES) and the physical location slot number which prevents this error from occurring.
7.92. iptables
Bug Fixes
- BZ#800208
- The sysctl values for certain netfilter kernel modules, such as nf_conntrack and xt_conntrack, were not restored after a firewall restart. Consequently, the firewall did not always perform as expected after a restart. This update allows iptables to load sysctl settings on start if specified by the user in the /etc/sysctl.conf file. Users can now define sysctl settings to load on start and restart.
- BZ#809108
- The iptables(8) and ip6tables(8) man pages were previously missing information about the AUDIT target module, which allows creating audit records of the packet flow. This update adds the missing description of the audit support to these man pages.
- BZ#821441
- The iptables and ip6tables commands did not correctly handle calculation of the maximum length of iptables chains. Consequently, when assigning a firewall rule to an iptables chain with a name longer than 28 characters, the iptables or ip6tables command terminated with a buffer overflow and the rule was not assigned. This update corrects the related code so that iptables and ip6tables now handle names of iptable chains correctly and a firewall rule is assigned in the described scenario as expected.
- BZ#836286
- The iptables init script calls the /sbin/restorecon binary when saving firewall rules so that the iptables packages depend on the policycoreutils packages. However, the iptables packages previously did not require the policycoreutils as a dependency. Consequently, the "/etc/init.d/iptables save" command failed if the policycoreutils packages were not installed on the system. This update modifies the iptables spec file to require the policycoreutils packages as its prerequisite and thus prevents this problem from occurring.
Enhancements
- BZ#747068
- The iptables packages has been modified to support the update-alternatives mechanism to allow easier delivery of new iptables versions for the MRG Realtime kernel.
- BZ#808272
- Fallback mode has been added for the iptables and ip6tables services. A fallback firewall configuration can be stored in the /etc/sysconfig/iptables.fallback and /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables.fallback files in the iptables-save file format. The firewall rules from the fallback file are used if the service fails to apply the firewall rules from the /etc/sysconfig/iptables file (or the /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables file in case of ip6tables).
7.93. irqbalance
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#813078
- The irqbalance(1) man page did not contain documentation for the IRQBALANCE_BANNED_CPUS environment variable. This update adds the extensive documentation to this man page.
- BZ#843379
- The irqbalance daemon assigns each interrupt source in the system to a "class", which represents the type of the device (for example Networking, Storage or Media). Previously, irqbalance used the IRQ handler names from the /proc/interrupts file to decide the source class, which caused irqbalance to not recognize network interrupts correctly. As a consequence, systems that use NIC biosdevnames did not have their hardware interrupts distributed and pinned as expected. With this update, the device classification mechanism has been improved, which ensures a better interrupts distribution.
- BZ#860627
- Previously, the irqbalance init script started the irqbalance daemon with the "--foreground" option, which caused irqbalance to become unresponsive. With this update, the "--foreground" option has been removed from the init script and irqbalance now starts as expected.
7.94. irssi
Bug Fix
- BZ#639258
- Prior to this update, when the user attempted to use the "/unload" command to unload a static module, Irssi incorrectly marked this module as unavailable, rendering the user unable to load this module again without restarting the client. This update adapts the underlying source code to ensure that only dynamic modules can be unloaded.
- BZ#845047
- The previous version of the irssi(1) manual page documented "--usage" as a valid command line option. This was incorrect, because Irssi no longer supports this option and an attempt to use it causes it to fail with an error. With this update, the manual page has been corrected and no longer documents unsupported command line options.
7.95. iscsi-initiator-utils
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#826300
- The iSCSI user-space driver, iscsiuio, has been upgraded to upstream version 0.7.6.1, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. In particular, VLAN and routing support.
- BZ#811428
- The "iscsiadm --version" command was missing the main version number, the leading "6.". This update corrects the version number value and "iscsiadm --version" now shows the main version number correctly.
- BZ#854776
- For some bnx2i cards, the network interface must be active for the iSCSI interface to report a valid MAC address. This sometimes lead to a failure to connect to an iSCSI target and consequently, iSCSI root setups failing to boot. This update changes iscsistart to put the network interface associated with the iSCSI context into an active state. As a result, iSCSI boot with bnx2i cards now works correctly.
- BZ#868305
- Due to a regression in the iscsiuio 0.7.4.3 update, iSCSI discovery and login failed on certain hardware. This has been corrected as part of the iscsiuio 0.7.6.1 update. As a result, iSCSI is functional again.
7.96. jss
Bug Fix
- BZ#797352
- Previously, some JSS calls to certain NSS functions were to be replaced with calls to the JCA interface. The original JSS calls were therefore deprecated and as such caused warnings to be reported during refactoring. However, the deprecated calls have not been fully replaced with their JCA-based implementation in JSS 4.2. With this update, the calls are now no longer deprecated and the warnings now longer occur.
Enhancement
- BZ#804838
- This update adds support for Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC) key archival in JSS. It provides new methods, such as getCurve(), Java_org_mozilla_jss_asn1_ASN1Util_getTagDescriptionByOid() and getECCurveBytesByX509PublicKeyBytes().
7.97. kabi-whitelists
Enhancements
- BZ#826795
- The "blk_queue_physical_block_size", "close_bdev_exclusive", "filemap_fdatawrite_range", "get_sb_nodev", "kill_anon_super", "open_bdev_exclusive", "jiffies_to_timespec", "kernel_getsockopt", "kernel_setsockopt", "radix_tree_delete", "pagevec_lookup", "recalc_sigpending", "path_put", and "simple_write_end" symbols have been added to the kernel application binary interface (ABI) whitelists.
- BZ#831247
- The "unlock_rename", "vfs_rename", "path_put", "default_llseek", "d_find_alias", "d_invalidate", "file_fsync", "strspn", "vfs_writev", "path_get", "nobh_truncate_page", "nobh_write_begin", "nobh_write_end", "nobh_writepage", "____pagevec_lru_add", "add_to_page_cache_locked", and "filemap_flush" symbols have been added to the kernel ABI whitelists.
- BZ#902825
- The "__generic_file_aio_write", "blk_queue_resize_tags", and "blk_queue_segment_boundary" symbols have been added to the kernel ABI whitelists.
- BZ#849732
- The following symbols have been added to the kernel ABI whitelists: "__alloc_pages", "__bitmap_weight", "__down_failed", "__free_pages", "__init_rwsem", "__init_waitqueue_head", "__kmalloc", "__memcpy", "__put_cred", "__raw_local_save_flags", "__stack_chk_fail", "__tasklet_schedule", "__tracepoint_kmalloc", "__up_wakeup", "__vmalloc", "__wake_up", "_cond_resched", "_spin_lock", "_spin_lock_irqsave", "_spin_unlock_irqrestore", "add_disk", "alloc_disk", "alloc_pages_current", "allow_signal", "autoremove_wake_function", "bio_endio", "bio_init", "bio_put", "blk_alloc_queue", "blk_cleanup_queue", "blk_queue_hardsect_size", "blk_queue_logical_block_size", "blk_queue_make_request", "blkdev_put", "complete", "complete_and_exit", "cond_resched", "contig_page_data", "copy_from_user", "copy_to_user", "cpu_present_map", "cpu_present_mask", "create_proc_entry", "daemonize", "del_gendisk", "do_gettimeofday", "down", "down_read", "down_read_trylock", "down_write", "down_write_trylock", "dump_stack", "filp_close", "filp_open", "finish_wait", "get_user_pages", "init_waitqueue_head", "jiffies", "jiffies_to_msecs", "jiffies_to_timeval", "kernel_thread", "kfree", "kmem_cache_alloc", "kmem_cache_alloc_notrace", "kmem_cache_create", "kmem_cache_destroy", "kmem_cache_free", "malloc_sizes", "mcount", "mem_map", "mem_section", "memcpy", "memset", "mod_timer", "msecs_to_jiffies", "msleep", "msleep_interruptible", "open_by_devnum", "override_creds", "panic", "per_cpu__current_task", "per_cpu__kernel_stack", "prepare_creds", "prepare_to_wait", "printk", "proc_mkdir", "put_disk", "put_page", "pv_irq_ops", "register_blkdev", "remove_proc_entry", "revert_creds", "schedule", "schedule_timeout", "send_sig", "set_user_nice", "sigprocmask", "slab_buffer_size", "snprintf", "sprintf", "strchr", "strcpy", "strncmp", "strncpy", "strnicmp", "strspn", "strstr", "submit_bio", "tasklet_init", "unregister_blkdev", "up", "up_read", "up_write", "vfree", "vfs_writev", "vscnprintf", and "wait_for_completion".
- BZ#864893
- The following symbols have been added to the kernel ABI whitelists: "blkdev_get", "send_sig_info", "__task_pid_nr_ns", "register_shrinker", "set_page_dirty_lock", "current_umask", "balance_dirty_pages_ratelimited_nr", "dentry_open", "generic_file_llseek_unlocked", "posix_acl_alloc", "posix_acl_from_xattr", "posix_acl_to_xattr", "posix_acl_valid", "read_cache_pages", "cancel_dirty_page", "clear_page", "grab_cache_page_nowait", "inode_init_always", "memparse", "put_unused_fd", "radix_tree_tag_set", "congestion_wait", "shrink_dcache_sb", "fd_install", "blk_make_request", "lookup_bdev", "__register_binfmt", "unregister_binfmt", "vm_stat", "kill_pid", and "kobject_get".
- BZ#869353
- A kernel checker tool (KSC) has been added to the kabi-whitelists packages.
7.98. kdebase
Bug Fixes
- BZ#608007
- Prior to this update, the Konsole context menu item "Show menu bar" was always checked in new windows even if this menu item was disabled before. This update modifies the underlying code to handle the menu item "Show menu bar" as expected.
- BZ#729307
- Prior to this update, users could not define a default size for xterm windows when using the Konsole terminal in KDE. This update modifies the underlying code and adds the functionality to define a default size.
7.99. kdebase-workspace
Bug Fix
- BZ#749460
- Prior to this update, the task manager did not honor the order of manually arranged items. As a consequence, manually arranged taskbar entries were randomly rearranged when the user switched desktops. This update modifies the underlying code to make manually arranged items more persistent.
7.100. kdelibs3
Bug Fixes
- BZ#681901
- Prior to this update, the kdelibs3 libraries caused a conflict for the subversion version control tool. As a consequence, subvervision was not correctly built if the kdelibs3 libraries were installed. This update modifies the underlying code to avoid this conflict. Now, subversion builds as expected with kdelibs3.
- BZ#734447
- kdelibs3 provided its own set of trusted Certificate Authority (CA) certificates. This update makes kdelibs3 use the system set from the ca-certificates package, instead of its own copy.
7.101. kdelibs
Bug Fixes
- BZ#587016
- Prior to this update, the KDE Print dialog did not remember previous settings, nor did it allow the user to save the settings. Consequent to this, when printing several documents, users were forced to manually change settings for each printed document. With this update, the KDE Print dialog retains previous settings as expected.
- BZ#682611
- When the system was configured to use the Traditional Chinese language (the zh_TW locale), Konqueror incorrectly used a Chinese (zh_CN) version of its splash page. This update ensures that Konqueror uses the correct locale.
- BZ#734734
- Previously, clicking the system tray to display hidden icons could cause the Plasma Workspaces to consume an excessive amount of CPU time. This update applies a patch that fixes this error.
- BZ#754161
- When using Konqueror to recursively copy files and directories, if one of the subdirectories was not accessible, no warning or error message was reported to the user. This update ensures that Konqueror displays a proper warning message in this scenario.
- BZ#826114
- Prior to this update, an attempt to add "Terminal Emulator" to the Main Toolbar caused Konqueror to terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. With this update, the underlying source code has been corrected to prevent this error so that users can now use this functionality as expected.
- CVE-2012-4512
- A heap-based buffer overflow flaw was found in the way the CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) parser in kdelibs parsed the location of the source for font faces. A web page containing malicious content could cause an application using kdelibs (such as Konqueror) to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running the application.
- CVE-2012-4513
- A heap-based buffer over-read flaw was found in the way kdelibs calculated canvas dimensions for large images. A web page containing malicious content could cause an application using kdelibs to crash or disclose portions of its memory.
7.102. kdepim
Bug Fix
- BZ#811125
- Prior to this update, the cyrus-sasl-plain package was not a dependency of the kdepim package. As a consequence, Kmail failed to send mail. This update modifies the underlying code to include the cyrus-sasl-plain dependency.
7.103. kernel
Security Fixes
- CVE-2014-2523, Important
- A flaw was found in the way the Linux kernel's netfilter connection tracking implementation for Datagram Congestion Control Protocol (DCCP) packets used the skb_header_pointer() function. A remote attacker could use this flaw to send a specially crafted DCCP packet to crash the system or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system.
- CVE-2013-6383, Moderate
- A flaw was found in the way the Linux kernel's Adaptec RAID controller (aacraid) checked permissions of compat IOCTLs. A local attacker could use this flaw to bypass intended security restrictions.
- CVE-2014-0077, Moderate
- A flaw was found in the way the handle_rx() function handled large network packets when mergeable buffers were disabled. A privileged guest user could use this flaw to crash the host or corrupt QEMU process memory on the host, which could potentially result in arbitrary code execution on the host with the privileges of the QEMU process.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#1078512
- The memory page allocation mechanism of the mlx4 driver used exclusively "order 2" allocations when allocating memory for incoming frames. This led to a high memory page allocation failure rate on systems with high memory fragmentation. With this update, the mlx4 driver firstly attempts to perform "order 3" allocations and then continues with lower order allocations up to "order 0" if the memory is too fragmented. As a result, performance of mlx4 cards is now significantly higher and mlx4 no longer generates memory page allocation failures when the system is under memory pressure.
- BZ#1091161
- Due to a ndlp list corruption bug in the lpfc driver, systems with Emulex LPe16002B-M6 PCIe 2-port 16Gb Fibre Channel Adapters could trigger a kernel panic during I/O operations. A series of patches has been backported to address this problem so the kernel no longer panics during I/O operations on the aforementioned systems.
- BZ#1064912
- Previously, the GFS2 kernel module leaked memory in the gfs2_bufdata slab cache and allowed a use-after-free race condition to be triggered in the gfs2_remove_from_journal() function. As a consequence after unmounting the GFS2 file system, the GFS2 slab cache could still contain some objects, which subsequently could, under certain circumstances, result in a kernel panic. A series of patches has been applied to the GFS2 kernel module, ensuring that all objects are freed from the slab cache properly and the kernel panic is avoided.
- BZ#1078492
- Due to a regression bug in the mlx4 driver, Mellanox mlx4 adapters could become unresponsive on heavy load along with IOMMU allocation errors being logged to the systems logs. A patch has been applied to the mlx4 driver so that the driver now calculates the last memory page fragment when allocating memory in the Rx path.
- BZ#1086845
- A system could enter a deadlock situation when the Real-Time (RT) scheduler was moving RT tasks between CPUs and the wakeup_kswapd() function was called on multiple CPUs, resulting in a kernel panic. This problem has been fixed by removing a problematic memory allocation and therefore calling the wakeup_kswapd() function from a deadlock-safe context.
- BZ#1079868
- Due to a bug in the hrtimers subsystem, the clock_was_set() function called an inter-processor interrupt (IPI) from soft IRQ context and waited to its completion, which could result in a deadlock situation. A patch has been applied to fix this problem by moving the clock_was_set() function call to the working context. Also during the resume process, the hrtimers_resume() function reprogrammed kernel timers only for the current CPU because it assumed that all other CPUs are offline. However, this assumption was incorrect in certain scenarios, such as when resuming a Xen guest with some non-boot CPUs being only stopped with IRQs disabled. As a consequence, kernel timers were not corrected on other than the boot CPU even though those CPUs were online. To resolve this problem, hrtimers_resume() has been modified to trigger an early soft IRQ to correctly reprogram kernel timers on all CPUs that are online.
- BZ#1094621
- When processing a directory with a huge amount of files (over five hundred thousand) on a GFS2 file system, the respective task could become unresponsive and memory allocation failures could occur. This happened because the GFS2 was updating atime in a memory reclamation path, resulting in occasional failures under memory pressure. To handle atime updates effectively, this update introduces a new super block operation, dirty_inode(). GFS2 now processes large directories as expected without any memory allocation failures or hanging tasks.
- BZ#1092352
- Prior to this update, a guest-provided value was used as the head length of the socket buffer allocated on the host. If the host was under heavy memory load and the guest-provided value was too large, the allocation could have failed, resulting in stalls and packet drops in the guest's Tx path. With this update, the guest-provided value has been limited to a reasonable size so that socket buffer allocations on the host succeed regardless of the memory load on the host, and guests can send packets without experiencing packet drops or stalls.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2014-0101, Important
- A flaw was found in the way the Linux kernel processed an authenticated COOKIE_ECHO chunk during the initialization of an SCTP connection. A remote attacker could use this flaw to crash the system by initiating a specially crafted SCTP handshake in order to trigger a NULL pointer dereference on the system.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#1077872
- Previously, the vmw_pwscsi driver could attempt to complete a command to the SCSI mid-layer after reporting a successful abort of the command. This led to a double completion bug and a subsequent kernel panic. This update ensures that the pvscsi_abort() function returns SUCCESS only after the abort is completed, preventing the driver from invalid attempts to complete the command.
- BZ#1028593
- A bug in the kernel's file system code allowed the d_splice_alias() function to create a new dentry for a directory with an already-existing non-DISCONNECTED dentry. As a consequence, a thread accessing the directory could attempt to take the i_mutex on that directory twice, resulting in a deadlock situation. To resolve this problem, d_splice_alias() has been modified so that in the problematic cases, it reuses an existing dentry instead of creating a new dentry.
- BZ#1063198
- Recent changes in the d_splice_alias() function introduced a bug that allowed d_splice_alias() to return a dentry from a different directory than was the directory being looked up. As a consequence in cluster environment, a kernel panic could be triggered when a directory was being removed while a concurrent cross-directory operation was performed on this directory on another cluster node. This update avoids the kernel panic in this situation by correcting the search logic in the d_splice_alias() function so that the function can no longer return a dentry from an incorrect directory.
- BZ#1078873
- The Red Hat GFS2 file system previously limited a number of ACL entries per inode to 25. However, this number was insufficient in some cases, causing the setfacl command to fail. This update increases this limit to maximum of 300 ACL entries for the 4 KB block size. If the block size is smaller, this value is adjusted accordingly.
- BZ#1078640
- A bug in the megaraid_sas driver could cause the driver to read the hardware status values incorrectly. As a consequence, the RAID card was disabled during the system boot and the system could fail to boot. With this update, the megaraid_sas driver has been corrected so that the RAID card is now enabled on system boot as expected.
- BZ#1017904
- Previously, the kernel did not support unsharing for PID name spaces. With this update, a series of patches has been applied to the relevant kernel code to support the unshare() system call for PID name spaces.
- BZ#1075553
- When allocating kernel memory, the SCSI device handlers called the sizeof() function with a structure name as its argument. However, the modified files were using an incorrect structure name, which resulted in an insufficient amount of memory being allocated and subsequent memory corruption. This update modifies the relevant sizeof() function calls to rather use a pointer to the structure instead of the structure name so that the memory is now always allocated correctly.
- BZ#1085307
- Previously, GFS2 marked files that were written to for in-core data flushing only if the file size was actually increased. When the gfs2_fsync() function was called on a file that was not marked for in-core data flushing, any metadata or journaled data was not synchronized to the disk. This could, under certain circumstances, cause writes to files that were open for synchronous I/O to return before the data was written to the disk, allowing the data to be lost during a crash. A patch has been applied to mark files correctly whenever metadata has been updated during a write, ensuring that all in-core data are written to the disk with synchronous I/O operations.
- BZ#1086590
- Due to a bug in the GFS2 resource group code, the GFS2 block allocator did not switch from using blocking locks to non-blocking locks after the selected reservation group was found unsatisfactory for the allocation request with a block reservation. As a consequence, the block allocator used only blocking locks for all resource groups since that point, greatly reducing performance of the file system unless it was periodically remounted. This update ensures that the GFS2 block allocator overrides the non-blocking lock only for the appropriate resource group, and the file system performs as expected without any intervention.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-4387, Important
- A flaw was found in the way the Linux kernel's IPv6 implementation handled certain UDP packets when the UDP Fragmentation Offload (UFO) feature was enabled. A remote attacker could use this flaw to crash the system or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system.
- CVE-2013-4470, Important
- A flaw was found in the way the Linux kernel's TCP/IP protocol suite implementation handled sending of certain UDP packets over sockets that used the UDP_CORK option when the UDP Fragmentation Offload (UFO) feature was enabled on the output device. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to cause a denial of service or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system.
- CVE-2013-6367, Important
- A divide-by-zero flaw was found in the apic_get_tmcct() function in KVM's Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (LAPIC) implementation. A privileged guest user could use this flaw to crash the host.
- CVE-2013-6368, Important
- A memory corruption flaw was discovered in the way KVM handled virtual APIC accesses that crossed a page boundary. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to crash the system or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system.
- CVE-2013-6381, Important
- A buffer overflow flaw was found in the way the qeth_snmp_command() function in the Linux kernel's QETH network device driver implementation handled SNMP IOCTL requests with an out-of-bounds length. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to crash the system or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system.
- CVE-2013-4591, Moderate
- It was found that the fix for CVE-2012-2375 released via RHSA-2012:1580 accidentally removed a check for small-sized result buffers. A local, unprivileged user with access to an NFSv4 mount with ACL support could use this flaw to crash the system or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system.
- CVE-2013-2851, Low
- A format string flaw was found in the Linux kernel's block layer. A privileged, local user could potentially use this flaw to escalate their privileges to kernel level (ring0).
Bug Fixes
- BZ#1063353
- Previously, the sysfs_dev_char_kobj variable was freed on shutdown, but the variable could be used later by the USB stack, and possibly other code, which could cause the system to terminate unexpectedly. The underlying source code has been modified to prevent "kobjects" in the device_shutdown() function from being removed, as the /sys/dev/block/ and /sys/dev/char/ directories must be kept because of the symbolic links pointing to the devices. As a result, the system no longer crashes in the described scenario.
- BZ#1062112
- Previously, when hot adding memory to the system, the memory management subsystem always performed unconditional page-block scans for all memory sections being set online. The total duration of the hot add operation depends on both, the size of memory that the system already has and the size of memory that is being added. Therefore, the hot add operation took an excessive amount of time to complete if a large amount of memory was added or if the target node already had a considerable amount of memory. This update optimizes the code so that page-block scans are performed only when necessary, which greatly reduces the duration of the hot add operation.
- BZ#1058417
- When performing read operations on an XFS file system, failed buffer readahead can leave the buffer in the cache memory marked with an error. This could lead to incorrect detection of stale errors during completion of an I/O operation because most callers do not zero out the b_error field of the buffer on a subsequent read. To avoid this problem and ensure correct I/O error detection, the b_error field of the used buffer is now zeroed out before submitting an I/O operation on a file.
- BZ#1060490
- When transferring a large amount of data over the peer-to-peer (PPP) link, a rare race condition between the throttle() and unthrottle() functions in the tty driver could be triggered. As a consequence, the tty driver became unresponsive, remaining in the throttled state, which resulted in the traffic being stalled. Also, if the PPP link was heavily loaded, another race condition in the tty driver could has been triggered. This race allowed an unsafe update of the available buffer space, which could also result in the stalled traffic. A series of patches addressing both race conditions has been applied to the tty driver; if the first race is triggered, the driver loops and forces re-evaluation of the respective test condition, which ensures uninterrupted traffic flow in the described situation. The second race is now completely avoided due to a well-placed read lock, and the update of the available buffer space proceeds correctly.
- BZ#1059990
- Due to a bug in the SELinux socket receive hook, network traffic was not dropped upon receiving a peer:recv access control denial on some configurations. A broken labeled networking check in the SELinux socket receive hook has been corrected, and network traffic is now properly dropped in the described case.
- BZ#1059382
- Due to a bug in ext4 metadata allocation code, the number of metadata blocks needed to complete a file system operation could be calculated incorrectly. Consequently, when performing file system operations on a nearly full ext4 file system, unexpected allocation failures could occur at writeback time, leading to possible data loss and file system inconsistency. A series of patches has been applied, fixing metadata allocation estimation problems and introducing a reserved space concept that ensures correct allocation of metadata in specific situations, such as the aforementioned scenario.
- BZ#1055363
- Previously, certain SELinux functions did not correctly handle the TCP synchronize-acknowledgment (SYN-ACK) packets when processing IPv4 labeled traffic over an INET socket. The initial SYN-ACK packets were labeled incorrectly by SELinux, and as a result, the access control decision was made using the server socket's label instead of the new connection's label. In addition, SELinux was not properly inspecting outbound labeled IPsec traffic, which led to similar problems with incorrect access control decisions. A series of patches that addresses these problems has been applied to SELinux. The initial SYN-ACK packets are now labeled correctly and SELinux processes all SYN-ACK packets as expected.
- BZ#1041143
- A bug in the mlx4 driver could trigger a race between the "blue flame" feature's traffic flow and the stamping mechanism in the Tx ring flow when processing Work Queue Elements (WQEs) in the Tx ring. Consequently, the related queue pair (QP) of the mlx4 Ethernet card entered an error state and the traffic on the related Tx ring was blocked. A patch has been applied to the mlx4 driver so that the driver does not stamp the last completed WQE in the Tx ring, and thus avoids the aforementioned race.
- BZ#1058419
- Previously, the e752x_edac module incorrectly handled the pci_dev usage count, which could reach zero and deallocate a PCI device structure. As a consequence, a kernel panic could occur when the module was loaded multiple times on some systems. This update fixes the usage count that is triggered by loading and unloading of the module repeatedly, and a kernel panic no longer occurs.
- BZ#1048098
- Previously, task management commands in the lpfc driver had a fixed timeout value of 60 seconds, which could pose a problem for error handling. The lpfc driver has been upgraded to version 8.3.7.21.2p in order to include a fix of this problem. The timeout of the task management commands is now adjustable in range from 5 to 180 seconds, and by default, it is set to 60 seconds.
- BZ#1046042
- Inefficient usage of Big Kernel Locks (BKLs) in the ptrace() system call could lead to BKL contention on certain systems that widely utilize ptrace(), such as User-mode Linux (UML) systems, resulting in degraded performance on these systems. This update removes the relevant BKLs from the ptrace() system call, thus resolving any related performance issues.
- BZ#1038122
- An improper function call in a previous kernel patch backport caused the PID namespace nesting to malfunction. This could adversely affect the proper functioning of other components, such as the Linux Container (LXC) driver, that rely on nested PID namespace usage. A patch has been applied to correct this problem so that nested PID namespaces can be used as expected.
- BZ#1056143
- Previously, GFS2 marked files that were written to for in-core data flushing only if the file size was actually increased. When the gfs2_fsync() function was called on a file that was not marked for in-core data flushing, any metadata or journaled data was not synchronized to the disk. This could, under certain circumstances, cause writes to files that were open for synchronous I/O to return before the data was written to the disk, allowing the data to be lost during a crash. A patch has been applied to mark files correctly whenever metadata has been updated during a write, ensuring that all in-core data are written to the disk with synchronous I/O operations.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#962894
- When extending memory, the hot-add operation could fail while the machine was under memory pressure, causing a kernel panic. A patch has been applied to improve the memory hot-add operation and this problem can now occur only in extremely rare occasions.
- BZ#1030168
- A bug in the netpoll transmit (Tx) code path that is used for netconsole logging could lead to various problems with bonding devices, for example, an invalid Tx queue index could have been used. To avoid these problems, an upstream patch has been backported to allow netpoll calling the external netdev_pick_tx() function from the netpoll_send_skb_on_dev() function.
- BZ#1014968
- The igb driver previously used a 16-bit mask when writing values of the flow control high-water mark to hardware registers on a network device. Consequently, the values were truncated on some network device, disrupting the flow control. A patch has been applied to the igb driver so that it now uses 32-bit mask as expected.
- BZ#1006167
- Previously, mounting a GFS2 file system in spectator mode on a cluster node was not possible if no other cluster node had already mounted this GFS2 file system. In such a case, a "file system consistency error" occurred and the GFS2 file system was withdrawn. A patch has been applied to allow the first cluster node mounting a GFS2 file system in spectator mode if all the file system journals are clean.
- BZ#1006388
- Due to a bug in the transmit path of the bonding driver, a buffer for the bonding device queue mapping could become corrupted. As a consequence, a kernel panic could occur or the system could become unresponsive in certain environments, such as is running a KVM guest in the Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization (RHEV) hypervisor with netconsole enabled and a bonding device over a network bridge configured. A patch has been applied to save the bonding device queue mapping buffer properly, and buffer corruption in this scenario is now prevented.
- BZ#1006664
- A bug in the kernel's super block code allowed a race between the get_active_super() and umount() functions that could lead to a use-after-free issue, resulting in a kernel oops. An upstream patch has been backported to fix this problem so that get_active_super() repeats attempts to obtain the active super block until it succeeds. The aforementioned race no longer occurs.
- BZ#1008508
- A kernel panic could occur during path failover on systems using multiple iSCSI, FC or SRP paths to connect an iSCSI initiator and an iSCSI target. This happened because a race condition in the SCSI driver allowed removing a SCSI device from the system before processing its run queue, which led to a NULL pointer dereference. The SCSI driver has been modified and the race is now avoided by holding a reference to a SCSI device run queue while it is active.
- BZ#1009251
- When a driver does not support namespace, the user must use the VLAN splinter feature from Open vSwitch to support VLANs and TCP traffic. However,when using the be2net driver and the VLAN splinter feature was enabled, the floating IP traffic could fail. This bug has been fixed and incompatibilities no longer occur, when using the VLAN splinter feature with the be2net driver.
- BZ#1019614
- When removing neigh entries, the list_del() function removed the neigh entry from the associated struct ipoib_path, while the ipoib_neigh_free() function removed the neigh entry from the device's neigh entry lookup table. Both of these operations were protected by a spinlock. However, the table was also protected by RCU kernel locking, and thus the spinlock was not held when performing read operations. Consequently, a race condition occurred, in which a thread could successfully look up a neigh entry that has already been deleted from the list of neighbor characters, but the previous deletion had marked the entry as "poisoned", and list_del() on the object caused a kernel panic. The list_del() function has been into ipoib_neigh_free(), so that deletion happens only once, after the entry has been successfully removed from the lookup table, thus fixing the bug.
- BZ#1010451
- If the arp_interval and arp_validate bonding options were not enabled on the configured bond device in the correct order, the bond device did not process ARP replies, which led to link failures and changes of the active slave device. A series of patches has been applied to modify an internal bond ARP hook based on the values of arp_validate and arp_interval. Therefore, the ARP hook is registered even if arp_interval is set after arp_validate has already been enabled, and ARP replies are processed as expected.
- BZ#1018966
- When GFS2 files were unlinked, sometimes they were not deleted completely. This could happen because when multiple nodes in a cluster accessed the same deleted file, the node responsible for freeing the "unlinked" blocks could not have been determined properly. Consequently, many deleted dinode blocks that should have been freed were often left in an "unlinked" state. With this update, the responsibility handover for deleting unlinked dinodes is accomplished through a mechanism known as the "iopen" glock. The "iopen" glocks are no longer cached by nodes after the point where it becomes impossible to free the dinode blocks. As a result, the dinode blocks for unlinked dinodes are now freed properly by the last process to close the file.
- BZ#1017905
- When the Audit subsystem was under heavy load, it could loop infinitely in the audit_log_start() function instead of failing over to the error recovery code. This could cause soft lockups in the kernel. With this update, the timeout condition in the audit_log_start() function has been modified to properly fail over when necessary.
- BZ#1018965
- Due to a race condition in the kernel's key management code, any process searching for a key in a keyring could dereference a NULL pointer while that key was instantiated as negative. This led to a kernel panic. A patch to fix this bug has been provided so that the kernel now handles the aforementioned situation properly without triggering the race.
- BZ#1016108
- The crypto_larval_lookup() function could return a larval, an in-between state when a cryptographic algorithm is being registered, even if it did not create one. This could cause a larval to be terminated twice, and result in a kernel panic. This occurred for example when the NFS service was running in FIPS mode, and attempted to use the MD5 hashing algorithm even though FIPS mode has this algorithm blacklisted. A condition has been added to the crypto_larval_lookup() function to check whether a larval was created before returning it.
- BZ#1012049
- Previously, the tcp_ioctl() function tried to take into account if a TCP socket has received a packet with a FIN flag in order to report the correct number of bytes in the receive queue. However, in certain cases, the reported number of bytes in the receive queue was incorrect. This bug has been fixed by using an improved way to detect if a TCP packet with a FIN flag has been received.
- BZ#988807
- Previously, on systems with RAID10 arrays defined, stack memory could become corrupted due to an insufficient amount of memory being allocated for a dynamically sized kernel data structure, leading to a kernel panic. This bug has been fixed and RAID10 arrays can now safely run without the risk of causing a kernel panic.
- BZ#1009756
- Due to the way the VFS code resolves dentry lookups, a race between multiple threads could have been triggered if the threads performed lookups on the same FUSE dentry subtree that contained an invalid (or stale) dentry or inode. As a consequence, the threads could fail with an ENOENT error instead of properly resolving a new dentry or inode. This update applies a series of patches to the FUSE code that addresses this problem and the aforementioned race can no longer occur.
- BZ#1004661
- Previously, the Hyper-V utility services negotiated the highest version of the Key-Value Pair (KVP) protocol that a Windows Server 2012 R2 host advertised but the host implemented a KVP protocol version that was not compatible with prior versions of the KVP protocol. Consequently, the IP injection functionality did not work on the latest Windows Server 2012 R2 host. This update explicitly specifies the KVP protocol version that the guest can support.
- BZ#1012495
- When a userspace process was reading the /proc/$PID/pagemap file, a memory leak could occur. An upstream patch has been provided to fix this bug, and memory usage before and after the mm_leak call is now the same.
- BZ#1020994
- Previously, when a CPU was brought offline, a race window occurred. During the race window, if an inter processor interrupt (IPI) was received, it got lost. As a consequence, the system became unresponsive. To fix this bug, a check has been added to the __cpu_disable() function, which executes the enqueued but not yet received IPIs before the CPU is marked offline.
- BZ#1023350
- Previously, when the user added an IPv6 route for local delivery, the route did not work and packets could not be sent. A patch has been applied to limit the neighbor entry creation only for input flow, thus fixing this bug. As a result, IPv6 routes for local delivery now work as expected.
- BZ#1014687, BZ#1025736
- The qla2xxx driver did not use any locking mechanism when passing information between its ISR and mailbox routines. Under certain conditions, this led to multiple mailbox command completions being signaled, which, in turn, led to a false mailbox timeout error for the subsequently issued mailbox command. This bug has been fixed and a mailbox timeout error no longer occurs in this scenario.
Enhancements
- BZ#1011168
- With this update, the missing values for the PG_buddy variable have been added to the kexec system call in order to increase dump performance relating to the buddy system for filtering free pages.
- BZ#990483
- Support for the fallocate method has been added to Filesystem in Userspace (FUSE). This method allows the caller to preallocate and deallocate blocks of a file.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-4162, Moderate
- A flaw was found in the way the Linux kernel's TCP/IP protocol suite implementation handled IPv6 sockets that used the UDP_CORK option. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to cause a denial of service.
- CVE-2013-4299, Moderate
- An information leak flaw was found in the way Linux kernel's device mapper subsystem, under certain conditions, interpreted data written to snapshot block devices. An attacker could use this flaw to read data from disk blocks in free space, which are normally inaccessible.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#987261
- Due to a bug in the NFS code, kernel size-192 and size-256 slab caches could leak memory. This could eventually result in an OOM issue when the most of available memory was used by the respective slab cache. A patch has been applied to fix this problem and the respective attributes in the NFS code are now freed properly.
- BZ#987262
- NFS previously allowed extending an NFS file write to cover a full page only if the file had not set a byte-range lock. However, extending the write to cover the entire page is sometimes desirable in order to avoid fragmentation inefficiencies. For example, a noticeable performance decrease was reported if a series of small non-contiguous writes was performed on the file. A patch has been applied to the NFS code that allows NFS extending a file write to a full page write if the whole file is locked for writing or if the client holds a write delegation.
- BZ#988228
- A change in the ipmi_si driver handling caused an extensively long delay while booting Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 on SIG UV platforms. The driver was loaded as a kernel module on previous versions of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 while it is now built within the kernel. However, SIG UV does not use, and thus does not support the ipmi_si driver. A patch has been applied and the kernel now does not initialize the ipmi_si driver when booting on SIG UV.
- BZ#988384
- The GFS2 did not reserve journal space for a quota change block while growing the size of a file. Consequently, a fatal assertion causing a withdraw of the GFS2 file system could have been triggered when the free blocks were allocated from the secondary bitmap. With this update, GFS2 reserves additional blocks in the journal for the quota change so the file growing transaction can now complete successfully in this situation.
- BZ#988708
- A dentry leak occurred in the FUSE code when, after a negative lookup, a negative dentry was neither dropped nor was the reference counter of the dentry decremented. This triggered a BUG() macro when unmounting a FUSE subtree containing the dentry, resulting in a kernel panic. A series of patches related to this problem has been applied to the FUSE code and negative dentries are now properly dropped so that triggering the BUG() macro is now avoided.
- BZ#991346
- The fnic driver previously allowed I/O requests with the number of SGL descriptors greater than is supported by Cisco UCS Palo adapters. Consequently, the adapter returned any I/O request with more than 256 SGL descriptors with an error indicating invalid SGLs. A patch has been applied to limit the maximum number of supported SGLs in the fnic driver to 256 and the problem no longer occurs.
- BZ#993544
- An NFS server could terminate unexpectedly due to a NULL pointer dereference caused by a rare race condition in the lockd daemon. An applied patch fixes this problem by protecting the relevant code with spin locks, and thus avoiding the race in lockd.
- BZ#993547
- The kernel interface to ACPI had implemented error messaging incorrectly. The following error message was displayed when the system had a valid ACPI Error Record Serialization Table (ERST) and the pstore.backend kernel parameter had been used to disable use of ERST by the pstore interface:
ERST: Could not register with persistent store
However, the same message was also used to indicate errors precluding registration. A series of patches modifies the relevant ACPI code so that ACPI now properly distinguish between different cases and accordingly prints unique and informative messages. - BZ#994140
- Due a bug in the memory mapping code, the fadvise64() system call sometimes did not flush all the relevant pages of the given file from cache memory. A patch addresses this problem by adding a test condition that verifies whether all the requested pages were flushed and retries with an attempt to empty the LRU pagevecs in the case of test failure.
- BZ#994866
- A previous patch to the CIFS code caused a regression of a problem where under certain conditions, a mount attempt of a CIFS DFS share fails with a "mount error(6): No such device or address" error message. This happened because the return code variable was not properly reset after a previous unsuccessful mount attempt. A backported patch has been applied to properly reset the variable and CIFS DFS shares can now be mounted as expected.
- BZ#994867
- Previously, systems running heavily-loaded NFS servers could experience poor performance of the NFS READDIR operations on large directories that were undergoing concurrent modifications, especially over higher latency connections. This happened because the NFS code performed certain dentry operations inefficiently and revalidated directory attributes too often. This update applies a series of patches that address the problem as follows; needed dentries can be accessed from dcache after the READDIR operation, and directory attributes are revalidated only at the beginning of the directory or if the cached attributes expire.
- BZ#995334
- A previous change in the bridge multicast code allowed sending general multicast queries in order to achieve faster convergence on startup. To prevent interference with multicast routers, send packets contained a zero source IP address. However, these packets interfered with certain multicast-aware switches, which resulted in the system being flooded with the IGMP membership queries with zero source IP address. A series of patches addresses this problem by disabling multicast queries by default and implementing multicast querier that allows to toggle up sending of general multicast queries if needed.
- BZ#995458
- When a slave device started up, the current_arp_slave parameter was unset but the active flags on the slave were not marked inactive. Consequently, more than one slave device with active flags in active-backup mode could be present on the system. A patch has been applied to fix this problem by marking the active flags inactive for a slave device before the current_arp_slave parameter is unset.
- BZ#996014
- An infinite loop bug in the NFSv4 code caused an NFSv4 mount process to hang on a busy loop of the LOOKUP_ROOT operation when attempting to mount an NFSv4 file system and the first iteration on this operation failed. A patch has been applied that allows to exit the LOOKUP_ROOT operation properly and a mount attempt now either succeeds or fails in this situation.
- BZ#996424
- An NFS client previously did not wait for completing of unfinished I/O operations before sending the LOCKU and RELEASE_LOCKOWNER operations to the NFS server in order to release byte range locks on files. Consequently, if the server processed the LOCKU and RELEASE_LOCKOWNER operations before some of the related READ operations, it released all locking states associated with the requested lock owner, and the READs returned the NFS4ERR_BAD_STATEID error code. This resulted in the "Lock reclaim failed!" error messages being generated in the system log and the NFS client had to recover from the error. A series of patches has been applied ensuring that an NFS client waits for all outstanding I/O operations to complete before releasing the locks.
- BZ#997746
- A previous patch to the bridge multicast code introduced a bug allowing reinitialization of an active timer for a multicast group whenever an IPv6 multicast query was received. A patch has been applied to the bridge multicast code so that a bridge multicast timer is no longer reinitialized when it is active.
- BZ#997916
- An use-after-free issue in the PPS (Pulse-per-second) driver could cause the kernel to crash when unregistering the PPS source. A patch has been applied to resolve this problem so the respective char device is now removed from the system prior to its deallocating. The patch also prevents deallocating a PPS device with open file descriptors.
- BZ#999328
- Previously, power-limit notification interrupts were enabled by default on the system. This could lead to degradation of system performance or even render the system unusable on certain platforms, such as Dell PowerEdge servers. A patch has been applied to disable power-limit notification interrupts by default and a new kernel command line parameter "int_pln_enable" has been added to allow users observing these events using the existing system counters. Power-limit notification messages are also no longer displayed on the console. The affected platforms no longer suffer from degraded system performance due to this problem.
- BZ#1000314
- A bug in the autofs4 mount expiration code could cause the autofs4 module to falsely report a busy tree of NFS mounts as "not in use". Consequently, automount attempted to unmount the tree and failed with a "failed to umount offset" error, leaving the mount tree to appear as empty directories. A patch has been applied to remove an incorrectly used autofs dentry mount check and the aforementioned problem no longer occurs.
- BZ#1001954
- An insufficiently designed calculation in the CPU accelerator could cause an arithmetic overflow in the set_cyc2ns_scale() function if the system uptime exceeded 208 days prior to using kexec to boot into a new kernel. This overflow led to a kernel panic on the systems using the Time Stamp Counter (TSC) clock source, primarily the systems using Intel Xeon E5 processors that do not reset TSC on soft power cycles. A patch has been applied to modify the calculation so that this arithmetic overflow and kernel panic can no longer occur under these circumstances.
- BZ#1001963
- Due to a bug in firmware, systems using the LSI MegaRAID controller failed to initialize this device in the kdump kernel if the "intel_iommu=on" and "iommu=pt"kernel parameters were specified in the first kernel. As a workaround until a firmware fix is available, a patch to the megaraid_sas driver has been applied so if the firmware is not in the ready state upon the first attempt to initialize the controller, the driver resets the controller and retries for firmware transition to the ready state.
- BZ#1002184
- Due to a bug in the SCTP code, a NULL pointer dereference could occur when freeing an SCTP association that was hashed, resulting in a kernel panic. A patch addresses this problem by trying to unhash SCTP associations before freeing them and the problem no longer occurs.
- BZ#1003765
- The RAID1 and RAD10 code previously called the raise_barrier() and lower_barrier() functions instead of the freeze_array() and unfreeze_array() functions that are safe being called from within the management thread. As a consequence, a deadlock situation could occur if an MD array contained a spare disk, rendering the respective kernel thread unresponsive. Furthermore, if a shutdown sequence was initiated after this problem had occurred, the shutdown sequence became unresponsive and any in-cache file system data that were not synchronized to the disk were lost. A patch correcting this problem has been applied and the RAID1 and RAID10 code now uses management-thread safe functions as expected.
- BZ#1003931
- A function in the RPC code responsible for verifying whether the cached credentials matches the current process did not perform the check correctly. The code checked only whether the groups in the current process credentials appear in the same order as in the cached credential but did not ensure that no other groups are present in the cached credentials. As a consequence, when accessing files in NFS mounts, a process with the same UID and GID as the original process but with a non-matching group list could have been granted an unauthorized access to a file, or under certain circumstances, the process could have been wrongly prevented from accessing the file. The incorrect test condition has been fixed and the problem can no longer occur.
- BZ#1004657
- The xen-netback and xen-netfront drivers cannot handle packets with size greater than 64 KB including headers. The xen-netfront driver previously did not account for any headers when determining the maximum size of GSO (Generic Segmentation Offload). Consequently, Xen DomU guest operations could have caused a network DoS issue on DomU when sending packets larger than 64 KB. This update adds a patch that corrects calculation of the GSO maximum size and the problem no longer occurs.
- BZ#1006932
- A bug in the real-time (RT) scheduler could cause a RT priority process to stop running due to an invalid attribute of the run queue. When a CPU became affected by this bug, the migration kernel thread stopped running on the CPU, and subsequently every other process that was migrated to the affected CPU by the system stopped running as well. A patch has been applied to the RT scheduler and RT priority processes are no longer affected this problem.
- BZ#1006956
- A patch included in kernel version 2.6.32-358.9.1.el6, to fix handling of revoked NFSv4 delegations, introduced a regression bug to the NFSv4 code. This regression in the NFSv4 exception and asynchronous error handling allowed, under certain circumstances, passing a NULL inode to an NFSv4 delegation-related function, which resulted in a kernel panic. The NFSv4 exception and asynchronous error handling has been fixed so that a NULL inode can no longer be passed in this situation.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-2206, Important
- A flaw was found in the way the Linux kernel's Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) implementation handled duplicate cookies. If a local user queried SCTP connection information at the same time a remote attacker has initialized a crafted SCTP connection to the system, it could trigger a NULL pointer dereference, causing the system to crash.
- CVE-2013-2224, Important
- It was found that the fix for CVE-2012-3552 released via RHSA-2012:1304 introduced an invalid free flaw in the Linux kernel's TCP/IP protocol suite implementation. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to corrupt kernel memory via crafted sendmsg() calls, allowing them to cause a denial of service or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system.
- CVE-2013-2146, Moderate
- A flaw was found in the Linux kernel's Performance Events implementation. On systems with certain Intel processors, a local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to cause a denial of service by leveraging the perf subsystem to write into the reserved bits of the OFFCORE_RSP_0 and OFFCORE_RSP_1 model-specific registers.
- CVE-2013-2232, Moderate
- An invalid pointer dereference flaw was found in the Linux kernel'sTCP/IP protocol suite implementation. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to crash the system or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system by using sendmsg() with an IPv6 socket connected to an IPv4 destination.
- CVE-2012-6544, Low
- Information leak flaws in the Linux kernel's Bluetooth implementation could allow a local, unprivileged user to leak kernel memory to user-space.
- CVE-2013-2237, Low
- An information leak flaw in the Linux kernel could allow a privileged, local user to leak kernel memory to user-space.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#956054
- The kernel could rarely terminate instead of creating a dump file when a multi-threaded process using FPU aborted. This happened because the kernel did not wait until all threads became inactive and attempted to dump the FPU state of active threads into memory which triggered a BUG_ON() routine. A patch addressing this problem has been applied and the kernel now waits for the threads to become inactive before dumping their FPU state into memory.
- BZ#959930
- Due to the way the CPU time was calculated, an integer multiplication overflow bug could occur after several days of running CPU bound processes that were using hundreds of kernel threads. As a consequence, the kernel stopped updating the CPU time and provided an incorrect CPU time instead. This could confuse users and lead to various application problems. This update applies a patch fixing this problem by decreasing the precision of calculations when the stime and rtime values become too large. Also, a bug allowing stime values to be sometimes erroneously calculated as utime values has been fixed.
- BZ#963557
- Due to several bugs in the ext4 code, data integrity system calls did not always properly persist data on the disk. Therefore, the unsynchronized data in the ext4 file system could have been lost after the system's unexpected termination. A series of patches has been applied to the ext4 code to address this problem, including a fix that ensures proper usage of data barriers in the code responsible for file synchronization. Data loss no longer occurs in the described situation.
- BZ#974597
- A previous patch that modified dcache and autofs code caused a regression. Due to this regression, unmounting a large number of expired automounts on a system under heavy NFS load caused soft lockups, rendering the system unresponsive. If a "soft lockup" watchdog was configured, the machine rebooted. To fix the regression, the erroneous patch has been reverted and the system now handle the aforementioned scenario properly without any soft lockups.
- BZ#975576
- A system could become unresponsive due to an attempt to shut down an XFS file system that was waiting for log I/O completion. A patch to the XFS code has been applied that allows for the shutdown method to be called from different contexts so XFS log items can be deleted properly even outside the AIL, which fixes this problem.
- BZ#975578
- XFS file systems were occasionally shut down with the "xfs_trans_ail_delete_bulk: attempting to delete a log item that is not in the AIL" error message. This happened because the EFI/EFD handling logic was incorrect and the EFI log item could have been freed before it was placed in the AIL and committed. A patch has been applied to the XFS code fixing the EFI/EFD handling logic and ensuring that the EFI log items are never freed before the EFD log items are processed. The aforementioned error no longer occurs on an XFS shutdown.
- BZ#977668
- A race condition between the read_swap_cache_async() and get_swap_page() functions in the memory management (mm) code could lead to a deadlock situation. The deadlock could occur only on systems that deployed swap partitions on devices supporting block DISCARD and TRIM operations if kernel preemption was disabled (the !CONFIG_PREEMPT parameter). If the read_swap_cache_async() function was given a SWAP_HAS_CACHE entry that did not have a page in the swap cache yet, a DISCARD operation was performed in the scan_swap_map() function. Consequently, completion of an I/O operation was scheduled on the same CPU's working queue the read_swap_cache_async() was running on. This caused the thread in read_swap_cache_async() to loop indefinitely around its "-EEXIST" case, rendering the system unresponsive. The problem has been fixed by adding an explicit cond_resched() call to read_swap_cache_async(), which allows other tasks to run on the affected CPU, and thus avoiding the deadlock.
- BZ#977680, BZ#989923
- A previous change in the port auto-selection code allowed sharing ports with no conflicts extending its usage. Consequently, when binding a socket with the SO_REUSEADDR socket option enabled, the bind(2) function could allocate an ephemeral port that was already used. A subsequent connection attempt failed in such a case with the EADDRNOTAVAIL error code. This update applies a patch that modifies the port auto-selection code so that bind(2) now selects a non-conflict port even with the SO_REUSEADDR option enabled.
- BZ#979293
- Cyclic adding and removing of the st kernel module could previously cause a system to become unresponsive. This was caused by a disk queue reference count bug in the SCSI tape driver. An upstream patch addressing this bug has been backported to the SCSI tape driver and the system now responds as expected in this situation.
- BZ#979912
- On KVM guests with the KVM clock (kvmclock) as a clock source and with some VCPUs pinned, certain VCPUs could experience significant sleep delays (elapsed time was greater 20 seconds). This resulted in unexpected delays by sleeping functions and inaccurate measurement for low latency events. The problem happened because a kvmclock update was isolated to a certain VCPU so the NTP frequency correction applied only to that single VCPU. This problem has been resolved by a patch allowing kvmclock updates to all VCPUs on the KVM guest. VCPU sleep time now does not exceed the expected amount and no longer causes the aforementioned problems.
- BZ#981177
- When using applications that intensively utilized memory mapping, customers experienced significant application latency, which led to serious performance degradation. A series of patches has been applied to fix the problem. Among other, the patches modifies the memory mapping code to allow block devices to require stable page writes, enforce stable page writes only if required by a backing device, and optionally snapshot page content to provide stable pages during write. As a result, application latency has been improved by a considerable amount and applications with high demand of memory mapping now perform as expected.
- BZ#982116
- The bnx2x driver could have previously reported an occasional MDC/MDIO timeout error along with the loss of the link connection. This could happen in environments using an older boot code because the MDIO clock was set in the beginning of each boot code sequence instead of per CL45 command. To avoid this problem, the bnx2x driver now sets the MDIO clock per CL45 command. Additionally, the MDIO clock is now implemented per EMAC register instead of per port number, which prevents ports from using different EMAC addresses for different PHY accesses. Also, a boot code or Management Firmware (MFW) upgrade is required to prevent the boot code (firmware) from taking over link ownership if the driver's pulse is delayed. The BCM57711 card requires boot code version 6.2.24 or later, and the BCM57712/578xx cards require MFW version 7.4.22 or later.
- BZ#982472
- If the Audit queue is too long, the kernel schedules the kauditd daemon to alleviate the load on the Audit queue. Previously, if the current Audit process had any pending signals in such a situation, it entered a busy-wait loop for the duration of an Audit backlog timeout because the wait_for_auditd() function was called as an interruptible task. This could lead to system lockup in non-preemptive uniprocessor systems. This update fixes the problem by setting wait_for_auditd() as uninterruptible.
- BZ#982496
- A possible race in the tty layer could result in a kernel panic after triggering the BUG_ON() macro. As a workaround, the BUG_ON() macro has been replaced by the WARN_ON() macro, which allows for avoiding the kernel panic and investigating the race problem further.
- BZ#982571
- A recent change in the memory mapping code introduced a new optional next-fit algorithm for allocating VMAs to map processed files to the address space. This change, however, broke behavior of a certain internal function which then always followed the next-fit VMA allocation scheme instead of the first-fit VMA allocation scheme. Consequently, when the first-fit VMA allocation scheme was in use, this bug caused linear address space fragmentation and could lead to early "-ENOMEM" failures for mmap() requests. This patch restores the original first-fit behavior to the function so the aforementioned problems no longer occur.
- BZ#982697
- When using certain HP hardware with UHCI HDC support and the uhci-hdc driver performed the auto-stop operation, the kernel emitted the "kernel: uhci_hcd 0000:01:00.4: Controller not stopped yet!" warning messages. This happened because HP's virtual UHCI host controller takes extremely long time to suspend (several hundred microseconds) even with no attached USB device and the driver was not adjusted to handle this situation. To avoid this problem, the uhci-hdc driver has been modified to not run the auto-stop operation until the controller is suspended.
- BZ#982703
- A previously released erratum, RHSA-2013:0911, included a patch that added support for memory configurations greater than 1 TB of RAM on AMD systems, and a patch that fixed a kernel panic preventing installation of Red Hat Enterprise Linux on such systems. However, these patches broke booting of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 on the SGI UV platform, and therefore they have been reverted with this update. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 now boots on SGI UV as expected.
- BZ#982758
- Due to a bug in descriptor handling, the ioat driver did not correctly process pending descriptors on systems with the Intel Xeon Processor E5 family. Consequently, the CPU was utilized excessively on these systems. A patch has been applied to the ioat driver so the driver now determines pending descriptors correctly and CPU usage is normal again for the described processor family.
- BZ#990464
- A bug in the network bridge code allowed an internal function to call code which was not atomic-safe while holding a spin lock. Consequently, a "BUG: scheduling while atomic" error has been triggered and a call trace logged by the kernel. This update applies a patch that orders the function properly so the function no longer holds a spin lock while calling code which is not atomic-safe. The aforementioned error with a call trace no longer occurs in this case.
- BZ#990470
- A race condition in the abort task and SPP device task management path of the isci driver could, under certain circumstances, cause the driver to fail cleaning up timed-out I/O requests that were pending on an SAS disk device. As a consequence, the kernel removed such a device from the system. A patch applied to the isci driver fixes this problem by sending the task management function request to the SAS drive anytime the abort function is entered and the task has not completed. The driver now cleans up timed-out I/O requests as expected in this situation.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-2128, Moderate
- A flaw was found in the tcp_read_sock() function in the Linux kernel's IPv4 TCP/IP protocol suite implementation in the way socket buffers (skb) were handled. A local, unprivileged user could trigger this issue via a call to splice(), leading to a denial of service.
- CVE-2012-6548, CVE-2013-2634, CVE-2013-2635, CVE-2013-3222, CVE-2013-3224, CVE-2013-3225, Low
- Information leak flaws in the Linux kernel could allow a local, unprivileged user to leak kernel memory to user-space.
- CVE-2013-0914, Low
- An information leak was found in the Linux kernel's POSIX signals implementation. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to bypass the Address Space Layout Randomization (ASLR) security feature.
- CVE-2013-1848, Low
- A format string flaw was found in the ext3_msg() function in the Linux kernel's ext3 file system implementation. A local user who is able to mount an ext3 file system could use this flaw to cause a denial of service or, potentially, escalate their privileges.
- CVE-2013-2852, Low
- A format string flaw was found in the b43_do_request_fw() function in the Linux kernel's b43 driver implementation. A local user who is able to specify the "fwpostfix" b43 module parameter could use this flaw to cause a denial of service or, potentially, escalate their privileges.
- CVE-2013-3301, Low
- A NULL pointer dereference flaw was found in the Linux kernel's ftrace and function tracer implementations. A local user who has the CAP_SYS_ADMIN capability could use this flaw to cause a denial of service.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#924847
- An error in backporting the block reservation feature from upstream resulted in a missing allocation of a reservation structure when an allocation is required during the rename system call. Renaming a file system object (for example, file or directory) requires a block allocation for the destination directory. If the destination directory had not had a reservation structure allocated, a NULL pointer dereference occurred, leading to a kernel panic. With this update, a reservation structure is allocated before the rename operation, and a kernel panic no longer occurs in this scenario. This patch also ensures that the inode's multi-block reservation is not deleted when a file is closed while changing the inode's size.
- BZ#927308
- When an inconsistency is detected in a GFS2 file system after an I/O operation, the kernel performs the withdraw operation on the local node. However, the kernel previously did not wait for an acknowledgement from the GFS control daemon (gfs_controld) before proceeding with the withdraw operation. Therefore, if a failure isolating the GFS2 file system from a data storage occurred, the kernel was not aware of this problem and an I/O operation to the shared block device may have been performed after the withdraw operation was logged as successful. This could lead to corruption of the file system or prevent the node from journal recovery. This patch modifies the GFS2 code so the withdraw operation no longer proceeds without the acknowledgement from gfs_controld, and the GFS2 file system can no longer become corrupted after performing the withdraw operation.
- BZ#927317
- The GFS2 discard code did not calculate the sector offset correctly for block devices with the sector size of 4 KB, which led to loss of data and metadata on these devices. A patch correcting this problem has been applied so the discard and FITRIM requests now work as expected for the block devices with the 4 KB sector size.
- BZ#956296
- The virtual file system (VFS) code had a race condition between the unlink and link system calls that allowed creating hard links to deleted (unlinked) files. This could, under certain circumstances, cause inode corruption that eventually resulted in a file system shutdown. The problem was observed in Red Hat Storage during rsync operations on replicated Gluster volumes that resulted in an XFS shutdown. A testing condition has been added to the VFS code, preventing hard links to deleted files from being created.
- BZ#956979
- The sunrpc code paths that wake up an RPC task are highly optimized for speed so the code avoids using any locking mechanism but requires precise operation ordering. Multiple bugs were found related to operation ordering, which resulted in a kernel crash involving either a BUG_ON() assertion or an incorrect use of a data structure in the sunrpc layer. These problems have been fixed by properly ordering operations related to the RPC_TASK_QUEUED and RPC_TASK_RUNNING bits in the wake-up code paths of the sunrpc layer.
- BZ#958684
- A previous update introduced a new failure mode to the blk_get_request() function returning the -ENODEV error code when a block device queue is being destroyed. However, the change did not include a NULL pointer check for all callers of the function. Consequently, the kernel could dereference a NULL pointer when removing a block device from the system, which resulted in a kernel panic. This update applies a patch that adds these missing NULL pointer checks. Also, some callers of the blk_get_request() function could previously return the -ENOMEM error code instead of -ENODEV, which would lead to incorrect call chain propagation. This update applies a patch ensuring that correct return codes are propagated.
- BZ#962368
- A rare race condition between the "devloss" timeout and discovery state machine could trigger a bug in the lpfc driver that nested two levels of spin locks in reverse order. The reverse order of spin locks led to a deadlock situation and the system became unresponsive. With this update, a patch addressing the deadlock problem has been applied and the system no longer hangs in this situation.
- BZ#962370
- When attempting to deploy a virtual machine on a hypervisor with multiple NICs and macvtap devices, a kernel panic could occur. This happened because the macvtap driver did not gracefully handle a situation when the macvlan_port.vlans list was empty and returned a NULL pointer. This update applies a series of patches which fix this problem using a read-copy-update (RCU) mechanism and by preventing the driver from returning a NULL pointer if the list is empty. The kernel no longer panics in this scenario.
- BZ#962372
- Certain CPUs contain on-chip virtual-machine control structure (VMCS) caches that are used to keep active VMCSs managed by the KVM module. These VMCSs contain runtime information of the guest machines operated by KVM. These CPUs require support of the VMCLEAR instruction that allows flushing the cache's content into memory. The kernel previously did not use the VMCLEAR instruction in Kdump. As a consequence, when dumping a core of the QEMU KVM host, the respective CPUs did not flush VMCSs to the memory and the guests' runtime information was not included in the core dump. This problem has been addressed by a series of patches that implement support of using the VMCLEAR instruction in Kdump. The kernel is now performs the VMCLEAR operation in Kdump if it is required by a CPU so the vmcore file of the QEMU KVM host contains all VMCSs information as expected.
- BZ#963564
- When a network interface (NIC) is running in promiscuous (PROMISC) mode, the NIC may receive and process VLAN tagged frames even though no VLAN is attached to the NIC. However, some network drivers, such as bnx2, igb, tg3, and e1000e did not handle processing of packets with VLAN tagged frames in PROMISC mode correctly if the frames had no VLAN group assigned. The drivers processed the packets with incorrect routines and various problems could occur; for example, a DHCPv6 server connected to a VLAN could assign an IPv6 address from the VLAN pool to a NIC with no VLAN interface. To handle the VLAN tagged frames without a VLAN group properly, the frames have to be processed by the VLAN code so the aforementioned drivers have been modified to restrain from performing a NULL value test of the packet's VLAN group field when the NIC is in PROMISC mode. This update also includes a patch fixing a bug where the bnx2x driver did not strip a VLAN header from the frame if no VLAN was configured on the NIC, and another patch that implements some register changes in order to enable receiving and transmitting of VLAN packets on a NIC even if no VLAN is registered with the card.
- BZ#964046
- Due to a bug in the NFSv4 nfsd code, a NULL pointer could have been dereferenced when nfsd was looking up a path to the NFSv4 recovery directory for the fsync operation, which resulted in a kernel panic. This update applies a patch that modifies the NFSv4 nfsd code to open a file descriptor for fsync in the NFSv4 recovery directory instead of looking up the path. The kernel no longer panics in this situation.
- BZ#966432
- When adding a virtual PCI device, such as virtio disk, virtio net, e1000 or rtl8139, to a KVM guest, the kacpid thread reprograms the hot plug parameters of all devices on the PCI bus to which the new device is being added. When reprogramming the hot plug parameters of a VGA or QXL graphics device, the graphics device emulation requests flushing of the guest's shadow page tables. Previously, if the guest had a huge and complex set of shadow page tables, the flushing operation took a significant amount of time and the guest could appear to be unresponsive for several minutes. This resulted in exceeding the threshold of the "soft lockup" watchdog and the "BUG: soft lockup" events were logged by both, the guest and host kernel. This update applies a series of patches that deal with this problem. The KVM's Memory Management Unit (MMU) now avoids creating multiple page table roots in connection with processors that support Extended Page Tables (EPT). This prevents the guest's shadow page tables from becoming too complex on machines with EPT support. MMU now also flushes only large memory mappings, which alleviates the situation on machines where the processor does not support EPT. Additionally, a free memory accounting race that could prevent KVM MMU from freeing memory pages has been fixed.
- BZ#968557
- A race condition could occur in the uhci-hcd kernel module if the IRQ line was shared with other devices. The race condition allowed the IRQ handler routine to be called before the data structures were fully initialized, which caused the system to become unresponsive. This update applies a patch that fixes the problem by adding a test condition to the IRQ handler routine; if the data structure initialization is still in progress, the handler routine finishes immediately.
- BZ#969306
- When setting up a bonding device, a certain flag was used to distinguish between TLB and ALB modes. However, usage of this flag in ALB mode allowed enslaving NICs before the bond was activated. This resulted in enslaved NICs not having unique MAC addresses as required, and consequent loss of "reply" packets sent to the slaves. This patch modifies the function responsible for the setup of the slave's MAC address so the flag is no longer needed to discriminate ALB mode from TLB and the flag was removed. The described problem no longer occur in this situation.
- BZ#969326
- When booting the normal kernel on certain servers, such as HP ProLiant DL980 G7, some interrupts may have been lost which resulted in the system being unresponsive or rarely even in data loss. This happened because the kernel did not set correct destination mode during the boot; the kernel booted in "logical cluster mode" that is default while this system supported only "x2apic physical mode". This update applies a series of patches addressing the problem. The underlying APIC code has been modified so the x2apic probing code now checks the Fixed ACPI Description Table (FADT) and installs the x2apic "physical" driver as expected. Also, the APIC code has been simplified and the code now uses probe routines to select destination APIC mode and install the correct APIC drivers.
- BZ#972586
- A bug in the OProfile tool led to a NULL pointer dereference while unloading the OProfile kernel module, which resulted in a kernel panic. The problem was triggered if the kernel was running with the nolapic parameter set and OProfile was configured to use the NMI timer interrupt. The problem has been fixed by correctly setting the NMI timer when initializing OProfile.
- BZ#973198
- Previously, when booting a Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 system and the ACPI Static Resource Affinity Table (SRAT) had a hot-pluggable bit enabled, the kernel considered the SRAT table incorrect and NUMA was not configured. This led to a general protection fault and a kernel panic occurring on the system. The problem has been fixed by using an SMBIOS check in the code in order to avoid the SRAT code table consistency checks. NUMA is now configured as expected and the kernel no longer panics in this situation.
- BZ#973555
- A bug in the PCI driver allowed to use a pointer to the Virtual Function (VF) device entry that was already freed. Consequently, when hot-removing an I/O unit with enabled SR-IOV devices, a kernel panic occurred. This update modifies the PCI driver so a valid pointer to the Physical Function (PF) device entry is used and the kernel no longer panics in this situation.
- BZ#975086
- The kernel previously did not handle situation where the system needed to fall back from non-flat Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC) mode to flat APIC mode. Consequently, a NULL pointer was dereferenced and a kernel panic occurred. This update adds the flat_probe() function to the APIC driver, which allows the kernel using flat APIC mode as a fall-back option. The kernel no longer panics in this situation.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-1935, Important
- A flaw was found in the way KVM (Kernel-based Virtual Machine) initialized a guest's registered pv_eoi (paravirtualized end-of-interrupt) indication flag when entering the guest. An unprivileged guest user could potentially use this flaw to crash the host.
- CVE-2013-1943, Important
- A missing sanity check was found in the kvm_set_memory_region() function in KVM, allowing a user-space process to register memory regions pointing to the kernel address space. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to escalate their privileges.
- CVE-2013-2017, Moderate
- A double free flaw was found in the Linux kernel's Virtual Ethernet Tunnel driver (veth). A remote attacker could possibly use this flaw to crash a target system.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#923096
- Previously, the queue limits were not being retained as they should have been if a device did not contain any data or if a multipath device temporarily lost all its paths. This problem has been fixed by avoiding a call to the
dm_calculate_queue_limits()
function. - BZ#924823
- A bug in the
dm_btree_remove()
function could cause leaf values to have incorrect reference counts. Removal of a shared block could result in space maps considering the block as no longer used. As a consequence, sending a discard request to a shared region of a thin device could corrupt its snapshot. The bug has been fixed to prevent corruption in this scenario. - BZ#927292
- Prior to this update, if Large Receive Offload (LRO) was enabled, Broadcom, QLogic, and Intel card drivers did not fill in all the packet fields. Consequently, when the
macvtap
driver received a packet with agso_type
field that was not set, a kernel panic occurred. With this update, theixgbe
,qlcnic
, andbnx2x
drivers have been fixed to always set thegso_type
field. Thus, kernel panic no longer occurs in the previously-described scenario. - BZ#927294
- Reading a large number of files from a pNFS (parallel NFS) mount and canceling the running operation by pressing Ctrl+c caused a general protection fault in the XDR code, which could manifest itself as a kernel oops with an
unable to handle kernel paging request
message. This happened because decoding of theLAYOUTGET
operation is done by a worker thread and the caller waits for the worker thread to complete. When the reading operation was canceled, the caller stopped waiting and freed the pages. So the pages no longer existed at the time the worker thread called the relevant function in the XDR code. The cleanup process of these pages has been moved to a different place in the code, which prevents the kernel oops from happening in this scenario. - BZ#961431
- By default, the kernel uses a best-fit algorithm for allocating Virtual Memory Areas (VMAs) to map processed files to the address space. However, if an enormous number of small files (hundreds of thousands or millions) was being mapped, the address space became extremely fragmented, which resulted in significant CPU usage and performance degradation. This update introduces an optional next-fit policy which, if enabled, allows for mapping of a file to the first suitable unused area in the address space that follows after the previously allocated VMA.
- BZ#960864
- C-states for the Intel Family 6, Model 58 and 62, processors were not properly initialized in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. Consequently, these processors were unable to enter deep C-states. Also, C-state accounting was not functioning properly and power management tools, such as powertop or turbostat, thus displayed incorrect C-state transitions. This update applies a patch that ensures proper C-states initialization so the aforementioned processors can now enter deep core power states as expected. Note that this update does not correct C-state accounting which has been addressed by a separate patch.
- BZ#960436
- If an NFSv4 client was checking open permissions for a delegated OPEN operation during OPEN state recovery of an NFSv4 server, the NFSv4 state manager could enter a deadlock. This happened because the client was holding the NFSv4 sequence ID of the OPEN operation. This problem is resolved by releasing the sequence ID before the client starts checking open permissions.
- BZ#960429
- When using parallel NFS (pNFS), a kernel panic could occur when a process was killed while getting the file layout information during the open() system call. A patch has been applied to prevent this problem from occurring in this scenario.
- BZ#960426
- In the RPC code, when a network socket backed up due to high network traffic, a timer was set causing a retransmission, which in turn could cause even larger amount of network traffic to be generated. To prevent this problem, the RPC code now waits for the socket to empty instead of setting the timer.
- BZ#960420
- Previously, the fsync(2) system call incorrectly returned the EIO (Input/Output) error instead of the ENOSPC (No space left on device) error. This was caused by incorrect error handling in the page cache. This problem has been fixed and the correct error value is now returned.
- BZ#960417
- Previously, an NFS RPC task could enter a deadlock and become unresponsive if it was waiting for an NFSv4 state serialization lock to become available and the session slot was held by the NFSv4 server. This update fixes this problem along with the possible race condition in the pNFS return-on-close code. The NFSv4 client has also been modified to not accepting delegated OPEN operations if a delegation recall is in effect. The client now also reports NFSv4 servers that try to return a delegation when the client is using the CLAIM_DELEGATE_CUR open mode.
- BZ#952613
- When pNFS code was in use, a file locking process could enter a deadlock while trying to recover form a server reboot. This update introduces a new locking mechanism that avoids the deadlock situation in this scenario.
- BZ#960412
- Previously, when open(2) system calls were processed, the GETATTR routine did not check to see if valid attributes were also returned. As a result, the open() call succeeded with invalid attributes instead of failing in such a case. This update adds the missing check, and the open() call succeeds only when valid attributes are returned.
- BZ#955504
- The be2iscsi driver previously leaked memory in the driver's control path when mapping tasks.This update fixes the memory leak by freeing all resources related to a task when the task was completed. Also, the driver did not release a task after responding to the received NOP-IN acknowledgment with a valid Target Transfer Tag (TTT). Consequently, the driver run out of tasks available for the session and no more iscsi commands could be issued. A patch has been applied to fix this problem by releasing the task.
- BZ#960415
- Due to a missing structure, the NFSv4 error handler did not handle exceptions caused by revoking NFSv4 delegations. Consequently, the NFSv4 client received the EIO error message instead of the NFS4ERR_ADMIN_REVOKED error. This update modifies the NFSv4 code to no longer require the nfs4_state structure in order to revoke a delegation.
- BZ#954298
- Under rare circumstances, if a TCP retransmission was multiple times partially acknowledged and collapsed, the used Socked Buffer (SKB) could become corrupted due to an overflow caused by the transmission headroom. This resulted in a kernel panic. The problem was observed rarely when using an IP-over-InfiniBand (IPoIB) connection. This update applies a patch that verifies whether a transmission headroom exceeded the maximum size of the used SKB, and if so, the headroom is reallocated. It was also discovered that a TCP stack could retransmit misaligned SKBs if a malicious peer acknowledged sub MSS frame and output interface did not have a sequence generator (SG) enabled. This update introduces a new function that allows for copying of a SKB with a new head so the SKB remains aligned in this situation.
- BZ#921964
- In a case of a broken or malicious server, an index node (inode) of an incorrect type could be matched. This led to an NFS client NULL pointer dereference, and, consequently, to a kernel oops. To prevent this problem from occurring in this scenario, a check has been added to verify that the inode type is correct.
- BZ#962482
- When using more than 4 GB of RAM with an AMD processor, reserved regions and memory holes (E820 regions) can also be placed above the 4 GB range. For example, on configurations with more than 1 TB of RAM, AMD processors reserve the 1012 GB - 1024 GB range for the Hyper Transport (HT) feature. However, the Linux kernel does not correctly handle E820 regions that are located above the 4 GB range. Therefore, when installing Red Hat Enterprise Linux on a machine with an AMD processor and 1 TB of RAM, a kernel panic occurred and the installation failed. This update modifies the kernel to exclude E820 regions located above the 4 GB range from direct mapping. The kernel also no longer maps the whole memory on boot but only finds memory ranges that are necessary to be mapped. The system can now be successfully installed on the above-described configuration.
- BZ#950529
- This update reverts two previously-included
qla2xxx
patches. These patches changed the fibre channel target port discovery procedure, which resulted in some ports not being discovered in some corner cases. Reverting these two patches fixes the discovery issues. - BZ#928817
- A previously-applied patch introduced a bug in the
ipoib_cm_destroy_tx()
function, which allowed a CM object to be moved between lists without any supported locking. Under a heavy system load, this could cause the system to crash. With this update, proper locking of the CM objects has been re-introduced to fix the race condition, and the system no longer crashes under a heavy load. - BZ#928683
- A bug in the
do_filp_open()
function caused it to exit early if any write access was requested on a read-only file system. This prevented the opening of device nodes on a read-only file system. With this update, thedo_filp_open()
has been fixed to no longer exit if a write request is made on a read-only file system. - BZ#960433
- An NFSv4 client could previously enter a deadlock situation with the state recovery thread during state recovery after a reboot of an NFSv4 server. This happened because the client did not release the NFSv4 sequence ID of an OPEN operation that was requested before the reboot. This problem is resolved by releasing the sequence ID before the client starts waiting for the server to recover.
Enhancement
- BZ#952570
- The kernel now supports memory configurations with more than 1 TB of RAM on AMD systems.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-0913, Important
- An integer overflow flaw, leading to a heap-based buffer overflow, was found in the way the Intel i915 driver in the Linux kernel handled the allocation of the buffer used for relocation copies. A local user with console access could use this flaw to cause a denial of service or escalate their privileges.
- CVE-2013-1773, Important
- A buffer overflow flaw was found in the way UTF-8 characters were converted to UTF-16 in the utf8s_to_utf16s() function of the Linux kernel's FAT file system implementation. A local user able to mount a FAT file system with the "utf8=1" option could use this flaw to crash the system or, potentially, to escalate their privileges.
- CVE-2013-1796, Important
- A flaw was found in the way KVM handled guest time updates when the buffer the guest registered by writing to the MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME machine state register (MSR) crossed a page boundary. A privileged guest user could use this flaw to crash the host or, potentially, escalate their privileges, allowing them to execute arbitrary code at the host kernel level.
- CVE-2013-1797, Important
- A potential use-after-free flaw was found in the way KVM handled guest time updates when the GPA (guest physical address) the guest registered by writing to the MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME machine state register (MSR) fell into a movable or removable memory region of the hosting user-space process (by default, QEMU-KVM) on the host. If that memory region is deregistered from KVM using KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION and the allocated virtual memory reused, a privileged guest user could potentially use this flaw to escalate their privileges on the host.
- CVE-2013-1798, Important
- A flaw was found in the way KVM emulated IOAPIC (I/O Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller). A missing validation check in the ioapic_read_indirect() function could allow a privileged guest user to crash the host, or read a substantial portion of host kernel memory.
- CVE-2013-1792, Moderate
- A race condition in install_user_keyrings(), leading to a NULL pointer dereference, was found in the key management facility. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to cause a denial of service.
- CVE-2013-1826, Moderate
- A NULL pointer dereference in the XFRM implementation could allow a local user who has the CAP_NET_ADMIN capability to cause a denial of service.
- CVE-2013-1827, Moderate
- A NULL pointer dereference in the Datagram Congestion Control Protocol (DCCP) implementation could allow a local user to cause a denial of service.
- CVE-2012-6537, Low
- Information leak flaws in the XFRM implementation could allow a local user who has the CAP_NET_ADMIN capability to leak kernel stack memory to user-space.
- CVE-2012-6546, Low
- Two information leak flaws in the Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) subsystem could allow a local, unprivileged user to leak kernel stack memory to user-space.
- CVE-2012-6547, Low
- An information leak was found in the TUN/TAP device driver in the networking implementation. A local user with access to a TUN/TAP virtual interface could use this flaw to leak kernel stack memory to user-space.
- CVE-2013-0349, Low
- An information leak in the Bluetooth implementation could allow a local user who has the CAP_NET_ADMIN capability to leak kernel stack memory to user-space.
- CVE-2013-1767, Low
- A use-after-free flaw was found in the tmpfs implementation. A local user able to mount and unmount a tmpfs file system could use this flaw to cause a denial of service or, potentially, escalate their privileges.
- CVE-2013-1774, Low
- A NULL pointer dereference was found in the Linux kernel's USB Inside Out Edgeport Serial Driver implementation. An attacker with physical access to a system could use this flaw to cause a denial of service.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#909156
- When running the Hyper-V hypervisor, the host expects guest virtual machines to report free memory and the memory used for memory ballooning, including the pages that were ballooned out. However, the memory ballooning code did not handle reporting correctly, and the pages that were ballooned out were not included in the report. Consequently, after the memory was ballooned out from the guest, the Hyper-V Manager reported an incorrect value of the demanded memory and a memory status. This update provides a patch that adjusts the memory ballooning code to include the ballooned-out pages and to determine the demanded memory correctly.
- BZ#911267
- The Intel 5520 and 5500 chipsets do not properly handle remapping of MSI and MSI-X interrupts. If the interrupt remapping feature is enabled on the system with such a chipset, various problems and service disruption could occur (for example, a NIC could stop receiving frames), and the "kernel: do_IRQ: 7.71 No irq handler for vector (irq -1)" error message appears in the system logs. As a workaround to this problem, it has been recommended to disable the interrupt remapping feature in the BIOS on such systems, and many vendors have updated their BIOS to disable interrupt remapping by default. However, the problem is still being reported by users without proper BIOS level with this feature properly turned off. Therefore, this update modifies the kernel to check if the interrupt remapping feature is enabled on these systems and to provide users with a warning message advising them on turning off the feature and updating the BIOS.
- BZ#911475
- If a logical volume was created on devices with thin provisioning enabled, the mkfs.ext4 command took a long time to complete, and the following message was recorded in the system log:
kernel: blk: request botched
This was caused by discard request merging that was not completely functional in the block and SCSI layers. This functionality has been temporarily disabled to prevent such problems from occurring. - BZ#915579
- Timeout errors could occur on an NFS client with heavy read workloads; for example when using the rsync and ldconfig utilities. Both, client-side and server-side causes were found for the problem. On the client side, problems that could prevent the client reconnecting lost TCP connections; this was fixed prior to this update. On the server side, TCP memory pressure on the server forced the send buffer size to be lower than the size required to send a single Remote Procedure Call (RPC), which consequently caused the server to be unable to reply to the client. A series of patches addressing the server-side problem has been applied. This update provides the last of those patches that removes the redundant xprt->shutdown bit field from the sunrpc code. Setting this bit field could lead to a race causing the aforementioned problem. Timeout errors no longer occur on NFS clients that are under heavy read workload.
- BZ#915583
- Previously, running commands such as "ls", "find" or "move" on a MultiVersion File System (MVFS) could cause a kernel panic. This happened because the d_validate() function, which is used for dentry validation, called the kmem_ptr_validate() function to validate a pointer to a parent dentry. The pointer could have been freed anytime so the kmem_ptr_validate() function could not guarantee the pointer to be dereferenced, which could lead to a NULL pointer derefence. This update modifies d_validate() to verify the parent-child relationship by traversing the parent dentry's list of child dentries, which solves this problem. The kernel no longer panics in the described scenario.
- BZ#916957
- A previous patch introduced the use of the page_descs length field to describe the size of a fuse request. That patch incorrectly handled a code path that does not exist in the upstream fuse code, which resulted in a data corruption when using loop devices over FUSE. This patch fixes this problem by setting the fuse request size before submitting the request.
- BZ#917690
- When the state of the netfilter module was out-of-sync, a TCP connection was recorded in the conntrack table although the TCP connection did not exist between two hosts. If a host re-established this connection with the same source, port, destination port, source address and destination address, the host sent a TCP SYN packet and the peer sent back acknowledgment for this SYN package. However, because netfilter was out-of-sync, netfilter dropped this acknowledgment, and deleted the connection item from the conntrack table, which consequently caused the host to retransmit the SYN packet. A patch has been applied to improve this handling; if an unexpected SYN packet appears, the TCP options are annotated. Acknowledgment for the SYN packet serves as a confirmation of the connection tracking being out-of-sync, then a new connection record is created using the information annotated previously to avoid the retransmission delay.
- BZ#920266
- The NFS code implements the "silly rename" operation to handle an open file that is held by a process while another process attempts to remove it. The "silly rename" operation works according to the "delete on last close" semantics so the inode of the file is not released until the last process that opens the file closes it. A previous update of the NFS code broke the mechanics that prevented an NFS client from deleting a silly-renamed dentry. This affected the "delete on last close" semantics and silly-renamed files could be deleted by any process while the files were open for I/O by another process. As a consequence, the process reading the file failed with the "ESTALE" error code. This update modifies the way how the NFS code handles dentries of silly-renamed files and silly-renamed files can not be deleted until the last process that has the file open for I/O closes it.
- BZ#920268
- The NFSv4 code uses byte range locks to simulate the flock() function, which is used to apply or remove an exclusive advisory lock on an open file. However, using the NFSv4 byte range locks precludes a possibility to open a file with read-only permissions and subsequently to apply an exclusive advisory lock on the file. A previous patch broke a mechanism used to verify the mode of the open file. As a consequence, the system became unresponsive and the system logs filled with a "kernel: nfs4_reclaim_open_state: Lock reclaim failed!" error message if the file was open with read-only permissions and an attempt to apply an exclusive advisory lock was made. This update modifies the NFSv4 code to check the mode of the open file before attempting to apply the exclusive advisory lock. The "-EBADF" error code is returned if the type of the lock does not match the file mode.
- BZ#921145
- Due to a bug in the tty driver, an ioctl call could return the "-EINTR" error code when the "read" command was interrupted by a signal, such as SIGCHLD. As a consequence, the subsequent"read" command caused the Bash shell to abort with a "double free or corruption (out)" error message. An applied patch corrects the tty driver to use the "-ERESTARTSYS" error code so the system call is restarted if needed. Bash no longer crashes in this scenario.
- BZ#921150
- Previously, the NFS Lock Manager (NLM) did not resend blocking lock requests after NFSv3 server reboot recovery. As a consequence, when an application was running on a NFSv3 mount and requested a blocking lock, the application received an -ENOLCK error. This patch ensures that NLM always resend blocking lock requests after the grace period has expired.
- BZ#921535
- Virtual LAN (VLAN) support of the eHEA ethernet adapter did not work as expected. A "device ethX has buggy VLAN hw accel" message could have been reported when running the "dmesg" command. This was because a backported upstream patch removed the vlan_rx_register() function. This update adds the function back, and eHEA VLAN support works as expected. This update also addresses a possible kernel panic, which could occur due to a NULL pointer dereference when processing received VLAN packets. The patch adds a test condition verifying whether a VLAN group is set by the network stack, which prevents a possible NULL pointer to be dereferenced, and the kernel no longer crashes in this situation.
- BZ#921958
- When the Active Item List (AIL) becomes empty, the xfsaild daemon is moved to a task sleep state that depends on the timeout value returned by the xfsaild_push() function. The latest changes modified xfsaild_push() to return a 10-ms value when the AIL is empty, which sets xfsaild into the uninterruptible sleep state (D state) and artificially increased system load average. This update applies a patch that fixes this problem by setting the timeout value to the allowed maximum, 50 ms. This moves xfsaild to the interruptible sleep state (S state), avoiding the impact on load average.
- BZ#921961
- When running a high thread workload of small-sized files on an XFS file system, sometimes, the system could become unresponsive or a kernel panic could occur. This occurred because the xfsaild daemon had a subtle code path that led to lock recursion on the xfsaild lock when a buffer in the AIL was already locked and an attempt was made to force the log to unlock it. This patch removes the dangerous code path and queues the log force to be invoked from a safe locking context with respect to xfsaild. This patch also fixes the race condition between buffer locking and buffer pinned state that exposed the original problem by rechecking the state of the buffer after a lock failure. The system no longer hangs and the kernel no longer panics in this scenario.
- BZ#921963
- The kernel's implementation of RTAS (RunTime Abstraction Services) previously allowed the stop_topology_update() function to be called from an interrupt context during live partition migration on PowerPC and IMB System p machines. As a consequence, the system became unresponsive. This update fixes the problem by calling stop_topology_update() earlier in the migration process, and the system no longer hangs in this situation.
- BZ#922154
- A previous kernel update broke queue pair (qp) hash list deletion in the qp_remove() function. This could cause a general protection fault in the InfiniBand stack or QLogic InfiniBand driver. A patch has been applied to restore the former behavior so the general protection fault no longer occurs.
- BZ#923098
- Due to a bug in the CIFS mount code, it was not possible to mount Distributed File System (DFS) shares in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4. This update applies a series of patches that address this problem and modifies the CIFS mount code so that DFS shares can now be mounted as expected.
- BZ#923204
- When the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 kernel runs as a virtual machine, it performs boot-time detection of the hypervisor in order to enable hypervisor-specific optimizations. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 introduces detection and optimization for the Microsoft Hyper-V hypervisor. Previously Hyper-V was detected first, however, because some Xen hypervisors can attempt to emulate Hyper-V, this could lead to a boot failure when that emulation was not exact. A patch has been applied to ensure that the attempt to detect Xen is always done before Hyper-V, resolving this issue.
- BZ#927309
- When using the congestion window lock functionality of the ip utility, the system could become unresponsive. This happened because the tcp_slow_start() function could enter an infinite loop if the congestion window was locked using route metrics. A set of patches has been applied to comply with the upstream kernel, ensuring the problem no longer occurs in this scenario.
- BZ#928686
- Previously, the tty driver allowed a race condition to occur in the tty buffer code. If the tty buffer was requested by multiple users of the same tty device in the same time frame, the same tty's buffer structure was used and the buffer could exceed the reserved size. This resulted in a buffer overflow problem and a subsequent memory corruption issue, which caused the kernel to panic. This update fixes the problem by implementing a locking mechanism around the tty buffer structure using spin locks. The described race can no longer occur so the kernel can no longer crash due to a tty buffer overflow.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-0228, Important
- A flaw was found in the way the xen_iret() function in the Linux kernel used the DS (the CPU's Data Segment) register. A local, unprivileged user in a 32-bit para-virtualized guest could use this flaw to crash the guest or, potentially, escalate their privileges.
- CVE-2013-0268, Important
- A flaw was found in the way file permission checks for the "/dev/cpu/[x]/msr" files were performed in restricted root environments (for example, using a capability-based security model). A local user with the ability to write to these files could use this flaw to escalate their privileges to kernel level, for example, by writing to the SYSENTER_EIP_MSR register.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#908398
- Truncating files on a GFS2 file system could fail with an "unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference" error. This was because of a missing reservation structure that caused the truncate code to reference an incorrect pointer. To prevent this, a patch has been applied to allocate a block reservation structure before truncating a file.
- BZ#908733
- Previously, when using parallel network file system (pNFS) and data was written to the appropriate storage device, the LAYOUTCOMMIT requests being sent to the metadata server could fail internally. The metadata server was not provided with the modified layout based on the written data, and these changes were not visible to the NFS client. This happened because the encoding functions for the LAYOUTCOMMIT and LAYOUTRETURN operations were defined as void, and returned thus an arbitrary status. This update corrects these encoding functions to return 0 on success as expected. The changes on the storage device are now propagated to the metadata server and can be observed as expected.
- BZ#908737
- Previously, init scripts were unable to set the MAC address of the master interface properly because it was overwritten by the first slave MAC address. To avoid this problem, this update re-introduces the check for an unassigned MAC address before setting the MAC address of the first slave interface as the MAC address of the master interface.
- BZ#908739
- During device discovery, the system creates a temporary SCSI device with the LUN ID 0 if the LUN 0 is not mapped on the system. Previously, this led to a NULL pointer dereference because inquiry data was not allocated for the temporary LUN 0 device, which resulted in a kernel panic. This update adds a NULL pointer test in the underlying SCSI code, and the kernel no longer panics in this scenario.
- BZ#908744
- Previously on system boot, devices with associated Reserved Memory Region Reporting (RMRR) information had lost their RMRR information after they were removed from the static identity (SI) domain. Consequently, a system unexpectedly terminated in an endless loop due to unexpected NMIs triggered by DMA errors. This problem was observed on HP ProLiant Generation 7 (G7) and 8 (G8) systems. This update prevents non-USB devices that have RMRR information associated with them from being placed into the SI domain during system boot. HP ProLiant G7 and G8 systems that contain devices with the RMRR information now boot as expected.
- BZ#908794
- When counting CPU time, the utime and stime values are scaled based on rtime. Prior to this update, the utime value was multiplied with the rtime value, but the integer multiplication overflow could happen, and the resulting value could be then truncated to 64 bits. As a consequence, utime values visible in the user space were stall even if an application consumed a lot of CPU time. With this update, the multiplication is performed on stime instead of utime. This significantly reduces the chances of an overflow on most workloads because the stime value, unlike the utime value, cannot grow fast.
- BZ#909159
- When using transparent proxy (TProxy) over IPv6, the kernel previously created neighbor entries for local interfaces and peers that were not reachable directly. This update corrects this problem and the kernel no longer creates invalid neighbor entries.
- BZ#909813
- Due to a bug in the superblock code, a NULL pointer could be dereferenced when handling a kernel paging request. Consequently, the request failed and a kernel oops occurred. This update corrects this problem and kernel page requests are processed as expected.
- BZ#909814
- Sometimes, the irqbalance tool could not get the CPU NUMA node information due to missing symlinks for CPU devices in sysfs. This update adds the NUMA node symlinks for CPU devices in sysfs, which is also useful when using irqbalance to build a CPU topology.
- BZ#909815
- A previous kernel patch introduced a bug by assigning a different value to the IFLA_EXT_MASK Netlink attribute than found in the upstream kernels. This could have caused various problems; for example, a binary compiled against the upstream kernel headers could have failed or behaved unexpectedly on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 and later kernels. This update realigns IFLA_EXT_MASK in the enumeration correctly by synchronizing the IFLA_* enumeration with the upstream. This ensures that binaries compiled against Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 kernel headers will function as expected. Backwards compatibility is guaranteed.
- BZ#909816
- Broadcom 5719 NIC could previously sometimes drop received jumbo frame packets due to cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors. This update modifies the tg3 driver so that CRC errors no longer occur and Broadcom 5719 NICs process jumbo frame packets as expected.
- BZ#909818
- Previously, the VLAN code incorrectly cleared the timestamping interrupt bit for network devices using the igb driver. Consequently, timestamping failed on the igb network devices with Precision Time Protocol (PTP) support. This update modifies the igb driver to preserve the interrupt bit if interrupts are disabled.
- BZ#910370
- The NFSv4.1 client could stop responding while recovering from a server reboot on an NFSv4.1 or pNFS mount with delegations disabled. This could happen due to insufficient locking in the NFS code and several related bugs in the NFS and RPC scheduler code which could trigger a deadlock situation. This update applies a series of patches which prevent possible deadlock situations from occurring. The NFSv4.1 client now recovers and continue with workload as expected in the described situation.
- BZ#910373
- Previously, race conditions could sometimes occur in interrupt handling on the Emulex BladeEngine 2 (BE2) controllers, causing the network adapter to become unresponsive. This update provides a series of patches for the be2net driver, which prevents the race from occurring. The network cards using BE2 chipsets no longer hang due to incorrectly handled interrupt events.
- BZ#910998
- A previous patch to the mlx4 driver enabled an internal loopback to allow communication between functions on the same host. However, this change introduced a regression that caused virtual switch (vSwitch) bridge devices using Mellanox Ethernet adapter as the uplink to become inoperative in native (non-SRIOV) mode under certain circumstances. To fix this problem, the destination MAC address is written to Tx descriptors of transmitted packets only in SRIOV or eSwitch mode, or during the device self-test. Uplink traffic works as expected in the described setup.
- BZ#911000
- Previously, the kernel did not support a storage discard granularity that was not a power of two. Consequently, if the underlying storage reported such a granularity, the kernel issued discard requests incorrectly, which resulted in I/O errors. This update modifies the kernel to correct calculation of the storage discard granularity and the kernel now process discard requests correctly even for storage devices with the discard granularity that is not power of two.
- BZ#911655
- Previously, a kernel panic could occur on machines using the SCSI sd driver with Data Integrity Field (DIF) type 2 protection. This was because the scsi_register_driver() function registered a prep_fn() function that might have needed to use the sd_cdp_pool variable for the DIF functionality. However, the variable had not yet been initialized at this point. The underlying code has been updated so that the driver is registered last, which prevents a kernel panic from occurring in this scenario.
- BZ#911663
- Previously, the mlx4 driver set the number of requested MSI-X vectors to 2 under multi-function mode on mlx4 cards. However, the default setting of the mlx4 firmware allows for a higher number of requested MSI-X vectors (4 of them with the current firmware). This update modifies the mlx4 driver so that it uses these default firmware settings, which improves performance of mlx4 cards.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2012-4508, Important
- A race condition was found in the way asynchronous I/O and fallocate() interacted when using the ext4 file system. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to expose random data from an extent whose data blocks have not yet been written, and thus contain data from a deleted file.
- CVE-2013-0311, Important
- A flaw was found in the way the vhost kernel module handled descriptors that spanned multiple regions. A privileged guest user in a KVM guest could use this flaw to crash the host or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the host.
- CVE-2012-4542, Moderate
- It was found that the default SCSI command filter does not accommodate commands that overlap across device classes. A privileged guest user could potentially use this flaw to write arbitrary data to a LUN that is passed-through as read-only.
- CVE-2013-0190, Moderate
- A flaw was found in the way the xen_failsafe_callback() function in the Linux kernel handled the failed iret (interrupt return) instruction notification from the Xen hypervisor. An unprivileged user in a 32-bit para-virtualized guest could use this flaw to crash the guest.
- CVE-2013-0309, Moderate
- A flaw was found in the way pmd_present() interacted with PROT_NONE memory ranges when transparent hugepages were in use. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to crash the system.
- CVE-2013-0310, Moderate
- A flaw was found in the way CIPSO (Common IP Security Option) IP options were validated when set from user mode. A local user able to set CIPSO IP options on the socket could use this flaw to crash the system.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#807385
- Suspending a system (mode S3) running on a HP Z1 All-in-one Workstation with an internal Embedded DisplayPort (eDP) panel and an external DisplayPort (DP) monitor, and, consequently, waking up the system caused the backlight of the eDP panel to not be re-enabled. To fix this issue, the code that handles suspending in the i915 module has been modified to write the BLC_PWM_CPU_CTL parameter using the I915_WRITE function after writing the BLC_PWM_CPU_CTL2 parameter.
- BZ#891839
- Prior to this update, when a VLAN device was set up on a qlge interface, running the TCP Stream Performance test using the netperf utility to test TCP/IPv6 traffic caused the kernel to produce warning messages that impacted the overall performance. This was due to an unsupported feature (NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM) which was enabled via the NETIF_F_TSO6 flag. This update removes the NETIF_F_TSO6 flag from qlge code and TCP/IPv6 traffic performance is no longer impacted.
- BZ#876912
- The isci driver copied the result of a "Register Device to Host" frame into the wrong buffer causing the SATA DOWNLOAD MICROCODE command to fail, preventing the download of hard drive firmware. This bug in the frame handler routine caused a timeout, resulting in a reset. With this update, the underlying source code has been modified to address this issue, and the isci driver successfully completes SATA DOWNLOAD MICROCODE commands as expected.
- BZ#813677
- In the xHCI code, due to a descriptor that incorrectly pointed at the USB 3.0 register instead of USB 2.0 registers, kernel panic could occur when more USB 2.0 registers were available than USB 3.0 registers. This update fixes the descriptor to point at the USB 2.0 registers, and kernel panic no longer occurs in the aforementioned case.
- BZ#879509
- When the "perf script --gen-script" command was called with a perf.data file which contained no tracepoint events, the command terminated unexpectedly with a segmentation fault due to a NULL "pevent" pointer. With this update, the underlying source code has been modified to address this issue, and the aforementioned command no longer crashes.
- BZ#885030
- Running the mq_notify/5-1 test case from the Open POSIX test suite resulted in corrupted memory, later followed by various kernel crash/BUG messages. This update addresses the mq_send/receive memory corruption issue in the inter-process communication code, and the aforementioned test case no longer fails.
- BZ#841983
- Bond masters and slaves now have separate VLAN groups. As such, if a slave device incurred a network event that resulted in a failover, the VLAN device could process this event erroneously. With this update, when a VLAN is attached to a master device, it ignores events generated by slave devices so that the VLANs do not go down until the bond master does.
- BZ#836748
- Previously in the kernel, when the leap second hrtimer was started, it was possible that the kernel livelocked on the xtime_lock variable. This update fixes the problem by using a mixture of separate subsystem locks (timekeeping and ntp) and removing the xtime_lock variable, thus avoiding the livelock scenarios that could occur in the kernel.
- BZ#836803
- After the leap second was inserted, applications calling system calls that used futexes consumed almost 100% of available CPU time. This occurred because the kernel's timekeeping structure update did not properly update these futexes. The futexes repeatedly expired, re-armed, and then expired immediately again. This update fixes the problem by properly updating the futex expiration times by calling the clock_was_set_delayed() function, an interrupt-safe method of the clock_was_set() function.
- BZ#822691
- When the Fibre Channel (FC) layer sets a device to "running", the layer also scans for other new devices. Previously, there was a race condition between these two operations. Consequently, for certain targets, thousands of invalid devices were created by the SCSI layer and the udev service. This update ensures that the FC layer always sets a device to "online" before scanning for others, thus fixing this bug.
- BZ#845135
- Certain disk device arrays report a medium error without returning any data. This was not being handled correctly in cases where low level device drivers were not setting the optional residual field, however, most modern low level drivers do set it. This update correctly handles cases where low level drivers do not set the residual field in the upper level sd driver, avoiding the potential data corruption.
- BZ#890454
- This update reverts a previously-applied patch that caused the qla2xxx driver to not be able to load on an IBM POWER 7 7895-81X system. This patch has also been isolated as the cause of Dynamic Logical Partitioning (DLPAR) memory remove failures on 2 adapters.
- BZ#841149
- Previous update changed the /proc/stat code to use the get_cpu_idle_time_us() and get_cpu_iowait_time_us() macros if dynamic ticks are enabled in the kernel. This could lead to problems on IBM System z architecture that defines the arch_idle_time() macro. For example, executing the "vmstat" command could fail with "Floating point exception" followed by a core dump. The underlying source code has been modified so that the arch_idle_time() macro is used for idle and iowait times, which prevents the mentioned problem.
- BZ#809792
- The Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) process became unresponsive inside the sctp_wait_for_sndbuf() function when the sender exhausted the send buffer and waited indefinitely to be woken up. This was because twice the amount of data was accounted for during a packet transmission, once when constructing the packet and the second time when transmitting it. Thus, the available memory resources were used up too early, causing a deadlock. With this update, only a single byte is reserved to ensure the socket stays alive for the life time of the packet, and the SCTP process no longer hangs.
- BZ#852847
- If there are no active threads using a semaphore, blocked threads should be unblocked. Previously, the R/W semaphore code looked for a semaphore counter as a whole to reach zero - which is incorrect because at least one thread is usually queued on the semaphore and the counter is marked to reflect this. As a consequence, the system could become unresponsive when an application used direct I/O on the XFS file system. With this update, only the count of active semaphores is checked, thus preventing the hang in this scenario.
- BZ#861164
- When performing PCI device assignment on AMD systems, a virtual machine using the assigned device could not be able to boot, as the device had failed the assignment, leaving the device in an unusable state. This was due to an improper range check that omitted the last PCI device in a PCI subsystem or tree. The check has been fixed to include the full range of PCI devices in a PCI subsystem or tree. This bug fix avoids boot failures of a virtual machine when the last device in a PCI subsystem is assigned to a virtual machine on an AMD host system.
- BZ#859533
- The mlx4 driver must program the mlx4 card so that it is able to resolve which MAC addresses to listen to, including multicast addresses. Therefore, the mlx4 card keeps a list of trusted MAC addresses. The driver used to perform updates to this list on the card by emptying the entire list and then programming in all of the addresses. Thus, whenever a user added or removed a multicast address or put the card into or out of promiscuous mode, the card's entire address list was re-written. This introduced a race condition, which resulted in a packet loss if a packet came in on an address the card should be listening to, but had not yet been reprogrammed to listen to. With this update, the driver no longer rewrites the entire list of trusted MAC addresses on the card but maintains a list of addresses that are currently programmed into the card. On address addition, only the new address is added to the end of the list, and on removal, only the to-be-removed address is removed from the list. The mlx4 card no longer experiences the described race condition and packets are no longer dropped in this scenario.
- BZ#858850
- Filesystem in Userspace (FUSE) did not implement scatter-gather direct I/O optimally. Consequently, the kernel had to process an extensive number of FUSE requests, which had a negative impact on system performance. This update applies a set of patches which improves internal request management for other features, such as readahead. FUSE direct I/O overhead has been significantly reduced to minimize negative effects on system performance.
- BZ#865637
- A previous kernel update introduced a bug that caused RAID0 and linear arrays larger than 4 TB to be truncated to 4 TB when using 0.90 metadata. The underlying source code has been modified so that 0.90 RAID0 and linear arrays larger than 4 TB are no longer truncated in the md RAID layer.
- BZ#865682
- A larger command descriptor block (CDB) is allocated for devices using Data Integrity Field (DIF) type 2 protection. The CDB was being freed in the sd_done() function, which resulted in a kernel panic if the command had to be retried in certain error recovery cases. With this update, the larger CDB is now freed in the sd_unprep_fn() function instead. This prevents the kernel panic from occurring.
- BZ#857518
- Previously, a use-after-free bug in the usbhid code caused a NULL pointer dereference. Consequent kernel memory corruption resulted in a kernel panic and could cause data loss. This update adds a NULL check to avoid these problems.
- BZ#856325
- A race condition could occur between page table sharing and virtual memory area (VMA) teardown. As a consequence, multiple "bad pmd" message warnings were displayed and "kernel BUG at mm/filemap.c:129" was reported while shutting down applications that share memory segments backed by huge pages. With this update, the VM_MAYSHARE flag is explicitly cleaned during the unmap_hugepage_range() call under the i_mmap_lock. This makes VMA ineligible for sharing and avoids the race condition. After using shared segments backed by huge pages, applications like databases and caches shut down correctly, with no crash.
- BZ#855984
- When I/O is issued through blk_execute_rq(), the blk_execute_rq_nowait() routine is called to perform various tasks. At first, the routine checks for a dead queue. Previously, however, if a dead queue was detected, the blk_execute_rq_nowait() function did not invoke the done() callback function. This resulted in blk_execute_rq() being unresponsive when waiting for completion, which had never been issued. To avoid such hangs, the rq->end_io pointer is initialized to the done() callback before the queue state is verified.
- BZ#855759
- The Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) ipv6 source address selection logic did not take the preferred source address into consideration. With this update, the source address is chosen from the routing table by taking this aspect into consideration. This brings the SCTP source address selection on par with IPv4.
- BZ#855139
- Under certain circumstances, a system crash could result in data loss on XFS file systems. If files were created immediately before the file system was left to idle for a long period of time and then the system crashed, those files could appear as zero-length once the file system was remounted. This occurred even if a sync or fsync was run on the files. This was because XFS was not correctly idling the journal, and therefore it incorrectly replayed the inode allocation transactions upon mounting after the system crash, which zeroed the file size. This problem has been fixed by re-instating the periodic journal idling logic to ensure that all metadata is flushed within 30 seconds of modification, and the journal is updated to prevent incorrect recovery operations from occurring.
- BZ#854376
- Mellanox hardware keeps a separate list of Ethernet hardware addresses it listens to depending on whether the Ethernet hardware address is unicast or multicast. Previously, the mlx4 driver was incorrectly adding multicast addresses to the unicast list. This caused unstable behavior in terms of whether or not the hardware would have actually listened to the addresses requested. This update fixes the problem by always putting multicast addresses on the multicast list and vice versa.
- BZ#854140
- Previously, the kernel had no way to distinguish between a device I/O failure due to a transport problem and a failure as a result of command timeout expiration. I/O errors always resulted in a device being set offline and the device had to be brought online manually even though the I/O failure occured due to a transport problem. With this update, the SCSI driver has been modified and a new SDEV_TRANSPORT_OFFLINE state has been added to help distinguish transport problems from another I/O failure causes. Transport errors are now handled differently and storage devices can now recover from these failures without user intervention.
- BZ#854053
- In a previous release of Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the new Mellanox packet steering architecture had been intentionally left out of the Red Hat kernel. With Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, the new Mellanox packet steering architecture was merged into Red Hat Mellanox driver. One merge detail was missing, and as a result, the multicast promiscuous flag on an interface was not checked during an interface reset to see if the flag was on prior to the reset and should be re-enabled after the reset. This update fixes the problem, so if an adapter is reset and the multicast promiscuous flag was set prior to the reset, the flag is now still set after the reset.
- BZ#854052
- On dual port Mellanox hardware, the mlx4 driver was adding promiscuous mode to the correct port, but when attempting to remove promiscuous mode from a port, it always tried to remove it from port one. It was therefore impossible to remove promiscuous mode from the second port, and promiscuous mode was incorrectly removed from port one even if it was not intended. With this update, the driver now properly attempts to remove promiscuous mode from port two when needed.
- BZ#853007
- The kernel provided by the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 release included an unintentional kernel ABI (kABI) breakage with regards to the "contig_page_data" symbol. Unfortunately, this breakage did not cause the checksums to change. As a result, drivers using this symbol could silently corrupt memory on the kernel. This update reverts the previous behavior.
- BZ#852148
- In case of a regular CPU hot plug event, the kernel does not keep the original cpuset configuration and can reallocate running tasks to active CPUs. Previously, the kernel treated switching between suspend and resume modes as a regular CPU hot plug event, which could have a significant negative impact on system performance in certain environments such as SMP KVM virtualization. When resuming an SMP KVM guest from suspend mode, the libvirtd daemon and all its child processes were pinned to a single CPU (the boot CPU) so that all VMs used only the single CPU. This update applies a set of patches which ensure that the kernel does not modify cpusets during suspend and resume operations. The system is now resumed in the exact state before suspending without any performance decrease.
- BZ#851118
- Prior to this update, it was not possible to set IPv6 source addresses in routes as it was possible with IPv4. With this update, users can select the preferred source address for a specific IPv6 route with the "src" option of the "ip -6 route" command.
- BZ#849702
- Previously, when a server attempted to shut down a socket, the svc_tcp_sendto() function set the XPT_CLOSE variable if the entire reply failed to be transmitted. However, before XPT_CLOSE could be acted upon, other threads could send further replies before the socket was really shut down. Consequently, data corruption could occur in the RPC record marker. With this update, send operations on a closed socket are stopped immediately, thus preventing this bug.
- BZ#849188
- The usb_device_read() routine used the bus->root_hub pointer to determine whether or not the root hub was registered. However, this test was invalid because the pointer was set before the root hub was registered and remained set even after the root hub was unregistered and deallocated. As a result, the usb_device_read() routine accessed freed memory, causing a kernel panic; for example, on USB device removal. With this update, the hcs->rh_registered flag - which is set and cleared at the appropriate times - is used in the test, and the kernel panic no longer occurs in this scenario.
- BZ#894344
- BE family hardware could falsely indicate an unrecoverable error (UE) on certain platforms and stop further access to be2net-based network interface cards (NICs). A patch has been applied to disable the code that stops further access to hardware for BE family network interface cards (NICs). For a real UE, it is not necessary as the corresponding hardware block is not accessible in this situation.
- BZ#847838
- Previously, a race condition existed whereby device open could race with device removal (for example when hot-removing a storage device), potentially leading to a kernel panic. This was due a use-after-free error in the block device open patch, which has been corrected by not referencing the "disk" pointer after it has been passed to the module_put() function.
- BZ#869750
- The hugetlbfs file system implementation was missing a proper lock protection of enqueued huge pages at the gather_surplus_pages() function. Consequently, the hstate.hugepages_freelist list became corrupted, which caused a kernel panic. This update adjusts the code so that the used spinlock protection now assures atomicity and safety of enqueued huge pages when handling hstate.hugepages_freelist. The kernel no longer panics in this scenario.
- BZ#847310
- An unnecessary check for the RXCW.CW bit could cause the Intel e1000e NIC (Network Interface Controller) to not work properly. The check has been removed so that the Intel e1000e NIC now works as expected.
- BZ#846585
- If a mirror or redirection action is configured to cause packets to go to another device, the classifier holds a reference count. However, it was previously assuming that the administrator cleaned up all redirections before removing. Packets were therefore dropped if the mirrored device was not present, and connectivity to the host could be lost. To prevent such problems, a notifier and cleanup are now run during the unregister action. Packets are not dropped if the a mirrored device is not present.
- BZ#846419
- Previously, the MultiTech MT9234MU USB serial device was not supported by version 0.9 of the it_usb_3410_5052 kernel module. With this update, the MultiTech MT9234MU USB serial device is supported by this version.
- BZ#846024
- Previously, the I/O watchdog feature was disabled when Intel Enhanced Host Controller Interface (EHCI) devices were detected. This could cause incorrect detection of USB devices upon addition or removal. Also, in some cases, even though such devices were detected properly, they were non-functional. The I/O watchdog feature can now be enabled on the kernel command line, which improves hardware detection on underlying systems.
- BZ#845347
- A kernel panic could occur when using the be2net driver. This was because the Bottom Half (BF) was enabled even if the Interrupt ReQuest (IRQ) was already disabled. With this update, the BF is disabled in callers of the be_process_mcc() function and the kernel no longer crashes in this scenario. Note that, in certain cases, it is possible to experience the network card being unresponsive after installing this update. A future update will correct this problem.
- BZ#844814
- This issue affects O_DSYNC performance on GFS2 when only data (and not metadata such as file size) has been dirtied as the result of a write system call. Prior to this patch, O_DSYNC writes were behaving in the same way as O_SYNC for all cases. After this patch, O_DSYNC writes will only write back data, if the inode's metadata is not dirty. This gives a considerable performance improvement for this specific case. Note that the issue does not affect data integrity. The same issue also applies to the pairing of write and fdatasync calls.
- BZ#844531
- Previously, a cgroup or its hierarchy could only be modified under the cgroup_mutex master lock. This introduced a locking dependency on cred_guard_mutex from cgroup_mutex and completed a circular dependency, which involved cgroup_mutex, namespace_sem and workqueue, and led to a deadlock. As a consequence, many processes were unresponsive, and the system could be eventually unusable. This update introduces a new mutex, cgroup_root_mutex, which protects cgroup root modifications and is now used by mount options readers instead of the master lock. This breaks the circular dependency and avoids the deadlock.
- BZ#843771
- On architectures with the 64-bit cputime_t type, it was possible to trigger the "divide by zero" error, namely, on long-lived processes. A patch has been applied to address this problem, and the "divide by zero" error no longer occurs under these circumstances.
- BZ#843541
- The kernel allows high priority real time tasks, such as tasks scheduled with the SCHED_FIFO policy, to be throttled. Previously, the CPU stop tasks were scheduled as high priority real time tasks and could be thus throttled accordingly. However, the replenishment timer, which is responsible for clearing a throttle flag on tasks, could be pending on the just disabled CPU. This could lead to a situation that the throttled tasks were never scheduled to run. Consequently, if any of such tasks was needed to complete the CPU disabling, the system became unresponsive. This update introduces a new scheduler class, which gives a task the highest possible system priority and such a task cannot be throttled. The stop-task scheduling class is now used for the CPU stop tasks, and the system shutdown completes as expected in the scenario described.
- BZ#843163
- The previous implementation of socket buffers (SKBs) allocation for a NIC was node-aware, that is, memory was allocated on the node closest to the NIC. This increased performance of the system because all DMA transfer was handled locally. This was a good solution for networks with a lower frame transmitting rate where CPUs of the local node handled all the traffic of the single NIC well. However, when using 10Gb Ethernet devices, CPUs of one node usually do not handle all the traffic of a single NIC efficiently enough. Therefore, system performance was poor even though the DMA transfer was handled by the node local to the NIC. This update modifies the kernel to allow SKBs to be allocated on a node that runs applications receiving the traffic. This ensures that the NIC's traffic is handled by as many CPUs as needed, and since SKBs are accessed very frequently after allocation, the kernel can now operate much more efficiently even though the DMA can be transferred cross-node.
- BZ#872813
- Bug 768304 introduced a deadlock on the super block umount mutex. Consequently, when two processes attempted to mount an NFS file system at the same time they would block. This was because a backport mistake with one of the patches of bug 768304, which resulted in an imbalance between the mutex aquires and releases. Rather than just fix the imbalance, an upstream patch that the problem patch depended on was identified and backported so that the kernel code then matched the upstream code. The deadlock no longer occurs in this scenario.
- BZ#842881
- A kernel oops could occur due to a NULL pointer dereference upon USB device removal. The NULL pointer dereference has been fixed and the kernel no longer crashes in this scenario.
- BZ#842435
- When an NFSv4 client received a read delegation, a race between the OPEN and DELEGRETURN operation could occur. If the DELEGRETURN operation was processed first, the NFSv4 client treated the delegation returned by the following OPEN as a new delegation. Also, the NFSv4 client did not correctly handle errors caused by requests that used a bad or revoked delegation state ID. As a result, applications running on the client could receive spurious EIO errors. This update applies a series of patches that fix the NFSv4 code so an NFSv4 client recovers correctly in the described situations instead of returning errors to applications.
- BZ#842312
- Due to a missing return statement, the nfs_attr_use_mounted_on_file() function returned a wrong value. As a consequence, redundant ESTALE errors could potentially be returned. This update adds the proper return statement to nfs_attr_use_mounted_on_file(), thus preventing this bug. Note that this bug only affects NFSv4 file systems.
- BZ#841987
- Previously, soft interrupt requests (IRQs) under the bond_alb_xmit() function were locked even when the function contained soft IRQs that were disabled. This could cause a system to become unresponsive or terminate unexpectedly. With this update, such IRQs are no longer disabled, and the system no longer hangs or crashes in this scenario.
- BZ#873949
- Previously, the IP over Infiniband (IPoIB) driver maintained state information about neighbors on the network by attaching it to the core network's neighbor structure. However, due to a race condition between the freeing of the core network neighbor struct and the freeing of the IPoIB network struct, a use after free condition could happen, resulting in either a kernel oops or 4 or 8 bytes of kernel memory being zeroed when it was not supposed to be. These patches decouple the IPoIB neighbor struct from the core networking stack's neighbor struct so that there is no race between the freeing of one and the freeing of the other.
- BZ#874322
- Previously, XFS could, under certain circumstances, incorrectly read metadata from the journal during XFS log recovery. As a consequence, XFS log recovery terminated with an error message and prevented the file system from being mounted. This problem could result in a loss of data if the user forcibly "zeroed" the log to allow the file system to be mounted. This update ensures that metadata is read correctly from the log so that journal recovery completes successfully and the file system mounts as expected.
- BZ#748827
- If a dirty GFS2 inode was being deleted but was in use by another node, its metadata was not written out before GFS2 checked for dirty buffers in the gfs2_ail_flush() function. GFS2 was relying on the inode_go_sync() function to write out the metadata when the other node tried to free the file. However, this never happened because GFS2 failed the error check. With this update, the inode is written out before calling the gfs2_ail_flush() function. If a process has the PF_MEMALLOC flag set, it does not start a new transaction to update the access time when it writes out the inode. The inode is marked as dirty to make sure that the access time is updated later unless the inode is being freed.
- BZ#839973
- A USB Human Interface Device (HID) can be disconnected at any time. If this happened right before or while the hiddev_ioctl() call was in progress, hiddev_ioctl() attempted to access the invalid hiddev->hid pointer. When the HID device was disconnected, the hiddev_disconnect() function called the hid_device_release() function, which frees the hid_device structure type, but did not set the hiddev->hid pointer to NULL. If the deallocated memory region was re-used by the kernel, a kernel panic or memory corruption could occur. The hiddev->exist flag is now checked while holding the existancelock and hid_device is used only if such a device exists. As a result, the kernel no longer crashes in this scenario.
- BZ#839311
- The CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT configuration option previously defined in the KConfig of the ipw2200 driver was removed with a recent update. This led to a build failure of the driver. The driver no longer depends on the CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT option, so it can build successfully.
- BZ#875036
- The mmap_rnd() function is expected to return a value in the [0x00000000 .. 0x000FF000] range on 32-bit x86 systems. This behavior is used to randomize the base load address of shared libraries by a bug fix resolving the CVE-2012-1568 issue. However, due to a signedness bug, the mmap_rnd() function could return values outside of the intended scope. Consequently, the shared libraries base address could be less than one megabyte. This could cause binaries that use the MAP_FIXED mappings in the first megabyte of the process address space (typically, programs using vm86 functionality) to work incorrectly. This update modifies the mmap_rnd() function to no longer cast values returned by the get_random_int() function to the long data type. The aforementioned binaries now work correctly in this scenario.
- BZ#837607
- Due to an error in the dm-mirror driver, when using LVM mirrors on disks with discard support (typically SSD disks), repairing such disks caused the system to terminate unexpectedly. The error in the driver has been fixed and repairing disks with discard support is now successful.
- BZ#837230
- During the update of the be2net driver between the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 and 6.2, the NETIF_F_GRO flag was incorrectly removed, and the GRO (Generic Receive Offload) feature was therefore disabled by default. In OpenVZ kernels based on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2, this led to a significant traffic decrease. To prevent this problem, the NETIF_F_GRO flag has been included in the underlying source code.
- BZ#875091
- Previously, the HP Smart Array driver (hpsa) used the target reset functionality. However, HP Smart Array logical drives do not support the target reset functionality. Therefore, if the target reset failed, the logical drive was taken offline with a file system error. The hpsa driver has been updated to use the LUN reset functionality instead of target reset, which is supported by these drives.
- BZ#765665
- A possible race between the n_tty_read() and reset_buffer_flags() functions could result in a NULL pointer dereference in the n_tty_read() function under certain circumstances. As a consequence, a kernel panic could have been triggered when interrupting a current task on a serial console. This update modifies the tty driver to use a spin lock to prevent functions from a parallel access to variables. A NULL pointer dereference causing a kernel panic can no longer occur in this scenario.
- BZ#769045
- Traffic to the NFS server could trigger a kernel oops in the svc_tcp_clear_pages() function. The source code has been modified, and the kernel oops no longer occurs in this scenario.
- BZ#836164
- Previously, reference counting was imbalanced in the slave add and remove paths for bonding. If a network interface controller (NIC) did not support the NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_FILTER flag, the bond_add_vlans_on_slave() and bond_del_vlans_on_slave() functions did not work properly, which could lead to a kernel panic if the VLAN module was removed while running. The underlying source code for adding and removing a slave and a VLAN has been revised and now also contains a common path, so that kernel crashes no kernel no longer occur in the described scenario.
- BZ#834764
- The bonding method for adding VLAN Identifiers (VIDs) did not always add the VID to a slave VLAN group. When the NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_FILTER flag was not set on a slave, the bonding module could not add new VIDs to it. This could cause networking problems and the system to be unreachable even if NIC messages did not indicate any problems. This update changes the bond VID add path to always add a new VID to the slaves (if the VID does not exist). This ensures that networking problems no longer occur in this scenario.
- BZ#783322
- Previously, after a crash, preparing to switch to the kdump kernel could in rare cases race with IRQ migration, causing a deadlock of the ioapic_lock variable. As a consequence, kdump became unresponsive. The race condition has been fixed, and switching to kdump no longer causes hangs in this scenario.
- BZ#834038
- Previously, futex operations on read-only (RO) memory maps did not work correctly. This broke workloads that had one or more reader processes performing the FUTEX_WAIT operation on a futex within a read-only shared file mapping and a writer process that had a writable mapping performing the FUTEX_WAKE operation. With this update, the FUTEX_WAKE operation is performed with a RO MAP_PRIVATE mapping, and is successfully awaken if another process updates the region of the underlying mapped file.
- BZ#833098
- When a device was registered to a bus, a race condition could occur between the device being added to the list of devices of the bus and binding the device to a driver. As a result, the device could already be bound to a driver which led to a warning and incorrect reference counting, and consequently to a kernel panic on device removal. To avoid the race condition, this update adds a check to identify an already bound device.
- BZ#832135
- Sometimes, the crypto allocation code could become unresponsive for 60 seconds or multiples thereof due to an incorrect notification mechanism. This could cause applications, like openswan, to become unresponsive. The notification mechanism has been improved to avoid such hangs.
- BZ#832009
- When a device is added to the system at runtime, the AMD IOMMU driver initializes the necessary data structures to handle translation for it. Previously, however, the per-device dma_ops structure types were not changed to point to the AMD IOMMU driver, so mapping was not performed and direct memory access (DMA) ended with the IO_PAGE_FAULT message. This consequently led to networking problems. With this update, the structure types point correctly to the AMD IOMMU driver, and networking works as expected when the AMD IOMMU driver is used.
- BZ#830716
- It is possible to receive data on multiple transports. Previously, however, data could be selectively acknowledged (SACKed) on a transport that had never received any data. This was against the SHOULD requirement in section 6.4 of the RFC 2960 standard. To comply with this standard, bundling of SACK operations is restricted to only those transports which have moved the ctsn of the association forward since the last sack. As a result, only outbound SACKs on a transport that has received a chunk since the last SACK are bundled.
- BZ#830209
- On ext4 file systems, when fallocate() failed to allocate blocks due to the ENOSPC condition (no space left on device) for a file larger than 4 GB, the size of the file became corrupted and, consequently, caused file system corruption. This was due to a missing cast operator in the "ext4_fallocate()" function. With this update, the underlying source code has been modified to address this issue, and file system corruption no longer occurs.
- BZ#829739
- Previously, on Fibre Channel hosts using the QLogic QLA2xxx driver, users could encounter error messages and long I/O outages during fabric faults. This was because the number of outstanding requests was hard-coded. With this update, the number of outstanding requests the driver keeps track of is based on the available resources instead of being hard-coded, which avoids the aforementioned problems.
- BZ#829211
- Previously introduced firmware files required for new Realtek chipsets contained an invalid prefix ("rtl_nic_") in the file names, for example "/lib/firmware/rtl_nic/rtl_nic_rtl8168d-1.fw". This update corrects these file names. For example, the aforementioned file is now correctly named "/lib/firmware/rtl_nic/rtl8168d-1.fw".
- BZ#829149
- Due to insufficient handling of a dead Input/Output Controller (IOC), the mpt2sas driver could fail Enhanced I/O Error Handling (EEH) recovery for certain PCI bus failures on 64-bit IBM PowerPC machines. With this update, when a dead IOC is detected, EEH recovery routine has more time to resolve the failure and the controller in a non-operational state is removed.
- BZ#828271
- USB Request Blocks (URBs) coming from user space were not allowed to have transfer buffers larger than an arbitrary maximum. This could lead to various problems; for example, attempting to redirect certain USB mass-storage devices could fail. To avoid such problems, programs are now allowed to submit URBs of any size; if there is not sufficient contiguous memory available, the submission fails with an ENOMEM error. In addition, to prevent programs from submitting a lot of small URBs and so using all the DMA-able kernel memory, this update also replaces the old limits on individual transfer buffers with a single global limit of 16MB on the total amount of memory in use by USB file system (usbfs).
- BZ#828065
- A race condition could occur due to incorrect locking scheme in the code for software RAID. Consequently, this could cause the mkfs utility to become unresponsive when creating an ext4 file system on software RAID5. This update introduces a locking scheme in the handle_stripe() function, which ensures that the race condition no longer occurs.
- BZ#826375
- Previously, using the e1000e driver could lead to a kernel panic. This was caused by a NULL pointer dereference that occurred if the adapter was being closed and reset simultaneously. The source code of the driver has been modified to address this problem, and kernel no longer crashes in this scenario.
- BZ#878204
- When a new rpc_task is created, the code takes a reference to rpc_cred and sets the task->tk_cred pointer to it. After the call completes, the resources held by the rpc_task are freed. Previously, however, after the rpc_cred was released, the pointer to it was not zeroed out. This led to an rpc_cred reference count underflow, and consequently to a kernel panic. With this update, the pointer to rpc_cred is correctly zeroed out, which prevents a kernel panic from occurring in this scenario.
- BZ#823822
- When removing a bonding module, the bonding driver uses code separate from the net device operations to clean up the VLAN code. Recent changes to the kernel introduced a bug which caused a kernel panic if the vlan module was removed after the bonding module had been removed. To fix this problem, the VLAN group removal operations found in the bonding kill_vid path are now duplicated in alternate paths which are used when removing a bonding module.
- BZ#823371
- When TCP segment offloading (TSO) or jumbo packets are used on the Broadcom BCM5719 network interface controller (NIC) with multiple TX rings, small packets can be starved for resources by the simple round-robin hardware scheduling of these TX rings, thus causing lower network performance. To ensure reasonable network performance for all NICs, multiple TX rings are now disabled by default.
- BZ#822651
- Previously, the default minimum entitled capacity of a virtual processor was 10%. This update changes the PowerPC architecture vector to support a lower minimum virtual processor capacity of 1%.
- BZ#821374
- On PowerPC architecture, the "top" utility displayed incorrect values for the CPU idle time, delays and workload. This was caused by a previous update that used jiffies for the I/O wait and idle time, but the change did not take into account that jiffies and CPU time are represented by different units. These differences are now taken into account, and the "top" utility displays correct values on PowerPC architecture.
- BZ#818172
- A bug in the writeback livelock avoidance scheme could result in some dirty data not being written to disk during a sync operation. In particular, this could occasionally occur at unmount time, when previously written file data was not synced, and was unavailable after the file system was remounted. Patches have been applied to address this issue, and all dirty file data is now synced to disk at unmount time.
- BZ#807704
- Previously, the TCP socket bound to NFS server contained a stale skb_hints socket buffer. Consequently, kernel could terminate unexpectedly. A patch has been provided to address this issue and skb_hints is now properly cleared from the socket, thus preventing this bug.
- BZ#814877
- Previously, bnx2x devices did not disable links with a large number of RX errors and overruns, and such links could still be detected as active. This prevented the bonding driver from failing over to a working link. This update restores remote-fault detection, which periodically checks for remote faults on the MAC layer. In case the physical link appears to be up but an error occurs, the link is disabled. Once the error is cleared, the link is brought up again.
- BZ#813137
- Various race conditions that led to indefinite log reservation hangs due to xfsaild "idle" mode occurred in XFS file system. This could lead to certain tasks being unresponsive; for example, the cp utility could become unresponsive on heavy workload. This update improves the Active Item List (AIL) pushing logic in xfsaild. Also, the log reservation algorithm and interactions with xfsaild have been improved. As a result, the aforementioned problems no longer occur in this scenario.
- BZ#811255
- The Out of Memory (OOM) killer killed processes outside of a memory cgroup when one or more processes inside that memory cgroup exceeded the "memory.limit_in_bytes" value. This was because when a copy-on-write fault happened on a Transparent Huge Page (THP), the 2 MB THP caused the cgroup to exceed the memory.limit_in_bytes value but the individual 4 KB page was not exceeded. With this update, the 2 MB THP is correctly split into 4 KB pages when the memory.limit_in_bytes value is exceeded. The OOM kill is delivered within the memory cgroup; tasks outside the memory cgroups are no longer killed by the OOM killer.
- BZ#812904
- This update blacklists the ADMA428M revision of the 2GB ATA Flash Disk device. This is due to data corruption occurring on the said device when the Ultra-DMA 66 transfer mode is used. When the "libata.force=5:pio0,6:pio0" kernel parameter is set, the aforementioned device works as expected.
- BZ#814044
- With certain switch peers and firmware, excessive link flaps could occur due to the way DCBX (Data Center Bridging Exchange) was handled. To prevent link flaps, changes were made to examine the capabilities in more detail and only initialize hardware if the capabilities have changed.
- BZ#865115
- If an abort request times out to the virtual Fibre Channel adapter, the ibmvfc driver initiates a reset of the adapter. Previously, however, the ibmvfc driver incorrectly returned success to the eh_abort handler and then sent a response to the same command, which led to a kernel oops on IBM System p machines. This update ensures that both the abort request and the request being aborted are completed prior to exiting the en_abort handler, and the kernel oops no longer occurs in this scenario.
- BZ#855906
- A kernel panic occurred when the size of a block device was changed and an I/O operation was issued at the same time. This was because the direct and non-direct I/O code was written with the assumption that the block size would not change. This update introduces a new read-write lock, bd_block_size_semaphore. The lock is taken for read during I/O operations and for write when changing the block size of a device. As a result, block size cannot be changed while I/O is being submitted. This prevents the kernel from crashing in the described scenario.
- BZ#883643
- The bonding driver previously did not honor the maximum Generic Segmentation Offload (GSO) length of packets and segments requested by the underlying network interface. This caused the firmware of the underlying NIC, such as be2net, to become unresponsive. This update modifies the bonding driver to set up the lowest gso_max_size and gso_max_segs values of network devices while attaching and detaching the devices as slaves. The network drivers no longer hangs and network traffic now proceeds as expected in setups using a bonding interface.
- BZ#855131
- In Fibre Channel fabrics with large zones, the automatic port rescan on incoming Extended Link Service (ELS) frames and any adapter recovery could cause high traffic, in particular if many Linux instances shared a host bus adapter (HBA), which is common on IBM System z architecture. This could lead to various failures; for example, names server requests, port or adapter recovery could fail. With this update, ports are re-scanned only when setting an adapter online or on manual user-triggered writes to the sysfs attribute "port_rescan".
- BZ#824964
- A deadlock sometimes occurred between the dlm_controld daemon closing a lowcomms connection through the configfs file system and the dlm_send process looking up the address for a new connection in configfs. With this update, the node addresses are saved within the lowcomms code so that the lowcomms work queue does not need to use configfs to get a node address.
- BZ#827031
- On Intel systems with Pause Loop Exiting (PLE), or AMD systems with Pause Filtering (PF), it was possible for larger multi-CPU KVM guests to experience slowdowns and soft lock-ups. Due to a boundary condition in kvm_vcpu_on_spin, all the VCPUs could try to yield to VCPU0, causing contention on the run queue lock of the physical CPU where the guest's VCPU0 is running. This update eliminates the boundary condition in kvm_vcpu_on_spin.
- BZ#796352
- On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, mounting an NFS export from a Windows 2012 server failed due to the fact that the Windows server contains support for the minor version 1 (v4.1) of the NFS version 4 protocol only, along with support for versions 2 and 3. The lack of the minor version 0 (v4.0) support caused Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 clients to fail instead of rolling back to version 3 as expected. This update fixes this bug and mounting an NFS export works as expected.
- BZ#832575
- Previously, the size of the multicast IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) snooping hash table for a bridge was limited to 256 entries even though the maximum is 512. This was due to the hash table size being incorrectly compared to the maximum hash table size, hash_max, and the following message could have been produced by the kernel:
Multicast hash table maximum reached, disabling snooping: vnet1, 512
With this update, the hash table value is correctly compared to the hash_max value, and the error message no longer occurs under these circumstances. - BZ#834185
- The xmit packet size was previously 64K, exceeding the hardware capability of the be2net card because the size did not account for the Ethernet header. The adapter was therefore unable to process xmit requests exceeding this size, produced error messages and could become unresponsive. To prevent these problems, GSO (Generic Segmentation Offload) maximum size has been reduced to account for the Ethernet header.
- BZ#835797
- Signed-unsigned values comparison could under certain circumstances lead to a superfluous reshed_task() routine to be called, causing several unnecessary cycles in the scheduler. This problem has been fixed, preventing the unnecessary cycles in the scheduler.
- BZ#838025
- When using virtualization with the netconsole module configured over the main system bridge, guests could not be added to the bridge, because TAP interfaces did not support netpoll. This update adds support of netpoll to the TUN/TAP interfaces so that bridge devices in virtualization setups can use netconsole.
- BZ#838640
- In the ext4 file system, splitting an unwritten extent while using Direct I/O could fail to mark the modified extent as dirty, resulting in multiple extents claiming to map the same block. This could lead to the kernel or fsck reporting errors due to multiply claimed blocks being detected in certain inodes. In the ext4_split_unwritten_extents() function used for Direct I/O, the buffer which contains the modified extent is now properly marked as dirty in all cases. Errors due to multiply claimed blocks in inodes should no longer occur for applications using Direct I/O.
- BZ#839266
- When the netconsole module was configured over bridge and the "service network restart" command was executed, a deadlock could occur, resulting in a kernel panic. This was caused by recursive rtnl locking by both bridge and netconsole code during network interface unregistration. With this update, the rtnl lock usage is fixed, and the kernel no longer crashes in this scenario.
- BZ#756044
- Migrating virtual machines from Intel hosts that supported the VMX "Unrestricted Guest" feature to older hosts without this feature could result in kvm returning the "unhandled exit 80000021" error for guests in real mode. The underlying source code has been modified so that migration completes successfully on hosts where "Unrestricted Guest" is disabled or not supported.
- BZ#843849
- The kernel contains a rule to blacklist direct memory access (DMA) modes for "2GB ATA Flash Disk" devices. However, this device ID string did not contain a space at the beginning of the name. Due to this, the rule failed to match the device and failed to disable DMA modes. With this update, the string correctly reads " 2GB ATA Flash Disk", and the rule can be matched as expected.
Enhancements
Note
procfs
entries, sysfs
default values, boot parameters, kernel configuration options, or any noticeable behavior changes, refer to Chapter 1, Important Changes to External Kernel Parameters.
- BZ#872799
- The INET socket interface has been modified to send a warning message when the ip_options structure is allocated directly by a third-party module using the kmalloc() function.
- BZ#823010
- The z90crypt device driver has been updated to support the new Crypto Express 4 (CEX4) adapter card.
- BZ#586028
- This update adds the ability to use InfiniBand's Queue Pair (QP) interface under KVM. The QP interface can be exported to a KVM guest.
- BZ#795598
- With this update, it possible to adjust the TCP initial receive window, using the "initrwnd" iproute setting, on a per-route basis.
- BZ#831623
- A new "route_localnet" interface option has been added, which enables routing of addresses within the 127.0.0.0/8 block.
- BZ#847998
- With this update, a warning message is logged when a storage device reports a certain SCSI Unit Attention code.
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-2094, Important
- It was found that the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 kernel update (RHSA-2011:0542) introduced an integer conversion issue in the Linux kernel's Performance Events implementation. This led to a user-supplied index into the perf_swevent_enabled array not being validated properly, resulting in out-of-bounds kernel memory access. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to escalate their privileges.
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-0871, Important
- A race condition was found in the way the Linux kernel's ptrace implementation handled PTRACE_SETREGS requests when the debuggee was woken due to a SIGKILL signal instead of being stopped. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to escalate their privileges.
7.103.14. RHBA-2013:0093 — kernel bug fix update
Bug Fixes
- BZ#1012275
- A bug in the kernel's memory management code allowed the callback routine to call the
find_vma()
function without acquiring the memory map semaphore when reading from the/proc/<pid>/pagemap
file. This could trigger a kernel panic or lead to another system failure. A set of patches has been applied to address this problem so that memory map semaphore is now held when walking through the memory page map. Moreover, this update fix a bug that allowed exceeding of the page mid-level directory (PMD) boundary between memory pages, which could cause various problems. The memory management code now handles reading of memory page map as expected. - BZ#1021813
- As a result of a recent fix preventing a deadlock upon an attempt to cover an active
XFS
log, the behavior of thexfs_log_need_covered()
function has changed. However,xfs_log_need_covered()
is also called to ensure that theXFS
log tail is correctly updated as a part of theXFS
journal sync operation. As a consequence, when shutting down anXFS
file system, the sync operation failed and some files might have been lost. A patch has been applied to ensure that the tail of the XFS log is updated by logging a dummy record to theXFS
journal. The sync operation completes successfully and files are properly written to the disk in this situation. - BZ#1026622
- When the Wacom Intuous 4 tablet was attached to the system using GNOME, and writing to the LED control occurred before the input device was opened, a bug that set the tablet to an incorrect mode could have been triggered. Consequently, after hot plugging the tablet or logging into the system, the Wacom Intuous 4 tablet could stop functioning correctly and was no longer detected by the Wacom control panel. A patch has been applied to fix this problem by correctly marking get requests as input requests in the
wacom_get_report()
function. The Wacom Intuous 4 tablets now work as expected in the described scenario. - BZ#1028171
- A change introduced in an earlier kernel version caused the
d_mountpoint()
function to return a different value than before, although the semantics of the function stayed the same. Consequently, certain third-party kernel modules, such as the Veritas file system (VxFS
) module, could stop working properly. A patch has been applied, ensuring that thed_mountpoint()
function returns expected values. - BZ#1029091
- The stripe_width is the stripe device length divided by the number of stripes. However, previously, the stripe_width was not being calculated properly. As a consequence, device topologies that had previously worked correctly with the stripe target were no longer considered valid. In particular, there was a higher risk of encountering this problem if one of the stripe devices had a 4K logical block size. As a result, the following error message could be displayed:
device-mapper: table: 253:4: len=21845 not aligned to h/w logical block size 4096 of dm-1
This update fixes the stripe_width calculation error, and device topologies work as expected in this scenario. - BZ#1029425
- The kernel's thread helper previously used larvals of the request threads without holding a reference count. This could result in a NULL pointer dereference and a subsequent kernel panic if the helper thread completed after the larval had been destroyed upon the request thread exiting. With this update, the helper thread holds a reference count on the request threads larvals so that a NULL pointer dereference is now avoided.
- BZ#1029731
- When printing information about SCSI devices on systems with a very large number (more than about 1600) of SCSI devices, intermittent page allocation errors occurred, and the
cat
command failed with an ENOMEM error. This was caused by the show routine that iterated over all SCSI devices and attempted to dump information about all of them into the buffer at the same time. This update modifies the SCSI driver to define its own seq_file operations to iterate over the SCSI devices. As a result, each/proc/scsi/scsi
show()
operation only dumps approximately 180 bytes into the buffer at a time, and the error no longer occurs. - BZ#1029860
- Under high memory pressure, the
shrink_zone()
function could complete an iteration without reclaiming or even scanning any pages, in which case it should give up. The latter was detected by comparing the sc->nr_scanned pointer against a snapshot taken at the start ofshrink_zone()
, instead of at the start of the iteration. This meantshrink_zone()
could enter an indefinite loop if it scanned some pages in one iteration, but failed on subsequent iterations due to memory pressure. A patch has been applied to fix this bug, preventing the indefinite loop. - BZ#1029904
- Due to a bug in the SELinux Makefile, a kernel compilation could fail when the
-j
option was specified to perform the compilation with multiple parallel jobs. This happened because SELinux expected the existence of an automatically generated file,flask.h
, prior to the compiling of some dependent files. The Makefile has been corrected and theflask.h
dependency now applies to all objects from theselinux-y
list. The parallel compilation of the kernel now succeeds as expected. - BZ#1030169
- A previous change in the NFSv4 code resulted in breaking the sync NFSv4 mount option. A patch has been applied that restores functionality of the sync mount option.
- BZ#1032160
- When performing I/O operations on a heavily-fragmented
GFS2
file system, significant performance degradation could occur. This was caused by the allocation strategy that GFS2 used to search for an ideal contiguous chunk of free blocks in all the available resource groups. A series of patches has been applied that improves performance of GFS2 file systems in case of heavy fragmentation. GFS2 now allocates the biggest extent found in the resource groups if it fulfills the minimum requirements. GFS2 has also reduced the amount of bitmap searching in case of multi-block reservations by keeping track of the smallest extent for which the multi-block reservation would fail in the given resource groups. This improves GFS2 performance by avoiding unnecessary resource groups free block searches that would fail. Additionally, this patch series fixes a bug in the GFS2 block allocation code where a multi-block reservation was not properly removed from the resource groups' reservation tree when it was disqualified, which eventually triggered a BUG_ON() macro due to an incorrect count of reserved blocks. - BZ#1032165
- An earlier patch to the kernel added the dynamic queue depth throttling functionality to the QLogic's qla2xxx driver that allowed the driver to adjust queue depth for attached SCSI devices. However, the kernel might have crashed when having this functionality enabled in certain environments, such as on systems with EMC PowerPath Multipathing installed that were under heavy I/O load. To resolve this problem, the dynamic queue depth throttling functionality has been removed from the qla2xxx driver.
- BZ#1032248
- As a result of a recent fix preventing a deadlock upon an attempt to cover an active
XFS
log, the behavior of thexfs_log_need_covered()
function has changed. However,xfs_log_need_covered()
is also called to ensure that the XFS log tail is correctly updated as a part of the XFS journal sync operation. As a consequence, when shutting down an XFS file system, the sync operation failed and some files might have been lost. A patch has been applied to ensure that the tail of the XFS log is updated by logging a dummy record to the XFS journal. The sync operation completes successfully and files are properly written to the disk in this situation. - BZ#1032394
- Due to a bug in the mlx4 driver, Mellanox Ethernet cards were brought down unexpectedly while adjusting their Transmission (Tx) or Reception (Rx) ring. A patch has been applied so that the mlx4 driver now properly verifies the state of the Ethernet card when the coalescing of the Tx or Rx ring is being set, which resolves this problem.
- BZ#1036775
- During the probe operations on the Broadcom 5717 and later devices, the tg3 driver was incorrectly switching the devices to a low-power mode. Consequently, some ports on the certain device slots were not recognized. With this update, the tg3 driver no longer resumes a low-power mode when probing the aforementioned devices.
- BZ#1038934
- Certain storage device or storage environment failures could cause all SCSI commands and task management functions that were sent to a SCSI target to time out, without any other indication of an error. As a consequence, the Linux SCSI error handling code stopped issuing any I/O operations on the entire host bus adapter (HBA) until the recovery operations completed. Additionally, when using DM Multipath, I/O operations did not fail over to a working path in this situation. To resolve this problem, a new
sysfs
parameter,eh_deadline
, has been added to the SCSI host object. This parameter allows to set the maximum amount of time for which the SCSI error handling attempts to perform error recovery before resetting the entire HBA adapter. This timeout is disabled by default. The default value of this timeout can be reset for all SCSI HBA adapters on the system using theeh_deadline
parameter. The described scenario no longer occurs ifeh_deadline
is properly used. - BZ#1040825
- Due to several bugs in the IPv6 code, a soft lockup could occur when the number of cached IPv6 destination entries reached the garbage collector treshold on a high-traffic router. A series of patches has been applied to address this problem. These patches ensure that the route probing is performed asynchronously to prevent a dead lock with garbage collection. Also, the garbage collector is now run asynchronously, preventing CPUs that concurrently requested the garbage collector from waiting until all other CPUs finish the garbage collection. As a result, soft lockups no longer occur in the described situation.
- BZ#1042733
- The RPC client always retransmitted zero-copy of the page data if it timed out before the first RPC transmission completed. However, such a retransmission could cause data corruption if using the O_DIRECT buffer and the first RPC call completed while the respective TCP socket still held a reference to the pages. To prevent the data corruption, retransmission of the RPC call is, in this situation, performed using the
sendmsg()
function. Thesendmsg()
function retransmits an authentic reproduction of the first RPC transmission because the TCP socket holds the full copy of the page data.
7.104. kexec-tools
/sbin/kexec
binary and ancillary utilities that form the user-space component of the kernel's kexec feature.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#628610
- When starting the kdump service, kdump always verifies the following vendor model attributes on the present block devices: "/sys/block/vda/device/model", "/sys/block/vda/device/rev" and "/sys/block/vda/device/type". However, the virtio block devices do not provide these attributes to sysfs so if such a device was tested, the following error messages were displayed:
cat: /sys/block/vda/device/model: No such file or directory cat: /sys/block/vda/device/type: No such file or directory
This update modifies the underlying code to restrain kdump from printing these error messages if a block device does not provide the aforementioned sysfs attributes. - BZ#770000
- Previously, if memory ballooning was enabled in the first kernel, the virtio balloon driver was included in the kdump kernel, which led to extensive memory consumption. Consequently, kdump failed due to an out of memory (OOM) error and the vmcore file could not be saved. With this update, the virtio_balloon kernel module is no longer loaded in the second kernel so that an OOM failure no longer prevents kdump from capturing vmcore.
- BZ#788253
- Previously, the microde.ko module was included and loaded in the kdump kernel, however, related firmware was not included in the kdump initrd. As a consequence, the kdump kernel waited for 60-second timeout to expire before loading the next module. This update modifies kdump to exclude the microcode driver from the second kernel so that the kdump kernel no longer waits unnecessarily and loads kernel modules as expected.
- BZ#813354
- The kdump.conf(5) man page previously did not document what file system types are supported by kdump. The user could therefore attempt to specify an unsupported file-system-type option, such as "auto", in the kdump.conf file. This would result in a failure to start the kdump service while the user expected success. With this update, all supported file system types are clearly listed in the kdump.conf(5) man page.
- BZ#816467
- When configuring kdump to dump a core file to a remote target over SSH without requiring a password, the "service kdump propagate" command has to be executed to generate and propagate SSH keys to the target system. This action required SELinux to be switched from enforcing mode to permissive mode and back. Previously, kdump init script used an incorrect test condition to determine SELinux mode so that SELinux mode could not be switched as required. Consequently, if SELinux was in enforcing mode, SSH keys could not be generated and kdump failed to start. This update removes the code used to switch between permissive and enforcing modes, which is no longer required because with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 SELinux added a policy allowing applications to access the ssh-keygen utility to generate SSH keys. SSH keys can now be generated and propagated as expected, and kdump no longer fails to start in this scenario.
- BZ#818645
- When dumping a core file on IBM System z architecture using the line mode terminals, kdump displays its progress on these terminals. However, these terminals do not support cursor positioning so that formatting of the kdump output was incorrect and the output was hard to read. With this update, a new environment variable, TERM, has been introduced to correct this problem. If "TERM=dumb" is set, the makedumpfile utility produces an easily-readable output on the line mode terminals.
- BZ#820474
- Previously, kdump expected that the generic ATA driver was always loaded as the ata_generic.ko kernel module and the mkdumprd utility thus added the module explicitly. However, the ata_generic.ko module does not exist on the IBM System z architecture and this assumption caused the kdump service to fail to start if the SCSI device was specified as a dump target on these machines. With this update, mkdumprd has been modified to load the ata_generic module only when required by the specific hardware. The kdump service now starts as expected on IBM System z architecture with SCSI device specified as a dump target.
- BZ#821376
- Previously, kdump always called the hwclock command to set the correct time zone. However, the Real Time Clock (RTC) interface, which is required by hwclock, is not available on IBM System z architecture. Therefore, running kdump on these machines resulted in the following error messages being emitted:
hwclock: can't open '/dev/misc/rtc': No such file or directory
With this update, kdump has been modified to no longer call the hwclock command when running on IBM System z, and the aforementioned error messages no longer occur. - BZ#825640
- When dumping a core file to a remote target using SSH, kdump sends random seeds from the /dev/mem device to the /dev/random device to generate sufficient entropy required to establish successful SSH connection. However, when dumping a core file on the IBM System z with the CONFIG_STRICT_DEVMEM configuration option enabled, reading the /dev/mem was denied and the dump attempt failed with the following error:
dd: /dev/mem: Operation not permitted
With this update, kdump has been modified to reuse the /etc/random_seed file instead of reading /dev/mem. Dumping no longer fails and the core file can now be successfully dumped to a remote target using SSH. - BZ#842476
- When booting to the kdump kernel and the local file system specified as the dump target was unmounted, the kernel module required for the respective file-system driver would not have to be included in dumprd. Consequently, kdump could not mount the dump device and failed to capture vmcore. With this update, mkdumprd has been modified to always install the required file system module when dumping a core file to the local file system. The vmcore file can be successfully captured in this scenario.
- BZ#859824
- When dumping a core file to a remote target using a bonded interface and the target was connected by other than the bond0 interface, kdump failed to dump the core file. This happened because a bonding driver in the kdump kernel creates only one bonding interface named bond0 by default. This update modifies kdump to use the correct bonding interface in the kdump init script so that a core file can be dumped as expected in this scenario.
- BZ#870957
- When dumping a core file to a SCSI device over Fibre Channel Protol (FCP) on IBM System z, the zFCP device has to be configured and set online before adding WWPN and SCSI LUN to the system. Previously, the mkdumprd utility parsed the zfcp.conf file incorrectly so that the zFCP device could not be set up and the kdump kernel became unresponsive during the boot. Consequently, kdump failed to dump a core file to the target SCSI device. With this update, mkdumprd has been modified to parse the zfcp.conf file correctly and kdump can now successfully dump a core file to the SCSI target on IBM System z. Also, mkdumprd previously always tried to set online Direct Access Storage Devices (DASD) on IBM System z. This resulted in the "hush: can't open '/sys/bus/ccw/devices//online': No such file or directory" error messages to be emitted when booting the kdump kernel in a SCSI-only environment. This update modifies mkdumprd to skip entries from the dasd.conf file if the Linux on IMB System z runs without DASD devices. The aforementioned error messages no longer occur during the kdump kernel boot in the SCSI-only environment on IBM System z.
- BZ#872086
- Previously, the kexec utility incorrectly recognized the Xen DomU (HVM) guest as the Xen Dom0 management domain. Consequently, the kernel terminated unexpectedly and the kdump utility generated the vmcore dump file with no NT_PRSTATUS notes. The crash also led to a NULL pointer dereference. With this update, kexec collects positions and sizes of NT_PRSTATUS from /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuN/crash_notes on Xen DomU and from /proc/iomem on Xen Dom0. As a result, the crashes no longer occur.
- BZ#874832
- Due to recent changes, LVM assumes that the udev utility is always present on the system and creates correct device nodes and links. However, the kdump initramfs image does not contain udev so that LVM was unable to create disk devices and kdump failed. With this update, the mkdumprd utility modifies the lvm.conf configuration file to inform LVM that initramfs does not contain functional udev. If the lvm.conf file does not exist, mkdumprd creates it. The LVM now creates the devices correctly and kdump works as expected.
- BZ#876891
- Previously, the mlx4_core kernel module was loaded in the kdump kernel on systems using Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand adapter cards. However, the mlx4_core module requires an extensive amount of memory, which caused these systems to run into an OOM situation and kdump failed. With this update, the second kernel no longer loads the mlx4_core module so that the OOM situation no longer occurs and kdump captures the vmcore file successfully in this scenario.
- BZ#880040
- Due to recent changes, the libdevmapper library assumes that the udev utility is always present on the system and creates correct device nodes for mulitpath devices. However, the kdump initramfs image does not contain udev therefore LVM was unable to create disk devices and kdump failed. With this update, the mkdumprd utility sets the DM_DISABLE_UDEV environment variable to 1 to inform libdevmapper that the initramfs image does not contain functional udev. The LVM now creates the devices correctly and kdump can successfully dump a core file to a multipath device.
- BZ#892703
- When setting up a network in the kdump kernel, the mkdumprd code incorrectly renamed network bridges along with NIC names in the network configuration files. This caused the kdump network setup to fail and the vmcore file could not be captured on the remote target. This update modifies kdump to substitute names of network devices correctly so that the network can be set up and vmcore dumped on the remote target as expected.
Enhancements
- BZ#822146
- With this update, the mkdumprd utility has been modified to support multipath storage devices as dump targets, which includes the ability to activate multiple NICs in the second kernel.
- BZ#850623
- This update modifies kdump to always extract the dmesg output from the captured vmcore dump file, and save the output in a separate text file before dumping the core file.
- BZ#878200
- The /usr/share/doc/kexec-tools-2.0.0/kexec-kdump-howto.txt file has been modified to provide a comprehensive list of supported, unsupported, and unknown dump targets under the “Dump Target support status” section.
7.105. krb5
7.105.1. RHBA-2013:0319 — krb5 bug fix update
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#771687
- Older versions of the libsmbclient package incorrectly depended on the krb5_locate_kdc() function, which is no longer supported. Consequently, applications which used older versions of libsmbclient became incompatible after the Kerberos library update. With this update, an explicit conflict with older versions of libsmbclient has been added. As a result, an incompatible combination cannot be installed.
- BZ#773496
- Previously, when the krb5-auth-dialog application was used and the prompter was left hanging for a long period of time, a large clock skew was mistakenly recorded. This clock drift was applied in the next kinit session. Consequently, the klist function reported an incorrect expiration time. This bug has been fixed, and the spurious time offset no longer occurs in the described scenario.
- BZ#834718
- Previously, when a list of trusted roots of a PKINIT client included the KDC's certificates, certain KDC implementations omitted such anchors from the list of certificates in the signed data structure. Consequently, the client failed to verify the KDC's signature on the signed data. With this update, a backported fix has been included to allow the client to use its own copies of relevant certificates. As a result, the verification no longer fails in the aforementioned scenario.
- BZ#837855
- Prior to this update, attempts to use the kinit command with a keytab file often failed when the keytab file did not contain the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) keys, but the client's libraries and the KDC both supported AES. The strongest supported encryption type (AES) was chosen by default, even though it was not present in keytab. Consequently, a mismatch error occurred. The bug has been fixed, and keytabs containing any of the supported encryption types are now correctly processed.
- BZ#838548
- Previously, the krb5 package did not handle the timeout variable properly. In certain cases, the timeout variable became a negative number. Consequently, the client entered a loop while checking for responses. With this update, the client logic has been modified and the described error no longer occurs.
- BZ#839017
- Prior to this update, the passwd utility failed when used by an Identity Management client. Consequently, an error occurred with the following message:token manipulation errorThe bug has been fixed, and the passwd utility now works with Identity Management as expected.
- BZ#845125, BZ#846472
- Due to a previous update to a locally-applied patch, files created by the libkrb5 library were given correct SELinux labels. However, each flushing of the replay cache caused the file context configuration to be reloaded to ensure that the correct label is applied to the newly-created replacement replay cache file. This resulted in large performance degradation in applications which accept authentication and use replay caches. With this update, the context configuration is only loaded when the context configuration file has been modified and the configuration is now freed only when the library is unloaded or the calling application exits, thus greatly lowering the impact of this problem.
7.106. ksh
Bug Fixes
- BZ#827512
- Originally, ksh buffered output of a subshell, flushing it when the subshell completed. This slowed certain processes that waited for a particular output, because they had to wait for the subshell to complete. Moreover, it made it difficult to determine the order of events. The new version of ksh flushes output of the subshell every time the subshell executes a new command. Thanks to this change, processes waiting for the subshell output receive their data after every subshell command and the order of events is preserved.
- BZ#846663
- Previously, the sfprints() function was unsafe to be called during the shell initialization, which could corrupt the memory. Consequently, assigning a right-aligned variable to a smaller size could result in inappropriate output format. With this update, the sfprints() call is no longer used in the described scenario, which fixes the format of the output.
- BZ#846678
- Due to a bug in the typeset command, when executed with the -Z option, output was being formatted to an incorrect width. As a result, exporting a right-aligned variable of a smaller size than the predefined field size caused it to not be prepended with the "0" character. A patch has been provided and the typeset command now works as expected in the aforementioned scenario.
Enhancement
- BZ#869155
- With this update, ksh has been enhanced to support logging of the shell output.
7.107. ledmon
Note
7.108. libburn
- BZ#822906
- Prior to this update, libburn library contained the "burn_write_close_track" command, which was redundant and not fully supported by all burning drives. As a consequence, the burning process CD-R or CD-RW could log errors while closing a track after the burning process, even if the data was written correctly. This update removes this redundant call.
7.109. libcgroup
Bug Fixes
- BZ#773544
- Previously, the cgrulesengd daemon ignored the "--sticky" option of the cgexec command and, as a consequence, moved a process to another cgroup when the process called the setuid() or setgid() functions even if the process had to be stuck to the current cgroup. This bug is now fixed and the cgrulesengd daemon now checks whether the process is "sticky" or not when the process calls setuid or setgid.
- BZ#819137
- Previously, the lscgroup command dropped the first character of a path unless prefixed with a slash, which led to lscgroup generating invalid paths. This bug is now fixed and the generated paths are now correct.
- BZ#849757
- Previously, adding a cgroup after the cgrulesengd daemon had started did not work. As a consequence, if a directory was created after cgrulesengd was already started, any /etc/cgrules.conf configuration for that directory would not be processed. With this update, a routine has been added to scan the cgrules.conf file and move matching running tasks in the /proc/pid/ directory into configured cgroups. This new routine is called at init time and also after inotify events on cgroups. With this update, a routine has been added to scan the cgrules.conf file and move matching running tasks into configured cgroups.
- BZ#869990
- Previously, the cgconfig service was not working properly with read-only file systems. As a consequence, cgconfig was not able to start with the default configuration on a Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization Hypervisor system. This update adds a check for the read-only file systems to the cgconfig service and it now works as expected with the default configuration on Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization Hypervisor systems.
Enhancement
- BZ#738737
- This update improves the logging facility and error messages generated by libcgroup.
7.110. libdbi
Bug Fix
- BZ#733413
- Previously, when processing query results, the last row of a query result was not freed due to an off-by-one logic error. This resulted in a memory leak that could become significant after processing a large number of query results. This update corrects an incorrect test condition in the underlying source code and memory leaks no longer occur in this scenario.
7.111. libdvdread
Bug Fix
- BZ#842016
- Prior to this update, the dvd_stat_t structure was not public. As a consequence, source code that required such structures could not be compiled. This update makes the dvd_stat_t structure public, to allow compiling code with of this type.
7.112. libguestfs
Bug Fixes
- BZ#801640
- Previously, when using the
resize2fs -M
command and an error due to lack of free space occurred, the returned error message was incorrect and could confuse the user. With this update, a proper error message is returned instead. - BZ#822626
- Due to a bug in the source code, an error occurred when using the
virt-ls --checksum
command and the following error message was returned:libguestfs: error: checksum: path: parameter cannot be NULL
The underlying source code has been modified andvirt-ls --checksum
now works as expected. - BZ#830369
- Due to the
guestfs_inspect_get_hostname()
function, thelibguestfs
-based commands did not work properly when an empty/etc/HOSTNAME
file was created on a Linux guest. This update applies a patch to fix this bug and thelibguestfs
based commands now work in the described scenario. - BZ#836573
- Previously, the
libguestfs
library did not handle the/dev/disk/by-id/*
paths. Consequently, it was impossible to examine a guest using commands with such a path and an error message was returned. With this update, a patch has been applied to fix this bug and thelibguestfs
library no longer returns error in this situation. - BZ#837691
- Previously, under certain conditions, writing to disks in the
qcow2
format could cause silent data loss. The underlying source code has been modified to prevent this behavior and writing to disks in theqcow2
format now works as expected. - BZ#838609
- Due to a race condition between the
guestmount
and thefusermount
tools, unmouting and then immediately using a disk image was not safe and could cause data loss or memory corruption. This update adds the new--pid-file
option forguestmount
to avoid the race condition between these tools and attempts to use disk images immediately after unmounting can no longer cause data loss or memory corruption. - BZ#852396
- Previously, the
libguestfs
library limited the total size of downloaded hive files from a Windows Registry to 100 MB. Consequently, an attempt to inspect systems with large amount of hive files causedlibguestfs
to return an error message. With this update, the limit was increased to 300 MB andlibguestfs
can now inspect a larger Widows Registry properly. - BZ#853763
- Previously, using the
file
utility to detect the format of a disk image could produce different output for different versions of this utility. The underlying source code has been modified and output is now the same for all versions of thefile
utility. - BZ#858126
- Due to a bug in the underlying source code, the
virt-inspector
tool failed to work with certain Windows guests. This update applies a patch to fix this bug andvirt-inspector
now supports all Windows guests as expected. - BZ#858648
- Due to recent changes in the iptables packages, the
libguestfs
library could not be installed with the new version of theiptables
tool. The underlying source code has been modified to fix this bug and the installation oflibguestfs
works as expected. - BZ#872454
- Previously, the
libguestfs
library detected the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 guests as NetBSD guests. This update applies a patch to fix this bug andlibguestfs
now detects Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 guest correctly. - BZ#880805
- The
virt-df
command with-a
or-d
arguments works correctly only with a single guest. An attempt to use this command with multiple arguments, such asvirt-df -a RHEL-Server-5.9-32-pv.raw -a opensuse.img
, caused the disk image names to be displayed incorrectly. With this update, the plus sign (“+”) is displayed for each additional disk, so that the user can easily recognize them. In addition, the correct usage of thevirt-df
command has been described in thevirt-df(1)
man page.
Enhancements
7.113. libhbaapi
Enhancement
- BZ#862386
- This update converts libhbaapi code to a merged upstream repository at Open-FCoE.org. Consequently, the libhbaapi packages are no longer compiled from different sources, thus making maintenance and further development easier.
7.114. libhbalinux
Note
7.115. libical
Bug Fix
- BZ#664332
- The libical packages can be configured to abort when parsing improperly formatted iCalendar data, primarily useful for testing and debugging. In Red Hat Enterprise Linux this behavior is disabled, but some parts of the libical source code were improperly checking for this option. Consequently, the library aborted even if configured not to do so. The underlying source code has been modified and libical no longer aborts in the described scenario.
7.116. libica
Enhancement
- BZ#738835
- The libica library has been modified to allow usage of new algorithms that support the Message Security Assist Extension 4 instructions in the Central Processor Assist for Cryptographic Function (CPACF) feature. For the DES and 3DES block ciphers, the new feature supports the following modes of operation:
- Cipher Block Chaining with Ciphertext Stealing (CBC-CS)
- Cipher-based Message Authentication Code (CMAC)
For the AES block cipher, this feature supports the following modes of operation:- Cipher Block Chaining with Ciphertext Stealing (CBC-CS)
- Counter with Cipher Block Chaining Message Authentication Code (CCM)
- Galois/Counter (GCM)
With this acceleration of complex cryptographic algorithms, performance of IBM System z machines significantly improves.
7.117. libldb
Note
Bug Fix
- BZ#873422
- Recent changes in the Samba compiling script caused libldb to expose internal functions and symbols in the public interface. This could lead to various linking and building problems if these internal symbols were used directly out of the libldb code. This update corrects the compiling script so that internal symbols of libldb are no longer exported and visible in the libldb public interface.
7.118. libqb
Note
Bug Fix
- BZ#869446
- Previously, a timeout argument given to the qb_ipcc_recv() API function was not passed to poll() while waiting for a reply. Consequently, this function could consume nearly 100% CPU resources and affect the pacemaker utility. This bug has been fixed by passing the timeout value to poll() in qb_ipcc_recv(). As a result, the timeout period is honored as expected and pacemaker works correctly in such a case.
Note
7.119. libsemanage
Bug Fixes
- BZ#798332
- Previously, the "usepasswd" parameter was not available in the /etc/selinux/semanage.conf file. This update adds the missing "usepasswd" parameter to this file.
- BZ#829378
- When a custom SELinux policy module was loaded with an error, an error message that was not very informative was returned. This update fixes the error message to be more helpful for users.
7.120. libsoup
Bug Fixes
- BZ#657622
- Prior to this update, the clock-applet did not handle canceled requests during a DNS lookup correctly and accessed already freed memory. As a consequence, the weather view of the clock-applet could, under certain circumstances, abort with a segmentation fault when updating the weather if the hostname of the weather server needed more than 30 seconds, for example due to network problems. This update modifies the underlying code to allow requests that take too long to be canceled.
- BZ#746587
- Prior to this update, the weather view of the clock-applet tried to connect to the weather server indefinitely as fast as it could if the weather server (or an HTTP proxy) closed the connection without responding. This update modifies the underlying code to retry a request only if the server unexpectedly closes a previously-used connection, not a new connection. Now, libsoup returns a "Connection terminated unexpectedly" error, so the clock-applet does not update the weather display, and tries again later.
7.121. libssh2
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#741919
- With this update, several stability patches have been added to libssh2. As a result, memory leaks, buffer overruns, and null pointer problems are avoided when managing a large number of nodes.
- BZ#801428
- Previously, an insufficient data type was used for certain bit shift operations in the libssh2 code. This behavior caused the curl utility to terminate unexpectedly when downloading files larger than 2 GB over the SSH File Transfer Protocol (SFTP). With this update, the underlying code has been modified to use the correct data type and curl now works as expected in the described scenario.
- BZ#804145
- Under certain circumstances, libssh2 failed to resume an interrupted key exchange when sending a large amount of data over SSH. Moreover, further data was erroneously sent, which caused the remote site to close the connection immediately. With this update, libssh2 has been modified to properly resume the interrupted key exchange before sending any further data. As a result, the connection remains open and the data transfer proceeds as expected.
- BZ#804150
- Previously, the function for writing to a channel in libssh2 incorrectly handled error states, which, under certain circumstances, resulted in an infinite loop. The function has been fixed and the error handling now works properly.
- BZ#806862, BZ#873785
- Previously, the window size adjustment in libssh2 did not work properly, which resulted in unclosed connections when transferring huge files over SCP or SFTP, extensive memory consumption or both. The window-adjusting code has been fixed and works now properly for blocks of arbitrary size.
- BZ#826511
- Previously, libssh2 incorrectly returned the LIBSSH2_ERROR_EAGAIN error code when operating in blocking mode. The error code is used by libssh2 internally to initiate a blocking operation on a socket. The error code was, however, not properly cleared on success and leaked through the public API of libssh2. An upstream patch has been applied to clear the error code prior to initiating the blocking operation, and libssh2 no longer returns LIBSSH2_ERROR_EAGAIN when operating in blocking mode.
7.122. libtalloc
Note
7.123. libtdb
Note
7.124. libtevent
Note
7.125. libusb1
Bug Fixes
- BZ#820205
- Prior to this update, the usbredir network protocol caused a conflict with the libusb library. As a consequence, SPICE USB-redirection failed with the following errors in the virt-viewer tool: usbredirhost error: submitting bulk transfer on ep 02: -1" when trying to redirect one USB device to two guests simultaneously. This update modifies the underlying code to send the error message "Device is busy" and fail after the second attempt.
- BZ#830751
- Prior to this update, USB Request Blocks (URBs) from the user space were not allowed to have transfer buffers larger than an arbitrary maximum. As a consequence, attempting to redirect certain USB mass-storage devices could fail. This update modifies the underlying code to allow programs to submit URBs of any size. If there is not sufficient memory available, the submission fails with an ENOMEM error. In addition, this update also replaces the old limits on individual transfer buffers with a single global limit of 16MB on the total amount of memory in use by the USB file system (usbfs) to prevent programs from submitting a lot of small URBs and so using all the DMA-able kernel memory.
7.126. libvirt-cim
Bug Fixes
- BZ#805892
- If the sblim-sfcb package was installed on the system, rebuilding the libvirt-cim package failed with an error due to an incomplete substitution in the Makefile. The substitution has been corrected and rebuilding libvirt-cim now works as expected.
- BZ#864096
- When upgrading the libvirt-cim package to a newer version after libvirt-cim had registered its classes with a cim-server, the %preun code unregistered the classes leaving the system without libvirt-cim classes being registered. Now the libvirt-cim package only unregisters the libvirt-cim classes on uninstall.
7.127. libvirt-java
Note
Bug Fix
- BZ#836920
- Due to a failing Java Native Access (JNA) conversion, the "setSchedulerParameters()" method for domains did not process input parameters properly. With this update, the conversion process has been modified. As a result, setSchedulerParameters() now works as expected.
7.128. libvirt
Bug Fixes
- BZ#908836
- The AMD family 15h processors CPU architecture consists of "modules", which are represented both as separate cores and separate threads. Management applications needed to choose between one of the approaches, and libvirt did not provide enough information to do this. Management applications were not able to represent the modules in an AMD family 15h processors core according to their needs. The capabilities XML output now contains more information about the processor topology, so that the management applications can extract the information they need.
- BZ#913624
- When auto-port and port were not specified, but the tlsPort attribute was set to "-1", the tlsPort parameter specified in the QEMU command line was set to "1" instead of a valid port. Consequently, QEMU failed, because it was unable to bind a socket on the port. This update replaces the current QEMU driver code for managing port reservations with the new virPortAllocator APIs, and QEMU is able to bind a socket on the port.
- BZ#915344
- Previously, libvirtd was unable to execute an s3/s4 operation for a Microsoft Windows guest which ran the guest agent service. Consequently, this resulted in a "domain s4 fail" error message, due to the domain being destroyed. With this update, the guest is destroyed successfully and the libvirtd service no longer crashes.
- BZ#915347
- When a VM was saved into a compressed file and decompression of that file failed while libvirt was trying to resume the VM, libvirt removed the VM from the list of running VMs, but did not remove the corresponding QEMU process. With this update, the QEMU process is killed in such cases. Moreover, non-fatal decompression errors are now ignored and a VM can be successfully resumed if such an error occurs.
- BZ#915348
- Python bindings for libvirt contained incorrect implementation of getDomain() and getConnect() methods in virDomainSnapshot class. Consequently, the Python client terminated unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. Python bindings now provide proper domain() and connect() accessors that fetch Python objects stored internally within virDomainSnapshot instance and crashes no longer occur.
- BZ#915349
- Previously, libvirt added a cache of storage file backing chains, rather than rediscovering the backing chain details on every operation. This cache was then used to decide which files to label for sVirt, but when libvirt switched over to use the cache, the code only populated when cgroups were in use. On setups that did not use cgroups, due to the lack of backing chain cache information, sVirt was unable to properly label backing chain files, which caused a regression observed by guests being prevented from running. Now, populating the cache was moved earlier, to be independent of cgroups, the cache results in more efficient sVirt operations, and now works whether or not cgroups are in effect.
- BZ#915353
- Occasionally, when users ran multiple virsh create/destroy loops, a race condition could have occurred and libvirtd terminated unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. False error messages regarding the domain having already been destroyed to the caller also occurred. With this update, the outlined script is run and completes without libvirtd crashing.
- BZ#915354
- Previously, libvirt followed relative backing chains differently than QEMU. This resulted in missing sVirt permissions when libvirt could not follow the chain. With this update, relative backing files are now treated identically in libvirt and QEMU, and VDSM use of relative backing files functions properly.
- BZ#915363
- Previously, libvirt reported raw QEMU errors when snapshots failed, and the error message provided was confusing. With this update, libvirt now gives a clear error message when QEMU is not capable of snapshots, which enables more informative handling of the situation.
- BZ#917063
- Previously, libvirt was not tolerant of missing unpriv_sgio support in running kernel even though it was not necessary. After upgrading the host system to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, users were unable to start domains using shareable block disk devices unless they rebooted the host into the new kernel. The check for unpriv_sgio support is only performed when it is really needed, and libvirt is now able to start all domains that do not strictly require unpriv_sgio support regardless of host kernel support for it.
- BZ#918754
- When asked to create a logical volume with zero allocation, libvirt ran lvcreate to create a volume with no extends, which is not permitted. Creation of logical volumes with zero allocation failed and libvirt returned an error message that did not mention the real error. Now, rather than asking for no extends, libvirt tries to create the volume with a minimal number of extends. The code is also fixed to provide the real error message should the volume creation process fail. Logical volumes with zero allocation can now be successfully created using libvirt.
- BZ#919504
- Previously, when users started the guest with a sharable block CD-Rom, libvirtd failed unexpectedly due to accessing memory that was already freed. This update addresses the aforementioned issue, and libvirtd no longer crashes in the described scenario.
- BZ#922095
- Various memory leaks in libvirtd were discovered when users ran Coverity and Valgrind leak detection tools. This update addresses these issues, and libvirtd no longer leaks memory in the described scenario.
Enhancement
- BZ#915352
- This update adds support for ram_size settings to the QXL device. When using multiple heads in one PCI device, the device needed more RAM assigned. Now, the memory of the RAM bar size is set larger than the default size and libvirt can drive multi-head QXL.
libvirt
library which is a C API for managing and interacting with the virtualization capabilities of Linux and other operating systems. In addition, libvirt
provides tools for remote management of virtualized systems.
Note
Open vSwitch
, a new API for detailed CPU statistics, improved support of LXC method including the sVirt
technology, improvements of the virsh edit
command, improved APIs for listing various objects and support for pinning and tuning emulator threads. (BZ#836934)
Security Fixes
- CVE-2012-3411
- It was discovered that libvirt made certain invalid assumptions about dnsmasq's command line options when setting up DNS masquerading for virtual machines, resulting in dnsmasq incorrectly processing network packets from network interfaces that were intended to be prohibited. This update includes the changes necessary to call dnsmasq with a new command line option, which was introduced to dnsmasq via RHSA-2013:0277.In order for libvirt to be able to make use of the new command line option (--bind-dynamic), updated dnsmasq packages need to be installed. Refer to RHSA-2013:0277 for additional information.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#794523
- The
libvirt
library was issuing thePAUSED
event before the QEMU processor emulator really paused. Consequently, a domain could be reported as paused before it was actually paused, which could confuse a management application using thelibvirt
library. With this update, thePAUSED
event is started after QEMU is stopped on a monitor and the management application is no longer confused bylibvirt
. - BZ#797279, BZ#808980, BZ#869557
- The fixed limit for the maximum size of an RPC message that could be sent between the
libvirtd
daemon and a client, such as thevirsh
utility, was 65536 bytes. However, this limit was not always sufficient and messages that were longer than that could be dropped, leaving a client unable to fetch important data. With this update, the buffer for incoming messages has been made dynamic and both sides, a client andlibvirtd
, now allocate as much memory as is needed for a given message, thus allowing to send much bigger messages. - BZ#807996
- Previously, repeatedly migrating a guest between two machines while using the tunnelled migration could cause the
libvirtd
daemon to lock up unexpectedly. The bug in the code for locking remote drivers has been fixed and repeated tunnelled migrations of domains now work as expected. - BZ#814664
- Previously, multiple
libvirt
API calls were needed to determine the full list of guests on a host controlled by thelibvirt
library. Consequently, a race condition could occur when a guest changed its state between two calls that were needed to enumerate started and stopped guests. This behavior caused the guest to disappear from both of the lists, because the time of enumeration was not considered to be a part of the lists. This update adds a new API function allowing to gather the guest list in one call while the driver is locked. This guarantees that no guest changes its state before the list is gathered so that guests no longer disappear in the described scenario. - BZ#818467
- Previously,
libvirt
did not report many useful error messages that were returned by external programs such as QEMU and only reported a command failure. Consequently, certain problems, whose cause or resolution could be trivial to discover by looking at the error output, were difficult to diagnose. With this update, if any external command run bylibvirt
exits with a failure, its standard error output is added to the system log as alibvirt
error. As a result, problems are now easier to diagnose, because better information is available. - BZ#823716
- Closing a file descriptor multiple times could, under certain circumstances, lead to a failure to execute the qemu-kvm binary. As a consequence, a guest failed to start. A patch has been applied to address this issue, so that the guest now starts successfully.
- BZ#825095
- Prior to this update,
libvirt
used an unsuitable detection procedure to detect NUMA and processor topology of a system. Consequently, topology of some advanced multi-processor systems was detected incorrectly and management applications could not utilize the full potential of the system. Now, the detection has been improved and the topology is properly recognized even on modern systems. - BZ#825820
- Previously, the
libvirt
library had hooks for calling a user-written script when a guest was started or stopped, but had no hook to call a script for each guest when thelibvirtd
daemon itself was restarted. Consequently, certain custom setups that required extra operations not directly provided bylibvirt
could fail whenlibvirtd
was restarted. For example, packet forwarding rules installed to redirect incoming connections to a particular guest could be overridden bylibvirt
's “refresh” of its own iptables packet forwarding rules, breaking the connection forwarding that had been set up. This update improveslibvirt
with a new “reconnect” hook; the QEMU hook script is called with a type of “reconnect” for every active guest each timelibvirtd
is restarted. Users can now write scripts to recognize the “reconnect” event, and for example reload the user-supplied iptables forwarding rules when this event occurs. As a result, incoming connections continue to be forwarded correctly, even whenlibvirtd
is restarted. - BZ#828729
- On certain NUMA architectures,
libvirt
failed to process and expose the NUMA topology, sometimes leading to performance degradation. With this update,libvirt
can parse and expose the NUMA topology on such machines and makes the correct CPU placement, thus avoiding performance degradation. - BZ#831877
- The
virsh undefine
command supports deleting volumes associated with a domain. When using this command, the volumes are passed as additional arguments and if the user adds any trailing string after the basic command, the string is interpreted as a volume to be deleted. Previously, the volumes were checked after the guest was deleted, which could lead to user's errors. With this update, the check of the volume arguments is performed before the deleting process so that errors can be reported sensibly. As a result, the command with an incorrect argument fails before it attempts to delete a guest and the host system stays in a sane state. - BZ#832081
- Due to several bugs in the implementation of keep-alive messages that are used for the detection of broken connections or non-functional peers, these connections and peers could be incorrectly considered broken or non-functional and thus the keep-alive messages were disabled by default in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3. The implementation of the keep-alive messages has been fixed and this feature is now enabled by default.
- BZ#834927
- Previously, a reversed condition in a check which is used during registering callbacks prevented multiple callbacks from being registered. This update applies a patch to fix this condition and multiple callbacks can be registered successfully now.
- BZ#836135
- The
SPICE
server needs certain time at the end of the migration process to transfer an internal state to a destination guest. Previously, thelibvirt
library could kill the source QEMU and theSPICE
server before the internal state was transmitted. This behavior caused the destination client to be unresponsive. With this update,libvirt
waits until the end ofSPICE
migration. As a result, theSPICE
server no longer becomes unresponsive in this situation. - BZ#837659
- When using the
sanlock
daemon for locking resources used by a domain, if such a resource was read-only, the locking attempt failed. Consequently, it was impossible to start a domain with a CD-ROM drive. This bug has been fixed andsanlock
can now be properly used with read-only devices. - BZ#839661
- Previously, the
libvirt
library did not support the S4 (Suspend-to-Disk) event on QEMU domains. Consequently, management applications could not register whether a guest was suspended to disk or powered off. With this update, support for S4 event has been added and management applications can now request receiving S4 events. - BZ#842208
- Due to an installation of the
vdsm
daemon, thelibvirt
library was reconfigured and under certain conditions,libvirt
was searching for a non-existing option when used outside ofvdsm
. Consequently, using thevirsh
utility on such a machine caused the system to terminate with a segmentation fault. The underlying source code has been modified to fix this bug and users can now usevirsh
on machines configured byvdsm
as expected. - BZ#844266
- Previously, a condition in a check, which is used for checking if modification of a domain XML in a saved file was successful or not, was inverted. Consequently, the
virsh
utility reported that this check failed even if it was successful and vice versa. This update applies a patch to fix this bug and success and failure of this check are reported correctly now. - BZ#844408
- Disk hot plug is a two-part action: the
qemuMonitorAddDrive()
call is followed by theqemuMonitorAddDevice()
call. When the first part succeeded but the second one failed,libvirt
failed to roll back the first part and the device remained in use even though the disk hot plug failed. With this update, the rollback for the drive addition is properly performed in the described scenario and disk hot plug now works as expected. - BZ#845448
- Previously the
SIGINT
signal was not blocked when thevirDomainGetBlockJobInfo()
function was performed. Consequently, an attempt to abort a process initialized by a command with the--wait
option specified using the CTRL+C shortcut did not work properly. This update applies a patch to blockSIGINT
duringvirDomainGetBlockJobInfo()
and aborting processes using the CTRL+C shortcut now works as expected. - BZ#845635
- Previously, an unspecified error with a meaningless error code was returned when a guest agent became unresponsive. Consequently, management applications could not recognize why the guest agent hung; whether the guest agent was not configured or was unusable. This update introduces a new
VIR_ERR_AGENT_UNRESPONSIVE
error code and fixes the error message. As a result, management applications now can recognize why the guest agent hangs. - BZ#846639
- Due to a bug in the
libvirt
code, two mutually exclusive cases could occur. In the first case, a guest operating system could fail do detect that it was being suspended because the suspend routine is handled by hypervisor. In the second case, the cooperation of the guest operating system was required, for example during synchronization of the time after the resume routine. Consequently, it was possible to successfully call the suspend routine on a domain with thepmsuspended
status andlibvirt
returned success on operation, which in fact failed. This update adds an additional check to preventlibvirt
from suspending a domain with thepmsuspended
status. - BZ#851397
- Due to recent changes in port allocation, SPICE ports and SPICE TLS ports were the same. Consequently, QEMU domains started with both options configured to use the same port and SPICE TLS ports could not allocate one port twice. With this update, the port allocation has been fixed and the QEMU domains now work as expected in this situation.
- BZ#853567
- A virtual guest can have a network interface that is connected to an SR-IOV (Single Root I/O Virtualization) device's virtual function (VF) using the
macvtap
driver in passthrough mode, and from there is connected to an802.1Qbh
-capable switch. Previously, when shutting down the guest,libvirt
erroneously set SR-IOV device's physical function (PF) instead of VF and the PF offline rather than setting the VF offline. Here is an example of the type of an interface that could be affected:<interface type='direct'> <source dev='eth7' mode='passthrough'/> <virtualport type='802.1Qbh'> <parameters profileid='test'/> </virtualport> </interface>
Consequently, if PF was being used by the host for its own network connectivity, the host networking would be adversely affected, possibly completely disabled, whenever the guest was shut down, or when the guest's network device was detached. The underlying source code has been modified to fix this bug and the PF associated with the VF used by themacvtap
driver now continues to work in the described scenario. - BZ#856247
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 implemented the
block copy
feature before the upstream version of QEMU. Since then, several improvements were made to the upstream version of this feature. Consequently, previous versions of thelibvirt
library were unable to fully manage theblock copy
feature in current release of QEMU. With this update, theblock copy
feature has been updated to upstream versions of QEMU andlibvirt
. As a result,libvirt
is able to manage all versions of theblock copy
feature. - BZ#856864
- Previously,
libvirt
put the default USB controller into the XML configuration file during the live migration to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 hosts. These hosts did not support USB controllers in the XML file. Consequently, live migration to these hosts failed. This update preventslibvirt
from including the default USB controller in the XML configuration file during live migration and live migration works properly in the described scenario. - BZ#856950
- When a QEMU process is being destroyed by
libvirt
, a clean-up operation frees some internal structures and locks. However, since users can destroy QEMU processes at the same time,libvirt
holds the QEMU driver mutex to protect the list of domains and their states, among other things. Previously, a function tried to lock up the QEMU driver mutex when it was already locked, creating a deadlock. The code has been modified to always check if the mutex is free before attempting to lock it up, thus fixing this bug. - BZ#858204
- When the
host_uuid
option was present in thelibvirtd.conf
file, theaugeas libvirt
lens was unable to parse the file. This bug has been fixed and theaugeas libvirt
lens now parseslibvirtd.conf
as expected in the described scenario. - BZ#862515
- Previously, handling of duplicate MAC addresses differed between live attach or detach, and persistent attach or detach of network devices. Consequently, the persistent attach-interface of a device with a MAC address that matches an existing device could fail, even though the live attach-interface of such a device succeed. This behavior was inconsistent, and sometimes led to an incorrect device being detached from the guest. With this update,
libvirt
has been modified to allow duplicate MAC addresses in all cases and to check a unique PCI address in order to distinguish between multiple devices with the same MAC address. - BZ#863115
- Previously,
libvirt
called theqemu-kvm -help
command every time it started a guest to learn what features were available for use in QEMU. On a machine with a number of guests, this behavior caused noticeable delays in starting all of the guests. This update modifieslibvirt
to store information cache about QEMU until the QEMU time stamp is changed. As a result,libvirt
is faster when starting a machine with various guests. - BZ#865670
- Previously, the
ESX 5.1
server was not fully tested. Consequently, connecting toESX 5.1
caused a warning to be returned. TheESX 5.1
server has been properly tested and connecting to this server now works as expected. - BZ#866369
- Under certain circumstances, the
iohelper
process failed to write data to disk while saving a domain and kernel did not report an out-of-space error (ENOSPC
). With this update,libvirt
calls thefdatasync()
function in the described scenario to force the data to be written to disk or catch a write error. As a result, if a write error occurs, it is now properly caught and reported. - BZ#866388
- Certain operations in
libvirt
can be done only when a domain is paused to prevent data corruption. However, if a resuming operation failed, the management application was not notified since no event was sent. This update introduces theVIR_DOMAIN_EVENT_SUSPENDED_API_ERROR
event and management applications can now keep closer track of domain states and act accordingly. - BZ#866999
- When
libvirt
could not find a suitable CPU model for a host CPU, it failed to provide the CPU topology in host capabilities even though the topology was detected correctly. Consequently, applications that work with the host CPU topology but not with the CPU model could not see the topology in host capabilities. With this update, the host capabilities XML description contains the host CPU topology even if the host CPU model is unknown. - BZ#869096
- Previously,
libvirt
supported theemulatorpin
option to set the CPU affinity for a QEMU domain process. However, this behavior overrode the CPU affinity set by thevcpu placement="auto"
setting when creating a cgroup hierarchy for the domain process. This CPU affinity is set with the advisory nodeset from thenumad
daemon. With this update,libvirt
does not allowemulatorpin
option to change the CPU affinity of a domain process if thevcpu placement
setting is set toauto
. As a result, thenumad
daemon is supported as expected. - BZ#873792
- The
libvirt
library allows users to cancel an ongoing migration. Previously, if an attempt to cancel the migration was made in the migration preparation phase, QEMU missed the request and the migration was not canceled. With this update, thevirDomainAbortJob()
function sets a flag when a cancel request is made and this flag is checked before the main phase of the migration starts. As a result, a migration can now be properly canceled even in the preparation phase. - BZ#874050
- Certain AMD processors contain modules which are reported by the kernel as both threads and cores. Previously, the
libvirt
processor topology detection code was not able to detect these modules. Consequently,libvirt
reported the actual number of processors twice. This bug has been fixed by reporting a topology that adds up to the total number of processors reported in the system. However, the actual topology has to be checked in the output of thevirCapabilities()
function. Additionally, documentation for the fallback output has been provided.Note
Note that users should be instructed to use the capability output for topology detection purposes due to performance reasons. The NUMA topology has the important impact performance-wise but the physical topology can differ from that. - BZ#879780
- Due to changes in the
virStorageBackendLogicalCreateVol()
function, the setting of the volume type was removed. Consequently, logical volumes were treated as files without any format andlibvirt
was unable to clone them. This update provides a patch to set the volume type andlibvirt
clones logical volumes as expected. - BZ#880919
- When a saved file could not be opened, the
virFileWrapperFdCatchError()
function was called with aNULL
argument. Consequently, thelibvirtd
daemon terminated unexpectedly due to a NULL pointer dereference. With this update, thevirFileWrapperFdCatchError()
function is called only when the file is open and instead of crashing, the daemon now reports an error. - BZ#884650
- Whenever the
virDomainGetXMLDesc()
function was executed on an unresponsive domain, the call also became unresponsive. With this update, QEMU sends theBALLOON_CHANGE
event when memory usage on a domain changes so thatvirDomainGetXMLDesc()
no longer has to query an unresponsive domain. As a result,virDomainGetXMLDesc()
calls no longer hang in the described scenario.
Enhancements
- BZ#638512
- This update adds support for external live snapshots of disks and RAM.
- BZ#693884
- Previously,
libvirt
could apply packet filters, among others the anti-spoofing filter, to guest network connections using the nwfilter subsystem. However, these filter rules required manually entering the IP address of a guest into the guest configuration. This process was not effective when guests were acquired their IP addresses via theDHCP
protocol; the network needed a manually addedstatic host
entry for each guest and the guest's network interface definition needed that same IP address to be added to its filters. This enhancement improveslibvirt
to automatically learn IP and MAC addresses used by a guest network connection by monitoring the connection'sDHCP
andARP
traffic in order to setup host-based guest-specific packet filtering rules that block traffic with incorrect IP or MAC addresses from the guests. With this new feature, nwfilter packet filters can be written to use automatically detected IP and MAC addresses, which simplifies the process of provisioning a guest. - BZ#724893
- When the guest CPU definition is not supported due to the user's special configuration, an error message is returned. This enhancement improves this error message to contain flags that indicate precisely which options of the user's configuration are not supported.
- BZ#771424
- The Resident Set Size (RSS) limits control how much RAM can a process use. If a process leaks memory, the limits do not let the process influence other processes within the system. With this update, the RSS limits of a QEMU process are set by default according to how much RAM and video RAM is configured for the domain.
- BZ#772088
- Previously, the
libvirt
library could create block snapshots, but could not clean them up. For a long-running guest, creating a large number of snapshots led to performance issues as the QEMU process emulator had to traverse longer chains of backing images. This enhancement improves thelibvirt
library to control the feature of the QEMU process emulator which is responsible for committing the changes in a snapshot image back into the backing file and the backing chain is now kept at a more manageable length. - BZ#772290
- Previously, the automatically allocated ports for the
SPICE
andVNC
protocols started on the port number 5900. With this update, the starting port forSPICE
andVNC
is configurable by users. - BZ#789327
- The QEMU guest and the media of CD_ROM or Floppy could be suspended or resumed inside the guest directly instead of using the
libvirt
API. This enhancement improves thelibvirt
library to support three new events of theQEMU Monitor Protocol
(QMP): theSUSPEND
,WAKEUP
, andDEVICE_TRAY_MOVED
event. These events let a management application know that the guest status or the tray status has been changed:- when the
SUSPEND
event is emitted, the domain status is changed topmsuspended
; - when the
WAKEUP
event is emitted, the domain status is changed torunning
; - when the
DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED
event is emitted for a disk device, the current tray status for the disk is reflected to thelibvirt
XML file, so that management applications do not start the guest with the medium inserted while the medium has been previously ejected inside the guest.
- BZ#804749
- The QEMU process emulator now supports
TSC-Deadline timer
mode for guests that are running on the Intel 64 architecture. This enhancement improves thelibvirt
library with this feature's flag to stay synchronized with QEMU. - BZ#805071
- Previously, it was impossible to move a guest's network connection to a different network without stopping the guest. In order to change the connection, the network needed to be completely detached from the guest and then re-attached after changing the configuration to specify the new connection. With this update, it is now possible to change a guest's interface definition to specify a different type of interface, and to change the network or bridge name or both, all without stopping or pausing the guest or detaching its network device. From the point of view of the guest, the network remains available during the entire transition; if the move requires a new IP address, that can be handled by changing the configuration on the guest, or by requesting that it renews its
DHCP
lease. - BZ#805243
- When connecting to the
libvirt
library, certain form of authentication could be required and if so, interactive prompts were presented to the user. However, in certain cases, the interactive prompts cannot be used, for example when automating background processes. This enhancement improveslibvirt
to use theauth.conf
file located in the$HOME/.libvirt/
directory to supply authentication credentials for connections. As a result, these credentials are pre-populated, thus avoiding the interactive prompts. - BZ#805654
- This enhancement improves
libvirt
to support connection of virtual guest network devices to Open vSwitch bridges, which provides a more fully-featured replacement for the standard Linux Host Bridge. Among other features, Open vSwitch bridges allow setting more connections to a single bridge, transparent VLAN tagging, and better management using the Open Flow standard. As a result,libvirt
is now able to use an already existing Open vSwitch bridge, either directly in the interface definition of a guest, or as a bridge in alibvirt
network. Management of the bridge must be handled outside the scope oflibvirt
, but guest network devices can be attached and detached, and VLAN tags and interface IDs can be assigned on a per-port basis. - BZ#818996
- Certain users prefer to run minimal configurations for server systems and do not need graphical or USB support. This enhancement provides a new feature that allows users to disable USB and graphic controllers in guest machines.
- BZ#820808, BZ#826325
- With this enhancement, the
virsh dump
command is now supported for domains with passthrough devices. As a result, these domains can be dumped with an additional--memory-only
option. - BZ#822064
- The
libvirt
library has already supported pinning and limiting QEMU threads associated with virtual CPUs, but other threads, such as the I/O thread, could not be pinned and limited separately. This enhancement improveslibvirt
to support pinning and limiting of both CPU threads and other emulator threads separately. - BZ#822589
- This enhancement improves the
libvirt
library to be able to configure Discretionary Access Control (DAC) for each domain, so that certain domains can access different resources. - BZ#822601
- Previously, only the “system instance” of the
libvirtd
daemon, that is the one that is running as the root user, could set up a guest network connection using a tap device and host bridge. A “session instance”, that is the one that is running as a non-root user, was only able to use QEMU's limited “user mode” networking. User mode network connection have several limitations; for example, they do not allow incoming connections, or ping in either direction, and are slower than a tap-device based network connection. With this enhancement,libvirt
has been updated to support QEMU's new SUID “network helper”, so that non-privilegedlibvirt
users are able to create guest network connections using tap devices and host bridges. Users who require this behavior need to set the interface type tobridge
in the virtual machine's configuration,libvirtd
then automatically notices that it is running as a non-privileged user, and notifies QEMU to set up the network connection using its “network helper”.Note
This feature is only supported when the interface type isbridge
, and does not work with thenetwork
interface type even if the specified network uses a bridge device. - BZ#822641
- Previously, core dumps for domains with a large amount of memory were unnecessarily huge. With this update, a new
dumpCore
option has been added to control whether guest's memory should be included in a core dump. When this option is set tooff
, core dumps are reduced by the size of the guest's memory. - BZ#831099
- This enhancement allows the
libvirt
library to set the World Wide Name (WWN), which provides stable device paths, for IDE and SCSI disks. - BZ#836462
- This enhancement adds the possibility to control the advertising of S3 (Suspend-to-RAM) and S4 (Suspend-to-Disk) domain states to a guest. As a result, supported versions of QEMU can be configured to not advertise its S3 or S4 capability to a guest.
- BZ#838127
- With this update, support for the AMD Opteron G5 processor model has been added to the
libvirt
library. This change allows the user to utilize the full potential of new features, such as16c
,fma
, andtbm
. - BZ#843087
- This enhancement adds support for the next generation Intel Core and Intel Xeon processors to the
libvirt
library. The next generation supports the following features:fma
,pcid
,movbe
,fsgsbase
,bmi1
,hle
,avx2
,smep
,bmi2
,erms
,invpcid
, andrtm
, compared to the previous Intel Xeon Processor E5-XXXX and Intel Xeon Processor E5-XXXX V2 family of processors. - BZ#844404
- When changing the configuration of a
libvirt
virtual network, it was necessary to restart the network for these changes to take effect. This enhancement adds a newvirsh net-update
command that allows certain parts of a network configuration to be modified, and the changes to be applied immediately without requiring a restart of the network and disconnecting of guests. As a result, it is now possible to add static host entries to and remove them from a network's dhcp section; change the range of IP addresses dynamically assigned by the DHCP server; modify, add, and remove portgroup elements; and add and remove interfaces from a forward element's pool of interfaces, all without restarting the network. Refer to thevirsh(1)
man page for more details about thevirsh net-update
command. - BZ#860570
- With this enhancement, the virsh program supports the
--help
option for all its commands and displays appropriate documentation. - BZ#864606
- With this enhancement, the
libvirt
library can now control thehv_relaxed
feature. This feature makes a Windows guest more tolerant to long periods of inactivity. - BZ#874171
- Current release of the
libvirt
library added several capabilities related to snapshots. Among these was the ability to create an external snapshot, whether the domain was running or was offline. Consequently, it was also necessary to improve the user interface to support those features in the virsh program. With this update, these snapshot-related improvements were added to virsh to provide full support of these features. - BZ#878578
- For security reasons, certain SCSI commands were blocked in a virtual machine. This behavior was related to applications where logical unit numbers (LUNs) of SCSI disks were passed to trusted guests. This enhancement improves
libvirt
to support a newsgio
attribute. Setting this attribute tounfiltered
allows trusted guests to invoke all supported SCSI commands.
libvirtd
daemon must be restarted using the service libvirtd restart
command for this update to take effect.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-4311
- libvirt invokes the PolicyKit pkcheck utility to handle authorization. A race condition was found in the way libvirt used this utility, allowing a local user to bypass intended PolicyKit authorizations or execute arbitrary commands with root privileges.
- CVE-2013-4296
- Note: With this update, libvirt has been rebuilt to communicate with PolicyKit via a different API that is not vulnerable to the race condition. The polkit RHSA-2013:1270 advisory must also be installed to fix the CVE-2013-4311 issue.An invalid free flaw was found in libvirtd's remoteDispatchDomainMemoryStats function. An attacker able to establish a read-only connection to libvirtd could use this flaw to crash libvirtd.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#984556
- Prior to this update, the libvirtd daemon leaked memory in the virCgroupMoveTask() function. A fix has been provided which prevents libvirtd from incorrect management of memory allocations.
- BZ#984561
- Previously, the libvirtd daemon was accessing one byte before the array in the virCgroupGetValueStr() function. This bug has been fixed and libvirtd now stays within the array bounds.
- BZ#984578
- When migrating, libvirtd leaked the migration URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) on destination. A patch has been provided to fix this bug and the migration URI is now freed correctly.
- BZ#1003934
- Updating a network interface using virDomainUpdateDeviceFlags API failed when a boot order was set for that interface. The update failed even if the boot order was set in the provided device XML. The virDomainUpdateDeviceFlags API has been fixed to correctly parse the boot order specification from the provided device XML and updating network interfaces with boot orders now works as expected.
7.129. libwacom
Enhancement
- BZ#857073
- Previously, the Wacom Cintiq 22HD graphics tablet was not supported by the libwacom library. Consequently, this specific type of graphics tablet was not recognized by the system. This update adds the support for Wacom Cintiq 22HD, which can be now used without complications.
7.130. lldpad
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#818598
- Previously, LLDPAD did not listen to multicast MAC addresses. Consequently, it could not gather information from locally connected bridges and lldptool displayed the wrong information. A patch has been applied to enable monitoring of broadcast MAC addresses and users can now display the correct information about locally connected bridges.
- BZ#824188
- Previously, dcbtool commands could, under certain circumstances, fail to enable the Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) application type-length-values (TLV) for a selected interface during the installation process. Consequently, various important features might have not been enabled (for example priority flow control, or PFC) by the Data Center Bridging Exchange (DCBX) peer. To prevent such problems, application-specific parameters (such as the FCoE application TLV) in DCBX are now enabled by default.
- BZ#829857
- Previously, an error in the DCBX (Data Center Bridging Exchange) version selection logic could cause LLDPDUs (Link Layer Discovery Protocol Data Units) to be not encoded in the TLV (Type-Length Value) format during the transition from IEEE DCBX to the legacy DCBX mode. Consequently, link flaps, a delay, or a failure in synchronizing up DCBX between the host and a peer device could occur. In the case of booting from a remote FCoE (Fibre-Channel Over Ethernet) LUN (Logical Unit Number), this bug could result in a failure to boot. This update fixes the bug and TLV is now always used in the described scenario.
- BZ#870576
- When none of the user priority attributes were PFC (Priority-based Flow Control) enabled, attempting to query the currently configured LocalAdminParam values for the "enabled" parameter produced the message "End of LLDPDU TLV". An upstream patch has been applied and now the lldptool utility returns "none" as expected in the scenario described.
- BZ#870578
- Previously, when a peer removed a TLV (ETS, PFC, or APP) the 802.1Qaz module did not update the local MIB. Consequently, this resulted in the old peer data persisting even though it was no longer in the received PDU. This update resolves the problem by clearing the local MIB even in the case of a NULL PTR indicating that no MIB was received. As a result, the operational status for PFC reverts to the localAdminParams settings as expected in the scenario described.
Enhancement
- BZ#738897
- This update adds support for the IEEE 802.1Qbg standard over bonded interfaces. Users can now take full advantage of 802.1Qbg capabilities.
7.131. lm_sensors
Bug Fixes
- BZ#610000, BZ#623587
- Prior to this update, the sensors-detect script did not detect all GenuineIntel CPUs. As a consequence, lm_sensors did not load coretemp module automatically. This update uses a more generic detection for Intel CPUs. Now, the coretemp module is loaded as expected.
- BZ#768365
- Prior to this update, the sensors-detect script reported an error when running without user-defined input. This behavior had no impact on the function but could confuse users. This update modifies the underlying code to allow for the sensors-detect script to run without user.
7.132. logrotate
Bug Fix
- BZ#827570
- Attempting to send a file to a specific e-mail address failed if the "mailfirst" and "delaycompress" options were used at the same time. This was because logrotate searched for a file with the "gz" suffix, however the file had not yet been compressed. The underlying source code has been modified, and logrotate correctly finds and sends the file under these circumstances.
7.133. lohit-telugu-fonts
Bug Fix
- BZ#640610
- Due to a bug in the lohit-telugu-fonts package, four certain syllables were rendering incorrectly. This bug has been fixed and these syllables now render correctly.
7.134. luci
Bug Fixes
- BZ#807344
- Previously, the resource and service names in the
/etc/cluster/cluster.conf
configuration file that contained non-standard characters, like hash (#
), question mark (?
), or slash (/
), were not properly handled by the luci application. Consequently, when processing such configuration file, luci failed with the following message:Error 500 We're sorry but we weren't able to process this request.
This bug has been fixed, and luci now handles resources and services whose names contain the aforementioned characters without complications. - BZ#815666
- When the
fence
instance was configured with thedelay
attribute in the/etc/cluster/cluster.conf
file, the luci application ignored the subsequently enabledunfence
instance that was configured without thedelay
attribute. The unfence status was incorrectly displayed as disabled in theluci
interface, but unfencing was performed without complications. With this update, the underlying source code has been modified to address this issue. As a result, unfence is now properly reported inluci
. - BZ#826951
- Previously, it was possible to create a fencing device with an invalid name (starting with a number) using the luci application. The device was successfully created, but the
/etc/cluster/cluster.conf
file did not pass the schema validation check. The bug has been fixed, and a warning message is now displayed to prevent users from setting invalid device names in the/etc/cluster/cluster.conf
file. - BZ#853151
- Previously, certain errors related to the communication between the luci and
ricci
applications could have been dropped without notification to the user. Also, the following message could occur in the/var/log/luci/luci.log
file:No object (name: translator) has been registered for this thread
With this update, this behavior has been modified and the described errors are now properly written to the log file. - BZ#856253
- Prior to this update, a double click on thebutton in the dialog window led to listing the cluster twice. With this update, the underlying source code has been modified to address this issue, and the cluster is now listed only once regardless of how many times the button was pressed.
- BZ#860042
- Previously, when attempting to create a service that referenced the same global resource twice, the luci application terminated unexpectedly with the following message:
A resource named "<name>" already exists
This bug has been fixed, and luci now accepts multiple references inside a service group. - BZ#877188
- Previously, the luci application allowed the
max_restarts
,__max_restarts
, and__max_failures
variables to be set without setting their corresponding timeout variables (restart_expire_time
,__restart_expire_time
,__failure_expire_time
), and in the opposite way. This behavior has been changed, and an error is now issued in case the corresponding variables are not set. - BZ#877392
- When the self_fence property was enabled using the
luci
interface, the corresponding entry in the/etc/cluster/cluster.conf
file was written incorrectly. A value was assigned in the form ofself_fence="on"
instead ofself_fence="1"
orself_fence="yes"
. Consequently, fencing actions failed. The bug has been fixed, and self_fence is now assigned with the correct value. As a result, fencing now works properly when enabled with luci. - BZ#881796
- Certain previous versions of Microsoft Internet Explorer incorrectly processed JavaScript files containing trailing commas. Consequently, several dialog windows of the luci interface were affected. With this update, the trailing commas have been removed from luci JavaScript files to assure proper luci functionality in older versions of Microsoft Internet Explorer.
- BZ#881955
- Prior to this update, resource and service attributes that accept boolean input did not use consistent values to denote enabled or disabled status. The accepted values were:
1
or0
,on
oroff
,yes
orno
,true
orfalse
. With this update, only the values1
or0
are accepted in attributes that use boolean input. - BZ#882995
- Previously, after renaming a fencing device with an enabled
unfence
option, thisunfence
instance was not updated with the new name and referred to a non-existent device. This bug has been fixed, and anunfence
reference is now correctly updated when a fencing device was renamed. - BZ#886678
- Prior to this update, the luci resource template searched for the
oracletype
attribute instead oftype
when processing the/etc/cluster/cluster.conf
file. Consequently, the oracledb attribute was always displayed asDefault
in the luci interface, regardless of its actual assigned value. This bug has been fixed, andoracletype
type is now correctly displayed by luci.
Enhancements
- BZ#740867
- With this update, support for the IBM iPDU fence device has been added to the luci application.
- BZ#809892
- With this update, a new user table has been added to the luci interface. It is now possible to remove users from luci.and pages of the
- BZ#821928
- With this update, support for configuring the
privlvl
(privilege level) attribute used by the fence_ipmilan fencing agent has been added to the luci application. As a result,privlvl
can now be successfully configured by luci. - BZ#822502
- With this update, support for the
nfsrestart
option for the file system and cluster file system resource agents has been added to the luci application. This option provides a way to forcefully restart NFS servers and allow a clean unmount of an exported file system. - BZ#865300
- This update adds the fence_eaton agent to support Eaton ePDU (Enclosure Power Distribution Unit) devices in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, into the luci package.
- BZ#865533
- With this update, an interface for configuring and displaying the fence_hpblade fence devices has been added to the luci application.
7.134.2. RHBA-2013:1445 — luci bug fix update
Bug Fixes
- BZ#969328
- Previously, luci did not include concurrent additions to parameters for some fence devices (including "cmd_prompt", "login_timeout", "power_timeout", "retry_on", "shell_timeout") or respective instances ("delay") as happened in the fence-agents package. Consequently, the valid parameters could be dropped from the respective part of the configuration upon submitting the dedicated forms in luci. This update restores the capability of luci to work with a full intended set of fence agents parameters and, in turn, prevents luci from unexpectedly discarding the already configured ones.
- BZ#996423
- Previously, luci did not include concurrent additions to fence devices coverage as happened in the fence-agents package. Consequently, Dell iDRAC (idrac), HP iLO2 (ilo2), HP iLO3 (ilo3), and IBM Integrated Management Module (imm) devices or agents were not honored in luci, leading to an inability to properly work with or to setup a cluster comprising them. This update restores the capability of luci to work with a full intended set of fence devices.
7.135. lvm2
Bug fixes
- BZ#837927
- When creating a RAID Logical Volume, if the
--regionsize(-R)
option (used with thelvcreate
command) was not specified, LVs larger than 2 TB could not be created or extended. Consequently, creating or extending such volumes caused errors. With this update, the region size is automatically adjusted upon creation or extension and large LVs can now be created. - BZ#834703
- Extending a RAID 4/5/6 Logical Volume failed to work properly because the parity devices were not properly accounted for. This has been corrected by covering the "simple" case where the LV is extended with the same number of stripes as the original (reducing or extending a RAID 4/5/6 LV with different number of stripes is not implemented yet). As a result, it is now possible to extend a RAID 4/5/6 Logical Volume.
- BZ#832392
- When the
issue_discards=1
configuration option was used or configured in the/etc/lvm/lvm.conf
file, moving Physical Volumes via thepvmove
command resulted in data loss. The problem has been fixed with this update. - BZ#713599, BZ#800801
- Device-mapper devices (including LVM devices) were not deactivated at system shutdown or reboot. Consequently, when device-mapper devices were layered on the top of other block devices and these were detached during the shutdown or reboot procedure, any further access to the device-mapper devices ended up with either I/O errors or an unresponsive system as the underlying devices were unreachable (for example iSCSI or FCoE devices). With this update, a new
blkdeactivate
script along withblk-availability
shutdown script have been provided. These scripts unmount and deactivate any existing device-mapper devices before deactivating and detaching the underlying devices on shutdown or reboot. As a result, there are no I/O errors or hangs if using attached storage that detaches itself during the shutdown or reboot procedure. - BZ#619574
- An LVM mirror can be created with three different types of log devices: core (in-memory), disk, and mirrored. The mirrored log is itself redundant and resides on two different Physical Volumes. Previously, if both devices composing the mirror log were lost, they were not always properly replaced during repair, even if spare devices existed. With this update, a mirrored log is properly replaced with a mirrored log if there are sufficient replacement PVs.
- BZ#832120, BZ#743505
- A mirror Logical Volume can itself have a mirrored log device. When a device in an image of the mirror and its log failed at the same time, it was possible for unexpected I/O errors to appear on the mirror LV. The kernel did not absorb the I/O errors from the failed device by relying on the remaining device. This bug then caused file systems built on the device to respond to the I/O errors (turn read-only in the case of the ext3/4 file systems). The cause was found to be that the mirror was not suspended for repair using the
noflush
flag. This flag allows the kernel to re-queue I/O requests that need to be retried. Because the kernel was not allowed to re-queue the requests, it had no choice but to return the I/O as errored. This bug has been corrected by allowing the log to be repaired first, thus, the top-level mirror's log can be completed successfully. As a result, the mirror is now properly suspended with thenoflush
flag. - BZ#803271
- When using the
lvmetad
daemon (global/use_lvmetad=1
LVM2 configuration option) while processing LVM2 commands in a cluster environment (global/locking_type=3
), the LVM2 commands did not work correctly and issued various error messages. With this update, if clustered locking is set, thelvmetad
daemon is disabled automatically as this configuration is not yet supported with LVM2. As a result, there is now a fallback to non-lvmetad operation in LVM2, if clustered locking is used and a warning message is issued:WARNING: configuration setting the
use_lvmetad
parameter overriden to 0 due to thelocking_type 3
parameter. Clustered environment is not supported by thelvmetad
daemon yet. - BZ#855180
- When the user tried to convert a thin snapshot volume into a read-only volume, internal error messages were displayed and the operation failed. With this update, thin snapshot volumes can be converted to read-only mode. Also for the conversion of the thin pool to read-only mode, en explicit error message about an unsupported feature is added.
- BZ#801571
- Previously, if a device failed while a RAID Logical Volume was not in-sync, any attempts to fix it failed. This case is now handled, however the following limitations are to be noted:
- The user cannot repair or replace devices in a RAID Logical Volume that is not active. The tool (the
lvconvert -repair
command) must know the sync status of the array and can only get that when the array is active. - The user cannot replace a device in a RAID Logical Volume that has not completed its initial synchronization. Doing so would produce unpredictable results and is therefore disallowed.
- The user can repair a RAID Logical Volume that has not completed its initial synchronization, but some data may not be recoverable because it had not had time to make that data fully redundant. In this case, a warning is printed and the user is queried if they would like to proceed.
- BZ#871058
- A race condition in the
lvmetad
daemon occasionally caused LVM commands to fail intermittently, failing to find a VG that was being updated at the same time by another command. With this update, the race condition does no longer occur. - BZ#857554
- If the
issue_discards
option was enabled in the configuration file and thelvremove
command ran against a partial Logical Volume where Physical Volumes were missing, thelvremove
command terminated unexpectedly. This bug has been fixed. Also, the newp
attribute in the LVS command output is set when the Logical Volume is partial. - BZ#820116
- Previously, when there was a Physical Volume in the Volume Group with zero Physical Extents (PEs), so the Physical Volume was used to store metadata only, the
vgcfgrestore
command failed with a "Floating point exception" error, because the command attempted to divide by zero. A proper check for this condition has been added to prevent the error and now, after using thevgcfgrestore
command, VG metadata is successfully written. - BZ#820229
- Previously, when attempting to rename thin Logical Volumes, the procedure failed with the following error message:
"lvrename Cannot rename <volume_name>: name format not recognized for internal LV <pool_name>"
This bug is now fixed and the user can successfully rename thin Logical Volumes. - BZ#843546
- Previously, it was not possible to add a Physical Volume to a Volume Group if a device failure occurred in a RAID Logical Volume and there were no spare devices in the VG. Therefore users could not replace the failed devices in a RAID LV and the VG could not be made consistent without physically editing LVM metadata. It is now possible to add a PV to a VG with missing or failed devices and to replace failed devices in a RAID LV with the
lvconvert --repair <vg>/<LV>
command. - BZ#855398
- An improper restriction placed on mirror Logical Volumes caused them to be ignored during activation. Users were unable to create Volume Groups on top of clustered mirror LV and could not recursively stack cluster VG. The restriction has been refined to pass over mirrors that cause LVM commands to block indefinitely and it is now possible to layer clustered VG on clustered mirror LV.
- BZ#865035
- When a device was missing from a Volume Group or Logical Volume, tags could not be added or removed from the LV. If the activation of an LV was based on tagging using the
volume_list
parameter in the configuration file (lvm.conf
), the LV could not be activated. This affected High Availability LVM (HA-LVM) and without the ability to add or remove tags while a device was missing, RAID LVs in HA-LVM configuration could not be used. This update allowsvgchange
andlvchange
to alter the LVM metadata for a limited set of options while PVs are missing. The "- --[add|del]" tag is included and the set of allowable options do not cause changes to the device-mapper kernel target and do not alter the structure of the LV. - BZ#845269
- When an LVM command encountered a response problem with the
lvmetad
daemon, the command could cause the system to terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. Currently, LVM commands work properly withlvmetad
and crashes no longer occur even if there is a malformed response fromlvmetad
. - BZ#823918
- A running LVM process could not switch between the
lvmetad
daemon and non-lvmetad modes of operation and this caused the LVM process to terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault when polling for the result of runninglvconvert
operation. With this update, the segmentation fault no longer occurs. - BZ#730289
- The
clvmd
daemon consumed a lot of memory resource to process every request. Each request invoked a thread, and by default each thread allocated approximately 9 MB of RAM for stack. To fix this bug, the default thread's stack size has been reduced to 128 KB which is enough for the current version of LVM to handle all tasks. This leads to massive reduction of memory used during runtime by theclvmd
daemon. - BZ#869254
- Previously, disabling the
udev
synchronisation causedudev
verification to be constantly enabled, ignoring the actual user-defined setting. Consequently,libdevmapper
/LVM2 incorrectly bypassedudev
when processing relevant nodes. Thelibdevmapper
library has been fixed to honor the actual user's settings forudev
verification. As a result,udev
works correctly even in case theudev
verification andudev
synchronization are disabled at the same time. - BZ#832033
- Previously, when using the
lvmetad
daemon, passing the--test
argument to commands occasionally caused inconsistencies in thelvmetad
cache thatlvmetad
maintains. Consequently, disk corruption occurred when shared disks were involved. An upstream patch has been applied to fix this bug. - BZ#870248
- Due to a missing dependency on the device-mapper-persistent-data thin pool devices were not monitored on activation. Consequently, unmonitored pools could overfill the configured threshold. To fix this bug, the code path for enabling monitoring of thin pool has been fixed and the missing package dependency added. As a result, when monitoring for thin pool is configured, the
dmeventd
daemon is enabled to watch for pool overfill. - BZ#836653
- A failed attempt to reduce the size of a Logical Volume was sometimes not detected and the
lvremove
command exited successfully even though it had failed to operate the LV. With this update,lvremove
returns the right exit code in the described scenario. - BZ#836663
- When using a Physical Volume (PV) that contained ignored metadata areas, an LVM command, such as
pvs
, could incorrectly display the PV as being an orphan due to the order of processing individual PV in the VG. With this update, the processing of PVs in a VG has been fixed to properly account for PVs with ignored metadata areas so that the order of processing is no longer important, and LVM commands now always give the same correct result, regardless of PVs with ignored metadata areas. - BZ#837599
- Issuing the
vgscan --cache
command (to refresh thelvmetad
daemon) did not remove data about Physical Volumes or Volume Groups that no longer existed — it only updated metadata of existing entities. With this update, thevgscan --cache
command removes all metadata that are no longer relevant. - BZ#862253
- When there were numerous parallel LVM commands running, the
lvmetad
daemon could deadlock and cause other LVM commands to stop responding. This behavior was caused by a race condition inlvmetad's
multi-threaded code. The code has been improved and now the parallel commands succeed and no deadlocks occur. - BZ#839811
- Previously, the first attribute flag was incorrectly set to
S
when an invalid snapshot occurred, whereas this value in the first position is supposed to indicate a merging snapshot. Invalid snapshot is normally indicated by capitalizing the fifth Logical Volume attribute character. This bug has been fixed and thelvs
utility no longer capitalizes the first LV attribute character for invalid snapshots but the fifth, as required. - BZ#842019
- Previously, it was possible to specify incorrect arguments when creating a RAID Logical Volume, which could harmfully affect the created device. These inappropriate arguments are no longer allowed.
- BZ#839796
- Due to incorrect handling of sub-Logical-Volumes (LVs), the
pvmove
utility was inconsistent and returned a misleading message for RAID. To fix this bug,pvmove
has been disallowed from operating on RAID LVs. Now, if it is necessary to move a RAID LV's components from one device to another, thelvconvert --replace <old_pv> <vg>/<lv> <new_pv>
command is used. - BZ#836381
- The kernel does not allow adding images to a RAID Logical Volume while the array is not synchronized. Previously, the LVM RAID code did not check whether the LV was synchronized. As a consequence, an invalid request could be issued, which caused errors. With this update, the aforementioned condition is checked and the user is now informed that the operation cannot take place until the array is synchronized. The kernel does not allow to add additional images to a RAID Logical Volume when the array is not synchronized. Previously, the LVM RAID code did not check whether the LV was in synchronized condition, which could have caused invalid requests. With this update, LVM RAID has been modified to check for the aforementioned condition and the user is now informed in case the operation is stopped due to unsynchronized array.
- BZ#855171, BZ#855179
- Prior to this update, the conversion of a thin pool into a mirror resulted in an aborting error message. As this conversion is not supported, an explicit check which prohibits this conversion before the
lvm
utility attempts to perform it has been added. Now, the error message returns an explicit error message stating that the feature is not supported. - BZ#822248
- Prior to this update, RAID Logical Volumes could become corrupted if they were activated in a clustered Volume Group. To fix this bug, a VG is no longer allowed to be changed to a clustered VG if there are RAID LVs in a VG.
- BZ#822243
- Previously, it was possible to create RAID Logical Volumes in a clustered Volume Group. As RAID LVs are not cluster capable and activating them in a cluster could cause data damage, the ability to create RAID LVs in a cluster has been disabled.
- BZ#821007
- Previously, if no last segment on an pre-existing Logical Volume was defined, the normal
cling
allocation policy was applied and an LV could be successfully created or extended even though there was not enough space on a single Physical Volume and no additional PV was defined in thelvm.conf
file. This update corrects the behavior of thecling
allocation policy and any attempts to create or extend an LV under these circumstances now fail as expected. - BZ#814782
- The interaction of LVM filters and
lvmetad
could have lead to unexpected and undesirable results. Also, updates to the "filter" settings while thelvmetad
daemon was running did not forcelvmetad
to forget the devices forbidden by the filter. Since the normal "filter" setting in thelvm.conf
file is often used on the command line, a new option has been added tolvm.conf
(global_filter) which also applies tolvmetad
. The traditional "filter" settings only applies at the command level and does not affect device visibility tolvmetad
. The options are documented in more detail in the example configuration file. - BZ#814777
- Prior to this update, the
lvrename
utility did not work with thin provisioning (pool, metadata, or snapshots) correctly. This bug has been fixed by implementing full support for stacked devices. Now,lvrename
handles all types of thin Logical Volumes as expected. - BZ#861456
- When creating a Logical Volume using the
lvcreate
command with the--thinpool
and--mirror
options, thethinpool
flag was ignored and a regular Logical Volume was created. With this update, use of the--thinpool
option with the--mirror
option is no longer allowed and thelvcreate
command fails with a proper error message under these circumstances. - BZ#861841
- Previously, the
lvm_percent_to_float()
function declared in thelvm2app.h
header file did not have an implementation in thelvm2app
library. Any program, which tried to use this function, failed at linking time. A patch forlvm2app.h
has been applied to fix this bug andlvm_percent_to_float()
now works as expected. - BZ#813766
- Prior to this update, the LVM utilities returned spurious warning messages during the boot process, if the
use_lvmetad = 1
option was set in thelvm.conf
file. This has been fixed and warning messages are no longer issued during boot. - BZ#862095
- Due to the unimplemented
<data_percent>
property for thelvm2app
library, incorrect value-1
was returned for thin volumes. This bug has been fixed by adding proper support for thelvm_lv_get_property(lv, <data_percent>)
function. Now,lvm2app
returns correct values. - BZ#870534
- Due to a wrong initialization sequence, running an (LVM) command caused the LVM utility to abort instead of proceeding with scanning-based metadata discovery (requested by using the
--config "global{use_lvmetad=0"}
option). This bug occurred only when an LVM command was run withlvmetad
cache daemon running. The bug has been fixed and LVM no longer aborts. - BZ#863401
- Previously, the
pvscan --cache
command failed to read part of LVM1 metadata. As a consequence, when using LVM1 (legacy) metadata and thelvmetad
daemon together, LVM commands could run into infinite loops when invoked. This bug has been fixed and LVM1 andlvmetad
now work together as expected. - BZ#863881
- Due to the missing
lvm2app
library support, incorrect values for thin snapshotsorigin
field were reported. A patch has been updated to return the correct response to thelvm_lv_get_property(lv, "origin")
function. - BZ#865850
- Previously, the degree to which RAID 4/5/6 Logical Volumes had completed their initial array synchronization (i.e. initial parity calculations) was not printed in the
lvs
command output. This information is now included under the heading that has been changed fromCopy%
toCpy%Sync
. Users can now request theCpy%Sync
information directly vialvs
with either thelvs -o copy_percent
or thelvs -o sync_percent
option. - BZ#644752
- Previously, when using Physical Volumes, the exclusive lock was held to prevent other PVs commands to run concurrently in case any Volume Group metadata needed to be read in addition. This is not necessary anymore when using
lvmetad
aslvmetad
caches VG metadata and thus avoids taking the exclusive lock. As a consequence, numerous PVs commands reading VG metadata can be run in parallel without the need for the exclusive lock. - BZ#833180
- Attempting to convert a linear Logical Volume to a RAID 4/5/6 Logical Volume is not allowed. When the user tried to execute this operation, a message indicating that the original LV had been
striped
instead oflinear
, was returned. The messages have been updated to provide correct information and only messages with correct and relevant content are now returned under these circumstances. - BZ#837114
- Previously, an attempt to test the
create
command of a RAID Logical Volume resulted in failure even though the process itself succeeded without the--test
argument of the command. With this update, a test run of thecreate
command now properly indicates success if the command is successful. - BZ#837098
- Previously, a user-instantiated resynchronization of a RAID Logical Volume failed to cause the RAID LV to perform the actual resynchronization. This bug has been fixed and the LV now performs the resynchronization as expected.
- BZ#837093
- When a RAID or mirror Logical Volume is created with the
--nosync
option, an attribute with this information is attached to the LV. Previously, a RAID1 LV did not clear this attribute when the LV was converted to a linear LV and back, even though it underwent a complete resynchronization in the process. With this update,--nosync
has been fixed and the attribute is now properly cleared after the LV conversion. - BZ#836391
- Due to an error in the code, user-initiated resynchronization of a RAID Logical Volume was ineffective. With this update, the
lvchange --resync
command has been added on a RAID LV, which makes the LV undergo complete resynchronization. - BZ#885811
- Previously, an error in the Volume Group (VG) auto-activation code could cause LVM commands to terminate unexpectedly with the following message:
Internal error: Handler needs existing VG
With this update, cached VG metadata are used instead of relying on an absent MDA content of the last discovered PV. As a result, the aforementioned error no longer occurs. - BZ#885993
- Prior to this update, testing the health status of the
mirror
utility caused a minor memory leak. To fix this bug, all resources taken in the function have been released, and memory leaks for longterm living processes (such as thedmeventd
daemon) no longer occur. - BZ#887228
- Previously, a nested mutex lock could result in a deadlock in the
lvmetad
daemon. As a consequence, Logical Volume Manager (LVM) commands trying to talk tolvmetad
became unrepsonsive. The nested lock has been removed, and the deadlock no longer occurs. - BZ#877811
- Previously, the
lvconvert
utility handled the-y
and-f
command line options inconsistently when repairing mirror or RAID volumes. Whereas the-f
option alone worked correctly, when used along with the-y
option, the-f
option was ignored. With this update,lvconvert
handles the-f
option correctly as described in the manual page. - BZ#860338
- When Physical Volumes were stored on read-only disks, the
vgchange -ay
command failed to activate any Logical Volumes and the following error message was returned:/dev/dasdf1: open failed: Read-only file system device-mapper: reload ioctl failed: Invalid argument 1 logical volume(s) in volume group "v-9c0ed7a0-1271-452a-9342-60dacafe5d17" now active
However, this error message did not reflect the nature of the bug. With this update, the command has been fixed and Volume Group can now be activated on a read-only disk. - BZ#832596
- An error in the space allocation logic caused Logical Volume creation with the
--alloc anywhere
option to occasionally fail. RAID 4/5/6 systems were particularly affected. The bug was fixed to avoid picking already-full areas for RAID devices.
Enhancements
- BZ#783097
- Previously, the
device-mapper
driver UUIDs could have been used to create the/dev
content with theudev
utility. If mangling was not enabled,udev
created incorrect entries for UUIDs containing unsupported characters. With this update, character-mangling support in thelibdevmapper
library and thedmsetup
utility for characters not on the udev-supported whitelist has been enhanced to processdevice-mapper
UUIDs the same way asdevice-mapper
names are. The UUIDs and names are now always controlled by the same mangling mode, thus the existing--manglename dmsetup
option affects UUIDs as well. Furthermore, thedmsetup info -c -o
command has new fields to display:mangled_uuid
andunmangled_uuid
. - BZ#817866, BZ#621375
- Previously, users had to activate Volume Groups and Logical Volumes manually by calling
vgchange/lvchange -ay
on the command line. This update adds the autoactivation feature, LVM2 now lets the user specify precisely which Logical Volumes should be activated at boot time and which ones should remain inactive. Currently, the feature is supported only on non-clustered and complete VGs. Note that to activate the feature,lvmetad
must be enabled (global/use_lvmetad=1
LVM2 configuration option). - BZ#869402
- The manual page for the
lvconvert
utility has been updated with new supported options for conversion of existing volumes into a thin pool. - BZ#814732
- Previously, the user could not specify conversion of an Logical Volume already containing pool information ("pre-formatted LV") into a legitimate thin pool LV. Furthermore, it was rather complex to guide the allocation mechanism to use proper Physical Volumes (PVs) for data and metadata LV. As the
lvconvert
utility is easier to use in these cases,lvconvert
has been enhanced to support conversion of pre-formatted LVs into a thin pool volume. With the--thinpool data_lv_name
and--poolmetadata metadata_lv_name
options, the user may use a pre-formatted LV to construct a thin pool as with thelvcreate
utility. - BZ#636001
- A new optional metadata caching daemon (
lvmetad
) is available as part of this LVM2 update, along withudev
integration for device scanning. Repeated scans of all block devices in the system with each LVM command are avoided if the daemon is enabled. The original behavior can be restored at any time by disablinglvmetad
in thelvm.conf
file. - BZ#814766
- Previously, no default behavior could be used to fine-tune performance of some workloads. Now, the thin pool support has been enhanced with configurable discards support. The user may now select from three types of behavior:
passdown
is default and allows to pass-through discard requests to the thin pool backing device;nopassdown
processes allows discards only on the thin pool level and requests are not passed to the backing device;ignore
allows ignoring of discard request. - BZ#844492
- LVM support for 2-way mirror RAID10 has been added. LVM is now able to create, remove, and resize RAID10 Logical Volumes. To create a RAID10 Logical Volume, specify individual RAID parameters similarly as for other RAID types, like in the following example:
~]#
Note that thelvcreate --type raid10 -m 1 -i 2 -L 1G -n lv vg
-m
and-i
arguments behave in the same way they would for other segment types. That is,-i
is the total number of stripes while-m
is the number of (additional) copies (that is,-m 1 -i 2
gives 2 stripes on the top of 2-way mirrors). - BZ#861843
- The
lvm2app
library now reports the data_percent field which indicates how full snapshots, thin pools and volumes are. The Logical Volume needs to be active to obtain this information. - BZ#814824
- The thin pool now supports non-power-of-2 chunk size. However, the size must be a multiple of 64KiB.
- BZ#823660
- The
-l
option has been added to thelvmetad
daemon to allow logging of wire traffic and more detailed information on internal operation to thestandard error
stream. This new feature is mainly useful for troubleshooting and debugging. - BZ#834031
- Previously, it was possible to pass an incorrect argument on the command line when creating a RAID Logical Volume, for example the
--mirrors
command for RAID5. Consequently, erroneous and unexpected results were produced. With this update, invalid arguments are caught and reported. - BZ#823667
- The
lvmdump
utility has been extended to include a dump of the internallvmetad
daemon state, helping with troubleshooting and analysis oflvmetad
-related problems. - BZ#830250
- In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, LVM adds support for Micron PCIe Solid State Drives (SSDs) as devices that may form a part of a Volume Group.
- BZ#883416
- The
DM_DISABLE_UDEV
environment variable is now recognized and takes precedence over other existing setting when using LVM2 tools, dmsetup and libdevmapper to fallback to non-udev operation. Setting theDM_DISABLE_UDEV
environment variable provides a more convenient way of disabling udev support in libdevmapper, dmsetup and LVM2 tools globally without a need to modify any existing configuration settings. This is mostly useful if the system environment does not useudev
. - BZ#829221
- Physical Volumes (PV) are now automatically restored from the missing state after they become reachable again and even if they had no active metadata areas. In cases of transient inaccessibility of a PV, for example with Internet Small Computer System Interface (iSCSI) or other unreliable transport, LVM required manual action to restore a PV for use even if there was no room for conflict, because there was no active metadata area (MDA) on the PV. With this update, the manual action is no longer required if the transiently inaccessible PV has no active metadata areas.
7.135.2. RHBA-2013:1504 — lvm2 bug fix update
Bug Fix
- BZ#1024911
- When there were visible clustered Volume Groups in the system, it was not possible to silently skip them with proper return error code while non-clustered locking type was used (the global/locking_type lvm.conf setting). To fix this bug, "--ignoreskippedcluster" option has been added for several LVM commands (pvs, vgs, lvs, pvdisplay, vgdisplay, lvdisplay, vgchange, and lvchange). With this option, the clustered Volume Groups are skipped correctly while the return error code does not depend on these clustered Volume Groups.
7.135.3. RHBA-2013:1471 — lvm2 bug fix update
Bug Fixes
- BZ#965810
- Previously, on certain HP servers using Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 with the xfs file system, a regression in the code caused the lvm2 utility to ignore the "optimal_io_size" parameter and use a 1MB offset start. Consequently, there was an increase in the disk write operations which caused data misalignment and considerably lowered the performance of the servers. With this update, lvm2 no longer ignores "optimal_io_size" and data misalignment no longer occurs in this scenario.
- BZ#965968
- The lvm2 tools determine the PowerPath major number by searching for an "emcpower" line in the /proc/devices file. Previously, some versions of PowerPath used the ID string "power2". Аs a consequence, on systems with such an identifier, PowerPath devices were not given the expected precedence over PowerPath components which exhibit the same physical volume UUID. With this update, detection of EMC power devices works as expected, and the priority of devices is now set properly.
- BZ#1016083
- Due to an error in the LVM allocation code, lvm2 attempted free space allocation contiguous to an existing striped space. When trying to extend a 3-way striped logical volume using the lvextend command, the lvm2 utility terminated unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. With this update, the behavior of LVM has been modified, and lvextend now completes the extension without a segmentation fault.
7.136. mailman
Bug Fixes
- BZ#772998
- The reset_pw.py script contained a typo, which could cause the mailman utility to fail with a traceback. The typo has been corrected, and mailman now works as expected.
- BZ#799323
- The "urlhost" argument was not handled in the newlist script. When running the "newlist" command with the "--urlhost" argument specified, the contents of the index archive page was not created using proper URLs; the hostname was used instead. With this update, "urlhost" is now handled in the newlist script. If the "--urlhost" argument is specified on the command line, the host URL is used when creating the index archive page instead of the hostname.
- BZ#832920
- Previously, long lines in e-mails were not wrapped in the web archive, sometimes requiring excessive horizontal scrolling. The "white-space: pre-wrap;" CSS style has been added to all templates, so that long lines are now wrapped in browsers that support that style.
- BZ#834023
- The "From" string in the e-mail body was not escaped properly. A message containing the "From" string at the beginning of a line was split and displayed in the web archive as two or more messages. The "From" string is now correctly escaped, and messages are no longer split in the described scenario.
7.137. man-pages-overrides
Bug Fixes
- BZ#806845
- Prior to this update, documentation about SMBIOS on the dmidecode(8) manual page was unclear. This update fixes the information about SMBIOS on the dmidecode(8) manual page.
- BZ#814417
- Prior to this update, description of the "-SecurityTypes" option in the TigerVNC utility was missing in the vncviewer(1) and Xvnc(1) manual pages. This update adds a description to the vncviewer(1) and Xvnc(1) manual pages.
- BZ#845657
- Prior to this update, the localalloc option on the numactl(8) manual page was not clearly described. This update adds a clear description of the localalloc option to the numactl(8) utility.
- BZ#846591
- Prior to this update, some options were missing from the ipmitool(1) manual page. With this update, all options are described on the ipmitool(1) manual page.
- BZ#849201
- Previously, the alsaunmute(1) manual page was missing. This update adds the alsaunmute(1) manual page.
- BZ#853959
- Prior to this update, the "--no-tpm" option was not described in the rngd(8) manual page. This update adds a description of the "--no-tpm" option.
- BZ#867332
- Prior to this update, the groupmems(8) manual page was missing information about the setuid permission of the groupmems binary. This update clarifies the setuid permission in the groupmems(8) manual page.
- BZ#872526
- Prior to this update, the dump(8) manual page was missing information about the ext4 file system support. This update adds this information to the dump(8) manual page.
7.138. man-pages
Bug Fixes
- BZ#714073
- Prior to this update, a manual page for the
fattach()
function was missing. This update adds thefattach(2)
manual page. - BZ#714074
- Prior to this update, a manual page for the
recvmmsg()
call was missing. This update adds therecvmmsg(2)
manual page. - BZ#714075
- Prior to this update, manual pages for the
cciss
andhpsa
utilities were missing. This update adds thecciss(4)
andhpsa(4)
manual pages. - BZ#714078
- The
host.conf(5)
manual page contained a description for the unsupportedorder
keyword. This update removes the incorrect description. - BZ#735789
- Prior to this update, the
clock_gettime(2)
,clock_getres(2)
, andclock_nanosleep(2)
manual pages did not mention the-lrt
option. With this update, the description of the-lrt
option has been added to the aforementioned manual pages. - BZ#745152
- This update adds the description of the
single-request-reopen
to theresolv.conf(5)
manual page. - BZ#745501
- With this update, usage of
SSSD
in thensswitch.conf
file is now described in thensswitch.conf(5)
manual page. - BZ#745521
- With this update, the new
UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW
flag is described in theumount(2)
manual page. - BZ#745733
- Previously, a manual page for the
sendmmsg()
function was missing. This update adds thesendmmsg(2)
manual page. - BZ#752778
- Previously, the
db(3)
manual page was pointing to the non-existentdbopen(3)
manual page. When theman db
command was issued, the following error message was returned:fopen: No such file or directory.
With this update, thedb(3)
manual page is removed. - BZ#771540
- This update adds the missing description of the
TCP_CONGESTION
socket option to thetcp(7)
manual page. - BZ#804003
- Descriptions of some socket options were missing in the
ip(7)
manual page. This update adds these descriptions to theip(7)
manual page. - BZ#809564
- Prior to this update, the
shmat(2)
manual page was missing the description for theEIDRM
error code. With this update, this description has been added to theshmat(2)
manual page. - BZ#822317
- The
bdflush(2)
system call manual page was missing information that this system call is obsolete. This update adds this information to thebdflush(2)
manual page. - BZ#835679
- The
nscd.conf(5)
manual page was not listing “services” among valid services. With this update, “services” are listed in thenscd.conf(5)
manual page as expected. - BZ#840791
- Previously, the
nsswitch.conf(5)
manual page lacked information on the search mechanism, particularly about thenotfound
status. This update provides an improved manual page with added description ofnotfound
. - BZ#840796
- Prior to this update, the behavior of the
connect()
call with the local address set to theINADDR_ANY
wildcard address was insufficiently described in theip(7)
manual page. Possible duplication of the local port after the call was not acknowledged. With this update, the documentation has been reworked in order to reflect the behavior of theconnect()
call correctly. - BZ#840798
- Due to the vague description of the
getdents()
function in thegetdents(2)
manual page, the risk of using this function directly was not clear enough. The description has been extended with a warning to prevent incorrect usage of thegetdents()
function. - BZ#840805
- The
nscd.conf(5)
manual page was missing descriptions and contained several duplicate entries. With this update, the text has been clarified and redundant entries have been removed. - BZ#857163
- Previously, the
tzset(3)
manual page contained an incorrect interval in the description of the start and end format for Daylight Saving Time. Consequently, users thought the number was 1-based rather than 0-based when not using theJ
option. With this update, the manual page has been corrected. The Julian day can be specified with an interval of 0 to 365 and February 29 is counted in leap years when theJ
option is not used. - BZ#857962
- The description of the
/proc/sys/fs/file-nr
file in theproc(5)
manual page was outdated. This update adds the current information to this manual page. - BZ#858278
- The
connect(2)
manual page in the Error section listedEAGAIN
error code instead ofEADDRNOTAVAIL
error code. This update amends the manual page with correct information.
Enhancements
7.139. man
7.139.1. RHBA-2013:0392 — man bug fix update
Bug Fix
- BZ#815209
- Previously, the patch for the man-pages-overrides package ignored localized man pages. Consequently, installing this package also overrode man pages localized in different languages. With this update, this bug has been fixed and man pages from the man-pages-overrides package now override only man pages in the same language.
7.140. matahari
7.141. mcelog
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#851406
- The mcelog(8) man page contained incorrect information about usage of the "--supported" flag. This man page has been updated and the information is correct now.
- BZ#871249
- Previously, the mcelog daemon ignored the 15h microarchitecture family of AMD processors and did not report the Machine Check Exception (MCE) errors. Consequently, reported errors were unavailable to system administrators. The 15h microarchitecture family of AMD processors has been included to the list of supported processors and mcelog reports MCE errors correctly in this case.
Enhancement
- BZ#740915
- This enhancement adds support for the Intel Core i5 and i7 processors to the mcelog packages.
7.142. mdadm
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#824815
- While an Intel Matrix Storage Manager (IMSM) RAID volume was in the process of a reshape, an attempt to stop all arrays could cause an IMSM RAID array to be broken or corrupted. The underlying source code has been modified and mdadm works as expected in the described scenario.
- BZ#862565
- This update clarifies a number of mdadm license ambiguities.
- BZ#878810
- The IMSM optional ROM (OpROM) does not support RAID volumes across more than one controller. Previously, creating an IMSM RAID volume across more than one controller caused data loss. With this update, creating an IMSM RAID volume on multiple controllers is forbidden to prevent the data loss.
- BZ#880208
- Previously, it was possible to create a second RAID1 volume with the size equal to 0. As a consequence, when resyncing the first RAID1 volume was finished, the system became unresponsive. This update applies a patch to correct this error and it is no longer possible to create a second RAID1 volume with the size equal to 0.
- BZ#880225
- After turning off two disk drives of a RAID1 volume, using the "mdadm --detail" command caused mdadm to terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. This update applies a patch that fixes this bug. Using the "mdadm --detail" command now returns valid information and mdadm no longer crashes in the described scenario.
- BZ#820643
- This update fixes the map file location in mdadm(8) man page.
7.143. mesa
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#786508, BZ#820746
- If the user logged in from Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 to a Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 machine by using the "ssh" command with the "-Y" option, an attempt to run an application that uses GLX failed with the "Error: couldn't find RGB GLX visual or fbconfig" error message. This bug has been fixed and the remote login now works as expected.
- BZ#885882
- Due to an error in the mesa packages, using the multisample anti-aliasing (MSAA) technique with the KWin window manager caused errors in the desktop compositing. This update provides a patch that fixes this bug and MSAA now works correctly with the KWin window manager.
- BZ#901627
- Previously, when connecting to a remote machine using SSH with the X11 forwarding enabled caused a "failed to load driver: i965" error in the libGL library. With this update, a patch has been provided to fix this bug and drivers are now loaded as expected.
Enhancements
- BZ#816661
- An accelerated driver for Intel Core i5 and i7 processors has been added to the mesa packages.
- BZ#835201
- This update adds the new mesa-dril-drivers package to mesa. This package implements support for the DRI1 drivers.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-1872
- An out-of-bounds access flaw was found in Mesa. If an application using Mesa exposed the Mesa API to untrusted inputs (Mozilla Firefox does this), an attacker could cause the application to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running the application.
- CVE-2013-1993
- It was found that Mesa did not correctly validate messages from the X server. A malicious X server could cause an application using Mesa to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running the application.
7.144. microcode_ctl
Bug Fix
- BZ#740932
- Previously, a udev rule in /lib/udev/rules.d/89-microcode.rules allowed the module to load more than once. On very large systems (for example, systems with 2048 or more CPUs), this could result in the system becoming unresponsive on boot. With this update, the udev rule has been changed to ensure the module loads only once. Very large systems now boot as expected.
Enhancements
- BZ#818096
- The Intel CPU microcode file has been updated to version 20120606.
- BZ#867078
- The AMD CPU microcode file has been updated to version 20120910.
7.145. mlocate
Bug Fixes
- BZ#690800
- Prior to this update, the locate(1) manual page contained a misprint. This update corrects the misprint.
- BZ#699363
- Prior to this update, the mlocate tool aborted the "updatedb" command if an incorrect filesystem implementation returned a zero-length file name. As a consequence, the locate database was not be updated. This update detects invalid zero-length file names, warns about them, and continues to the locate database.
7.146. mod_authz_ldap
Bug Fixes
- BZ#607797
- Prior to this update, the License field of the mod_authz_ldap packages contained an incorrect tag. This update modifies the license text. Now, the license tag correctly reads "ASL1.0".
- BZ#643691
- Prior to this update, the mod_authz_ldap module could leak memory. As a consequence, the memory consumption of the httpd process could increase as more requests were processed. This update modifies the underlying code to handle LDAP correctly. Now, the memory consumption as at expected levels.
- BZ#782442
- Prior to this update, passwords were logged in plain text to the error log when an LDAP bind password was configured if a connection error occurred. This update modifies the underlying code to prevent passwords from being logged in error conditions.
7.147. mod_nss
Bug Fix
- BZ#769906
- The mod_nss module reported 'Required value NSSCipherSuite not set.' even though a value for NSSCipherSuite was present in the virtual host. This bug was a configuration issue which was exacerbated by a couple of confusing log messages. As a result, several log messages were changed to help clarify what values were actually missing.
Enhancements
- BZ#816394
- Added support for TLSv1.1 to mod_nss module.
- BZ#835071
- Added the ability to share mod_proxy with other SSL providers.
7.148. mod_revocator
Bug Fix
- BZ#861999
- When "exec" URIs were used to configure Certificate Revocate Lists (CRLs), the mod_revocator module failed to load these URIs with the following error message:Unable to load Revocation module, NSS error -8187. CRL retrieval will be disabled.A patch has been provided to fix this problem, and CRL URIs are now loaded as expected in this scenario.
7.149. module-init-tools
Bug Fix
- BZ#670653
- Previously, the rpmbuild utility received warnings about specific tags being deprecated for module-init-tools. This update fixes the module-init-tools spec file and rpmbuild no longer receives warnings.
7.150. mod_wsgi
Bug Fix
- BZ#670577
- Prior to this update, a misleading warning message from the mod_wsgi utilities was logged during startup of the Apache httpd daemon. This update removes this message from the mod_wsgi module.
Enhancement
- BZ#719409
- With this update, access to the SSL connection state is now available in WSGI scripts using the methods "mod_ssl.is_https" and "mod_ssl.var_lookup".
7.151. mrtg
7.151.1. RHBA-2012:1449 — mrtg bug fix update
Bug Fix
- BZ#706519
- Prior to this update, the MRTG tool did not handle the socket6 correctly. As a consequence, MRTG reported errors when run on a system with an IPv6 network interface due to a socket conflict. This update modifies the underlying code to socket6 as expected. (#706519)
- BZ#707188
- Prior to this update, changing the "kMG" keyword in the MRTG configuration could cause the labels on the y-axis to overlap the main area of the generated chart. With this update, an upstream patch has been applied to address this issue, and changing the "kMG" keyword in the configuration no longer leads to the incorrect rendering of the resulting charts.
- BZ#836197
- Prior to this update, the wrong value was returned from the IBM Fibrechannel switch when using the ifSpeed interface. As a consequence, mrtg cfgmaker failed to use ifHighSpeed on IBM FibreChannel switches. This update modifies the underlying code to return the correct value.
7.152. mt-st
Bug Fix
- BZ#820245
- Prior this update, the stinit init script did not support standard actions like "status" or "restart". As a consequence, an error code was returned. This update modifies the underlying code to use all use all standard actions.
7.153. netcf
Bug Fix
- BZ#886862
- Previously, the netcf utility had been calling the nl_cache_mngt_provide() function in the libnl library, which was not thread-safe. Consequently, the libvirtd daemon could terminate unexpectedly. As nl_cache_mngt_provide() was not necessary for proper operation, it is no longer called by netcf, thus preventing this bug.
7.154. net-snmp
netstat
utility which uses SNMP, and a Tk/Perl Management Information Base (MIB) browser.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#829271
- Previously, there was a limit of 50
exec
entries in the/etc/snmp/snmpd.conf
congiguration file. With more than 50 such entries in the file, thesnmpd
daemon reported the following error message:Error: No further UCD-compatible entries
With this update, the fixed limit has been removed, and there can now be any number ofexec
entries in/etc/snmp/snmpd.conf
. - BZ#848319
- Prior to this update, the
libnetsnmpmibs.so.20
andlibnetsnmphelpers.so.20
libraries did not contain an RPATH entry to the libperl.so package for embedding Perl. This could cause problems when linking custom SNMP applications or modules. An upstream patch, which adds RPATH for the Perl libraries, has been provided, and all libperl.so references are now resolved. - BZ#800671
- Previously, the
snmpd
daemon ignored thetrapsess -e <engineID>
configuration option in the/etc/snmp/snmpd.conf
file and sent a default engineID string even iftrapsess
was configured with an explicit engineID value. An upstream patch has been provided to fix this bug andsnmpd
now sends outgoing traps with an engineID string as specified in/etc/snmp/snmpd.conf
. - BZ#846436
- Due to a possible race condition, the
snmpd
daemon could fail to count some processes when filling in theUCD-SNMP-MIB::prTable
table. With this update, the underlying source code has been adapted to prevent such a race condition, so that all processes are now counted as expected. - BZ#833013
- Prior to this update, the
snmpd
daemon ignored the port number of theclientaddr
option when specifying the source address of outgoing SNMP requests. As a consequence, the system assigned a random port number to theudp
socket. This update introduces a new configuration optionclientaddrUsesPort
, which, if set toyes
, allows to specify both the port number and the source IP address in theclientaddr
option. Now, administrators can increase security with firewall rules and SELinux policies by configuring a specific source port of outgoing traps and other requests. - BZ#851637
- When the
snmpd
daemon was shutting down during processing of internal queries, a request was neither marked as failed nor finished, andsnmpd
waited indefinitely for the request to be processed. With this update,snmpd
marks all internal queries as failed during shutdown. - BZ#842279
- Previously, implementation of the
UCD-SNMP-MIB::extCommand
variable in thesnmpd
daemon reported only names of the executable parameters, missing all other command line parameters. With this update,UCD-SNMP-MIB::extCommand
has been fixed andsnmpd
returns the full command line output. - BZ#784502
- Previously,
snmptrapd(8)
manual page did not properly describe how to load multiple configuration files using the-c
option. With this update, the manual page has been fixed and describes that multiple configuration files must be separated by the comma character. - BZ#846532, BZ#861152
- In the previous net-snmp update, implementation of the
HOST-RESOURCES-MIB::hrStorageTable
table was rewritten and devices with CentraVision File System (CVFS) and OpenVZ container file systems (simfs
) were not reported. With this update, thesnmpd
daemon properly recognizesCVFS
andsimfs
devices and reports them inHOST-RESOURCES-MIB::hrStorageTable
. - BZ#846906
- When the
snmpd
daemon was not able to expand 32-bit counter provided by the operating system to 64-bits, as required by SNMP standards, thesnmpd
daemon occasionally reported the following error messages:c64 32 bit check failed
Error expanding XXX to 64bits
looks like a 64bit wrap, but prev!=new
These messages were in fact harmless but confusing. This update suppresses them and they are no longer returned in the described scenario. - BZ#845157
- The
snmpd
daemon reported an error message to system log files when it could not open the following files:/proc/net/if_inet6
,/proc/net/snmp6
,/proc/net/ipv6_route
,/proc/net/tcp6
, and/proc/net/udp6
. These files are typically missing on machines with disabled IPv6 networking, and thus reporting such error messages for them is meaningless. With this update, the error messages are suppressed, and the system log files are not filled with redundant messages. - BZ#848155
- Prior to this update, the
net-snmp
utility failed to read thediskIOLA1
,diskIOLA5
, anddiskIOLA15
object variables of the UCD-DISKIO-MIB object, as these variables were not implemented on the Linux operating system. Consequently, thesnmptable
utility failed to return values of the three variables correctly. With this update, these objects are implemented and their values are now displayed in theUCD-DISKIO-MIB::diskIOTable
table as expected. - BZ#825889
- Previously, the
snmpd
daemon was updated to send an SNMP response to broadcast requests from the same interface, on which a SNMP response had been received. However, this update also introduced a bug which preventedsnmpd
from sending responses to unicast request on multihomed machines. This update fixes this bug, so thesnmpd
daemon is now able to both answer unicast requests on multihomed machines and send responses to broadcast requests from the same interface, on which the request has been received. - BZ#824402
- Previously, the
snmptrapd
daemon terminated the embedded Perl interpreter immediately after theTERM
signal was received, regardless of whether embedded Perl code was still being used. Consequently,snmptrapd
could rarely terminate unexpectedly during shutdown. With this update, the embedded Perl interpreter is destroyed later during thesnmptrapd
shutdown, when all Perl processing is finished.
7.155. NetworkManager
Bug Fixes
- BZ#813573
- Previously, NetworkManager did not allow selecting the WPA protocol version for a connection. Certain enterprise WLAN networks using Cisco equipment do not allow roaming between WPA and WPA2 Virtual Access Points (VAP) provided by the same physical access point, requiring the use of a specific WPA protocol version to prevent disconnections. This update adds a WPA protocol combo box to the NetworkManager user interface allowing a specific WPA protocol version to be used when necessary, thus preventing this problem.
- BZ#829499
- Previously, NetworkManager tried to enable an interface only once. Consequently, after a network failure, if a link was restored before the connection to a DHCP server was functioning, NetworkManager sometimes timed out and failed to bring up the interface. A patch has been applied so that NetworkManager now tries three times to connect after a failure and then again in five minute intervals. As a result, NetworkManager can now more reliably restore connections after a network failure.
- BZ#833199
- Due to a bug in reading and writing network configuration files, network connections using the LEAP authentication method could not be made available to all users. A patch has been applied to address this issue and the network configuration files now allow LEAP as expected.
- BZ#834349
- When a connection was locked to a specific WPA protocol version (either v1 or v2/RSN) via either the GConf system or settings in the "/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/" configuration files, NetworkManager overwrote that preference when the connection was edited and saved. This bug has been fixed and such WPA preferences are now preserved in the described scenario.
- BZ#837056
- When attempting to configure a wireless LEAP authenticated connection, the credentials were asked for twice by the authentication dialog. A patch has been applied and the problem no longer occurs.
- BZ#840580
- The NetworkManager service logged a warning when the Bluetooth service was not running or not installed. A patch has been applied to prevent this and the problem no longer occurs.
Enhancements
- BZ#558983
- This update adds bridging support for NetworkManager. Note that this is dependent on the NM_BOND_VLAN_ENABLED directive in /etc/sysconfig/network. If and only if that directive is present and is one of yes, y, or true, will NetworkManager detect and manage bridging, bonding and VLAN interfaces.
- BZ#465345
- The NetworkManager service now provides support for bonding network connections as well as creating VLAN and IPoIB network connections.
- BZ#817660
- NetworkManager now copies the DHCP lease files created by init scripts if they are newer then those NetworkManager currently has. This results in a more seamless takeover of DHCP assigned connections.
- BZ#834444
- This update enables Proactive Key Caching (PKC), also known as Opportunistic Key Caching (OKC), for all WPA-Enterprise configurations.
- BZ#901662
- A number of improvements have been made to NetworkManager to allow more bonding options and to handle incompatibilities between options. As a result, more complex bonding configurations can now be controlled by NetworkManager.
7.156. nfs-utils-lib
Bug Fix
- BZ#804812
- When building the list of local realms, idmapd overwrote the string buffer, which is used to keep that list, every time a new realm was added to the list. As a consequence, the idmapd daemon logged only the last local realm added to the list. This update modifies the source code so the realms are correctly appended to the string buffer and idmapd now logs the complete list of the local realms as expected. Also, buffer size calculation has been corrected.
7.157. nfs-utils
Bug Fixes
- BZ#797209
- Prior to this update, the rpc.mound daemon could cause NFS clients with already mounted NFSv3 shares to become suspended. This update modifies the underlying code to parse the IP address earlier.
- BZ#802469
- Prior to this update, nfs-utils allowed stronger encryption types than Single DES. As a consequence, mounts to legacy servers that used the "-o sec=krb5" option failed. This update adds the -l flag to allow only Single DES. Now, secure mounts work with legacy servers as expected.
- BZ#815673
- Prior to this update, NFS clients could fail to mount a share with the NFSv4 server if the server had a large amount of exports to netgroups. As a consequence, NFSv4 mounts could become suspended. This update modifies the use_ipaddr case so that NFSv4 now mounts as expected.
- BZ#849945
- Prior to this update, the NFS idmapper failed to initialize as expected. As a consequence, file permissions were incorrect. This update modifies the underlying code so that the idmapper initializes correctly.
7.158. nss-pam-ldapd
Bug Fixes
- BZ#747281
- Prior to this update, the disconnect logic contained a misprint and a failure return value was missing. This update corrects the misprint and adds the missing return value.
- BZ#769289
- Prior to this update, the nslcd daemon performed the idle time expiration check for the LDAP connection before starting an LDAP search operation. On a lossy network or if the LDAP server was under a heavy load, the connection could time out after the successful check and the search operation then failed. With this update, the idle time expiration test is now performed during the LDAP search operation so that the connection now no longer expires under these circumstances.
- BZ#791042
- Prior to this update, when the nslcd daemon requested access to a large group, a buffer provided by the glibc library could not contain such a group and retried again with a larger buffer to process the operation successfully. As a consequence, redundant error messages were logged in the /var/log/message file. This update makes sure that even when glibc provides a buffer that is too small on first attempt in the described scenario, no redundant error messages are returned.
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-0288
- An array index error, leading to a stack-based buffer overflow flaw, was found in the way nss-pam-ldapd managed open file descriptors. An attacker able to make a process have a large number of open file descriptors and perform name lookups could use this flaw to cause the process to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running the process.
7.159. nss, nss-util, nspr
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#555019
- The Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) module initialization function did not return an error informing the caller that it is not thread-safe. Consequently, invalid writes were made resulting in unexpected terminations in multi-threaded libcurl-based applications. The PEM module initialization function now returns the PKCS #11 prescribed KR_CANT_LOCK constant when the type of locking requested by the caller for thread safety is not available. As a result, clients are informed of the lack of thread safety and can provide their own locking to prevent crashes.
- BZ#827351
- Due to a missing out-of-memory (OOM) check and improper freeing of allocated memory, the Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) module did not fully validate the encoding of certificates stored in a PEM-formatted file. As a consequence, error handling tests failed. With this update, the PEM module correctly validates the encoding, handles memory deallocation consistently, and error handling tests pass as expected.
7.160. ntp
7.160.1. RHBA-2013:0495 — ntp bug fix update
Bug Fix
- BZ#875798
- When at least one system network interface had an IPv6 address and the network service was stopped or started, the ntpd daemon could terminate unexpectedly. This happened if the ntpd service attempted to read the device addresses at the moment when the network service had managed to configure only the IPv6 address of the first device. With this update, the underlying library function has been fixed and the daemon no longer crashes in the scenario described.
7.161. numactl
Bug Fixes
- BZ#804480
- Previously, the number of CPUs were miscalculated in the "/sys/devices/system/cpu" directory, because the "cpufreq" and "cpuidle" files were counted, so, the additional two CPUs were added erroneously. With this update, the number of CPUs is now counted correctly.
- BZ#814294
- The global pointer "numa_all_cpus_ptr" was supposed to be set to a bitmask allocated by the library with bits that represent all CPUs on which the calling thread can execute. Consequently, it did not function as documented when the bitmask was only set to CPU0. With this update, the underlying source code is now fixed and the "numa_all_cpus_ptr" contains only specified CPUs, when the taskset option contains CPU0.
Enhancement
- BZ#829896
- The existing tool numastat, which was a Perl script, was rewritten to a C program to provide much more NUMA information. The default operation of numastat will remain the same for compatibility with current users' end scripts.
7.162. numad
Bug Fix
- BZ#825153
- Prior to this update, the "-lpthread" linker flag was supplied from both the Makefile and from the spec file. As a consequence, the numad packages encountered linkage problems and failed to build when trying to rebuild these packages from the source rpm. With this update, the flag is supplied only from the specfile and rebuilding the packages no longer fails.
Enhancement
- BZ#830919
- This update upgrades the numad source code to version 20121015 to be fully supported by Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
7.163. openchange
Note
Security Fix
- CVE-2012-1182
- A flaw was found in the Samba suite's Perl-based DCE/RPC IDL (PIDL) compiler. As OpenChange uses code generated by PIDL, this could have resulted in buffer overflows in the way OpenChange handles RPC calls. With this update, the code has been generated with an updated version of PIDL to correct this issue.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#680061
- When the user tried to modify a meeting with one required attendee and himself as the organizer, a segmentation fault occurred in the memcpy() function. Consequently, the evolution-data-server application terminated unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. This bug has been fixed and evolution-data-server no longer crashes in the described scenario.
- BZ#870405
- Prior to this update, OpenChange 1.0 was unable to send messages with a large message body or with extensive attachment. This was caused by minor issues in OpenChange's exchange.idl definitions. This bug has been fixed and OpenChange now sends extensive messages without complications.
7.164. OpenIPMI
Bug Fix
- BZ#881450
- The kernel ipmi_msghandler and ipmi_si modules are no longer delivered as standalone modules. As a consequence, an error occurred if these modules were used independently. With this update, the OpenIPMI init script has been modified to enable IPMI service operations on a kernel with ipmi_si and ipmi_msghandler statically compiled in the kernel. Also, the service status message now includes a new "in kernel" module state.
7.165. openldap
Bug Fixes
- BZ#820278
- When the
smbk5pwd
overlay was enabled in an OpenLDAP server and a user changed their password, the Microsoft NT LAN Manager (NTLM) and Microsoft LAN Manager (LM) hashes were not computed correctly. Consequently, thesambaLMPassword
andsambaNTPassword
attributes were updated with incorrect values, preventing the user from logging in using a Windows-based client or a Samba client. With this update, thesmbk5pwd
overlay is linked against OpenSSL. As such, the NTLM and LM hashes are computed correctly and password changes work as expected when usingsmbk5pwd
. - BZ#857390
- If the
TLS_CACERTDIR
configuration option used a prefix, which specified a Mozilla NSS database type, such assql:
, and when a TLS operation was requested, the certificate database failed to open. This update provides a patch, which removes the database type prefix when checking the existence of a directory with certificate database, and the certificate database is now successfully opened even if the database type prefix is used. - BZ#829319
- When a file containing a password was provided to open a database without user interaction, a piece of unallocated memory could be read and be mistaken to contain a password, leading to the connection to become unresponsive. A patch has been applied to correctly allocate the memory for the password file and the connection no longer hangs in the described scenario.
- BZ#818572
- When a TLS connection to an LDAP server was established, used, and then correctly terminated, the order of the internal TLS shutdown operations was incorrect. Consequently, unexpected terminations and other issues could occur in the underlying cryptographic library (Mozilla NSS). A patch has been provided to reorder the operations performed when closing the connection. Now, the order of TLS shutdown operations matches the Mozilla NSS documentation, thus fixing this bug.
- BZ#859858
- When TLS was configured to use a certificate from a PEM file while
TLS_CACERTDIR
was set to use a Mozilla NSS certificate database, the PEM certificate failed to load. With this update, the certificate is first looked up in the Mozilla NSS certificate database and if not found, the PEM file is used as a fallback. As a result, PEM certificates are now properly loaded in the described scenario. - BZ#707599
- The OpenLDAP server could be configured for replication with TLS enabled for both accepting connections from remote peers and for TLS client authentication to the other replicas. When different TLS configuration was used for server and for connecting to replicas, a connection to a replica could fail due to TLS certificate lookup errors or due to unknown PKCS#11 TLS errors. This update provides a set of patches, which makes multiple TLS LDAP contexts within one process possible without affecting the others. As a result, OpenLDAP replication works properly in the described scenario.
- BZ#811468
- When the CA (Certificate Authority) certificate directory hashed via OpenSSL was configured to be used as a source of trusted CA certificates, the
libldap
library incorrectly expected that filenames of all hashed certificates end with the.0
suffix. Consequently, even though any numeric suffix is allowed, only certificates with.0
suffix were loaded. This update provides a patch that properly checks filenames in OpenSSL CA certificate directory and now all certificates that are allowed to be in that directory are loaded withlibldap
as expected. - BZ#843056
- When multiple LDAP servers were specified with TLS enabled and a connection to a server failed because the host name did not match the name in the certificate, fallback to another server was performed. However, the fallback connection became unresponsive during the TLS handshake. This update provides a patch that re-creates internal structures, which handle the connection state, and the fallback connection no longer hangs in the described scenario.
- BZ#864913
- When the OpenLDAP server was configured to use the
rwm
overlay and a client sent themodrdn
operation, which included thenewsuperior
attribute matching the currentsuperior
attribute of the entry being modified, theslapd
server terminated unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. With this update,slapd
is prevented from accessing uninitialized memory in the described scenario, the crashes no longer occur, and the client operation now finishes successfully. - BZ#828787
- When a self-signed certificate without Basic Constraint Extension (BCE) was used as a server TLS certificate and the TLS client was configured to ignore any TLS certificate validation errors, the client could not connect to the server and an incorrect message about missing BCE was returned. This update provides a patch to preserve the original TLS certificate validation error if BCE is not found in the certificate. As a result, clients can connect to the server, proper error messages about untrusted certification authority which signed the server certificate are returned, and the connection continues as expected.
- BZ#821848
- When the
slapd
server configuration database (cn=config
) was configured with replication in mirror mode and the replication configuration (olcSyncrepl
) was changed, thecn=config
database was silently removed from mirror mode and could not be futher modified without restarting theslapd
daemon. With this update, changes in replication configuration are properly handled so that the state of mirror mode is now properly preserved and thecn=config
database can be modified in the described scenario. - BZ#835012
- Previously, the OpenLDAP library looked up for an
AAAA
(IPv6) DNS record while resolving the server IP address even if IPv6 was disabled on the host, which could cause extra delays when connecting. With this update, theAI_ADDRCONFIG
flag is set when resolving the remote host address. As a result, the OpenLDAP library no longer looks up for theAAAA
DNS record when resolving the server IP address and IPv6 is disabled on the local system.
Enhancements
- BZ#852339
- When
libldap
was configured to use TLS, not all TLS ciphers supported by the Mozilla NSS library could be used. This update provides all missing ciphers supported by Mozilla NSS to the internal list of ciphers inlibldap
, thus improvinglibldap
security capabilities.
7.166. openscap
Note
7.167. openssh
Security Fix
- CVE-2012-5536
- Due to the way the pam_ssh_agent_auth PAM module was built in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, the glibc's error() function was called rather than the intended error() function in pam_ssh_agent_auth to report errors. As these two functions expect different arguments, it was possible for an attacker to cause an application using pam_ssh_agent_auth to crash, disclose portions of its memory or, potentially, execute arbitrary code.
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#821641
- All possible options for the new RequiredAuthentications directive were not documented in the sshd_config man page. This update improves the man page to document all the possible options.
- BZ#826720
- When stopping one instance of the SSH daemon (sshd), the sshd init script (/etc/rc.d/init.d/sshd) stopped all sshd processes regardless of the PID of the processes. This update improves the init script so that it only kills processes with the relevant PID. As a result, the init script now works more reliably in a multi-instance environment.
- BZ#836650
- Due to a regression, the ssh-copy-id command returned an exit status code of zero even if there was an error in copying the key to a remote host. With this update, a patch has been applied and ssh-copy-id now returns a non-zero exit code if there is an error in copying the SSH certificate to a remote host.
- BZ#836655
- When SELinux was disabled on the system, no on-disk policy was installed, a user account was used for a connection, and no "~/.ssh" configuration was present in that user's home directory, the SSH client terminated unexpectedly with a segmentation fault when attempting to connect to another system. A patch has been provided to address this issue and the crashes no longer occur in the described scenario.
- BZ#857760
- The "HOWTO" document /usr/share/doc/openssh-ldap-5.3p1/HOWTO.ldap-keys incorrectly documented the use of the AuthorizedKeysCommand directive. This update corrects the document.
Enhancements
- BZ#782912
- When attempting to enable SSH for use with a Common Access Card (CAC), the ssh-agent utility read all the certificates in the card even though only the ID certificate was needed. Consequently, if a user entered their PIN incorrectly, then the CAC was locked, as a match for the PIN was attempted against all three certificates. With this update, ssh-add does not try the same PIN for every certificate if the PIN fails for the first one. As a result, the CAC will not be disabled if a user enters their PIN incorrectly.
- BZ#860809
- This update adds a "netcat mode" to SSH. The "ssh -W host:port ..." command connects standard input and output (stdio) on a client to a single port on a server. As a result, SSH can be used to route connections via intermediate servers.
- BZ#869903
- Due to a bug, arguments for the RequiredAuthentications2 directive were not stored in a Match block. Consequently, parsing of the config file was not in accordance with the man sshd_config documentation. This update fixes the bug and users can now use the required authentication feature to specify a list of authentication methods as expected according to the man page.
7.168. openssl
Bug Fixes
- BZ#770872
- Prior to this update, the pkgconfig configuration files of OpenSSL libraries contained an invalid libdir value. This update modifies the underlying code to use the correct libdir value.
- BZ#800088
- Prior to this update, the openssl function "BIO_new_accept()" failed to listen on IPv4 addresses when this function was invoked with the "*:port" parameter. As a consequence, users failed to connect via IPv4 to a server that used this function call with the "*:port" parameter. This update modifies this function to listen on IPv4 address with this parameter as expected.
- BZ#841645
- Prior to this update, encrypted private key files that were saved in FIPS mode were corrupted because the PEM encryption uses hash algorithms that are not available in FIPS mode. This update uses the PKCS#8 encrypted format to write private keys to files in FIPS mode. This file format uses only algorithms that are available in FIPS mode.
- BZ#841645
- The manual page for "rand", the pseudo-random number generator, is named "sslrand" to avoid conflict with the manual page for the C library "rand()" function. This update provides the "openssl" manual page update to reflect this.
7.169. pacemaker
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#801355
- Multiple parts of the system could notice a node failure at different times. Consequently, if more than one component requested a node to be fenced, the fencing components did so multiple times. This bug has been fixed by merging identical requests from different clients if the first one is still in progress, so the node is fenced only once.
- BZ#846983
- Canceled operations were incorrectly stored in the cluster status. As a consequence, the cluster detected those operations and tried to clarify the status that led to additional logging and other confusing behavior. The underlying code has been modified so that the canceled operations are no longer stored in the cluster status, and Pacemaker now works as expected.
- BZ#860684
- An improper definition in the spec file caused unexpected implicit dependencies between Pacemaker subpackages; a certain library was in the incorrect location. The libstonithd.so.2 library has been relocated and the dependencies between Pacemaker subpackages are now defined correctly.
- BZ#877364
- On the systems running on AMD64 or Intel 64 architectures, the pacemaker-cts subpackage depends on some libraries from the pacemaker.libs subpackage. However, pacemaker-cts did not specify explicit package version requirement, which could cause dependency problems between new and old subpackages. The version specification of pacemaker-libs has been added to pacemaker-cts to prevent these dependency problems.
- BZ#880249
- Previously, deleting a master or slave resource led to one of the nodes being fenced. This update applies a patch to fix this bug and nodes are no longer fenced in such a case.
- BZ#886151
- Previously, the crm_report package did not install the perl-TimeData package as a dependency. Consequently, an attempt to run the crm_report utility on a system without this package failed with an error. This update adds this missing dependency and the crm_report utility can now be run as expected.
- BZ#886989
- Previously, it was possible to introduce non-significant whitespace characters into the Pacemaker configuration file. Consequently, Pacemaker returned confusing error messages when reading the configuration file. With this update, a patch has been applied to filter the undesired characters from the configuration file and Pacemaker no longer returns such error messages.
Enhancements
- BZ#816875
- With this update, Pacemaker provides a simpler XML output, which allows the users easier parsing and querying of the status of cluster resources.
- BZ#816881
- With this update, Pacemaker indicates when a cluster resource is reported as running based on cached information about a node that is no longer connected.
Note
7.170. PackageKit
Bug Fix
- BZ#735597
- Prior to this update, the PackageKit daemon could abort with a segmentation fault when the user tried to authenticate with PolicyKit if the "/usr/sbin/consolekit" process failed or was manually stopped. This update modifies the underlying code so that PackageKit no longer fails when unable to access ConsoleKit. Now, a console warning message is displayed for PackageKit instead.
7.171. pam
Security Fixes
- CVE-2011-3148
- A stack-based buffer overflow flaw was found in the way the
pam_env
module parsed users'~/.pam_environment
files. If an application's PAM configuration contained "user_readenv=1" (this is not the default), a local attacker could use this flaw to crash the application or, possibly, escalate their privileges. - CVE-2011-3149
- A denial of service flaw was found in the way the
pam_env
module expanded certain environment variables. If an application's PAM configuration containeduser_readenv=1
(this is not the default), a local attacker could use this flaw to cause the application to enter an infinite loop.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#680204
- The limit on number of processes was set in the
/etc/limits.d/90-nproc.conf
file to 1024 processes even for the root account. Consequently, root processes confined with SELinux, such as the prelink utility started from thecrond
daemon, failed to start if there were more than 1024 processes running with UID 0 on the system. The limit for root processes has been set to unlimited and the confined processes are no longer blocked in the described scenario. - BZ#750601
- The
require_selinux
option handling in thepam_namespace
module was broken. As a consequence, when SELinux was disabled, it was not possible to prevent users from logging in with thepam_namespace
module. This option has been fixed and PAM works as expected now. - BZ#811168
- The
pam_get_authtok_verify()
function did not save thePAM_AUTHTOK_TYPE PAM
item properly. Consequently, the authentication token type, as specified with theauthtok_type
option of thepam_cracklib
module, was not respected in the “Retype new password” message. Thepam_get_authtok_verify()
function has been fixed to properly save thePAM_AUTHTOK_TYPE
item and PAM now works correctly in this case. - BZ#815516
- When the
remember
option was used, thepam_unix
module was matching usernames incorrectly while searching for the old password entries in the/etc/security/opasswd
file. Due to this bug, the old password entries could be mixed; the users whose usernames were a substring of another username could have the old passwords entries of another user. With this update, the algorithm that is used to match usernames has been fixed. Now only the exact same usernames are matched and the old password entries are no longer mixed in the described scenario. - BZ#825270
- Prior to this update, using the
pam_pwhistory
module caused an error to occur when the root user was changing user's password. It was not possible to choose any password that was in user's password history as the new password. With this update, the root user can change the password regardless of whether it is in the user's history or not.
Enhancements
- BZ#588893
- Certain authentication policies require enforcement of password complexity restrictions even for root accounts. Thus, the
pam_cracklib
module now supports theenforce_for_root
option, which enforces the complexity restrictions on new passwords even for the root account. - BZ#673398
- The GECOS field is used to store additional information about the user, such as the user's full name or a phone number, which could be used by an attacker for an attempt to crack the password. The
pam_cracklib
module now also allows to specify the maximum allowed number of consecutive characters of the same class (lowercase, uppercase, number, and special characters) in a password. - BZ#681694
- Certain authentication policies do not allow passwords which contain long continuous sequences such as “abcd” or “98765”. This update introduces the possibility to limit the maximum length of these sequences by using the new
maxsequence
option. - BZ#732050
- Certain authentication policies require support for locking of an account that is not used for a certain period of time. This enhancement introduces an additional function to the
pam_lastlog
module, which allows users to lock accounts after a configurable number of days. - BZ#769694
- On a system with multiple tmpfs mounts, it is necessary to limit their size to prevent them from occupying all of the system memory. This update allows to specify the maximum size and some other options of the tmpfs file system mount when using the tmpfs polyinstantiation method.
7.172. parted
Bug Fixes
- BZ#797979
- Prior to this update, the parted program did not handle unexpected values in the HFS+ filesystem correctly. As a consequence, parted aborted with a segmentation fault. This update adds additional checks for unexpected values to the HFS+ code. Now, parted no longer aborts when handling unexpected values.
- BZ#803108
- Prior to this update, the parted program re-synchronized only the first 16 partitions on dm devices. As a consequence, all partitions after the 16th only appeared after reboot. This update modifies the underlying code to resynchronize all of the partitions. Now, new partitions also appear without a reboot.
7.173. pciutils
Note
7.174. pcre
Bug Fixes
- BZ#756105
- Prior to this update, matching patterns with repeated forward reference failed to match if the first character was not repeated at the start of the matching text. This update modifies the matching algorithm not to expect the first character again. Now, patterns with repeated forward references match as expected.
- BZ#759475
- Prior to this update, case-less patterns in UTF-8 mode did not match characters at the end of input text with encoding length that was shorter than the encoding length of character in the pattern, for example "/ⱥ/8i".This update modifies the pcre library to count the length of matched characters correctly. Now, case-less patterns match characters with different encoding length correctly even at the end of an input string.
- BZ#799003
- Prior to this update, manual pages for the pcre library contained misprints. This update modifies the manual pages.
- BZ#842000
- Prior to this update, applications that were compiled with the libpcrecpp library from the pcre version 6 could not been executed against libpcrecpp library from the pcre version 7 because the application binary interface (ABI) was mismatched. This update adds the compat RE::Init() function for the pcre version 6 to the pcre version 7 libpcrecpp library. Applications that were compiled on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 and use the RE::Init function can now be executed on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
7.175. pcsc-lite
Security Fix
- CVE-2010-4531
- A stack-based buffer overflow flaw was found in the way pcsc-lite decoded certain attribute values of Answer-to-Reset (ATR) messages. A local attacker could use this flaw to execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running the pcscd daemon (root, by default), by inserting a specially-crafted smart card.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#788474, BZ#814549
- Due to an error in the init script, the chkconfig utility did not automatically place the pcscd init script after the start of the HAL daemon. Consequently, the pcscd service did not start automatically at boot time. With this update, the pcscd init script has been changed to explicitly start only after HAL is up, thus fixing this bug.
- BZ#834803
- Because the chkconfig settings and the startup files in the /etc/rc.d/ directory were not changed during the update described in the RHBA-2012:0990 advisory, the user had to update the chkconfig settings manually to fix the problem. Now, the chkconfig settings and the startup files in the /etc/rc.d/ directory are automatically updated as expected.
- BZ#891852
- Previously, the SCardGetAttrib() function did not work properly and always returned the "SCARD_E_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER" error regardless of the actual buffer size. This update applies a patch to fix this bug and the SCardGetAttrib() function now works as expected.
7.176. perl-GSSAPI
Bug Fix
- BZ#657274
- Prior to this update, the perl-GSSAPI specification file used a krb5-devel file which was removed. As a consequence, the perl-GSSAPI package could not be rebuilt. This update modifies the specification file to use the current krb5-devel files.
7.177. perl-IPC-Run3
Bug Fix
- BZ#657487
- Prior to this update, binary perl-IPC-Run3 packages failed to build if the perl-Time-HiRes module was not installed. This update adds the perl-Time-HiRes package to the build-time dependencies for perl-IPC-Run3.
- BZ#870089
- Prior to this update, tests that called the IP-Run3 profiler failed when the internal perl-IPC-Run3 test suite was used. This update, adds run-time dependencies on perl(Getopt::Long) and perl(Time::HiRes) to the perl-IPC-Run3 package because certain IP-Run3 functions require the perl modules. Now, the IPC-Run3 profiler runs as expected.
7.178. perl-IPC-Run
Bug Fix
- BZ#856840
- Prior to this update, the IO::Pty Perl module was not loaded when using the command "IPC::Run::harness" with the ">pty>" argument if the perl-IO-Tty package was not installed. As a consequence, the Perl code failed. This update adds a perl-IO-Tty dependency to the perl-IPC-Run packages.
7.179. perl-SOAP-Lite
Bug Fix
- BZ#748376
- XMLRPC requests could fail if the MOD_PERL environment value was defined. The standard read() function is now used instead of the sysread() function when MOD_PERL is defined. As a result, XMLRPC no longer fails in this scenario.
7.180. perl-Sys-Virt
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#848309
- Previously, the Perl binding was setting an incompatible flag for the set_blkio_parameters() function. Consequently, it was impossible to use this function to apply block tuning. The incorrect flag has been removed and set_blkio_parameters() can now be used as expected.
- BZ#861581
- Prior to this update, an incorrect string length was used when setting hash keys, and thus names of certain hash keys were truncated. The correct string lengths were provided for hash keys and the hash keys for the get_node_memory_stats() function now match their documentation.
- BZ#865310
- When setting memory parameters, the set_node_memory_parameters() function was trying to also update some read-only values. Consequently, set_node_memory_parameters() always returned an error message. To fix this bug, the method has been changed to only set parameters, and set_node_memory_parameters() now works as expected.
- BZ#869130
- Previously, the API documentation contained formatting errors. This update provides correction of the API documentation, which formats the documentation correctly.
- BZ#873203
- Due to missing default values for parameters in the pm_suspend_for_duration() and pm_wakeup() functions, callers of the API had to supply the parameters even though they were supposed to be optional. With this update, the default values have been added to these functions, which now succeed when called.
- BZ#882829
- Prior to this update, mistakes were present in the Plain Old Documentation (POD) for the list_all_volumes() parameters, which could mislead users. The documentation has been updated and, for list_all_volumes() now describes the API usage correctly.
- BZ#883775
- Previously, an incorrect class name was used with the list_all_nwfilters() function. Consequently, the objects returned from list_all_nwfilters() could not be used. Now, the object name has been fixed and the list_all_nwfilters() function works as expected.
- BZ#886028
- When checking return value of the screenshot() and current_snapshot() functions, a wrong data type was assumed. Consequently, certain errors were not handled properly and applications could eventually terminate unexpectedly. With this update, API errors are correctly handled in screenshot() and current_snapshot(), and the applications no longer crash.
7.181. perl
7.181.1. RHBA-2013:0444 — perl bug fix update
Bug Fix
- BZ#720644
- Prior to this update, computed Perl strings became corrupted or the interpreter could abort when a string with the "x" operator was repeated more than 2^31 times, for example, "my $s = "a' x (2**31+1);". This limits the right side of the "x" operator to 2^31 to prevent it from wrapping the internal representation of the count.
7.182. php
Security Fixes
- CVE-2011-1398
- It was found that PHP did not check for carriage returns in HTTP headers, allowing intended HTTP response splitting protections to be bypassed. Depending on the web browser the victim is using, a remote attacker could use this flaw to perform a HTTP response splitting attacks.
- CVE-2012-2688
- An integer signedness issue, leading to a heap-based buffer underflow, was found in the PHP scandir() function. If a remote attacker could upload an excessively large number of files to a directory the scandir() function runs on, it could cause the PHP interpreter to crash or, possibly, execute arbitrary code.
- CVE-2012-0831
- It was found that PHP did not correctly handle the magic_quotes_gpc configuration directive. A remote attacker could use this flaw to disable the option, which may make it easier to perform SQL injection attacks.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#771738
- Prior to this update, if a negative array index value was sent to the
var_export()
function, the function returned an unsigned index ID. With this update, the function has been modified to process negative array index values correctly. - BZ#812819
- Previously, the
setDate()
,setISODate()
andsetTime()
functions did not work correctly when the correspondingDateTime
object was created from the timestamp. This bug has been fixed and the aforementioned functions now work properly. - BZ#824199
- Previously, a segmentation fault occurred when PDOStatement was reused after failing due to the NOT NULL integrity constraint. This occurred when the pdo_mysql driver was in use. With this update, a patch has been introduced to fix this issue.
- BZ#833545
- Prior to this update, the dependency of the php-mbstring package on php-common packages was missing an architecture-specific requirement. Consequently, attempts to install or patch php-common failed on machines with php-mbstring installed. With this update, the architecture-specific requirement has been added and php-common can now be installed without complications.
- BZ#836264
- Previously, the
strcpy()
function, called by theextract_sql_error_rec()
function in the unixODBC API, overwrote a guard variable in thepdo_odbc_error()
function. Consequently, a buffer overflow occurred. This bug has been fixed and the buffer overflow no longer occurs. - BZ#848186, BZ#868375
- Under certain circumstances, the
$this
object became corrupted, and behaved as a non-object. A test with theis_object()
function remained positive, but any attempt to access a member variable of$this
resulted in the following warning:Notice: Trying to get property of non-object
This behavior was caused by a bug in the Zend garbage collector. With this update, a patch has been introduced to fix garbage collection. As a result,$this
no longer becomes corrupted. - BZ#858653
- Previously, the Fileinfo extension did not use the
stat
interface from the stream wrapper. Consequently, when used with a stream object, the Fileinfo extension failed with the following message:file not found
With this update, the Fileinfo extension has been fixed to use the stream wrapper's stat interface. Note that only thefile
andphar
stream wrappers support the stat interface in PHP 5.3.3. - BZ#859371
- When the
DISABLE_AUTHENTICATOR
parameter of theimap_open()
function was specified as an array, it ignored the array input. Consequently, a GSSAPI warning was shown. This bug has been fixed andDISABLE_AUTHENTICATOR
now processes the array input correctly. - BZ#864951
- Previously, a PHP script using the ODBC interfaces could enter a deadlock when the maximum execution time period expired while it was executing an SQL statement. This occurred because the execution timer used a signal and the invoked ODBC functions were not re-entered. With this update, the underlying code has been modified and the deadlock is now less likely to occur.
Enhancements
- BZ#806132, BZ#824293
- This update adds the php-fpm package, which provides the FastCGI Process Manager.
- BZ#837042
- With this update, a php(language) virtual provide for specifying the PHP language version has been added to the php package.
- BZ#874987
- Previously, the php-xmlreader and php-xmlwriter modules were missing virtual provides. With this update, these virtual provides have been added.
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-4113
- A buffer overflow flaw was found in the way PHP parsed deeply nested XML documents. If a PHP application used the xml_parse_into_struct() function to parse untrusted XML content, an attacker able to supply specially-crafted XML could use this flaw to crash the application or, possibly, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running the PHP interpreter.
7.183. piranha
Bug Fixes
- BZ#857917
- The IPVS timeout values in the Piranha web interface could be reset whenever the Global Settings page was visited. As a consequence, if the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) timeout, TCP FIN timeout, or User Datagram Protocol (UDP) timeout values had been set, these values could be erased from the configuration file. This bug has been fixed and all IPVS timeout values are preserved as expected.
- BZ#860924
- Previously, the Piranha web interface incorrectly displayed the value "5" for a virtual server interface. With this update, the Piranha web interface properly displays the interface associated with a virtual server.
Bug Fix
- BZ#915584
- Previously, the lvsd daemon did not properly activate the sorry server fallback service when all real servers were determined to be unavailable. As a result, incoming traffic for a virtual service with no available real servers were not directed to the sorry server. With this update, the lvsd daemon properly activates the sorry server when no real servers are available.
7.184. pki-core
Security Fix
- CVE-2012-4543
- Note: The Certificate Authority component provided by this advisory cannot be used as a standalone server. It is installed and operates as a part of Identity Management (the IPA component) in Red Hat Enterprise Linux.Multiple cross-site scripting flaws were discovered in Certificate System. An attacker could use these flaws to perform a cross-site scripting (XSS) attack against victims using Certificate System's web interface.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#841663
- Previously, due to incorrect conversion of large integers while generating a new serial number, some of the most significant bits in the serial number were truncated. Consequently, the serial number generated for certificates was sometimes smaller than expected and this incorrect conversion in turn led to a collision if a certificate with the smaller number already existed in the database. This update removes the incorrect integer conversion so that no serial numbers are truncated. As a result, the installation wizard proceeds as expected.
- BZ#844459
- The certificate authority used a different profile for issuing the audit certificate than it used for renewing it. The issuing profile was for two years, and the renewal was for six months. They should both be for two years. This update sets the default and constraint parameters in the caSignedLogCert.cfg audit certificate renewal profile to two years.
Enhancements
- BZ#858864
- IPA (Identity, Policy and Audit) now provides an improved way to determine that PKI is up and ready to service requests. Checking the service status was not sufficient. This update creates a mechanism for clients to determine that the PKI subsystem is up using the getStatus() function to query the cs.startup_state in CS.cfg.
- BZ#891985
- This update increases the default root CA validity period from eight years to twenty years.
7.185. plymouth
Note
7.186. pm-utils
Bug Fix
- BZ#800630
- Prior to this update, the RPM description contained wrong product names. This update removes all wrong information.
7.187. policycoreutils
Bug Fixes
- BZ#816460, BZ#885527
- Previously, when the policycoreutils-gui utility was used to add an SELinux policy for a socket file, policycoreutils-gui failed with a traceback. This bug has been fixed, policycoreutils-gui now succeeds, and the SELinux policy is now added in this scenario.
- BZ#824779
- Due to a bug in the code, when the restorecon utility failed, it returned the success exit code. This bug has been fixed and restorecon now returns appropriate exit codes.
- BZ#843727
- When multiple type accesses from the same role occurred, the audit2allow utility produced policy files that could not be parsed by the checkmodule compiler. With this update, audit2allow produces correct policy files which can be compiled by checkmodule.
- BZ#876971
- The restorecond init script allows to use the "reload" operation. Previously, the usage message produced by restorecond did not mention the operation. The operation has been added to the usage message, which is now complete.
- BZ#882862
- Prior to this update, the audit2allow utility produced a confusing output when one of the several processed AVCs could be allowed by a boolean, as it was not clear which AVC the message was related to. The layout of the output has been corrected and the audit2allow output no longer causes confusion.
- BZ#893065
- Due to a regression, the vdsm package failed to be installed on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 if SELinux was disabled. A patch which enables the vdsm installation has been provided.
Enhancements
- BZ#834160
- A new function to the semanage utility has been implemented. Now, the user is able to notice that a specified file context semanage command is wrong and an appropriate error message is returned.
- BZ#851479
- With this update, the restorecon utility now returns a warning message for paths for which a default SELinux security context is not defined in the policy.
7.188. powerpc-utils
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#739699
- The bootlist command is used to read and modify the bootlist in NVRAM so that a system can boot from the correct device. Previously, when using a multipath device as a boot device, the bootlist command used its Linux logical name. However, Open Firmware, which is used on IBM POWER systems, is unable to parse Linux logical names. Therefore booting from a multipath device on IBM POWER systems failed. This update modifies the bootlist script so that bootlist now supports multipath devices as a parameter. The script converts Linux logical names of multipath devices to the path names that are parsable by Open Firmware. Booting from a multipath device on IBM POWER systems now succeeds as expected.
- BZ#857841
- Previously, the "hvcsadmin -status" command did not provide any output if no IBM hypervisor virtual console server (hvcs) adapters were found on the system. This update corrects the hvcsadmin script so that when executing the "hvcsadmin -status" command, the user can now see a message indicating that no hvcs adapters were found.
- BZ#870212
- The lsdevinfo script did not previously take into consideration the "status" attribute for Ethernet devices. This attribute is essential for the End-to-End Virtual Device View feature so the feature did not work without it. This update modifies lsdevinfo so the script now also checks the status of Ethernet devices and sets the status attribute to 1. The End-to-End Virtual Device View feature now works as expected.
7.189. ppc64-diag
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#833619
- Previously, the GARD functionality could fail to "gard out" a CPU that was being deconfigured on a logical partition (LPAR) if a predictive CPU failure was received. Consequently, the CPU could not be deconfigured. This was caused by incorrect behavior of the SIGCHLD signal handler, which under certain circumstances performed cleanup on a pipe child process that had already exited. This update modifies the underlying source code so that the SIGCHLD signal handler is reset to the default action before a pipe is open and set up again after the pipe is closed. The CPU is now correctly "garded out" and deconfigured as expected in this scenario. Also, vital product data (VPD) extraction from the lsvpd command did not work correctly. This has been fixed by correcting the lsvpd_init() function, and VPD is now obtained as expected.
- BZ#878314
- The diag_encl command was previously enhanced with a comparison feature. The feature requires the /etc/ppc64-diag/ses_pages directory to be created on ppc64-diag installation. However, the ppc64-diag spec file was not modified accordingly so that the required directory was not created when installing the ppc64-diag packages. Consequently, the comparison feature of the diag_encl command did not work. This update corrects the ppc64-diag spec file so that the /etc/ppc64-diag/ses_pages directory is now created as expected, and the comparison feature works properly.
7.190. procps
Bug Fixes
- BZ#851664
- Prior to this update, the 'si' and 'so' values were always zero for "m" or "M" units. This was caused by an arithmetic precision loss in the expressions used for the calculations. This update modifies the expressions to avoid precision losses.
- BZ#875077
- Prior to this update, the vmstat tool could be terminated unexpectedly raising the SIGFPE exception when the total sum of 'us', 'sy', 'id', 'wa' and 'st' values returned by the kernel was zero. This situation could only appear on certain specific platforms. this update modifies the internal evaluation so that the vmstat tool is more robust and does no longer terminate.
7.191. pykickstart
Bug Fixes
- BZ#823856, BZ#832688, BZ#837440
- Previously, when using the volgroup command with the --useexisting option without specifying the physical volume (PV), the system installation failed with the following message:volgroup must be given a list of partitionsWith this update, the library scripts have been set to check if the PVs are defined prior to the installation. In case of undefined PVs, the scripts raise a warning message to notify the user.
- BZ#815573
- Previously, the kickstart command options marked as deprecated were not allowed to carry a value. Consequently, a kickstart file containing a deprecated command option with an assigned value, such as --videoram="value", could not be validated. The ksvalidator tool terminated with the following message:--videoram option does not take a valueWith this update, the deprecated options have been allowed to take values and the error no longer occurs in the aforementioned scenario.
Enhancement
- BZ#843174
- The "autopart", "logvol", "part", and "raid" commands can now take the --cipher option to specify the encryption algorithm to be used for encrypting devices. If this option is not provided, the installer will use the default algorithm.
7.192. PyQt4
Bug Fixes
- BZ#757411
- Prior to this update, the PyQt4 utility did not contain the deleteResource method of PyQt4.QtNetwork.QNetworkAccessManager. This update modifies the underlying code to include the missing qnetwork-deleteResource method.
- BZ#821061
- Prior to this update, the PyQt4 utility did not contain the QMenuBar.setCornerWidget method. This update modifies the underlying code to include the missing qmenubar-cornerWidget method.
7.193. python-ethtool
Bug Fixes
- BZ#692028
- With this update, a typographical error has been corrected in the output of the "pethtool --help" command.
- BZ#698125
- Prior to this update, a memory leak occurred when the get_active_devices() and get_interfaces_info() functions were called repeatedly. This bug has been fixed and the memory leak no longer occurs in the described scenario.
- BZ#714753
- Due to a bug in the command-line parser, the pifconfig utility did not accept an interface as an argument if specified on the command line. Consequently, the utility displayed all interfaces rather than just information about the specified interface as was expected. The bug in the parser has been fixed and pifconfig now correctly parses passed arguments.
- BZ#759150
- Previously, if one network interface controller (NIC) had more IP addresses, only the first address was reported multiple times. With this update, the get_ipv4_addresses() method has been implemented to report all IP addresses on the NIC.
Enhancement
- BZ#698192
- With this update, support for devices configured with IPv6 has been added to the pifconfig utility.
7.194. python-nss
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#698663
- On the 64-bit architecture, the setup_certs.py script contained an incorrect path to the libnssckbi.so library. As a consequence, the script attempted to run the "modutil -dbdir pki -add ca_certs -libfile /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so" command and failed with an error, because on this architecture, the libnssckbi.so library is located in the /usr/lib64/ directory. This update allows the modutil command-line utility to find the libnssckbi.so module based on its knowledge of the system.
- BZ#796295
- When setting Basic Constraints for a CA certificate, the python-nss package failed with the following message:
cannot decode Basic Constraints
This was because of an incorrect format specifier, which is now fixed and python-nss no longer fails in this scenario.
Enhancement
- BZ#642795
- The python-nss package has been updated to add support for PKCS#12 files.
7.195. python-paste
Bug Fix
- BZ#783158
- Previously, the auth_tkt plugin used MD5 checksums, which are not FIPS (Federal Information Processing Standard) compliant. Consequently, when FIPS compliance mode was active on the system, auth_tkt failed. The auth_tkt plugin has been set to use Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA) 256, which is FIPS-compliant, instead of MD5 checksums. As a result, auth-tkt no longer fails in this situation.
7.196. python-psycopg2
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#711095
- Prior to this update, a copy operation terminated unexpectedly if a second thread in a single application triggered the Python garbage collection while the copy operation was in progress. This update adds the appropriate object reference count adjustments to the code.
- BZ#843723
- Prior to this update, object reference counting could, under certain circumstances, cause assertion failures in Python. This update modifies the underlying code to avoid these failures.
7.197. python-rhsm
Note
Enhancement
- BZ#790481
- This enhancement allows the opportunity to add the value of the subscription-manager version to the X-HTTP header field.
7.198. python-rtslib
Bug Fix
- BZ#838759
- Previously, it was possible to create more than one "fileio" backstore with the same backing file. This behavior could lead to data loss. This update prevents "fileio" backstores from using the same backing store.
7.199. python
Bug Fixes
- BZ#707944
- Previously, applying the python-2.6.5-ctypes-noexecmem patch caused the ctypes.CFUNCTYPE() function to allocate memory in order to avoid running the process in a SELinux domain with the execmem permission. When this allocation process forked without using the exec() function (for example in a multi-processing module), the state of the allocator was shared between parent and child processes. This shared state caused unpredictable interactions between the processes, potentially leading to segmentation faults or lack of termination of a multiprocessing workload. With this update, python-2.6.5-ctypes-noexecmem has been reverted, and the unpredictable behavior no longer occurs. In addition, Python programs are now required to run within a SELinux domain with execmem permissions.
- BZ#814391
- Prior to this update, any usage of the ctypes module (such as via the "uuid" module used by the Django application framework) triggered the ctypes.CFUNCTYPE() function on module import. Consequently, if the process was missing SELinux permissions, AVC denial messages were returned. This bug has been fixed, and SELinux permissions are now required only in relevant cases of ctypes usage, such as passing a Python callable to a C callback.
- BZ#810847, BZ#841748
- In certain cases, enabled C-level assertions caused the python library to fail when building valid Python code. Consequently, code containing four or more nested "IF" statements within a list comprehension or generator expression failed to compile. Moreover, an error occurred when formatting certain numpy objects. With this update, the C-level assertions have been deactivated and the aforementioned problems no longer occur.
- BZ#833271
- As part of the fix for CVE-2012-0876, a new symbol ("XML_SetHashSalt") was added to the system libexpat library, which Python standard library uses in the pyexpat module. If an unpatched libexpat.so.1 was present in a directory listed in LD_LIBRARY_PATH, then attempts to use the pyexpat module (for example from yum) would fail with an ImportError exception. This update adds an RPATH directive to pyexpat to ensure that libexpat is used by pyexpat, regardless of whether there is an unpatched libexpat within the LD_LIBRARY_PATH, thus preventing the ImportError exception.
- BZ#835460
- Due to a bug in the Python logging module, the SysLogHandler class continued to send log message against a closed connection. Consequently, an infinite loop occurred when SysLogHandler was used together with the Eventlet library. The bug has been fixed, and the described issue no longer occurs.
7.200. python-virtinst
Bug Fix
- BZ#834495
- Prior to this update, executing the "virt-install --cpuset=auto" command led to a backtrace, and the optimal configuration of the "cpuset" string was not formed. With this update, a patch has been backported from upstream and the described error no longer occurs.
Enhancements
- BZ#803631
- With this update, Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 has been added to the list of known Linux distributions in both the virt-manager and virt-install utilities.
- BZ#832339
- Previously, the virt-install utility supported only the first security label listed in the libvirt capabilities. With this update, support for more labels has been added.
7.201. qemu-kvm
Bug Fix
- BZ#908396
- Previously, a guest using the e1000 network adapter could do auto-negotiation during a system reset when the link_down flag was set. Consequently, after the reset, the guest network was unavailable. A patch has been provided to address this bug and the guest can now connect to the network after a system reset in the described scenario.
Note
- This update provides persist tracking of the state of the fsfreeze command using the file system so that the qemu-ga daemon is aware of the fsfreeze state even if the daemon dies or is restarted.
- The guest-fsfreeze-thaw command has been allowed to run unconditionally so that the qemu-ga daemon is still able to thaw the file system even if the daemon dies or is restarted.
- The qemu-qa daemon has been modified to read the /proc/self/mounts file instead of re-reading the /etc/mtab file when the guest-fsfreeze-thaw command is performed on the frozen file system. With this change, the daemon avoids an attempt to change the atime timestamp of the /etc/mtab file, which would be blocked.
- The guest-suspend-disk and guest-suspend-ram commands can now be used to suspend to RAM or to disk on a Windows system.
- This update fixes a memory leak in the Windows communication code.
- The guest-network-get-interfaces command can now be used to acquire network interface information in Linux.
- This update provides file system freeze support improvements and fixes.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#866736
- In the SVVP (Server Virtualization Validation Program) environment, when the e1000 network driver was used, the PCI Hardware Compliance Test For Systems job failed. Consequently, the HCK (Hardware Certification Kit) SVVP certification could not be passed on the system. A patch has been provided to address this issue and the test now passes as expected in the described scenario.
- BZ#887897
- The dynamic hard disk uses the Virtual Hard Disk (VHD) format, and the size of the data offset in its header is 64 bits. Although Microsoft's VHD specification allows initialization of only the first 32 bits, Microsoft Windows VHD images initialize all 64 bits. QEMU previously initialized only the first 32 bits in the VPC code. Consequently, the VHD images generated by the qemu-img utility may not have been recognized in some environments (for example Microsoft Hyper-v virtualization) and by some tools (for example vhd-util). This update modifies QEMU to initialize all 64 bits of the data offset field in the header of the dynamic disks. Images in VHD format generated by qemu-img are now accepted by Microsoft Hyper-V virtualization and can be mounted successfully using the Mount-VHD command.
- BZ#851143
- With some initial guest OS installations using the QXL driver and VNC as the display protocol, virtual machines were terminating unexpectedly with a segmentation fault during setup and returned the "lost connection with kvm process" error message. A patch has been provided to address this issue and virtual machines now run properly in the described scenario.
- BZ#821692
- When migrating a guest with the HDA audio device from the host using a newer version of QEMU than the version used by the target host, the migration failed. This was caused by a recent change of the live migration format for the HDA audio device which was not recognized by the older version of QEMU. This update addresses this issue and modifies QEMU to allow sending the data in the old migration format by using the "-M $oldversion" option. The live migration now succeeds in this scenario.
- BZ#733720
- The initial APIC ID was not set with the correct topology bits when the number of CPU cores or threads was not a power of 2. As a consequence, CPU topology (assignment of CPU cores and threads to CPU sockets) visible to the guest was incorrect. With this update, the underlying code has been modified so that the initial APIC ID is set as expected in this scenario and the guest is now able to obtain the correct CPU topology.
- BZ#689665
- Previously, qemu-kvm defined an incorrect CPU level for certain CPU models, such as Intel Core 2 Duo P9xxx (Penryn Class Core 2), Intel Celeron_4x0 (Conroe/Merom Class Core 2), and Intel Core i7 9xx (Nehalem Class Core i7). Consequently, the guest system was unable to obtain any additional information about the CPU topology and was able to provide only the CPU level two topology information (package and thread information). This update corrects the underlying code to define the CPU level to be the level four for the aforementioned CPU models so that the guest now can obtain expected CPU topology information.
- BZ#831708
- When creating a virtual machine (VM) using the "-spice" command line option with the "streaming-video=" sub-option which was assigned an invalid value, the incorrect value was ignored and the VM was successfully created with the default value. This update corrects this behavior, and if the "streaming-video" sub-option is given an invalid value, an attempt to create a VM fails and qemu-kvm exits gracefully.
- BZ#852083
- Previously, virtual Performance Monitoring Unit (vPMU) pass-through mode was enabled by default on the Intel Xeon Processor E5-XXXX model in qemu-kvm. This could pose a problem when performing a live migration of virtual machines to a new host with less PMU counters than the original host had. The guest expected the same set of PMU counters and could terminate unexpectedly due to an attempt to use the non-existing PMU counters. With this update, vPMU pass-through mode has been disabled for the Intel Xeon Processor E5-XXXX model in QEMU on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 and can only be enabled when using the "-cpu host" option. The guest can no longer crash during live migration in this scenario on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, however, to keep backward compatibility of live migration, QEMU keeps the old behavior on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3.
- BZ#819915
- When sending multi-descriptor packets, QEMU emulation of the e1000 NIC previously loaded the packet options field (POPTS) for every data descriptor. This was in conflict with the e1000 specification that requires the POPTS field to be ignored with exception of the first data descriptor of the packet. As a consequence, performance of the emulated e1000 NIC was very poor when working with multi-descriptor packets. With this update, QEMU emulation of e1000 has been corrected so it now behaves in accordance with the specification and POPTS is loaded only for the first data descriptor of the packet. Performance of the emulated e1000 NIC fulfills the user's expectations when processing multi-descriptor packets.
- BZ#854528
- In VGA mode, SPICE previously used dirty page tracking mechanism to determine which screen areas needed to be updated. Screen areas that had to be updated were tracked with scanline granularity so that even small updates resulted in huge loads of data to be sent. This had a significant impact on SPICE performance in VGA mode. This update modifies SPICE to keep the most recent copy of the screen content that was sent to the SPICE client. The copy is used to determine the exact areas of the screen that need to be updated, and only those pieces are now updated instead of whole scanlines. SPICE performance in VGA mode has increased as expected.
Enhancements
- BZ#843084
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 adds support for Intel's next-generation Core processor to qemu-kvm so that KVM guests can utilize the new features this processor provides, the most important of which are: Advanced Vector Extensions 2 (AVX2), Bit-Manipulation Instructions 1 (BMI1), Bit-Manipulation Instructions 2 (BMI2), Hardware Lock Elision (HLE), Restricted Transactional Memory (RTM), Process-Context Identifier (PCID), Invalidate Process-Context Identifier (INVPCID), Fused Multiply-Add (FMA), Big-Endian Move instruction (MOVBE), F Segment and G Segment BASE instruction (FSGSBASE), Supervisor Mode Execution Prevention (SMEP), Enhanced REP MOVSB/STOSB (ERMS).
- BZ#767233
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 supports merging of external snapshots into a backing file chain while the guest is live. Merging snapshots into the backing file chains is often faster, and fits certain workflows better than forward streaming. Snapshot data resides in the backing file specified for the merge, and merged snapshots can then be removed.
- BZ#805172
- KVM now supports live migration of guests with USB devices. The following devices are supported: Enhanced Host Controller Interface (EHCI) and Universal Host Controller Interface (UHCI) local passthrough and emulated devices such as storage devices, mice, keyboards, hubs, and others.
- BZ#838126
- The AMD Opteron 4xxx series processor is now supported by qemu-kvm. This allows the new features of this processor series to be exposed to KVM guests, such as: the F16C instruction set, Trailing Bit Manipulation, BMI1 decimate functions, and the Fused Multiply-Add (FMA) instruction set.
- BZ#852665
- With this update, the e1000 driver has been modified to flush the receive queue whenever it is replenished. Also, whenever the receive queue is emptied, the drivers now notify the I/O thread to repoll the file descriptor. This improvement significantly decreases the guest's latency.
- BZ#861331
- KVM now supports live migration of guests using USB forwarding via SPICE, while maintaining existing USB device redirection for all configured devices.
- BZ#835101
- When both host and guest systems are updated to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 or newer, interrupt-intensive workloads, such as incoming network traffic with a virtio network device, have the number of context switches between the VM and the hypervisor optimized. This significantly reduces CPU utilization of the host.
- BZ#801063
- This update allows a sound device to be detected as a microphone or a speaker in the guest system (in addition to being detected as line-in and line-out). Sound devices can now function properly in guest applications that accept only certain types of input for voice recording and audio.
- BZ#854191
- The QEMU user was previously unable to control the time delay before SeaBIOS rebooted a guest if no bootable device was found. This update enables the QEMU user to control the boot process of the guest by adding a new boot option, "-boot reboot-timeout=T", where T is the delay time in milliseconds. The option allows QEMU to transfer the /etc/boot-fail-wait configuration file to SeaBIOS and set the reboot timeout. The user can even prevent SeaBIOS from rebooting the guest by setting the reboot-timeout option to "-1", which is the default value.
Security Fix
- CVE-2012-6075
- A flaw was found in the way QEMU-KVM emulated the e1000 network interface card when the host was configured to accept jumbo network frames, and a guest using the e1000 emulated driver was not. A remote attacker could use this flaw to crash the guest or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with root privileges in the guest.
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-2231
- An unquoted search path flaw was found in the way the QEMU Guest Agent service installation was performed on Windows. Depending on the permissions of the directories in the unquoted search path, a local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to have a binary of their choosing executed with SYSTEM privileges.
7.202. ql2400-firmware
Note
7.203. ql2500-firmware
Note
7.204. qt
7.204.1. RHBA-2012:1246 — qt bug fix update
Bug Fixes
- BZ#678604
- Prior to this update, the mouse pointer could, under certain circumstances, disappear when using the IRC client Konversation. This update modifies the underlying codes to reset the cursor on the parent and set the cursor on the new window handle. Now, the mouse pointer no longer disappears.
- BZ#847866
- Prior to this update, the high precision coordinates of the QTabletEvent class failed to handle multiple Wacom devices. As a consequence, only the device that was loaded first worked correctly. This update modifies the underlying code so that multiple Wacom devices are handled as expected.
7.205. quota
Bug Fixes
- BZ#680919
- Prior to this update, warnquota sent emails from <root@myhost.com> if the quota limit was exceeded and the warnquota tool was enabled to send warning emails and the default warnquota configuration was not changed. As a consequence, users could wrongly reply to this address and email bounces were delivered to the mailbox of <root@myhost.com>. This update modifies the default warnquota configuration to use the reserved domain "example.com".
- BZ#683554
- Prior to this update, the option "-r" for setquota and edquota failed to set the grace times for NFS-mounted file systems without reporting errors because the underlying remote procedure call protocol does not support this option. This update disables the option "-r". With this update, the option to set grace times over the network is disabled and error messages are sent when using the "-r" option.
- BZ#692390
- Prior to this update, the quotacheck tool could mishandle UIDs in processed fsv1 quota files if a user's block limit was reached. This update zeroes uninitialized padding in the "v2r1 ddquot" structure before running subsequent checks.
- BZ#704216
- Prior to this update, the edquota tool could abort with a segmentation fault if the name server switch was configured to use the libdb back end. This update modifies the underlying code to make the "dirname" symbol in edquota sources static to avoid pollution of the symbol name space confusing the dynamic linker. Now, edquota runs on systems which use the Berkeley DB (BDB) database for storing user names, group names, or passwords.
- BZ#730057
- Prior to this update, the quota_nld service logged the error message "Failed to find tty of [UID] to report warning to" when users without an interactive session exceeded the disk quota limit while running quota_nld service. This update applies these warnings to non-daemon debugging mode of quota_nld only.
- BZ#770307
- Prior to this update, the warnquota tool sent a badly worded email message. This update changes the wording and the text is now worded more representative.(
7.206. rdesktop
Bug Fixes
- BZ#680917, BZ#772020
- Prior to this update, redundant conversions functions did not handle the PC/SC (Personal Computer/Smart Card) integration correctly. As a consequence, the rdesktop on AMD64 and Intel 64 platforms failed to connect and incorrectly. This update removes these redundant functions. This update also adds smart card reader support for AMD64 and Intel 64 platforms. Now, the rdesktop connects as expected.
- BZ#680926
- Prior to this update, the rdesktop code for smart card integration with PC/SC caused a buffer overflow on AMD64 and Intel 64 platforms. As a consequence, the glibc function "free()" was aborted with a segmentation fault. This update uses the correct structure and the glibc function "free()" works now as expected.
- BZ#782494
- Prior to this update, the server generated a cursor-related command that the rdesktop client did not support when using rdesktop to connect to Windows Server 2008 R2 platforms. As a consequence, the mouse pointer was all black. With this update, the mouse pointer is drawn correctly when connecting to Windows Server 2008 R2.
- BZ#820008
- Prior to this update, the specification file incorrectly listed the libao-devel package as an install dependency for rdesktop. This update removes the libao-devel dependency from the specification file.
- BZ#831095
- Prior to this update, the rdesktop client did not handle the licenses correctly, As a consequence, certain Terminal Services failed to connect after the first connection with the error message "disconnect: Internal licensing error". This update modifies the underlying code to handle licenses as expected. Now, Terminal Services connect as expected.
7.207. rdma
Security Fixes
- CVE-2012-4517
- A denial of service flaw was found in the way ibacm managed reference counts for multicast connections. An attacker could send specially-crafted multicast packets that would cause the ibacm daemon to crash.
- CVE-2012-4518
- It was found that the ibacm daemon created some files with world-writable permissions. A local attacker could use this flaw to overwrite the contents of the ibacm.log or ibacm.port file, allowing them to mask certain actions from the log or cause ibacm to run on a non-default port.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#818606
- Previously, the "ibnodes -h" command did not show a proper usage message. With this update the problem is fixed and "ibnodes -h" now shows the correct usage message.
- BZ#822781
- Previously, the ibv_devinfo utility erroneously showed iWARP cxgb3 hardware's physical state as invalid even when the device was working. For iWARP hardware, the phys_state field has no meaning. This update patches the utility to not print out anything for this field when the hardware is iWARP hardware.
- BZ#834428
- Prior to the release of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3, the kernel created the InfiniBand device files in the wrong place and a udev rules file was used to force the devices to be created in the proper place. With the update to 6.3, the kernel was fixed to create the InfiniBand device files in the proper place, and so the udev rules file was removed as no longer being necessary. However, a bug in the kernel device creation meant that, although the devices were now being created in the right place, they had incorrect permissions. Consequently, when users attempted to run an RDMA application as a non-root user, the application failed to get the necessary permissions to use the RDMA device and the application terminated. This update puts a new udev rules file in place. It no longer attempts to create the InfiniBand devices since they already exist, but it does correct the device permissions on the files.
- BZ#847129
- Previously, using the "perfquery -C" command with a host name caused the perfquery utility to become unresponsive. The list of controllers to process was never cleared and the process looped infinitely on a single controller. A patch has been applied to make sure that in the case where the user passes in the -C option, the controller list is cleared out once that controller has been processed. As a result, perfquery now works as expected in the scenario described.
- BZ#862857
- The OpenSM init script did not handle the case where there were no configuration files under "/etc/rdma/opensm.conf.*". With this update, the script as been patched and the InfiniBand Subnet Manager, OpenSM, now starts as expected in the scenario described.
Enhancement
- BZ#869737
- This update provides an updated mlx4_ib Mellanox driver which includes Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) support.
7.208. redhat-lsb
Bug Fixes
- BZ#709016
- Previously, the redhat-lsb-core subpackage was missing from the redhat-lsb packages. Consequently, a large number of unnecessary dependencies was pulled in when redhat-lsb was required. This update provides redhat-lsb-core, which has minimal requirements, thus preventing this bug.
- BZ#844602
- An inaccurate brand name was used in the redhat-lsb package description. This update fixes the description.
- BZ#833058
- Previously, the /etc/lsb-release file specified in the lsb_release man page was missing from the redhat-lsb packages. This update adds this file, which provides information about LSB modules installed on the system.
Enhancement
- BZ#801158
- It is now possible to install LBS subpackages, such as redhat-lsb-core, redhat-lsb-c++, redhat-lsb-graphics, or redhat-lsb-printing, separately without having to install the redhat-lsb package with all dependencies that might be unnecessary on a system.
7.209. redhat-release
7.210. redhat-rpm-config
Bug Fixes
- BZ#795577
- The kmodtool script is a helper script for building kernel module RPMs. Previously, the "verrel" parameter in the kmodtool script returned the kernel version and variant string with a dangling sign ("."). With this update, the dangling sign has been removed from the "verrel" output.
- BZ#822073
- The "brp-java-repack-jars" script was unable to correctly handle certain Java Archive (JAR) files. Those files set permissions on "exploded" directory hierarchies to non-standard permissions modes, such as "0000". With this update, standard user permissions are set correctly on the "exploded" directory hierarchy, which prevents certain errors from occurring, such as being unable to remove the directory tree when it is necessary to do so.
Enhancements
- BZ#669638
- Previously, the number of parallel compilation jobs suggested by the %_smp_mflags macro was limited to maximum of 16 CPUs. This update introduces the %_smp_ncpus_max macro, which makes the CPU limit adjustable.
- BZ#869062
- Previously, the /usr/lib/rpm/redhat/rpmrc file contained a leftover "macrofiles" line, which is ignored by later versions of RPM. With this update, the aforementioned line has been removed from rprmc to avoid confusion.
7.211. Red Hat Enterprise Linux Release Notes
Note
7.212. resource-agents
Bug Fixes
- BZ#714156
- Previously, the
status
action in the netfs interface failed to write any output to the/var/log/cluster/rgmanager.log
file. Consequently, it was not possible to verify if the status check of an NFS mount was successful. The bug has been fixed, and results of the status check are now properly stored in the log file. - BZ#728365
- For HA-LVM to work properly, the
/boot/initrd.img
file, which is used during the boot process, must be synchronized with the/etc/lvm/lvm.conf
file. Previously, the HA-LVM startup failed whenlvm.conf
was changed without updatinginitrd.img
. With this update, this behavior has been modified. A warning message is now displayed, but the startup is no longer terminated in the described case. - BZ#729812
- Prior to this update, occasional service failures occurred when starting the
clvmd
variant of the HA-LVM service on multiple nodes in a cluster at the same time. The start of an HA-LVM resource coincided with another node initializing that same HA-LVM resource. With this update, a patch has been introduced to synchronize the initialization of both resources. As a result, services no longer fail due to the simultaneous initialization. - BZ#817550
- When the oracledb.sh script was called with the
status
argument, it restarted the database after checking its status without any notification to the rgmanager application. This bug has been fixed, and the unwanted restart no longer occurs. - BZ#822244
- Previously, the /usr/sbin/tomcat-6.sh script parsed configuration files and set shell variables before starting the Apache Tomcat 6 servlet container. Consequently, the default configuration was ignored. This bug has been fixed and the aforementioned problem no longer occurs.
- BZ#839181
- Previously, an output of HA-LVM commands that contained more than one word, was not correctly parsed. Consequently, starting an HA-LVM service with the
rg_test
command occasionally failed with the following message:too many arguments
With this update, the underlying source code has been modified to add quotation marks around variables that expand to more than one word. As a result, the aforementioned startup errors no longer occur. - BZ#847335
- If the contents of the
/proc/mounts
file changed during a status check operation of the file system resource agent, the status check could incorrectly detect a missing mount and mark the service as failed. This bug has been fixed and rgmanager's file system resource agent no longer reports false failures in the described scenario. - BZ#848642
- Previously, rgmanager did not recognize CIFS (Common Internet File System) mounts in case their corresponding entries in the device field of the
/proc/mounts
file contained trailing slashes. With this update, a patch has been introduced to remove trailing slashes from device names when reading the contents of/proc/mounts
. As a result, CIFS mounts are now recognized properly. - BZ#853249
- Prior to this update, when running a file system depending on an LVM resource in a service, and that LVM resource failed to start, the subsequent attempt to unregister the file system resource failed. This bug has been fixed, and a file system resource can now be successfully unregistered after a failed mount operation.
- BZ#860328
- Previously, when using the HA-LVM resource agent in the Pacemaker cluster environment, several errors and failed actions occurred. With this update, several scripts have been added to prevent these errors. These scripts repair the treatment of whitespace within HA-LVM and the processing of non-zero codes in rgmanager. In addition, the member_util utility has been updated to use Corosync and Pacemaker when rgmanager is not present on the system.
- BZ#860981
- Previously, when a node lost access to the storage device, HA-LVM was unable to deactivate the volume group for the services running in that node. The underlying source code has been modified to allow services to migrate to other machines that still have access to storage devices, thus preventing this bug.
- BZ#869695
- Previously, SAP instances started by the SAPInstance cluster resource agent inherited limits on system resources for the root user. Higher limits were needed on the maximum number of open files (
ulimit -n
), the maximum stack size (ulimit -s
), and the maximum size of data segments (ulimit -d
). With this update, the SAPInstance agent has been modified to accept limits specified in the/usr/sap/services
file. As a result, system resources limits can now be specified manually.
Enhancements
- BZ#773478
- With this update, the /usr/share/cluster/script.sh resource, used mainly by the rgmanager application, has been enhanced to provide more informative reports on causes of internal errors.
- BZ#822053
- With this update, the
nfsrestart
option has been added to both the fs and clusterfs resource agents. This option provides a way to forcefully restart NFS servers and allow a clean unmount of an exported file system. - BZ#834293
- The pacemaker SAPInstance and SAPDatabase resource agents have been updated with the latest upstream patches.
- BZ#843049
- A new
prefer_interface
parameter has been added to the rgmanager ip.sh resource agent. This parameter is used for adding an IP address to a particular network interface when a cluster node has multiple active interfaces with IP addresses on the same subnetwork.
Enhancement
- BZ#1001519
- This update adds support for the Pacemaker resource agents under the Heartbeat OCF provider.
Bug Fix
- BZ#978775
- Usage of lvm.sh with tags resulted in the stripping of cluster tags when the node rejoined the cluster. This was because the lvm.sh agent was unable to accurately detect the tag represented by a cluster node. Thus, the active logical volume on a cluster node failed when another node re-joined the cluster. This update properly detects whether tags represent a cluster node, the node-name, or, if fqdn is returned by the corosync-quorumtool -l output. When nodes re-join the cluster, tags are not stripped of LVM volume groups, and the volume group no longer fails on other nodes.
Enhancement
- BZ#972931
- Previous versions of the Oracle Resource Agent were only tested against Oracle 10. With this update, support for the Oracle Database 11g has been added to the oracledb, orainstance, and oralistener resource agents.
7.213. rgmanager
Bug Fixes
- BZ#825375
- Due to an unlocked access to internal DBus data structures from different rgmanager threads, rgmanager could terminate unexpectedly inside dbus library functions when running rgmanager without the "-q" flag (set as default). The underlying source code has been modified and rgmanager no longer fails in this situation.
- BZ#831658
- Previously, rgmanager preferred two nodes in a three-nodes cluster, which caused the third node being unused. The configuration has been changed and rgmanager now uses all nodes in the cluster as expected.
- BZ#833347
- Previously, the cpglockd init script was not included in the chkconfig configuration file. This updated adds cpglockd in this file.
- BZ#853251
- Resource Group Manager fails to stop a resource if it is located on an unmounted file system. As a result of this failure, rgmanager treated the resource as missing and marked the appropriate service as failed, which prevented the cluster from recovering the service. This update allows rgmanager to ignore this error if a resource has not been previously started with a service. The service can now be properly started on a different host.
- BZ#861157
- When rgmanager received a remote start message for a particular service while already in the process of starting that service locally, a deadlock could occur. This sometimes happened during the recovery of a service that had failed its start operation. This bug has been fixed and rgmanager works as expected.
- BZ#879031
- When a service is configured with a recoverable resource, such as nfsclient, a failure of that client correctly triggers the recovery function. However, even if recovery operation was successful, rgmanager still stopped and recovered the service. The underlying source code has been modified and rgmanager no longer stops successfully recovered clients.
7.214. rhn-client-tools
Bug Fixes
- BZ#784964
- If a system used multiple network interfaces, the Satellite server might have discovered a different IP address from the one the user used to connect to Red Hat Network. This caused Red Hat Network to display incorrect information in the web UI. The underlying source code has been modified, so that the correct IP is now discovered and also the correct information displayed in the web UI.
- BZ#842834
- Multiple-server failover did not work properly; a socket error could occur when multiple servers were configured. This update ensures that the user can configure additional servers to try if the first option fails.
- BZ#815695
- Previously, the rhn-channel utility could ignore configured proxy servers when used with certain options, for example, "--available channels". This problem has been fixed and the specified proxy servers are used as expected in this scenario.
- BZ#811641
- Due to a bug in the source code, the rhn_register utility could throw a traceback during registration if a USB device was connected in the system. The bug has been fixed, and Red Hat Network registrations work correctly in this scenario.
- BZ#839791
- Previously, the rhn-profile-sync utility exited with an incorrect exit code if an error occurred. This update ensures that rhn-profile-sync exits with the correct exit code.
- BZ#823551
- Previously, the firstboot and rhn_register GUIs displayed confusing or conflicting information that did not reflect changes to Subscription Manager. The text has been updated to be clearer and specific.
- BZ#830776
- The rhn_check utility failed with a traceback if another instance of rhn_check was running. With this update, if the user attempts to run rhn_check while another instance is running, an appropriate error message will be displayed.
- BZ#810315
- An outdated example icon was displayed on the Set Up Software Update screen in firstboot. The icon has been replaced to provide an example that matches what users see on their system.
- BZ#839935
- Previously, attempting to subscribe to a non-existent channel using the rhn-channel utility failed with a traceback. With this update, an informative error message appears in this scenario.
- BZ#786422
- This update fixes a typo that previously existed in the text of the rhn_register user interface.
- BZ#846359
- The rhn-channel utility did not properly parse certain methods used for specifying command-line options. As a consequence, rhn-channel could fail with a traceback. This update ensures that rhn-channel can properly parse various ways that options are commonly specified in bash.
- BZ#851657
- Titles for some windows in the rhn_register GUI did not follow standard title capitalization; some titles were lowercase. This update ensures that the titles are uppercase where appropriate.
- BZ#878758
- When running the rhn_register utility, the "Enter your account information" page contained a link pointing to a non-existing web page. The link has been fixed and now points to the correct page.
Enhancement
- BZ#859281
- The "-b" option can now be specified for the rhn-channel utility to display the current base channel of the system.
7.215. ricci
Bug Fixes
- BZ#811702
- Prior to this update, if the ricci daemon was not running on all nodes, executing the "ccs --stopall" command caused an attribute error to occur. With this update, the code has been fixed and the error no longer occurs in the aforementioned scenario.
- BZ#815752
- Previously, a segmentation fault occurred in both the ricci daemon and ccs_sync utility when processing a larger cluster.conf file. This was caused by an insufficient thread stack size in ricci. The ccs_sync utility terminated unexpectedly due to incorrect behavior of the PR_Write function. With this update, a patch has been introduced to fix both causes. As a result, the segmentation fault no longer occurs.
- BZ#877381
- Previously, a segmentation fault occurred in the ricci daemon when processing cluster.conf files with very large values. This was caused by allocating large amounts of memory not available on the stack. With this update, a patch has been introduced to allocate memory on the heap and provide an error if not enough memory is available. As a result, the segmentation fault no longer occurs.
- BZ#818335
- Previously, the "ccs_sync" command did not return a non-zero exit code if an error occurred or the ricci daemon was not running, even when running the command with the "-w" option to exit with a failure status if any warnings were issued. The underlying source code has been modified so that "ccs_sync" with the "-w" option now returns "1" on failure.
- BZ#839039
- With this update, a minor typographical error has been fixed in the ccs error message related to being unable to start a node, possibly due to lack of quorum.
- BZ#841288
- Previously, the "ccs --lsmisc" command did not properly display the alternate multicast address. The bug has been fixed, and the alternate multicast address is now reported correctly when --lsmisc is used.
- BZ#867019
- Previously, the ccs program failed to generate certificates when running on a read-only NFS. This bug has been fixed and ccs now generates certificates regardless of the type of the current working directory.
- BZ#866894
- Previously, the ccs program incorrectly handled the cluster.conf file when adding a resource into the file. Consequently, resulting cluster.conf was invalid. This bug has been fixed and ccs now works correctly in the described case.
- BZ#842939
- Previously, the ricci daemon would not properly handle yum output when it was split over multiple lines. Consequently, in certain circumstances the conga management system was unable to list or install packages. This bug has been fixed and ricci now works correctly in the described case.
Enhancement
- BZ#878108
- The cluster schema has been updated to match the current Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 cluster packages.
7.216. rpcbind
Bug Fixes
- BZ#813898
- Previously, the rpcbind(8) man page referred to rpcbind(3) for which no entry existed. This update adds the missing rpcbind(3) man page.
- BZ#864056
- Using Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) and the bootparams file for booting Solaris or SPARC machines did not work properly. The SPARC systems sent broadcast bootparams WHOAMI requests, but the answer was never sent back by rpcbind. This bug has been fixed and rpcbind no longer discards the bootparams WHOAMI requests in the described scenario.
Enhancement
- BZ#731542
- When using the rpcbind's insecure mode via the "-i" option, non-root local users are now allowed to set and unset calls from remote hosts.
7.217. rpmdevtools
Bug Fix
- BZ#730770
- Prior to this update, the sample spec files referred to a deprecated BuildRoot tag. The tag was ignored if it was defined. This update removes the BuildRoot tags from all sample spec files.
7.218. rpm
Bug Fixes
- BZ#664696
- Previously, PGP keys were loaded even if they were not needed. Consequently, under certain conditions, RPM could not be opened. With this update, the PGP keys are loaded only when needed and RPM no longer fails to start.
- BZ#727872
- The debuginfo packages contained only one symbolic link per build ID. When multiple identical binaries existed on the system, only one of them was linked. With this update, numbered symbolic links are created instead.
- BZ#730473
- Setting the %defattr macro in a package's spec file overrode the directory permissions given by the %attr macro so that directories were created with incorrect permissions during installation of the package. This update modifies the underlying RPM code to prevent the %defattr macro from overriding the %attr macro. The directories are now created with the correct permissions by RPM.
- BZ#743229
- The value of the %_host macro was set to "x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu" by default. With this update, the word "unknown" is replaced by "redhat" as is expected by several parts of the build chain.
- BZ#773503
- Previously, using the "rpmbuild" command caused the [patched].orig file to be created without any indication, which could confuse the user. This update modifies the underlying source code so that rpmbuild no longer runs the patch utility with the "-s" command line option.
- BZ#802839
- When a large package was sent to the standard input (stdin), the rpm2cpio utility terminated. With this update, the underlying source code has been modified and rpm2cpio works as expected in this situation.
- BZ#825147
- Previously, using the RPM API for parsing spec files caused macros defined in a spec file to remain in the RPM macro "environment" after the parsing routine exited. This behavior affected the parsing results if more than one spec file was parsed per process lifetime. To resolve the problem, this update backports the reloadConfig() method from RPM 4.10's Python API. Multiple spec files can now be safely processed within a single process.
- BZ#829621
- An attempt to import multi-key PGP armors caused the rpm utility to fail, which could lead to memory corruption or RPM database corruption. With this update, rpm has been modified to reject multi-key PGP armors. As a result, when importing multi-key PGP armors, the "unsupported=multikey packets/armors" error message is returned.
- BZ#858731
- Due to the lack of DWARF 3 and 4 format support, the rpmbuild utility was not able to produce usable debug packages with newer compilers. This update adds the required support for the debugedit utility to RPM, and DWARF 3 and 4 formats are now supported as expected.
- BZ#869667
- Previously, RPM returned the 0 exit code even if the import of a PGP key failed. The underlying source code has been modified to fix this bug and RPM no longer returns 0 if key import fails.
- BZ#804049, BZ#845065
- This update contains several minor fixes and corrections in the rpm(8) manual page.
Enhancements
- BZ#825087
- This enhancement improves RPM to support the dpkg-style tilde character ("~") in the package's version and the release string to signify lower priority in version comparison. Note that this enhancement could affect packages that already have the tilde character in their version or release and the updated version of RPM do not work with packages that were built with an old RPM version.
- BZ#839126, BZ#845063
- This update adds the description of the --eval, --setperms and --setugid parameters to the rpm(8) manual page.
7.219. rsyslog
Bug Fixes
- BZ#838148
- Prior to this update, the rsyslog packages depended on a newer selinux-policy which the rsyslog spec file did not reflect. The command "yum --security update" updated rsyslog but not the selinux-policy. As a consequence, rsyslog malfunctioned when booting and depending services failed, including login. This update modifies the spec file to prevent installation with an incompatible selinux-policy package and enforce its update if available.
- BZ#847568
- Prior to this update, the rule that was specified immediately before the "$IncludeConfig" directive to be reordered after the contents of the included configuration file due to handling problem with the configuration file parser. As a consequence, the order of processing was different from the intended one with the potential of message losses. This update modifies the underlying code so that the order of processing is the same as in the configuration file.
- BZ#886004
- Prior to this update, the Unix Socket Input plug-in for rsyslog did not consider the timestamp format specified by the RFC 5424 Syslog Protocol for timestamps derived from RFC 3339. As a consequence, messages sent to the syslog daemon via Unix sockets that used the RFC 3339-derived timestamp format were silently discarded. This update supports this timestamp format. Messages sent to the rsyslog system logging daemon via Unix sockets that use the RFC 3339-derived timestamp format are now accepted and processed properly.
7.220. s390utils
Bug Fixes
- BZ#818599
- The internal parsing logic of the ziomon utility previously relied on a Bash shell construct when identifying multipath devices. Changes in later versions of Bash caused the parsing logic to not work properly if the ziomon command was specified with more than one multipath device as an argument. Consequently, ziomon did not recognize all multipath devices and did not collect performance data for the respective devices. With this update, ziomon has been modified to use a bash-independent construct in the parsing logic. The ziomon utility now correctly recognizes all multipath devices and provides performance data as expected.
- BZ#818877
- Previously, the /etc/zipl.conf configuration file did not belong to any RPM package. This update corrects this problem and the /etc/zipl.conf file is now owned by the s390utils-base package.
- BZ#828145
- The "lsdasd -h" command always incorrectly returned an exit code of 1. Also, the lsdasd(8) man page was missing information about the "-b, --base" option. With this update, the lsdasd utility has been corrected to return the exit code 0 on success when issued to print help information. The lsdasd(8) man page has been updated and it now provides information on usage of the "-b" option as expected.
- BZ#828146
- Previously, the lsluns utility performed a SCSI generic (sg) functionality test before scanning for available LUNs or showing the attached LUNs. Consequently, the lsluns command failed and did not display any available or attached LUNs if there was no SCSI device available. This update modifies lsluns to perform a LUN scan first and execute an sg functionality test only if at least one SCSI device is found.
- BZ#837311
- The lsluns utility performed a SCSI registration test immediately after adding LUN0 and WLUN to the unit_add file. However, SCSI devices are not available immediately after adding LUNs to unit_add so lsluns did not recognize that LUN0 and WLUN are available. The lsluns command therefore failed with the "Cannot attach WLUN / LUN0 for scanning" error message. This update modifies lsluns so that the SCSI registration test is now performed several times allowing the SCSI mid-layer to complete SCSI device registration. The lsluns command now successfully displays LUNs as expected.
- BZ#857815
- Due to the way the kernel maintains caches for block devices, running the zipl boot loader could, under certain circumstances, lead to inconsistent cache contents in the first 4096 bytes on an FBA DASD device (a direct-access storage device with a fixed block architecture). This update modifies zipl so that the boot loader flushes disk buffers before installing the initial program load (IPL), which prevents cache corruption from occurring on FBA DASD devices.
Enhancements
- BZ#847087
- This update adds the necessary user space tools to allow Linux to access Storage Class Memory (SCM) as a block device on IBM System z systems using sub-channels of the Extended Asynchronous Data Mover (EADM) Facility.
- BZ#847088
- The lszcrypt utility has been modified to support the IBM Crypto Express 4 feature.
7.221. samba4
Note
Security Fix
- CVE-2012-1182
- A flaw was found in the Samba suite's Perl-based DCE/RPC IDL (PIDL) compiler, used to generate code to handle RPC calls. This could result in code generated by the PIDL compiler to not sufficiently protect against buffer overflows.
Bug Fix
- BZ#878564
- Prior to this update, if the Active Directory (AD) server was rebooted, Winbind sometimes failed to reconnect when requested by "wbinfo -n" or "wbinfo -s" commands. Consequently, looking up users using the wbinfo tool failed. This update applies upstream patches to fix this problem and now looking up a Security Identifier (SID) for a username, or a username for a given SID, works as expected after a domain controller is rebooted.
7.222. samba
Note
/etc/samba/smb.conf
file:
max protocol = SMB2
smbd
) version. You cannot downgrade to an older Samba version unless you have backups of the TDB files. (BZ#649479)
Warning
smb.conf
man page and the individual IDMAP backend man pages.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#760109
- Previously, the pam_winbind utility returned an incorrect PAM error code if the Winbind module was not reachable. Consequently, users were not able to log in even if another PAM Module authenticated the user successfully. With this update, the error
PAM_USER_UNKNOWN
is always returned in case Winbind fails to authenticate a user. As a result, users successfully authenticated by another PAM module can log in as expected. - BZ#838893
- Samba 3.6 failed to migrate existing printers from the Trivial Database (TDB) to the registry due to a Network Data Representation (NDR) alignment problem. Consequently, printers from 3.5 could not be migrated and the Samba server daemon (
smbd
) stopped with an error. The NDR parser has been fixed to correctly parse printing entries from Samba 3.5. As a result, printers are correctly migrated from 3.5 TDB to the 3.6 registry. - BZ#866412
- Due to a regression, the previous release changed the behavior of resolving domain local groups and the Winbind daemon (
winbindd
) could not find them. The original behavior for resolving the domain local groups has been restored. As a result, theID
command resolves domain local groups in its own domain correctly again. - BZ#866570
- The net utility improperly displayed the realm which it had joined in all lowercase letters. Consequently, a user might misunderstand the domain join and might use the lowercase format of the realm name. This update corrects the case and improves the wording of the message printed about a domain join. As a result, the user is correctly informed as to which
DNS
domain the system has joined. - BZ#875879
- If a Domain Controller (DC) was rebuilding the System Volume (Sysvol) shared directory and turned off netlogon, users were not able to log in until it was finished, even if another working DC was available. Consequently, users could not log in and got strange errors if netlogon was available and then was turned off. With this update, Samba retries twice to open the netlogon connection and if it still does not work the DC is added to the negative connection cache and Samba will failover to the next DC. As a result, the user no longer sees any error messages in this scenario and can log in using another DC as expected.
Enhancements
- BZ#748407
- When joining an Active Directory domain and using Samba's support for using Kerberos keytabs, AES Kerberos keys were not added into the generated keytab. Consequently, Samba did not support the new AES encryption type for Kerberos. This update adds support for AES Kerberos keys to Samba and AES Kerberos Keys are now created in the keytab during the Domain join.
7.223. scl-utils
- BZ#855999
- The scl-utils packages have been upgraded to upstream version 20120927, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. The following list includes notable bug fixes:
- The fix has been provided for a double free or corruption error when reading commands from the standard input, which could have led to a segmentation fault under certain circumstances.
- The /usr/lib/rpm/redhat/brp-compress script now properly compresses man pages in %_mandir.
7.224. seabios
Bug Fixes
- BZ#771616
- In the QXL-VGA drive, the ram_size and vram_size variables were set to a default value that was too high. Consequently, the guest was not able to boot, and the "VM status: paused (internal-error)" message was returned. This update uses extended addressing for PCI address space and the guest can now boot successfully.
- BZ#839674
- Previously, the advertisement of S3 and S4 states in the default BIOS was disabled for which a separate BIOS binary file had been created. This update enables users to configurate S3 and S4 states per virtual machine in seabios and thus, the extra BIOS binary file is no longer necessary. Now, a single binary is used to enable these states.
- BZ#851245
- Prior to this update, the SeaBIOS component did not support the non-contiguous APIC IDs. This resulted in incorrect topology generation on SMP and NUMA systems; moreover, QEMU-KVM was unable to run on some of the host systems. A patch has been provided to fix this bug and Seabios now supports the non-contiguous APIC IDs.
- BZ#854448
- The seabios packages used the time-stamp counter (TSC) for timekeeping with a simple calibration loop. As a consequence, on a busy host, the magnitude calibration could be set incorrectly and could lead to boot failures. This update provides the power management timer (PMT) with a fixed frequency, which does not suffer from calibration errors due to a loaded host machine. As a result, timeouts work correctly under all circumstances.
Enhancements
- BZ#827500
- With this update, it is possible to configurate S3 and S4 states per virtual machine.
- BZ#831273
- The seabios packages are now able to reboot a VM even if no bootable device can be found.
7.225. selinux-policy
Bug Fix
- BZ#912392
- When multiple devices were added into the system, udev rules restarted ktune services for each new device, so there were several restarts in a short time interval. The multiple restarts triggered a race condition in the kernel which was not easily fixable. Currently, the tuned code is modified not to trigger more than one restart per 10 seconds and the race condition is avoided.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#837815
- With the Multi-Level Security (MLS) SELinux policy enabled, a user created with an SELinux MLS level could not login to the system through an
SSH
client. The SELinux policy rules have been updated to allow the user to log in to the system in the described scenario. - BZ#835923
- When SELinux was in enforcing mode, an
OpenMPI
job, parallel universe in Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG Grid, failed and was unable to access files in the/var/lib/condor/execute/
directory. New SELinux policy rules have been added forOpenMPI
jobs to allow a job to access files in this directory. - BZ#857352
- When SELinux was in enforcing mode, a migration from one host to another using the Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization Manager was denied. This update fixes relevant SELinux policy rules and the migration now completes as expected in the described scenario.
- BZ#865759
- Due to a regression, the root user was able to log in when the
ssh_sysadm_login
variable was set toOFF
in MLS. To fix this bug, thessh_sysadm_login
SELinux boolean has been corrected to prevent the root user to log in when this variable is set toOFF
. - BZ#877108
- When the user ran the
system-config-kdump
utility on the IBM System z architecture, the following error message was returned:error opening /etc/zipl.conf for read: Permission denied
This error was caused by missing SELinux policy rules. With this update, the respective rules have been updated to allowsystem-config-kdump
to access the/etc/zipl.conf
file, and the error messages are no longer returned. - BZ#877932
- Previously,
cron
daemon jobs were set to run in thecronjob_t
domain when the SELinux MLS policy was enabled. As a consequence, users could not run theircron
jobs. The relevant policy rules have been modified andcron
jobs now run in the user domain, thus fixing this bug. - BZ#880369
- When the user added a mount point to the
/var/lib/openshift
file and executed thequotacheck -cmug /var/lib/openshift
command, the process resulted in AVC messages logged in the/var/log/audit/audit.log
file. With this update, the quota system can manageopenshift_var_lib_t
directories to make the command work as expected. - BZ#867002
- When the system was set up to use the
SSSD
system daemon to perform user authentication, thepasswd
utility was not allowed to read the/var/lib/sss/mc/
directory. This update fixes the security context for/var/lib/sss/mc/
to allowpasswd
to read this directory as expected. - BZ#878212
- With SELinux in enforcing mode, during automatic testing of Red Hat Enterprise Linux in FIPS mode, PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) attempted to run prelink on the
/sbin/unix_chkpwd
file to verify its hash. Consequently, users could not log in to the system. The appropriate SELinux policy rules have been updated and a FIPS mode boolean has been added to resolve this bug. - BZ#887129
- Previously, the
system-config-kdump
utility was unable to handle thekdump
service when SELinux was in enforcing mode for 64-bit PowerPC. To fix this bug, the security context for the/usr/lib/yaboot/addnote
binary file has been changed to the bin_t type. With this update,system-config-kdump
handleskdump
as expected. - BZ#869376
- Due to a missing SELinux policy rule, certain services failed to start in enforcing mode. This update adds the mount_t unlabeled_t:filesystem relabelfrom; rule to make sure these services start as expected.
- BZ#881413
- Previously, if the user added the includedir /var/lib/sss/pubconf/krb5.include.d/ directive to a
krb5.conf
file in Identity Manager and installed a server in permissive mode, it generated numerous AVC messages because a number of processes were not able to read the contents of the included directory. This update adds rules to allow domains that can read the sssd_public_t type to also list this directory. - BZ#859231
- When the krb5 package was upgraded to version 1.9-33.el6_3.3 and Identity Management or FreeIPA was used, an attempt to start the
named
daemon terminated unexpectedly in enforcing mode. This update adapts the relevant SELinux policy to make sure thenamed
daemon can be started in the described scenario. - BZ#858235
- Previously, the
rhnsd
daemon was handled by therhsmcertd
SELinux domain, which caused an AVC denial message to be returned. With this update,rhnsd
has its own SELinux policy domain calledrhnsd_t
, thus preventing these messages. - BZ#831908
- When the
SANLOCKOPTS="-w 0"
option was enabled in the/etc/sysconfig/sanlock
configuration file, AVC denial messages were generated by theservice sanlock restart
command. The SELinux rules have been updated to allow thesanlock
daemon to be restarted correctly without any AVC messages. - BZ#855889
- Previously, the
libselinux
library did not support setting the context based on the contents of/etc/selinux/targeted/logins/$username/
directories. Consequently, central management of SELinux limits did not work properly. With this update, the/etc/selinux/targeted/logins/
directory is now handled by the selinux-policy packages as expected. - BZ#854671
- With SELinux in enforcing mode, the running the
openswan
service with FIPS enabled caused AVC denial messages to be logged to the/var/log/audit/audit.log
file. This update fixes the relevant SELinux policy rules andopenswan
no longer produces AVC messages. - BZ#852763
- With the SELinux MLS policy enabled, users could not mount a file via a loop device. This bug has been fixed, and users can mount a file via a loop device to the
/mnt/
directory successfully. - BZ#835936
- When SELinux was running in enforcing mode, it was impossible to start a virtual machine on a disk located on a POSIX file system, such as GlusterFS. The relevant SELinux policy has been fixed and virtual machines can now be started in the described scenario as expected.
- BZ#843814
- In its current version, the
SSSD
daemon writes SELinux configuration files into the/etc/selinux/<policy>/logins/
directory. The SELinux PAM module then uses this information to set the correct context for a remote user trying to log in. Due to a missing policy for this feature,SSSD
could not write into this directory. With this update, a new security context for/etc/selinux/<[policy]/logins/
has been added together with appropriate SELinux policy rules. - BZ#836311
- Previously, the
heartbeat
subsystem was incorrectly treated by thecorosync
SELinux policy. Consequently, AVC messages were generated andheartbeat
was unusable by default. To fix this bug,heartbeat
is now handled by thergmanager
SELinux policy and AVC messages are no longer returned. - BZ#837138
- With SELinux in enforcing mode, the
clamscan
utility did not work correctly as a backup server in theamavisd-new
interface, which resulted in AVC messages to be returned ifclamscan
could not accessamavis
spool files. This update corrects the SELinux policy to grantclamscan
the necessary permission in the described scenario. - BZ#887892
- Previously, SELinux prevented the
ABRT
(Automatic Bug Reporting Tool) utility to use theinotify
subsystem on the/var/spool/abrt-upload/
directory. Consequently, when the user set up theWatchCrashdumpArchiveDir
option in theABRT
utility, theabrtd
daemon failed on restart. To fix this bug, a SELinux policy rule has been added to allowABRT
to useinotify
on/var/spool/abrt-upload/
with the daemon working correctly. - BZ#842818
- With SELinux in enforcing mode, the
saslauthd
daemon process could not work properly if theMECH=shadow
option was specified in the/etc/sysconfig/saslauthd
file. This update fixes the relevant SELinux policy rules and allowssaslauthd
to use theMECH=shadow
configuration option. - BZ#842905
- Previously, when a process with the user_r SELinux role tried to use the
crontab
utility on an NFS (Network File System) home directory, AVC messages were written to the audit.log file. The relevant SELinux policy has been updated to allow user_r processes to run thecrontab
utility, thus fixing the bug. - BZ#842927, BZ#842968
- When the
MAILDIR=$HOME/Maildir
option was enabled either in the/etc/procmailrc
or indovecot
configuration files, theprocmail
anddovecot
services were not able to access a Maildir directory located in the home directory. This update fixes relevant SELinux policy rules to allow theprocmail
/dovecot
service to read the configuredMAILDIR
option in/etc/procmailrc
. - BZ#886874
- When the
vsftpd
daemon is being stopped, it terminates all childvsftpd
processes by sending the SIGTERM signal to them. When the parent process dies, the child process gets the SIGTERM signal. Previously, this signal was blocked by SELinux. This update fixes the relevant SELinux policy rules to allowvsftpd
to terminate its child processes properly. - BZ#885518
- Previously, the
/var/lib/pgsql/.ssh/
directory had an incorrect security context. With this update, the security context has been changed to the ssh_home_t label, which is required by thePostgreSQL
system backup. - BZ#843543
- Due to an incorrect SELinux policy, SELinux prevented the
libvirtd
daemon from starting thednsmasq
server with the--pid-file=/var/run/libvirt/network/default.pid
option and AVC denial messages were returned. The updated SELinux rules allow thelibvirtd
daemon to start correctly withdnsmasq
support. - BZ#843577
- With the MLS SELinux policy enabled, an administrator in an SELinux domain, with the
sysadm_t
type at the s0-s15:c0.c1023 level, was not able to execute thetar --selinux -zcf wrk.tar.gz /wrk
command. These updated SELinux rules allow administrators to run the command in the described scenario. - BZ#843732
- Due to a missing fcontext for the
/var/named/chroot/lib64/
directory, AVC messages could be returned when working with thenamed
daemon. To fix this bug, the missing SELinux security context for/var/named/chroot/lib64/
has been added. - BZ#836241
- Due to an incorrect SELinux policy, the
dovecot-imap
anddovecot-lda
utilities were not allowed access to the Maildir files and directories with the mail_home_rw_t security context. These updated SELinux rules allowdovecot-imap
anddovecot-lda
to access Maildir home directories. - BZ#844045
- With SELinux in enforcing mode, the
automount
utility erroneously returned themount.nfs4: access denied by a server
error message when instructed to perform a mount operation, which included acontext=
parameter. Mount operations in NFS v3 were not affected. Now, SELinux policy rules have been updated to allowautomount
to work correctly in the described scenario. - BZ#809716
- Due to an incorrect SELinux policy, the
smartd
daemon was not able to create themegaraid_sas_ioctl_node
device with the correct SELinux security context. Consequently, monitoring of some disks on a MegaRAID controller usingsmartd
was prevented. This update provides SELinux rules that allow monitoring of disks on a MegaRAID controller usingsmartd
. - BZ#845201
- Previously, the incorrect default label on the
/etc/openldap/cacerts/
and/etc/openldap/certs/
directories was provided by SELinux policy, which caused various unnecessary AVCs to be returned. To fix this bug, these directories have been labeled with the slapd_cert_t SELinux security label. Now, no redundant AVCs are returned. - BZ#882348, BZ#850774
- Previously, with SELinux in enforcing mode and the
internal-sftp
subsystem configured together with theChroot
option, users with the unconfined_t SELinux type were unable to connect using thesftp
utility. This update fixes the SELinux policy to allow users to utilizesftp
successfully in the described scenario. - BZ#849262
- Previously, the
snmpd
daemon service was unable to connect to thecorosync
service using a Unix stream socket, which resulted in AVC messages being logged in the/var/log/audit/audit.log
file. To fix this bug, a set of new rules has been added to the SELinux policy to allow thesnmpd
daemon to connect tocorosync
. - BZ#849671
- With SELinux in enforcing mode, the
/var/run/amavisd/clamd.pid
file was empty, thus any attempt to restart theclamd.amavisd
daemon failed. Stopping the service failed because of the empty PID file and starting it failed because the socket was already in use or still being used. These updated SELinux rules allowclamd.amavisd
to write to the PID file as expected. - BZ#851113
- Due to an incorrect SELinux policy, there was an incorrect label on the
/var/run/cachefilesd.pid
file. With this update, SELinux policy rules and the security context have been fixed to get the cachefilesd_var_run_t label for the file. - BZ#881993
- Due to missing SELinux policy rules, the
rsync
daemon, which served an automounted home NFS directory, was not able to write files in this directory. To fix this bug, thersync
daemon has been changed into a home manager to allow the needed access permissions. - BZ#851289
- Previously, the 8953/tcp port used the port_t SELinux port type, which prevented the
unbound
service from working correctly. To fix this bug, the 8953/tcp port has been associated with the rndc_port_t SELinux port type. - BZ#851483
- The spice-vdagent package was rebased to the latest upstream version (BZ#842355). A part of this rebased spice-vdagent was moved to the
syslog()
function instead of using its own logging code (BZ#747894). To reflect this change, the SELinux policy rules have been updated for the spice-vdagent policy to allow the use ofsyslog()
. - BZ#852731
- Previously, when a user wanted to create a user home directory on a client which did not exist, they could do so on local volumes. However, this operation was blocked in enforcing mode when the
pam_oddjob_mkhomedir.so
module attempted to create a home directory on an NFS mounted volume. SELinux policy rules have been updated to allowpam_oddjob_mkhomedir
to use NFS and user home directories can now be created in enforcing mode as well. - BZ#853453
- When the
.forward
file was configured by the user on NFS, AVC messages were returned. Consequently,Postfix
was not able to access the script in the aforementioned file. These updated SELinux rules allow to properly set up.forward
in the described scenario. - BZ#811319
- Previously, the
fence_virtd
daemon was unconfined by SELinux, which caused the service to run in the initrc_t type SELinux domain. To fix this bug, the fenced_exec_t security context has been added for thefence_virtd
daemon, and this service now runs in the fenced_t SELinux domain. - BZ#871038
- Previously, with SELinux in enforcing mode, the
setroubleshootd
daemon was not able to read the/proc/irq
file. Consequently, AVC messages were returned. This update provides SELinux rules, which allowsetroubleshootd
to read/proc/irq
, and AVC messages are no longer returned. - BZ#833463
- With SELinux running in enforcing mode, the
fence_vmware_soap
binary did not work correctly. Consequently, fencing failed, services did not failover, and AVC denial messages were written to theaudit.log
file. This update fixes the relevant policy to make thefence_vmware_soap
binary work correctly. - BZ#832998
- Prior to this update, a proper security context for the
/usr/lib/mozilla/plugins/libflashplayer.so
file was missing. Consequently, executing themozilla-plugin-config -i
command caused the following error to be returned:*** NSPlugin Viewer *** ERROR: /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins/libflashplayer.so: cannot restore segment prot after reloc: Permission denied
The security context has been updated, and the command now works as expected. - BZ#821887
- A missing SELinux policy prevented the Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization Hypervisors to recreate the
/etc/mtab
file with a correct security context. To fix this bug, a new SELinux transition from the virtd_t to mount_t SELinux domain has been added. - BZ#858406
- Due to missing SELinux policy rules, Point-In-Time Recovery (PITR) implementation with the support for the
SSH
andRSync
protocols failed to work with PostgreSQL. To resolve this bug, thepostgresql_can_rsync
SELinux boolean has been added to allow PostgreSQL to run thersync
utility and interact with SSH. - BZ#858784
- With SELinux in enforcing mode, the
pulse
utility failed to start the Internet Protocol Video Security (IPVS
) sync daemon at startup. SELinux policy rules have been updated to allowpulse
start the daemon as expected. - BZ#829274
- Previously, the SELinux Multi-Level Security (MLS) policy did not allow the sysadm_r SELinux role to use the
chkconfig SERVICE on/off
commands to enable or disable a service on the system. This update fixes the relevant SELinux policy to allow the sysadm_r SELinux role to use these commands to enable or disable the service. - BZ#860666
- Due to missing SELinux policy rules, the rebased krb5 package version 1.10 returned the following AVC message:
type=AVC msg=audit(1348602155.821:530): avc: denied { write } for pid=23129 comm="kadmind" path="anon_inode:[eventfd]" dev=anon_inodefs ino=3647 scontext=unconfined_u:system_r:kadmind_t:s0 tcontext=system_u:object_r:anon_inodefs_t:s0 tclass=file
With this update, thekadmind
utility has been allowed to access anon_inode file descriptors to fix the AVC message. - BZ#868959
- Previously, the cluster-cim package was allowed to be used in enforcing mode. However, AVC messages connected with access to the /var/run/clumond.sock and /var/run/cman_client Unix sockets were identified. To fix this bug, new SELinux policy rules have been provided to allow the
cimprovag
utility to connect to the cman_client socket. - BZ#861011, BZ#901565
- Previously, the
/var/nmbd/
directory was labeled asvar_t
, which caused issues with Samba services which needed to access this directory. The security context has been updated and Samba can now access this directory as expected. Furthermore, SELinux can prevent thenmbd
service from writing into the/var/
repository, which causes problems with NetBIOS name resolution and leads to SELinux AVC denial messages. - BZ#867001
- In the previous update, the rsyslog-gssapi package allowed the
rsyslog
utility to use the Generic Security Services Application Program Interface (GSSAPI). However, AVC messages were returned as a consequence. This update fixes relevant SELinux policy rules to allow thersyslog
utility to use Kerberos tickets on the client side. - BZ#865567
- With SELinux in enforcing mode, when the
fail2ban
service was restarted andfail2ban
was not able to execute theldconfig
andiptables
commands, it resulted in SELinux AVC denial messages being returned. This update fixes the relevant SELinux policy rules to allowfail2ban
to executeldconfig
and also fix security contexts foriptables
binaries. - BZ#841950
- Due to an incorrect security context for the
/opt/sartest
file, data could not be written to this location by thesadc
utility running from a rootcron
daemon job. The security context has been updated and nowsadc
running from a rootcron
job can write data to this location. - BZ#860858
- Previously, when the
clamdscan
utility was called by a Sendmail filter, theclamd
daemon was not able to scan all files on the system. This update adds theclamscan_can_scan_system
variable to allow all antivirus programs to scan all files on the system. - BZ#825221
- Due to missing SELinux policy rules, the
restorecon
utility disregarded custom rules for symbolic links. These updated SELinux rules allowrestorecon
to properly handle custom rules for symlinks. - BZ#863407
- Due to missing SELinux policy rules, the
freshclam
utility was not able to update databases through theHTTP proxy
daemon when run by thecron
daemon. To fix this bug, the relevant SELinux policy rules have been updated. As a result,freshclam
now updates databases as expected in the described scenario. - BZ#864546, BZ#886619
- Previously, SELinux prevented the puppet master from running passenger web application. To fix this bug, security context for the Passenger Apache module has been updated to reflect latest passenger paths to executables to make sure all applications using Passenger web applications run with the correct SELinux domain.
- BZ#860087
- When a user set up the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 system as a VPN server with the
IPSec+L2TP
VPN, SELinux prevented thepppd
daemon from accessing some needed components after connecting to the VPN server with the following error message:pppd needs to be allowed also to "read" and "write" operations on l2tpd_t:socket
This update adds the missing SELinux policy to make sure allpppd
actions are enabled by SELinux. - BZ#823647
- Previously, some patterns in the
/etc/selinux/targeted/contexts/files/file_contexts
file contained typo errors. Some patterns matched the 32-bit path, but the same pattern for the 64-bit path was missing. Consequently, different security contexts were assigned to these paths. With this update, the relevant file context specifications have been corrected so that there are no more differences between these paths. - BZ#831068
- Previously, when a user tried to change a password in the GNOME user account dialog window, the attempt was blocked by SELinux in enforcing mode due to missing SELinux rules for the passwd_t SELinux domain. With this update, SELinux policy rules have been added to allow users to change their passwords in the GNOME user account dialog window.
- BZ#871106, BZ#882850
- Previously, there were problems to hook certain monitoring plug-ins to the
munin
plug-in domain with SELinux in enforcing mode. To fix this bug, the unconfined_munin_plugin_t SELinux type has been added to the SELinux policy to cover all unconfinedmunin
plug-ins. As a result,munin
plug-ins can now run unconfined. - BZ#871816
- With SELinux in enforcing mode, the
ipactl
restart command caused AVC denial messages to be returned. This update fixes the relevant SELinux policy rules and the command no longer produces AVC messages. - BZ#855286
- While installing an ISO image on a virtual machine (VM) from Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization Manager, AVC messages were generated. These AVC were returned due to the
sanlock
utility which could not access files and directories on the FUSE file system. To fix this bug, thesanlock_use_fusefs
SELinux boolean variable has been added and installing from an ISO image on a VM now succeeds. - BZ#853970
- Previously, a Red Hat Cluster Suite node did not auto-join a cluster ring after power fencing due to missing SELinux policy rules for the
corosync
utility. Consequently,corosync
failed to reboot. To fix this bug,corosync
has been allowed to use1229/udp
and1228/udp
ports to make auto-join a cluster ring after power fencing. As a result, a machine re-joins the cluster after fencing and reboots as expected. - BZ#853852
- Previously, the SELinux boolean variable for NFS failed to prevent an NFS client from accessing a share. Consequently, the NFS client could mount an NFS share and read or write files. Because the NFS server runs as a kernel process, the
nfs_export_all_rw
boolean variable was needed no longer and has been removed from the policy, thus fixing the bug. NFS clients now cannot access shares in the described scenario. - BZ#879266
- When the user was installing Red Hat Cluster Suite packages from Red Hat Network, the installation process became unresponsive and the cluster suite was not installed. With this update, the relevant policy has been added and Red Hat Cluster Suite packages from RHN can now be installed as expected.
- BZ#880407
- Previously, if the user ran the
restorecon
utility on/ect/multipath*
directories and files, the security context was reset. This update fixes relevant SELinux policy rules and adds updated SELinux security context for these directories and files. - BZ#846069
- Previously, the
piranha-web
utility was unable to connect to thewindbind
daemon using Unix stream sockets. Consequently, AVC messages were returned. To fix this bug, a set of new rules has been added to the SELinux policy to allow thepiranha-web
service to connect towindbind
. - BZ#883143
- Due to the incorrect
git_read_generic_system_content_files()
interface, thegit-daemon
andhttpd
daemons could not serve the same directory. To fix this bug, thegit_read_generic_system_content_files()
interface has been updated to allowgit-daemon
andhttpd
to serve the same directory. - BZ#809877
- Previously, due to incorrect file context specifications, the policy did not always have a correct label for files in the
/var/log/
directory which were processed by thelogrotate
utility. To fix this bug, the file context specifications have been updated and the files and directories processed bylogrotate
now have correct labels. - BZ#844448
- Previously, the
munin-node
agent lacked necessary SELinux rules for reading Exim log files. Consequently, multiple bundled exim plug-ins were prevented from working andmunin-node
terminated unexpectedly. This update fixes the relevant SELinux policy rules to allowmunin-node
to read exim log files to make exim Munin plug-ins working correctly. - BZ#843455
- Previously, when the user tried to use the
munin_stats
Munin plug-in, it caused AVC messages to be returned. To fix this bug, updated SELinux policy rules have been provided andmunin_stats
now works as expected. - BZ#886563
- If a user tried to use a post-login script in the
dovecot
utility, an AVC message was returned. This update fixes relevant SELinux policy rules and adds updated SELinux rules to allowdovecot
to start the/bin/bash
file. Now, AVC messages are no longer returned. - BZ#841329
- Due to an incorrect SELinux policy, confined SELinux users could not decrypt S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) emails by preventing the
gpg-agent
daemon from reading the/dev/random
file. Theclaws-mail
client using thesmime
utility was affected by this bug. Now, SELinux policy rules have been updated to allow SELinux confined users to decrypt S/MIME emails. - BZ#770065
- Previously, when a user tried to use the
check_icmp
Munin plug-in, AVC messages were returned. With this update, a corrected SELinux policy has been provided forcheck_icmp
, thus fixing the bug. - BZ#890687
- When a user attempted to configure the
rsync
daemon to log directly to a specific file, missing SELinux policy rules let the user create the log file, but did not allow to append to it. With this update, SELinux policy rules have been added to allowrsync
to append to a specific log file. - BZ#821483
- With SELinux in enforcing mode, running a
spamd
daemon process updating Razor configuration files resulted in a permission to be denied and an AVC message to be generated. This update fixes relevant SELinux policy rules to allowspamd
processes to update Razor configuration files in the described scenario. - BZ#869304
- With SELinux in enforcing mode, on a Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 hypervisor, SELinux prevented the QEMU-KVM
getattr()
function access when starting VMs from Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization Manager hosted on a Red Hat Storage (RHS) storage domain. This update fixes relevant SELinux policy rules to allow the QEMU-KVMgetattr()
access. - BZ#867628
- Prior to this update, the manual pages did not reflect actual state of SELinux policy rules. To fix this bug, the actual policy has been included in the selinux-policy package. Furthermore, all auto-generated manual pages are now regenerated on the system using the
sepolicy
utility from Fedora to provide better SELinux manual pages for each SELinux domain. - BZ#887793
- The
wdmd
watchdog daemon used the/etc/wdmd.d/checkquorum.wdmd
script, both provided by the sanlock package, for checking out the cluster state. Consequently, with SELinux enabled, this detection failed resulting in a self-resetting loop. To fix this bug, the SELinux support for thewatchdog
script from thesanlock
utility has been added, and the detection no longer fails.
Enhancements
- BZ#739103
- On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, root privileges are required to start a KVM guest with bridged networking. The
libvirt
library in turn launches a QEMU process as the unprivilegedqemu
user. Newqemu:///session
URIs introduced tolibvirt
attempted to allow the unprivileged user to start KVM guests and have the QEMU process execute as the same unprivileged user but failed since theCAP_NET_ADMIN
capability is required to use TUN/TAP networking. To fix this bug from the SELinux perspective, a new SELinux policy has been added for a networking helper program that QEMU can invoke. - BZ#801493
- This update provides a new SELinux policy for the
pacemaker
service. - BZ#807157
- This update provides a new SELinux policy for the
numad
service. - BZ#807678
- This update provides a new SELinux policy for the
bcfg2-server
service. - BZ#836034
- This update provides a new SELinux policy for the OpenStack Essex cloud computing framework.
- BZ#834994
- This update provides a new SELinux policy for the
rhnsd
service. - BZ#839250, BZ#838260
- A new SELinux antivirus policy module has been introduced in this release. This module contains the antivirus_db_t file type and the
antivirus
attribute to consolidate all anti-virus programs on the system. The module also allows to manage files and directories labeled with the antivirus_db_t file type. - BZ#833557
- This update provides a new SELinux policy for the
xl2tpd
service. - BZ#827389
- This update adds SELinux support for the Gitolite v.3 utility, which allows users to set up hosting of Git repositories on a central server.
- BZ#811361
- This update provides a new SELinux policy for the
svnserve
service. - BZ#811304
- This update provides a new SELinux policy for the
glusterd
daemon. - BZ#848915
- This update provides a new SELinux policy for the
slpd
daemon. - BZ#845417
- This update provides a new SELinux policy for the
ovs-vswitchd
andovs-brcompatd
Open vSwitch services. - BZ#845033
- This update provides a new SELinux policy for the iucvtty application provides full-screen terminal access to a Linux instance running as a z/VM Inter-User Communication Vehicle (IUCV).
- BZ#839831
- The QEMU emulator now provides a new
qemu-ga
(guest agent) daemon. This daemon runs on the guest and executes commands on behalf of processes running on the host. This update provides a new SELinux policy for a newqemu-ga
(guest agent) daemon. - BZ#848918
- This update provides a new SELinux policy for the
sencord
service. - BZ#851128, BZ#888164
- SELinux support has been added for the
rpc.rstatd
andrpc.rusersd
daemons to prevent them from running in theinitrc_t
SELinux domain. Now, these services run in therpcd_t
SELinux domain. - BZ#851241
- This update provides a new SELinux policy for the
cpglockd
service. - BZ#885432
- Support for the
/usr/share/ovirt-guest-agent/ovirt-guest-agent.py
file has been added to these updated packages. - BZ#875839
- Support for OpenShift Enterprise Policy has been added to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4.
7.226. setroubleshoot
Bug Fixes
- BZ#788196
- Prior to this update, the "sealert -a /var/log/audit/audit.log -H" command did not work correctly. When opening the audit.log file, the sealert utility returned an error when the "-H" option was used. The relevant source code has been modified and the "-H" sealert option is no longer recognized as a valid option.
- BZ#832143
- Previously, SELinux Alert Browser did not display alerts even if SELinux denial messages were present. This was caused by the sedispatch utility, which did not handle audit messages correctly, and users were not able to fix their SELinux issues according to the SELinux alerts. Now, SELinux Alert Browser properly alerts the user in the described scenario.
- BZ#842445
- Under certain circumstances, sealert produced the " 'tuple' object has no attribute 'split' " error message. A patch has been provided to fix this bug. As a result, sealert no longer returns this error message.
- BZ#851824
- The sealert utility returned parse error messages if an alert description contained parentheses. With this update, sealert has been fixed and now, the error messages are no longer returned in the described scenario.
- BZ#864429
- Previously, improper documentation content was present in files located in the /usr/share/doc/setroubleshoot/ directory. This update removes certain unneeded files and fixes content of others.
7.227. setup
Bug Fixes
- BZ#791140
- Prior to this update, the "/etc/profile" script used a non-portable method for undefining the pathmunge() function. As a consequence, the script could encounter problems when using the korn shell (ksh). This update modifies the undefining method of the function to work more efficiently with alternative shells.
- BZ#839410, BZ#860221
- Prior to this update, the accounts for the haproxy system user, the jbosson-agentsystem user, and the jbosson system group were created with dynamic uid/gid assignment, which is not recommended for network daemons and for sensitive data. With this update, the static uid/gid pair 188:188 can be used to create these users and groups.
7.228. slapi-nis
Bug Fixes
- BZ#840926
- While updating their internal data caches after the server had processed an LDAP modify request, the modules leaked a small amount of memory after every modify request. This bug has been fixed and no memory is now leaked in the described scenario.
- BZ#829502
- At build-time, the slapi-nis package attempted to detect if it was being built for a version of the directory server which included support for backend transactions. If this support was detected, the plug-in enabled its own optional logic for supporting transactions in order to allow it to interact properly with the server and other plug-ins. Some time after this support was added to slapi-nis, the recommended strategy for integrating with a transaction-enabled server was revised, rendering changes in slapi-nis incorrect. This update explicitly disables that support in these plug-in, thus preventing this support from interfering with normal directory server operations.
7.229. slf4j
Bug Fix
- BZ#831933, BZ#828644
- The slf4j packages contained a non-functional dummy API implementation which was not supposed to be used. This dummy implementation was always selected instead of other implementations and UnsupportedOperationException was thrown. The dummy API implementation has been removed, so that user-supplied implementation is now always chosen, and slf4j works as expected.
7.230. smartmontools
Note
7.231. sos
Bug Fixes
- BZ#859142
- The previous versions of the sos packages used a built-in module to collect data from Red Hat Network Satellite Server and Red Hat Network Proxy Server. As a consequence, data captured by the
sos
utility was incomplete or in a different format than expected by RHN Satellite developers. The module has now been extended to use the RHN Satellite script (spacewalk-debug
) to collect information when present, and the RHN Satellite components now supply a debug script that is able to collect more detailed diagnostic data. - BZ#821323
- Previous versions of sos did not include any support for capturing RHUI (Red Hat Update Infrastructure) configuration and diagnostic data. Consequently, no diagnostic information for the RHUI components was available in generated reports. A new module has been added to capture this information. As a result, full logs and configuration data are now included when run on hosts with RHUI components installed.
- BZ#849546
- The previous version of
gluster
module made use ofgluster
CLI commands to obtain state dump information. This caused cluster-wide locks to be taken, potentially blocking other nodes for the duration of data collection. The module has been set to directly issue a signal to the localgluster
processes and collect the generated files. Now, full state dump data is collected without causing side effects to other hosts in the environment. - BZ#850542
- Previous versions of the sos
psacct
(BSD Process Accounting) module collected all process accounting files present on the system, which could, under certain configurations, lead to a very large number of archived files in the process accounting directory. This has been fixed by changingpsacct
collecting only the most recent accounting file by default. Theall
option has been added to the module which allows the user to request the original behavior if required. As a result, reports generated on hosts with many archived accounting files no longer include this large set of additional data. - BZ#817093
- Previous versions of the device-mapper-multipath packages stored path binding data directly in the
/etc/
or/var/lib/
directories. Consequently, the previous versions of sos did not capture files stored in this location. Thedevicemapper
module has been extended to include the/etc/multipath/
directory contents as well, to allow more consistent SELinux labeling of multipath files. The complete bindings file is now captured on hosts using the new directory layout. - BZ#834594
- Prior to this update, the
sosreport
networking module collected various data from thesysctl
configuration found in the/proc/sys/net/
directory. Certain legacy paths in this directory have been deprecated upstream and scheduled for removal in future releases but are maintained for compatibility reasons. Nevertheless, runningsosreport
on systems having deprecatedsysctls
configuration generated warning messages as thesos
utility accessed these paths. This bug has been fixed by includingsos
to a blacklist for forbidden paths of this directory. Now, diagnostic information is no longer lost as the content of these files is now provided under different parameter names that are already included in the report. Thus, full diagnostic information is now collected from the/proc/sys/net/
directory without generating unnecessary warning messages in system logs. - BZ#833170
- Previously, the
sosreport
utility did not recognize interfaces named by BIOS, using thebiosdevname
utility. Consequently, Ethernet network devices were constrained to the conventionalethN
naming scheme and theifconfig
command, in some cases, did not identify correctly interface types. To address this issue, thesos
networking module was set to use theip
command from the iproute package to generate lists of network interfaces. As a result, information for these network interfaces is now correctly captured and is available in generated reports. - BZ#850433
- Prior to this update, the Python runtime's pipe communication interface added an additional trailing newline (“\n”) character to output read by an external program. Consequently, files stored in the reports that were generated by running an external command included additional trailing whitespace that could interfere with attempts to compare file contents. The
sosreport
command has been modified to remove this additional character when present, thus fixing this bug. File capture is now consistent between sos versions in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 and 6, thus simplifying comparison of diagnostic data captured on these two releases. - BZ#822174
- Previous versions of sos did not sanitize special characters in system hostnames when using the name in file system paths. Consequently, inserting special characters in the system hostname could cause
sos
to generate invalid file system paths and fail to generate a report. With this update, invalid characters are filtered out of system hostnames and thesosreport
command now works correctly on systems having characters disallowed in file system paths present in the hostname, thus fixing this bug. - BZ#822113
- Previous versions of the
sos
utility failed to validate the--name
parameter correctly. Consequently, the report was generated with a file name containing an empty name field. To fix this bug, a default name has been substituted when the provided report name is empty or invalid and files are now generated with names following a consistent pattern. - BZ#824378
- Due to changes in the logging design in earlier releases, the
sos
utility did not log errors when attempting to collect output from external commands. Consequently, no message was written to thesos
log file when an external command could not be executed. This update ensures that the logging is carried out in thecore
plug-in code and a failure to execute an external program is now correctly logged. - BZ#821005
- Previous versions of the
sos
utility passed an unescaped double tilde (~~
) character sequence to a command executed by the system shell. On some systems, the expansion of this sequence resulted in an error message when the shell home directory expansion attempted a lookup for an account named~
. The sequence is now correctly double-quoted to disable shell expansion of the string and no spurious account lookup or log message is triggered in the described scenario. - BZ#850779
- The sanlock package is a new component that provides disk based leases and uses the
watchdog
device to protect their recovery. Previous versions of sos did not include support for collectingsanlock
diagnostic data. A new module has been added to collect configuration and log files for this component so that diagnostic information relating to thesanlock
service would be captured in generated reports. - BZ#852049
PostgreSQL
is a popular open-source database in Red Hat Enterprise Linux. Prior versions of sos did not include support for collecting information about installedpostgres
instances, and thus no diagnostic information was collected for this component. Thepsql
module that obtains information from the database has been included in this release. Now, whenpsql
is enabled, diagnostic data is captured on appropriately configured systems, and optional parameters such as database name and authentication may be specified in order to collect more detailed information.- BZ#809727
- The
pagetypeinfo
file contains additional information relevant to external fragmentation of kernel memory. Previous versions of sos only collected the relatedbuddyinfo
data. Consequently, less detailed information was available regarding the fragmentation state of the kernel page allocator. Thepagetypeinfo
file has been included in the generated report and detailed fragmentation debugging data is now collected by default, thus avoiding manual effort to obtain this information.
Enhancements
- BZ#840975
- Previous releases of sos captured only the
/proc/ioports
file detailing registered I/O port regions in use. The/proc/iomem
file additionally describes regions of physical system memory and their use of memory, firmware data, and device I/O traffic. As this data may be important in debugging certain hardware and device-driver problems, bothioports
andiomem
data have been made available within generated reports. - BZ#825968, BZ#826312
- The RHSM (Red Hat Subscription Manager) provides a new method for managing Red Hat subscriptions and entitlements on installed hosts. This update adds support for capturing the
subscription-manager
utility output for diagnostic purposes. The output ofsubscription-manager
is now included in generated reports.
7.232. spice-gtk
Note
- Windows USB redirection support
- Seamless migration
- Better multi-monitor or resolution setting support
- Improved handling of key-press and key-release events in high latency situations
Bug Fixes
- BZ#834283
- When part of a key combination matched the grab sequence, the last key of the combination was sometimes not sent to the guest. As a consequence, the Left Ctrl+Alt+Del key combination was not passed to guests. This update ensures that all the keys are sent to the SPICE server even if they are part of a combination. Now, when a key combination matches the grab sequence, the procedure works as expected.
- BZ#813865
- Previously, when a Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) contained an IPv6 address, errors occurred when parsing URIs in remote-viewer. As a consequence, remote-viewer could not be started from the command line with an IPv6 URI. Parsing of URIs containing IPv6 addresses is now fixed and it is possible to connect to an IPv6 address when starting remote-viewer from the command line.
- BZ#812347
- High network jitter caused some key strokes to enter multiple characters instead of one. Improvements on the SPICE protocol have been made to avoid unwanted character repetition.
- BZ#818848
- When the QEMU application was started with the
--spice-disable-effects
option and an invalid value, spice-gtk did not print any error message, which could confuse users. This bug is now fixed and QEMU exits when an invalid value is encountered. - BZ#881072
- Previously, an attempt to close connection to a display failed until one of the remaining windows got resized. Consequently, a previously closed window could be opened again without user's intention. Reopening of the closed display is now fixed and closing the remote-viewer windows works as expected.
- BZ#835997
- Previously, SPICE motion messages were not properly synchronized between client and server after migration. As a consequence, mouse cursor state could get out of sync after migration. This update ensures SPICE motion messages are synchronized between client and server and mouse cursor state no longer gets out of sync.
- BZ#846666
- Previously, the following error code was returned in various scenarios:
main-1:0: SSL_connect: error:00000001:lib(0):func(0):reason(1)
This code made debugging of connections failures cumbersome. With this update, the corresponding error message is printed for each of the different scenarios. - BZ#818847
- When using the
--spice-color-value
option with an invalid value, an error message is displayed. However, previously, the message was not clear enough. After the update, when using the--spice-color-value
option with an invalid value, SPICE returns an error message including a suggestion of the value. - BZ#843134
- After connecting to an agent-less guest with 16-bit color depth, the initial screen was black and got drawn on change only. This bug is now fixed and the guest screen is rendered fully upon connection to an agent-less guest with 16-bit color depth.
- BZ#867885
- Disabling client-side mouse acceleration temporarily when the pointer was in server mode and grabbed caused the mouse pointer to "jump" over the guest desktop at any faster movement. This bug is now fixed and the mouse pointer moves in a guest as supposed in a physical client.
- BZ#851090
- Previously, the Ctrl+Shift composite key did not work, resulting in the same actions being triggered by different composite keys. This bug is now fixed and Ctrl+Shift works as expected.
- BZ#858228
- Previously, when no host subject was specified, the remote-viewer tool failed to connect with the following error message:
Spice-Warning **: ssl_verify.c:484:openssl_verify: ssl: subject '' verification failed
With this update, when no host subject is specified, remote-viewer treats it like an empty host subject and verifies a common nameCN=
from the subject field with hostname. - BZ#858232
- Under certain circumstances, an unclear warning message was returned, incorrectly suggesting that a needless network connection was attempted. The error message has been improved to correctly reflect the state.
- BZ#859392
- Previously, for security reasons, users were prompted to enter the root password when trying to redirect a USB device from a Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 client to a SPICE guest. However, regular users do not have the root password. As this behavior is controlled by PolicyKit, changes in the
/usr/share/polkit-1/actions/org.spice-space.lowlevelusbaccess.policy
file have been made to allow access to the raw USB device without prompting for a password. A warning about the security implications of this have been included in the documentation. - BZ#807771
- Previously, implementation of the CONTROLLER_SEND_CAD event was missing in the spice-gtk controller. As a consequence, checking the box the "Pass Ctrl+Alt+Del to virtual machine box" in the user interface did not produce any result. Implementation for CONTROLLER_SEND_CAD has been added to the underlying source code and users can now tick the checkbox for Ctrl+Alt+Del to be intercepted on the virtual guest.
- BZ#861332
- After a non-seamless migration of virtual machines with redirected USB devices, SPICE did not evaluate the USB state correctly. With this update, the related functions called from the
channel_reset()
function can rely on the state accurately, reflecting the USB state. - BZ#804187
- When there was no device to redirect, the redirection dialogue window did not provide clear enough information. With this update, a help message indicating that there is no device to redirect is included in the dialogue window as well as additional related guidance.
- BZ#868237
- In some situations, SPICE attempted to send the
00
scan codes to virtual machines, which resulted in theunknown key pressed
error messages being printed by the client. After this update, SPICE no longer sends the00
scan codes to the spice-server.
Enhancements
- BZ#846911
- The previous SPICE migration pathway was almost equivalent to automatically connecting the client to the migration target and starting the session from scratch. This pathway resulted in unrecoverable data loss, mainly USB, smartcard or copy-paste data that was on its way from the client to the guest and vice versa, when the non-live phase of the migration started. This update prevents data loss and the migration process completes successfully in this scenario.
- BZ#842411
- RandR multi-monitor support for Linux guests and arbitrary resolution support for Linux and Windows guests have been added to the spice-gtk package. It is now possible to dynamically add new screens while using a virtual machine. Also, after resizing the window of the SPICE client, the resolution of the guest is automatically adjusted to match the size of the window.
- BZ#820964
- Auto-discovery of already plugged-in USB devices on Red Hat Enterprise Linux clients by the USB Redirector has been added to the spice-gtk package.
- BZ#834504
- This update adds more informative error messages to the spice-gtk package; the messages deal with host subject mismatch when invalid SSL certificates or SSL options are passed to QEMU to the spice-gtk package.
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-4324
- spice-gtk communicated with PolicyKit for authorization via an API that is vulnerable to a race condition. This could lead to intended PolicyKit authorizations being bypassed. This update modifies spice-gtk to communicate with PolicyKit via a different API that is not vulnerable to the race condition.
7.233. spice-protocol
Note
Enhancement
- BZ#846910
- This update adds support for seamless migration to the spice-protocol packages.
7.234. spice-server
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#787694
- Previously, when the "-spice" command line option of the qemu-kvm command contained invalid parameters, the SPICE server terminated unexpectedly. This behavior has been modified, and SPICE server now returns a proper error value when incorrect parameters are passed.
- BZ#824384
- Previously, resolution changes run in a loop on a guest virtual machine led the qemu-kvm process to fail with the SIGABRT signal. This was caused by calling the ring _remove() function twice by the red_worker script. This bug has been fixed, and qemu-kvm no longer crashes in the described case.
- BZ#864982
- Previously, non-RGB images with masks were omitted when rendering the guest user interface with the spice-server package. Consequently, certain icons were rendered incorrectly. This bug has been fixed, and the rendering errors no longer occur.
- BZ#876685
- Using the LZ compression for server self-created images resulted in incorrect stride values, which caused SPICE server to abort. With this update, the LZ compression is no longer used for these images to prevent SPICE server termination.
- BZ#881980
- Previously, messages from a client to the spice-vdagent agent were received by SPICE server, even after the agent had already disconnected from the server. These messages were mishandled and in certain circumstances could cause SPICE server to terminate unexpectedly. Now, these messages are dropped by the server, thus preventing this bug.
- BZ#891326
- When trying to change the settings of the "3D Flying Objects" screen saver, SPICE server was forced to access already freed pointers. Consequently, SPICE server terminated unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. With this update, the sequence of operations has been reordered to prevent the segmentation fault.
Enhancements
- BZ#836123
- With this update, a seamless migration of the SPICE server has been enabled to ensure the full data transfer. This change required modifications in the QUEMU emulator and the libvirt library. The "seamless-migration=on" argument has been added to SPICE's QUEMU arguments. In case this argument is not set, SPICE returns to the old migration pathway.
- BZ#842310
- This update adds support for multiple monitors and arbitrary screen resolutions.
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-4282
- A stack-based buffer overflow flaw was found in the way the reds_handle_ticket() function in the spice-server library handled decryption of ticket data provided by the client. A remote user able to initiate a SPICE connection to an application acting as a SPICE server could use this flaw to crash the application.
7.235. spice-vdagent
Note
Enhancements
- BZ#747894
- The spice-vdagent agent now uses the syslog standard for logging. Syslog provides previously missing information on time stamps and severity marks of the logged events.
- BZ#842298
- With this update, support for dynamic multiple monitors and arbitrary window resolution has been added to the spice-vdagent agent.
7.236. spice-xpi
Bug Fixes
- BZ#805602
- Previously, spice-xpi did not check port validity. Consequently, if an invalid port number was provided, spice-xpi sent it to the client. With this update, spice-xpi checks validity of provided port numbers, warns about invalid ports, and does not run the client if both ports are invalid.
- BZ#810583
- Previously, the disconnect() function failed to terminate a SPICE client when invoked. The underlying source code has been modified and disconnect() now works as expected in the described scenario.
7.237. squid
Security Fixes
- CVE-2012-5643
- A denial of service flaw was found in the way the Squid Cache Manager processed certain requests. A remote attacker who is able to access the Cache Manager CGI could use this flaw to cause Squid to consume an excessive amount of memory.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#805879
- Due to a bug in the
ConnStateData::noteMoreBodySpaceAvailable()
function, child processes of Squid terminated upon encountering a failed assertion. An upstream patch has been provided and Squid child processes no longer terminate. - BZ#844723
- Due to an upstream patch, which renamed the HTTP header controlling persistent connections from
Proxy-Connection
toConnection
, the NTLM pass-through authentication does not work, thus preventing login. This update adds the newhttp10
option to thesquid.conf
file, which can be used to enable the change in the patch. This option is set tooff
by default. When set toon
, the NTLM pass-through authentication works properly, thus allowing login attempts to succeed. - BZ#832484
- When the IPv6 protocol was disabled and Squid tried to handle an HTTP GET request containing an IPv6 address, the Squid child process terminated due to signal
6
. This bug has been fixed and such requests are now handled as expected. - BZ#847056
- The old "stale if hit" logic did not account for cases where the stored stale response became fresh due to a successful re-validation with the origin server. Consequently, incorrect warning messages were returned. Now, Squid no longer marks elements as stale in the described scenario.
- BZ#797571
- When squid packages were installed before samba-winbind, the
wbpriv
group did not include Squid. Consequently, NTLM authentication calls failed. Now, Squid correctly adds itself into the wbpriv group if samba-winbind is installed before Squid, thus fixing this bug. - BZ#833086
- In FIPS mode, Squid was using private MD5 hash functions for user authentication and network access. As MD5 is incompatible with FIPS mode, Squid could fail to start. This update limits the use of the private MD5 functions to local disk file hash identifiers, thus allowing Squid to work in FIPS mode.
- BZ#782732
- Under the high system load, the squid process could terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault during reboot. This update provides better memory handling during reboot, thus fixing this bug.
- BZ#798090
- Squid incorrectly set the timeout limit for client HTTP connections with the value for server-side connections, which is much higher, thus creating unnecessary delays. With this update, Squid uses a proper value for the client timeout limit.
- BZ#861062
- When the GET method requested a fully-qualified domain name that did not contain the
AAAA
record, Squid delayed due to long DNS requesting time. This update introduces thedns_v4_first
option tosquid.conf
. If thedns_timeout
value of this option is properly set, Squid sends theA
andAAAA
queries in parallel and the delays no longer occur. - BZ#758861
- Squid did not properly release allocated memory when generating error page contents, which caused memory leaks. Consequently, the Squid proxy server consumed a lot of memory within a short time period. This update fixes this memory leak.
- BZ#797884
- Squid did not pass the
ident
value to a URL rewriter that was configured using theurl_rewrite_program
directive. Consequently, the URL rewriter received the dash character (-
) as the user value instead of the correct user name. Now, the URL rewriter receives the correct user name in the described scenario. - BZ#720504
- Squid, used as a transparent proxy, can only handle the HTTP protocol. Previously, it was possible to define a URL in which the access protocol contained the asterisk character (
*
) or an unknown protocol namespace URI. Consequently, anInvalid URL
error message was logged toaccess.log
during reload. This update ensures thathttp://
is always used in transparent proxy URLs, and the error message is no longer logged in this scenario.
7.238. sssd
Note
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-0219
- A race condition was found in the way SSSD copied and removed user home directories. A local attacker who is able to write into the home directory of a different user who is being removed could use this flaw to perform symbolic link attacks, possibly allowing them to modify and delete arbitrary files with the privileges of the root user.
- CVE-2013-0220
- Multiple out-of-bounds memory read flaws were found in the way the autofs and SSH service responders parsed certain SSSD packets. An attacker could spend a specially-crafted packet that, when processed by the autofs or SSH service responders, would cause SSSD to crash. This issue only caused a temporary denial of service, as SSSD was automatically restarted by the monitor process after the crash.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#854619
- When SSSD was built without sudo support, the ldap_sudo_search_base value was not set and the namingContexts LDAP attribute contained a zero-length string. Consequently, SSSD tried to set ldap_sudo_search_base with this string and failed. Therefore, SSSD was unable to establish a connection with the LDAP server and switched to offline mode. With this update, SSSD considers the zero-length namingContexts value the same way as if no value is available; thus preventing this bug. Note that this issue was primarily affecting Novell eDirectory server users.
- BZ#840089
- When the ldap_chpass_update_last_change option was enabled, the shadowLastChange attribute contained a number of seconds instead of days. Consequently, when shadowLastChange was in use and the user was prompted to update their expiring password, shadowLastChange was not updated. The user then continued to get an error until they were locked out of the system. With this update, the number of days is stored in shadowLastChange attribute and users are able to change their expiring passwords as expected.
- BZ#847039
- When the kpasswd server was configured but was unreachable during authentication, SSSD considered it the same way as if the KDC server was unreachable. As a consequence, the user failed to authenticate. Now, SSSD considers an unreachable kpasswd server as a fatal error only when performing a password change and users can log in successfully.
- BZ#847043
- Previously, canceling a pthread which was in the midst of any SSS client usage could leave the client mutex locked. As a consequence, the next call to any SSS function became unresponsive, waiting for the mutex to unlock. With this update, a more robust mutex is used, and canceling such a pthread no longer keeps the client mutex locked.
- BZ#872324
- When SSSD created an SELinux login file, it erroneously kept the file descriptor of this file opened. As a consequence, the number of the file descriptors used by SSSD increased every time a user logged in. SSSD now closes the file descriptor when it is no longer needed, thus protecting it from leaking.
- BZ#801719
- Previously, reverse DNS lookup was not performed to get the Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of a host specified by an IP address. As a consequence, SSH host public key lookup was incorrectly attempted with the textual IP address as an FQDN. Reverse DNS lookup is now performed to get the FQDN of the host before the SSH host public key lookup. SSH host public key lookup now functions correctly using the FQDN of the host.
- BZ#857108
- Kerberos options were loaded separately in the krb5 utility and the IPA provider with different code paths. The code was fixed in krb5 but not in the IPA provider. Consequently, a Kerberos ticket was not renewed in time when IPA was used as an authentication provider. With this update, Kerberos options are loaded using a common API and Kerberos tickets are renewed as expected in the described scenario.
- BZ#849081
- When SSSD was configured to use SSL during communication with an LDAP server and the initialization of SSL failed, SSSD kept the connection to the LDAP server opened. As a consequence, the number of connections to the LDAP server was increased with every request via SSSD, until the LDAP server ran out of available file descriptors. With this update, when the SSL initialization fails, SSSD closes the connection immediately and the number of connections does not grow.
- BZ#819057
- If the LDAP provider was configured to use GSSAPI authentication but the first configured Kerberos server to authenticate against was offline, then SSSD did not retry the other, possibly working servers. The failover code was amended so that all Kerberos servers are tried when GSSAPI authentication is performed in the LDAP provider. The LDAP provider is now able to authenticate against servers that are only configured as failover.
- BZ#822404
- Previously, SSSD did not use the correct attribute mapping when a custom schema was used. As a consequence, if the administrator configured SSSD with a custom attribute map, the autofs integration did not work. The attribute mapping was fixed and SSSD now works with a custom attribute schema.
- BZ#826192, BZ#827036
- In some cases, the SSSD responder processes did not properly close the file descriptors they used to communicate with the client library. As a consequence, the descriptors leaked, and, over time, caused denial of service because SSSD reached the limit of open file descriptors defined in the system. SSSD now proactively closes file descriptors that were not active for some time, making the file descriptor usage consistent.
- BZ#829742
- The SSSD back-end process kept a pointer to the server it was connected to in all cases, even when the server entry was about to expire. Most customers encountered this issue when SRV resolution was enabled. As a consequence, when the server entry expired while SSSD was using it, the back-end process crashed. An additional check has been added to SSSD to ensure the server object is valid before using it. SSSD no longer crashes when using SRV discovery.
- BZ#829740
- When the SSSD daemon was in the process of starting, the parent processes quit right after spawning the child process. As a consequence, the init script printed [OK] after the parent process terminated, which was before SSSD was actually functional. After this update, the parent processes are not terminated until all worker processes are up. Now, the administrator can start using SSSD after the init script prints [OK].
- BZ#836555
- Previously, SSSD always treated the values of attributes that configure the "shadow" LDAP password policy as absolute. As a consequence, an administrator could not configure properties of the "shadow" LDAP password policy as "valid forever". The LDAP "shadow" password attributes are now extended to also allow "-1" as a valid value and an administrator can use the reserved value of "-1" as a "valid forever".
- BZ#842753
- When a service with a protocol was requested from SSSD, SSSD performed access to an unallocated memory space, which caused it to occasionally crash during service lookup. Now, SSSD does not access unallocated memory and no longer crashes during service lookups.
- BZ#842842
- When the LDAP user record contained an empty attribute, the user was not stored correctly in the SSSD cache. As a consequence, the user and group memberships were missing. After this update, empty attributes are not considered an error and the user is stored correctly in the SSSD cache. As a result, the user is present and the group membership can be successfully evaluated.
- BZ#845251
- When multiple servers were configured and SSSD was unable to resolve the host name of a server, it did not try the next server in the list. As a consequence, SSSD went offline even when a working server was present in the configuration file after the one with the unresolvable hostname. SSSD now tries the next server in the list and failover works as expected.
- BZ#847332
- Previously, the description of ldap_*_search_base options in the sssd-ldap(5) man page was missing syntax details for these options which made it unclear how the search base should be specified. The description of ldap_*_search_base options in sssd-ldap(5) man page has been amended so that the format of the search base is now clear.
- BZ#811984
- If the krb5_canonicalize option was set to True or not present at all in the /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file, the client principal could change as a result of the canonicalization. However, SSSD still saved the original principal. As the incorrect principal was saved, the GSSAPI authentication failed. The Kerberos helper process that saves the principals was amended so that the canonicalized principal is saved if canonicalization is enabled. The GSSAPI binds now work correctly even for cases where the principal is changed as a result of the canonicalization.
- BZ#886038
- Previously, SSSD kept the file descriptors to the log files open. Consequently on occasions like moving the actual log file and restarting the back end, SSSD still kept the file descriptors open. After this update, SSSD closes the file descriptor after child process execution. As a result, after successful start of the back end, the file descriptor to log files is closed.
- BZ#802718
- Previously, the proxy domain type of SSSD allowed looking up a user only by its "primary name" in the LDAP server. If SSSD was configured with a "proxy domain" and the LDAP entry contained more name attributes, only the primary one could be used for lookups. For this update, the proxy provider was enhanced to also handle aliases in addition to primary user names. An administrator can now look up a user by any of his names when using the proxy provider.
- BZ#869013
- The sudo "smart refresh" operation was not performed if the LDAP server did not contain any rule when SSSD was started. As a consequence, newly created sudo rules were found after a longer period of time than the "ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval" option displayed. The sudo "smart refresh" operation is now performed and newly created sudo rules are found within the ldap_sudo_smart_refresh_interval time span.
- BZ#790090
- The SSSD "local" domain (id_provider=local) performed a bad check on the validity of the access_provider value. If the access_provider option was set with "permit", which is a correct value, SSSD failed with an error. The check for the access_provider option value has been corrected and SSSD now allows the correct access_provider value for domains with id_provider=local.
- BZ#874579
- Previously, SELinux usermap contexts were not ordered correctly if the SELinux mappings were using HBAC rules as a definition of what users to apply the mapping to and if the Identity Management server was not reachable at the same time. As a consequence, an invalid SELinux context could be assigned to a user. SELinux usermap contexts are now ordered correctly, and the SELinux context is assigned to a user successfully.
- BZ#700805
- If SSSD was configured to locate servers using SRV queries, but the default DNS domain was not configured, SSSD printed a DEBUG message. The DEBUG message, which contained an "unknown domain" string, could confuse the user. The DEBUG messages were fixed so that they specifically report that the DNS domain is being looked up, and only print known domains.
- BZ#871424
- Previously, the chpass_provider directive was missing in the SSSD authconfig API. As a consequence, the authconfig utility was unable to configure SSSD if the chpass_provider option was present in the SSSD configuration file. The chpass_provider option has been included in the SSSD authconfig API and now the authconfig utility does not consider this option to be incorrect.
- BZ#874618
- Previously, the sss_cache tool did not accept fully qualified domain names (FQDN). As a consequence, the administrator was unable to force the expiration of a user record in the SSSD cache with a FQDN. The sss_cache tool now accepts an FQDN and the administrator is able to force the expiration of a user record in the SSSD cache with an FQDN.
- BZ#870039
- Previously, when the sss_cache tool was run after an SSSD downgrade, the cache file remained the same as the one used for the previous version of SSSD. The sss_cache tool could not manipulate the cache file and a confusing error message was printed. The "invalid database version" error message was improved in the sss_cache tool. Now, when an invalid cache version is detected, the sss_cache tool prints a suggested solution.
- BZ#882923
- When the proxy provider did not succeed in finding a requested user, the result of the search was not stored in the negative cache (which stores entries that are not found when searched for). A subsequent request for the same user was not answered by the negative cache, but was rather looked up again from the remote server. This bug had a performance impact. The internal error codes were fixed, allowing SSSD to store search results that yielded no entries into the negative cache. Subsequent lookups for non-existent entries are answered from the negative cache and, by effect, are very fast.
- BZ#884600
- Previously, during LDAP authentication, SSSD attempted to contact all of the servers on the server list if every previous server failed. However, SSSD tried to connect to the next server only if the current connection timed out. SSSD now tries to contact the next server on any error and connection attempts work as expected.
- BZ#861075
- When the sssd_be process was forcefully terminated, the SSSD responder processes failed to reconnect if the attempt was performed before the sssd_be process was ready. This caused the responder to be restarted. Occasionally, the responder restarted several times before sssd_be was ready, hitting the maximum number of restarts threshold, after which it was terminated completely. As a consequence, the SSSD responder was not gracefully restarted. After this update, each restart of the SSSD responder process is done with an increasing delay, so that the sssd_be process has enough time to recover before a responder is restarted.
- BZ#858345
- Previously, the sssd_pam responder was not properly configured to recover from a back end disconnection. The PAM requests that were pending before the disconnection were not canceled. Thus, new requests for the same user were erroneously detected as similar requests and piled up on top of the previous ones. This caused the PAM operation to time out with the following error:
Connection to SSSD failed: Timer Expired
As a consequence, the user could not log in. After this update, pending requests are canceled after disconnection and the user is able to log in when the pam responder reconnects. - BZ#873032
- Previously, the sss_cache utility was not included in the main SSSD package and users were unaware of it, unless they installed the sssd-tools package. After this update, the sss_cache utility has been moved to the sssd package.
- BZ#872683
- When the anonymous bind was disabled and enumeration was enabled, SSSD touched an invalid array element during enumeration because the array was not NULL terminated. This caused the sssd_be process to crash. The array is now NULL terminated and the sssd_be process does not crash during enumeration when the anonymous bind is disabled.
- BZ#870505
- When SSSD was configured with multiple domains, the sss_cache tool searched for an object only in the first configured domain and ignored the others. As a consequence, the administrator could not use the sss_cache utility on objects from an arbitrary domain. The sss_cache tool now searches all domains and the administrator can use the tool on objects from an arbitrary domain.
Enhancements
- BZ#768168, BZ#832120, BZ#743505
- A new ID mapping library that is capable of automatically generating UNIX IDs from Windows Security Identifiers (SIDs) has been added to SSSD. An administrator is now able to use Windows accounts easily in a UNIX environment. Also, a new Active Directory provider that contains the attribute mappings tailored specifically for use with Active Directory has been added to SSSD. When id_provider=ad is configured, the configuration no longer requires setting the attribute mappings manually. A new provider for SSSD has been implemented and the administrator can now set up an Active Directory client without having to know the specific Active Directory attribute mappings. The performance of the Active Directory provider is better than the performance of the LDAP provider, especially during login.
- BZ#789470
- When SSSD failed over to another server in its failover list, it stuck with that server as long as it worked. As a result, if the SSSD failed over to a server in another region, it did not reconnect to a closer server until it was restarted or until the backup server stopped working. The concept of a "backup server" has been introduced to SSSD and if SSSD fails over to a server which is listed as a backup server in the configuration, it periodically tries to reconnect to one of the primary servers.
- BZ#789473
- A new sss_seed utility has been introduced in SSSD. An administrator can save a pre-seeded user entry into the SSSD cache which is used until the user can actually refresh the entry with a non-pre-seeded entry from the directory.
- BZ#768165
- Active Directory uses a nonstandard format when a large group that does not fit into a single "page" is returned. By default, the single page size contains 1500 members and if the response exceeds the page size, the range extension is used. If a group was stored on an Active Directory server which contained more than 1500 members, the response from Active Directory contained the proprietary format which SSSD could not parse. SSSD was improved so that it is able to parse the range extension and can now process groups with more than 1500 group members coming from the Active Directory.
- BZ#766000
- Previously, administrators were forced to distribute SELinux mappings via means that were error prone. Therefore, a centralized store of SELinux mappings was introduced to define which user gets which context after logging into a certain machine. SSSD is able to read mappings from an Identity Management server, process them according to a defined algorithm and select the appropriate SELinux context which is later consumed by the pam_selinux module. The Identity Management server administrator is now able to centrally define SELinux context mappings and the Identity Management clients process the mappings when a user logs in using his Identity Management credentials.
- BZ#813327
- The automounter can be configured to read autofs maps from a centralized server such as an LDAP server. But when the network is down or the server is not reachable, the automounter is unable to serve maps. A new responder has been introduced to SSSD that is able to communicate with the automounter daemon. Automounter can now request the maps via SSSD instead of going directly to the server. As a result, the automounter is able to serve maps even in case of an outage of the LDAP server.
- BZ#761573
- A new sudo responder has been implemented in SSSD as well as a client library in sudo itself. SSSD is able to act as a transparent proxy for serving sudo rules for the sudo binary. Now, when the centralized sudo rules source is not available, for instance when the network is down, SSSD is able to fall back to cached rules, providing transparent access to sudo rules from a centralized database.
- BZ#789507
- Prior to this update, even if a user entry was cached by SSSD, it had to be read from the cache file on the disk. This caused the cache readings to be slow in some performance-critical environments. A new layer of cache, stored in the memory was introduced, greatly improving the performance of returning cached entries.
- BZ#771412
- The pam_pwd_expiration_warning option can be used to limit the number of days a password expiration warning is shown for. However, SSSD did not allow to unconditionally pass any password warning coming from the server to the client. The behavior of pam_pwd_expiration_warning was modified so that if the option is set to 0, it is always passed on to the client, regardless of the value of the warning. As a result, after setting the pam_pwd_expiration_warning option to 0, the administrator will always see the expiration warning if the server sends one.
- BZ#771975
- The force_timeout option has been made configurable and the administrator can now change the force_timeout option for environments where SSSD subprocesses might be unresponsive for some time.
7.239. strace
Bug Fixes
- BZ#759569
- Prior to this update, the strace utility extracted arguments for the "semtimedop" system call from the wrong location on the IBM System z platforms. As a consequence, arguments for the "semtimedop" system call were incorrectly displayed. This update modifies strace to extract the arguments from the correct memory location so that the arguments for the "semtimedop" system call are displayed as expected.
- BZ#837183
- Prior to this update, the strace utility used special breakpoints to trace fork/vfork/clone system calls. As a consequence, sometimes strace could cause applications to crash when following fork/vfork/clone system calls. This update modifies strace to use PTRACE_SETOPTIONS to set the behavior at fork/vfork/clone system calls and applications no longer crash.
Enhancement
- BZ#809917
- Prior to this update, strace incorrectly decoded system calls when tracing a 32-bit process on a 64-bit machine, because strace on IBM System z platforms is not multi-arch aware. This update provides an additional strace executable (strace32) which can be used to trace 32-bit processes on 64-bit machines.
7.240. subscription-manager-migration-data
Note
7.241. subscription-manager
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#785265
- The dbus packages, which contain the D-BUS communication system, are not included in the minimal installation of Red Hat Enterprise Linux. However, the subscription-manager utility depends on dbus, which could previously cause subscription-manager to terminate unexpectedly with a traceback during the registration process. The system was registered successfully but the rhsmcertd daemon was not able to communicate with subscription manager servers, such as candlepin, Subscription Asset Manager, or katello. With this update, subscription-manager exits without a traceback when dbus is not present on the system. To ensure proper communication with the subscription manager servers, install dbus manually by running "yum install dbus".
- BZ#865954
- Due to an incorrect error handling of invalid system names, the system could be left in unusable state during the first boot process. The handling of invalid system names has been fixed and first boot proceeds properly as expected.
Enhancements
- BZ#874749
- With this update, the subscribe-manager "unsubscribe" command has been renamed to "remove".
- BZ#874776, BZ#874804
- With this update, the subscribe-manager "subscribe" command has been renamed to "attach". This change includes also the references to the "subscribe" command, such as "--auto-subscribe", which has been renamed to "--auto-attach".
7.242. sudo
Note
- Plug-in API has been added, provided by the new sudo-devel subpackage.
- New
/etc/sudo.conf
configuration file for the sudo utility front-end configuration (plug-in path, coredumps, debugging and so on) has been added. - It is possible to specify the sudoer's path, UID, GID, and file mode as options to the plug-in in the
/etc/sudo.conf
file. - Support for using the System Security Services Daemon (SSSD) as a source of sudoers data has been provided.
- The
-D
flag in the sudo utility has been replaced with a more general debugging framework that is configured in the/etc/sudo.conf
file. - The deprecated
noexec_file
sudoers option is no longer supported. - The
noexec
functionality has been moved out of the sudoers policy plug-in and into the sudo utility front end, which matches the behavior documented in the plug-in writer's guide. As a result, the path to the/user/libexec/sudo_noexec.so
file is now specified in the/etc/sudo.conf
file instead of the/etc/sudoers
file. - If the user fails to authenticate, and the user's executed command is rejected by the rules defined in the
sudoers
file, thecommand now allowed
error message is now logged instead of the previously used<N> incorrect password attempts
. Likewise, themail_no_perms
sudoers
option now takes precedence over themail_badpass
option. - If the user is a member of the exempt group in the
sudoers
file, he will no longer be prompted for a password even if the-k
option is specified with the executed command. This makes thesudo -k
command consistent with the behavior one would get if running thesudo -k
command immediately before executing another command. - If the user specifies a group via the sudo utility's
-g
option that matches the target user's group in the password database, it is now allowed even if no groups are present in theRunas_Spec
. - A group ID (
%#gid
) can now be specified in theUser_List
orRunas_List
files. Likewise, for non-Unix groups the syntax is%:#gid
. - The visudo utility now fixes the mode on the sudoers file even if no changes are made, unless the
-f
option is specified.
Bug fixes
- BZ#823993
- The controlling
tty
of a suspended process was not saved by the sudo utility. Thus, the code handling the resume operation could not restore it correctly. Consequently, resume was not enabled to a suspended process run through the sudo utility. This bug has been fixed by rebasing to a new upstream version. As a result, suspending and resuming works correctly again. - BZ#840980
- A change in the internal execution method of commands in the sudo utility was the cause of creating a new process and executing the command from there. To fix this bug, new
defaults
option was added to restore the old behavior. Since the execution method has been implemented to correctly handle PAM session handling, I/O logging, SELinux support, and the plug-in policy close functionality, these features do not work correctly if the newly-implemented option is used. To apply this option, add the following line to the/etc/sudoers
file:Defaults cmnd_no_wait
As a result, if the newly-implemented option is used, commands will be executed directly by the sudo utility. - BZ#836242
- The sudo utility set the core dump size limit to 0 to prevent the possibility of exposing the user password in the core dump file in case of an unexpected termination. However, this limit was not reset to the previous state before executing a command and the core dump size hard limit of a child process was eventually set to 0. Consequently, it was not possible to set the core dump size limit by processes run through the sudo utility. This bug was fixed by rebasing to a new upstream version; thus, setting the core dump size limit by processes run through the sudo utility works as expected.
- BZ#804123
- When initializing the global variable holding the PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) handle from a child process, which had a separate address space, a different PAM handle was passed to PAM API functions where the same handle was supposed to be used. Thus, the initialization had no effect on the parent's PAM handle when the
pam_end_sessions()
function was called. As a consequence, dependent modules could fail to iniciate at session close in order to release resources or make important administrative changes. This bug has been fixed by rebasing to a newer upstream version, which uses the PAM API correctly (for example, initializes one PAM handle and uses it in all related PAM API function calls). As a result, PAM sessions are now closed correctly. - BZ#860397
- Incorrect file permissions on the
/etc/sudo-ldap.conf
file and missing examples in the same file led to an inconsistency with documentation provided by Red Hat. With this update, file permissions have been corrected and example configuration lines have been added. As a result,/etc/sudo-ldap.conf
is now consistent with the documentation. - BZ#844691
- When the sudo utility set up the environment in which it ran a command, it reset the value of the
RLIMIT_NPROC
resource limit to the parents value of this limit if both the soft (current) and hard (maximum) values ofRLIMIT_NPROC
were not limited. An upstream patch has been provided to address this bug andRLIMIT_NPROC
can now be set to "unlimited". - BZ#879675
- Due to different parsing rules for comments in the
/etc/ldap.conf
file, the hash ('#') character could not be used as part of a configuration value, for example in a password. It was understood as a beginning of a comment and everything following the # character was ignored. Now, the parser has been fixed to interpret the # character as a beginning of a comment only if it is at the beginning of a line. As a result, the '#' character can be used as part of a password, or any other value if needed. - BZ#872740
- White space characters included in command arguments were not escaped before being passed to the specified command. As a consequence, incorrect arguments were passed to the specified command. This bug was fixed by rebasing to a new upstream version where the escape of command arguments is performed correctly. As a result, command arguments specified on the command line are passed to the command as expected.
Enhancements
- BZ#789937
- The
sudo
utility is able to consult the/etc/nsswitch.conf
file for sudoers entries and look them up in files or via LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol). Previously, when a match was found in the first database of sudoers entries, the look-up operation still continued in other databases. In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, an option has been added to the/etc/nsswitch.conf
file that allows users to specify a database after which a match of the sudoer's entry is sufficient. This eliminates the need to query any other databases; thus improving the performance of sudoer's entry look up in large environments. This behavior is not enabled by default and must be configured by adding the[SUCCESS=return]
string after a selected database. When a match is found in a database that directly precedes this string, no other databases are queried. - BZ#846117
- This update improves sudo documentation in the section describing wildcard usage, describing what unintended consequences a wildcard character used in the command argument can have.
7.243. sysfsutils
Bug Fix
- BZ#671554
- Prior to this update, sysfs directories were not closed as expected. As a consequence, the libsysfs library could leak memory in long running programs that frequently opened and closed sysfs directories. This update modifies the underlying code to close sysfs directories as expected.
7.244. syslinux
Bug Fix
- BZ#812034
- A Coverity test revealed several static overruns in the creation of "hybrid" ISO images, which could lead to incorrect images being created. This bug has been fixed to correctly produce "hybrid" ISO images.
7.245. system-config-kdump
Bug Fixes
- BZ#811104
- An attempt to use system-config-kdump on the IBM System z machines caused an error message to appear. As a consequence, users were unable to choose the specific kernel. This bug has been fixed and the user can choose the required kernel in this situation.
- BZ#829386
- On IBM PowerPC computers, the system-config-kdump tool used the first crashkernel parameter instead of the last one and a traceback was returned when crashkernel value was set to "auto". With this update, system-config-kdump uses the last crashkernel parameter and allows this parameter to be set to "auto". As a result, tracebacks are no longer returned in the described scenario.
- BZ#858280
- Because some actions take longer time to finish, and the return timeout value was set too low, the front end did not receive an answer in an appropriate time, and displayed an error message. The return timeout has been set to 5 minutes and system-config-kdump works as expected now.
Enhancement
- BZ#852766
- This enhancements adds support for firmware-assisted dump (fadump) for IBM PowerPC computers. The user is now also allowed to choose between kdump and fadump.
7.246. system-config-kickstart
Enhancement
- BZ#819813
- This update contains a complete Assamese translation of the system-config-kickstart package.
7.247. system-config-language
Bug Fix
- BZ#819811
- When using system-config-language in a non-English locale, some of the messages in the GUI were not translated. Consequently, non-English users were presented with untranslated messages. With this update, all message strings have been translated.
7.248. system-config-lvm
Bug Fixes
- BZ#852864
- When there was a RAID1 mirrored volume created using the lvm utility, system-config-lvm did not start correctly. The underlying source code has been modified to prevent system-config-lvm from terminating unexpectedly. The RAID1 volumes are now shown properly, however, they are visible as its underlying logical volumes.
- BZ#820539
- During an attempt to work with a mirror log, the system-config-lvm utility failed on start. This bug has been fixed and mirrored volumes are now supported as expected.
- BZ#840070
- Due to a bug in the best_fit() function, which tried to fit all existing logical volumes (LVs) into the display area, system-config-lvm did not start correctly on systems with large amount of existing LVs. This bug has been fixed and system-config-lvm is fully functional even on systems with more then 350 LVs.
7.249. system-config-users
Bug Fixes
- BZ#736037
- Prior to this update, expiration dates at or before January 1, 1970 were not correctly calculated. As a consequence, the system-config-users utility stored expiration dates off by one day into /etc/shadow. This update modifies the underlying code so that account expiration dates are calculated and stored correctly.
- BZ#801652
- Prior to this update, a string in the user interface was not correctly localized into Japanese. This update modifies the string so that the text is now correct.
- BZ#841886
- Prior to this update, the system-config-users utility determined incorrectly whether to set an account as inactive if an expired password was not reset during a specified period. This update modifies the underlying code to check for this condition by hard-coding the value which indicates this condition.
7.250. systemtap
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#746334
- Many of the SystemTap examples for memory used tracepoints which did not exist in some versions of kernel. Consequently, if the user tried to run the mmanonpage.stp, mmfilepage.stp, or mmwriteback.stp files, this process failed. The examples have been updated to work with the memory tracepoints available in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 and SystemTap now works as expected.
- BZ#822503
- Previously, support for the IPv6 protocol was missing. Consequently, an attempt to execute a script that evaluates a tapset variable containing an IPv6 address, or call a tapset function returning an IPv6 address was unsuccessful, and the address field was filled with the "Unsupported Address Family" message instead of a valid IPv6 address. This update adds the support for the IPv6 protocol.
- BZ#824311
- Previously, changes in the include/trace/events/sunrpc.h file were referenced, but were not defined by the #include directive. As a consequence, the rpc tracepoint was missing. This tracepoint has been defined using #include and SystemTap works correctly in this situation.
- BZ#828103
- In previous kernels and versions of SystemTap, the nfsd.open probe-alias in the nfsd tapset referred to the "access" parameter, which was later renamed to "may_flags" in the kernel. Consequently, the semantic errors occurred and then the stap command failed to execute. This update allows the nfsd.open probe-alias check under both names for setting the "access" script-level variable, and stap now works as expected in the described scenario.
- BZ#884951
- Recent kernel updates required updates to some of the NFS tapset definitions to find certain context variables. With this update, the tapset aliases now search both old and new locations.
7.251. tar
7.251.1. RHBA-2012:1372 — tar bug fix update
- BZ#841308
- Prior to this update, tar failed to match and extract given file names from an archive when this archive was created with the options "--sparse" and "--posix". This update modifies the underlying code to match and extract the given name as expected.
7.251.2. RHBA-2013:0489 — tar bug fix update
Bug Fixes
- BZ#875727
- When the "--strip-components" command-line parameter was used, the tar utility was unable to correctly match a file name that had to be extracted and the action failed. This bug has been fixed and tar now matches file names as expected in the described scenario.
- BZ#877769
- When the "--listed-incremental" command-line parameter was used and a file was specified multiple times, tar terminated unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. The underlying source code has been modified and tar no longer crashes under these circumstances.
7.252. tboot
Bug Fixes
- BZ#885684
- Due to an error in the underlying source code, a buffer overflow could occur and an attempt to boot the kernel with tboot enabled could fail with the following error:Kernel panic - not syncing: Too many boot init vars at `numbers,'This update applies an upstream patch that corrects this error, and the kernel now boots as expected.
- BZ#834323
- Prior to this update, the installed README file incorrectly identified the supported kernels. This update corrects this file and ensures that it no longer contains incorrect information.
7.253. tcsh
7.253.1. RHBA-2013:0446 — tcsh bug fix update
Bug Fixes
- BZ#769157
- Prior to this update, the tcsh command language interpreter could run out of memory because of random "sbrk()" failures in the internal "malloc()" function. As a consequence, tcsh could abort with a segmentation fault. This update uses "system malloc" instead and tcsh no longer aborts.
- BZ#814069
- Prior to this update, aliases were inserted into the history buffer when saving the history in loops if the alias included a statement that did not work in the loop. This update no longer allows to save the history in loops. Now, only the first line of loops and the "if" statement are saved in the history. Aliases now work as expected.
- BZ#821796
- Prior to this update, casting was removed when calling a function in the history file locking patch. As a consequence, multibyte tests failed. This update reverts the status before the patch and tests no longer fail.
- BZ#847102
- Prior to this update, the tcsh logic did not handle file sourcing as expected. As a consequence, source commands failed when using a single-line "if" statement. This update modifies the underlying code to handle source commands as expected.
- BZ#884937
- Prior to this update, the SIGINT signal was not blocked when the tcsh command language interpreter waited for the child process to finish. As a consequence, tcsh could be aborted with the key combination Ctrl+c. This update blocks the SIGINT signal and tcsh is no longer aborted.
7.254. tigervnc
Bug Fixes
- BZ#688624
- When the Xvnc server was started by the vncserver init script, but no password file existed, the initscript failed without displaying a message. This bug is now fixed and the "VNC password for user is not configured" message appears when the password is not configured for the Xvnc session.
- BZ#843714
- Previously, the user was not allowed to change the value of the AcceptPointerEvents parameter while Xvnc was running. As a consequence, when the "vncconfig -set AcceptPointerEvents=1" command was used to enable and "vncconfig -set AcceptPointerEvents=0", to disable mouse input for VNC session, it failed with an error message, similar to the following:Setting param AcceptPointerEvents=0 failedNow the user is allowed to change the value of the AcceptPointerEvents parameter and the mouse input for a VNC session can be enabled or disabled while Xvnc is running.
Enhancement
- BZ#844486
- The tigervnc packages have been updated to match the latest X server version.
7.255. tog-pegasus
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#812892
- Previously, non-array properties of CMPI instances were not checked for NULL values in the cimserver daemon (OpenPegasus CIM server). This led to an unexpected termination of cimserver. This update provides an upstream patch for cimserver. Now, cimserver correctly returns instances with non-array properties including those containing NULL values.
- BZ#869664
- Prior to this update, all connections to cimserver were considered local host. Consequently, cimsever could not discern between local and remote connections and between granted and denied access. A patch has been provided to fix this bug. Now, cimserver is again capable of recognizing whether, firstly, connections are local or remote and, secondly, whether the access per user will be granted or denied.
Enhancement
- BZ#716474
- The cimserver daemon uses all of well-known ports based on CIM/WBEM technology for network communication. This update provides the user with an option to configure, which interfaces have to be used and to restrict cimserver to listen only on selected network interfaces.
7.256. tomcat6
Bug Fixes
- BZ#576540
- On Red Hat Enterprise Linux, Apache Tomcat initscripts should be located in the /etc/rc.d/init.d directory. However, the comman initscript was previously located in the /etc/init.d directory due to a mistake in the package specs file. With this update, the specs file has been updated and the conman script is located in the /etc/rc.d/init.d directory along with other initscripts as expected.
- BZ#847288
- When a web application used its own class loader, a deadlock in Tomcat WebappClassLoader could occur when compiling JSPs due to a synchronization bug. This update fixes the synchronization bug and external class loaders no longer interfere with WebappClassLoader.
- BZ#798617
- The service status returned an incorrect tomcat6 status when TOMCAT_USER in the /etc/tomcat6/tomcat6.conf file was changed to a user whose UID differed from the user GID due to incorrect logic in retrieving the process details. With this update, the code has been modified and the correct service status is now returned in this scenario.
- BZ#785954
- When Tomcat attempted to import a non-existing page with JavaScript fragments in the URL parameters, it returned a message that the resource was not available. This update adds HTML filtering to Tomcat and the servlet container now correctly returns the message that the resource is missing in this scenario.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-1976
- A flaw was found in the way the tomcat6 init script handled the tomcat6-initd.log log file. A malicious web application deployed on Tomcat could use this flaw to perform a symbolic link attack to change the ownership of an arbitrary system file to that of the tomcat user, allowing them to escalate their privileges to root.
- CVE-2013-2051
- Note: With this update, tomcat6-initd.log has been moved from /var/log/tomcat6/ to the /var/log/ directory.It was found that the RHSA-2013:0623 update did not correctly fix CVE-2012-5887, a weakness in the Tomcat DIGEST authentication implementation. A remote attacker could use this flaw to perform replay attacks in some circumstances. Additionally, this problem also prevented users from being able to authenticate using DIGEST authentication.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2012-3546
- It was found that when an application used FORM authentication, along with another component that calls request.setUserPrincipal() before the call to FormAuthenticator#authenticate() (such as the Single-Sign-On valve), it was possible to bypass the security constraint checks in the FORM authenticator by appending "/j_security_check" to the end of a URL. A remote attacker with an authenticated session on an affected application could use this flaw to circumvent authorization controls, and thereby access resources not permitted by the roles associated with their authenticated session.
- CVE-2012-4534
- A flaw was found in the way Tomcat handled sendfile operations when using the HTTP NIO (Non-Blocking I/O) connector and HTTPS. A remote attacker could use this flaw to cause a denial of service (infinite loop). The HTTP blocking IO (BIO) connector, which is not vulnerable to this issue, is used by default in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
- CVE-2012-5885, CVE-2012-5886, CVE-2012-5887
- Multiple weaknesses were found in the Tomcat DIGEST authentication implementation, effectively reducing the security normally provided by DIGEST authentication. A remote attacker could use these flaws to perform replay attacks in some circumstances.
7.257. trace-cmd
Bug Fixes
- BZ#746656
- The trace-cmd extract command read a buffer multiple times even after an EOF condition. Consequently, the output of the trace-cmd command contained duplicate data. With this update, the trace-cmd utility has been modified to respect the EOF condition and avoid duplication of data in its output.
- BZ#879792
- When using the latency tracer, the start_threads() function was not called. Calling the stop_threads() function without first calling start_threads() caused the trace-cmd record command to terminate with a segmentation fault because PIDs were not initialized. Consequently, the trace.dat file was not generated. With this update, stop_threads() is not called unless start_threads() is called first. As a result, the segmentation fault no longer occurs.
Enhancement
- BZ#838746
- Previously, the trace-cmd record command was able to filter ftrace data based on a single PID only. With this update, multiple PIDs can be specified by using the "-P" option.
7.258. tuned
Bug Fixes
- BZ#907856
- Previously, the ktune service did not save readahead values. On startup, it multiplied the current value by a constant and divided the value by the same constant on stop. This could result in a wrong value being set on devices that were added after ktune had been started. Now, the previous readahead values are stored for all devices and the correct values are restored on ktune stop.
- BZ#907768
- Previously, when multiple devices were added into the system, a udev rule restarted ktune for each new device. This could lead to many restarts in a short period of time. The multiple restarts could trigger a race condition in the kernel, which cannot be currently fixed. The tuned daemon code has been modified not to trigger more than one restart per 10 seconds, thus preventing the race condition from occurring.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#714180
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 and later enters processor power-saving states more aggressively. This could result in a small performance penalty on certain workloads. With this update, the pmqos-static.py daemon has been added to the tuned packages, which allows to set the requested latency using the kernel Power Management QoS interface. It is run when the "latency-performance" profile is activated and it sets cpu_dma_latency=0, which keeps the CPU in C0 state, thus making the system as responsive as possible.
- BZ#784308
- When the ELEVATOR_TUNE_DEVS option was set to a disk device in the /etc/sysconfig/ktune file instead of providing a disk scheduler control file, the scheduler setting was not written to a disk scheduler control file but directly into the disk device file. Consequently, contents of the disk could become corrupted. With this update, the value of ELEVATOR_TUNE_DEVS is checked and only the disk scheduler control file is allowed for writing. As a result, an invalid value of ELEVATOR_TUNE_DEVS is detected in the described scenario so that the disk contents damage can be prevented.
- BZ#801561
- When the tuned daemon run with the "enterprise-storage" profile enabled and a non-root, non-boot disk partition from a device with write-back cache was mounted, tuned remounted the partition with the "nobarriers" option. If a power failure occurred at that time, the file system could become corrupted. With this update, tuned can detect usage of write-back cache on devices communicating with kernel via SCSI. In these cases, "nobarriers" is now disabled, thus preventing this bug in the described scenario.
- BZ#845336
- Previously, when the tuned service was started, the tuned PID file was created with world-writable permissions. This bug has been fixed and the /var/run/tuned/tuned.pid file is now created with correct permissions as expected.
- BZ#847445
- On a machine with hot-plug disk devices with the "enterprise-storage" profile activated, a new disk device could be added into the system, or the disk could be removed and inserted back. In such a scenario, the scheduler and read-ahead settings from the profile were not applied on the newly-added disks. With this update, a new udev rule has been added, which restarts the ktune daemon whenever a new disk device is added, thus fixing this bug.
- BZ#887355
- The transparent hugepage kernel thread could interfere with latency-sensitive applications. To lower the latency, the transparent hugepages are now disabled in the latency-performance tuned profile.
- BZ#886956
- Previously, non-root, non-boot partitions were re-mounted using the "nobarrier" option to improve performance. On virtual guests, this could lead to data corruption if power supply was suddenly interrupted, because there was usually a host cache in transfer. This bug has been fixed and the virtual-guest profile no longer re-mounts partitions using "nobarrier".
7.259. udev
Bug Fixes
- BZ#784697
- Previously, the /dev/disk/by-id file contained all expected symbolic links for cciss devices, but only one device link was present in the /dev/disk/by-path/ directory. This bug has been fixed and this file now contains all symbolic links as expected.
- BZ#790321
- The udev(7) man page did not document the hex encoding of blacklisted characters used in the device or symbolic link names. This update adds a paragraph about character encoding into the SYMLINK section of the udev(7) man page.
- BZ#829188
- Due to a bug in the binutils linker, the libudev library lost the ExecShield (GNU_RELRO) section and was not protected by the ExecShield security mechanism. This update contains libudev with the ExecShield (GNU_RELRO) section included.
- BZ#838451
- When using multipath devices, the udev utility tried to make a UUID symbolic link for all the different paths, but only the first one succeeded. Consequently, udev wrote several "File exists" error messages to the system log. This update provides a patch to change these messages from being logged as an error message to being logged as an informational message.
- BZ#847925
- When no medium was inserted in a drive, the cdrom_id utility, which is an udev helper tool, could not read DV and CD-ROM drive profiles. Consequently, the udev properties for the device node of the drive may not have contained all properties describing the capabilities of the drive, which could prevent other software using the udev database from offering all functionality for the drive. This bug has been fixed and all udev properties for the drive, which cdrom_id detects via drive's properties, are now stored for the device as expected.
Enhancement
- BZ#826396
- Previously, kernel messages showed device names instead of persistent device names provided by udev. As a consequence, device names could point to different devices every boot. This enhancement adds a new feature, which stores the mapping of device names, such as sda or sdb, and persistent device names to kernel messages.
7.260. usbredir
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#834560
- Due to a bug in the libusbredirhost library, handling of timeouts for bulk transfers did not work correctly. Consequently, traffic of USB ACM serial port devices, such as PSTN modems and SmartCard readers, could not be properly redirected. With this update, no timeout is set on the usb-host side for these devices and the traffic redirection works as expected.
- BZ#855737
- The usbredir code was allocating an unlimited amount of write buffers. Consequently, when a USB webcam produced data faster then it could be written out, the write queue grew boundlessly and the remote-viewer utility used an enormous amount of RAM. The underlying source code has been modified so that usbredir now checks how large the write queue is and drops isochronous data packets when the queue is too long.
Enhancement
- BZ#842316
- Support for live migration of SPICE USB redirection requires support for state serialization. This update adds this missing support to the libusbredirparser library.
7.261. util-linux-ng
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-0157
- An information disclosure flaw was found in the way the
mount
command reported errors. A local attacker could use this flaw to determine the existence of files and directories they do not have access to.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#790728
- Previously, the blkid utility ignored swap area UUIDs if the first byte was zero. As a consequence, the swap areas could not be addressed by UUIDs; for example, from the
/etc/fstab
file. The libblkd library has been fixed and now swap partitions are labeled with a valid UUID value if the first byte is zero. - BZ#818621
- Previously, the lsblk utility opened block devices to check if the device was in read-only mode, although the information was available in the
/sys
file system. This resulted in unexpected SELinux alerts and unnecessaryopen()
calls. Now, the lsblk utility does not perform unnecessary opening operations and no longer reads the information from the/sys
file system. - BZ#736245
- On a non-uniform CPU configuration, for example on a system with two sockets with a different number of cores, the
lscpu
command failed unexpectedly with a segmentation fault and a core dump was generated. After this update, when executing thelscpu
command on such a configuration, the correct result is printed and no core dump is generated. - BZ#837935
- On a system with a large number of active processors, the
lscpu
command failed unexpectedly with a segmentation fault and a core dump was generated. This bug is now fixed and thelscpu
command now works as expected on this configuration. - BZ#819945
- Executing the
hwclock --systz
command to reset the system time based on the current time zone caused the clock to be incorrectly adjusted by one hour. This was because hwclock did not adjust the system time during boot according to the "warp clock" semantic described in thesettimeofday(2)
man page. With this update, hwclock correctly sets the system time when required. - BZ#845477
- When SElinux options were specified both in the
/etc/fstab
file and on the command line, mounting failed and the kernel logged the following error upon running dmesg:SELinux: duplicate or incompatible mount options
The handling of SElinux options has been changed so that options on the command line now replace options given in the/etc/fstab
file and as a result, devices can be mounted successfully. - BZ#845971
- Due to a change in the search order of the mount utility, while reading the
/etc/fstab
file, themount
command returned a device before a directory. With this update, the search order has been modified andmount
now works as expected. - BZ#858009
- Previously, any new login or logout sequence by a telnet client caused the
/var/run/utmp
file to increase by one record on the telnetd machine. As a consequence, the/var/run/utmp
file grew without a limit. As a result of trying to search though a huge/var/run/utmp
file, the machine runningtelnetd
could experience more severe side-effects over time. For example, thetelnetd
process could become unresponsive or the overall system performance could degrade. Thetelnetd
now creates a proper record in/var/run/utmp
before starting the logging process. As a result, the/var/run/utmp
does not grow without a limit on each new login or logout sequence of a telnet session. - BZ#730891, BZ#783514, BZ#809139, BZ#820183, BZ#839281
- Man pages of several utilities included in the package have been updated to fix minor mistakes and add entries for previously undocumented functionalities.
Enhancements
- BZ#719927
- A new
--compare
option forhwclock
to compare the offset between system time and hardware clock has been added due to a discontinued distribution of adjtimex in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.0 and later, which had previously provided this option. - BZ#809449
- The
lsblk
command now supports a new option,--inverse
, used to print dependencies between block devices in reverse order. This feature is required to properly reboot or shut down systems with a configured cluster. - BZ#823008
- The lscpu utility, which displays detailed information about the available CPUs, has been updated to include numerous new features. Also, a new utility, chcpu, has been added, which allows the user to change the CPU state (online or offline, standby or active, and other states), disable and enable CPUs, and configure specified CPUs. For more information about these utilities, refer to the
lscpu(1)
andchcpu(8)
man pages.
7.262. valgrind
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#730303
- When running a large program under valgrind, the "Valgrind: FATAL: VG_N_SEGNAMES is too low." error messages could be returned. With this update, the compile time constants have been increased (VG_N_SEGMENTS to 50000, VG_N_SEGNAMES to 25000) and these errors no longer occur.
- BZ#862795
- Previously, the valgrind gdbserver did not properly report exit or a fatal-signal process termination to the gdb debugger. Consequently, the "Remote connection closed" error messages were returned. This bug has been fixed in the code and the process termination is now properly reported in gdb.
- BZ#816244
- On IBM S/390 architecture, valgrind could report a "Conditional jump or move depends on uninitialized value(s)" warning message for the tsearch() function in glibc. This update includes a standard suppression for these warning messages, which are no longer reported.
Enhancement
- BZ#672959
- The embedded gdbserver has been added to allow integration of valgrind with the gdb debugger.
7.263. vgabios
Bug Fix
- BZ#840087
- Previously, an attempt to boot a Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization Hypervisor ISO in a virtual machine was unsuccessful. The boot menu appeared but then stopped responding. The underlying source code has been modified and the virtual machine now works as expected in the described scenario.
7.264. virtio-win
Bug Fixes
- BZ#750421
- Prior to this update, a Windows Server 2003 guest could become suspended when rebooting if the balloon size was changed before, due to a lack of free memory. This update releases the memory to the guest before processing the power management request.
- BZ#760022
- Prior to this update, the virtio-win floppy disk did not contain NDIS drivers for Windows XP and Windows 7 platforms due to a lack of free space on VFD media. This update modifies the underlying code and switches to 2.88 MB media instead of 1.44 MB.
- BZ#768795
- Prior to this update, the work items processed the
inflate
anddeflate
requests. As a consequence, a stop error could occur when several requests were executed simultaneously. This update uses a dedicated thread instead of work items to process theinflate
anddeflate
requests in sequence. - BZ#805423
- Prior to this update, the port surprise-removal handler did not stop and purge the
write
andread
queues. As a consequence, requests could be send to already removed devices. This update modifies the underlying code to stop and purge thewrite
andread
queues as expected and requests are no longer sent to removed devices. - BZ#807967, BZ#875155
- Prior to this update, the initialization sequence of the virtio-net driver did not work properly after disabling and enabling virtio-net, or when resetting the power management. As a consequence, the first packets that were sent through the DHCP client could, under certain circumstances, become suspended in the queue and the DHCP client did not receive the IP address. With this update, the initialization sequence has been fixed and virtio-net now works as expected in the described scenario.
- BZ#814896
- Prior to this update, the virtio queue was not correctly reinitialized during the
resume
routine. As a consequence, ports could not handle theread
requests correctly. This update adds the correct virtual queue for re-initialization when resuming after hibernation. - BZ#815295
- On Microsoft Windows 7 operating system, a driver disregarded platform requests to indicate only a certain number of packets during one DPC (Deferred Procedure Call). As a consequence, the Windows Hardware Quality Labs (WHQL) test failed and the platform did not moderate the driver workload for the RX path. This update modifies the underlying code to implement packet indication moderation and the WHQL certification now passes in the described scenario.
- BZ#824814
- Prior to this update, the
viostor
driver did not handle configuration change events as expected. Consequently, when a relevant image was resized on-line,viostor
left it unattended. This update modifies the underlying code to reset the bus sequence when changing the configurations and the driver can now recognize that media has been resized. - BZ#831570
- Prior to this update, the work items processed the
inflate
anddeflate
requests. As a consequence, theinflate
anddeflate
requests could be executed simultaneously with PnP and Power management (PM) handlers. This update uses a dedicated thread instead of work items to process the PnP and PM requests only after all other pending requests are completed. - BZ#839143
- Prior to this update, the
balloon
driver failed to keep the current balloon size between hibernation-resume cycles and restarts. This update keeps the current balloon size between restarts and hibernation-resume cycles and adjusts the balloon size according to this value.
Enhancements
- BZ#782268
- This update introduces the vioscsi.sys driver to virtio-win packages to provide virtio-scsi functionality to Microsoft Windows platforms.
- BZ#828275
- This update adds support for the virtio control queue to offload RX filtering to the host.
- BZ#834175
- This update supports all possible offload combinations and offload parities between IPv4 and IPv6 for Windows certification 2012 and Windows 8 certification.
- BZ#838005
- This update adds offloads for IPv6 to virtio packages.
- BZ#908163
- This update adds virtual floppy drive drivers for Windows Server 2008 R2 guests to virtio packages.
7.265. virt-manager
Bug Fixes
- BZ#802639
- Previously, the live migration dialog box of the virt-manager tool incorrectly described the unit of bandwidth as "Mbps" instead of "MB/s". With this update, the migration dialog has been changed to provide correct information on bandwidth units.
- BZ#824275
- Prior to this update, an unnecessary reboot occurred after the virt-manager tool created a new guest virtual machine by importing an existing disk image. With this update, a backported upstream patch has been provided, and virt-manager no longer restarts after importing an existing disk image.
- BZ#872611
- Due to differences in dependency solving between the yum and rpm programs, the virt-manager package failed to update from "noarch" to newer architecture version. With this update, a patch has been provided to mark the noarch version as obsolete. As a result, the noarch package can now be updated without complications.
Enhancement
- BZ#878946
- The "Delete Associated storage files" option is enabled by default in the virt-manager tool. A warning message is displayed prior to file deletion to notify the user about this configuration.
7.266. virt-top
Bug Fixes
- BZ#807176
- Prior to this update, the "-o" (sort) option was not properly described in the output of the "virt-top --help" command. Four of the possible sort parameters were not mentioned in the description. This bug has been fixed and the full range of sort parameters is now shown in the virt-top --help message.
- BZ#834208
- Previously, the column names of the virt-top summary table were not explained in the virt-top man page. The manual page has been updated, and the headings are now properly documented in the "COLUMN HEADINGS" section.
Enhancements
- BZ#825627
- The copyright information has been updated in the virt-top man pages and help documents.
- BZ#835547
- This update adds a separate man page for the processcsv.py script, which was previously documented only in the virt-top man page.
- BZ#841759
- With this update, the "virt-top -1" command has been enhanced to separately display the usage of virtual CPUs. Two numbers are now shown under each domain column; the first is the percentage of the physical CPU used by the domain and the hypervisor together, the second is the percentage used just by the domain. This information is important for performance tuning and other tasks.
7.267. virt-v2v
Bug Fixes
- BZ#794680
- The virt-v2v packages used to rename block devices in various guest configuration files during conversion, including the /etc/fstab file. Consequently, the virt-v2v utility returned a redundant warning message when a guest's /etc/fstab file referenced to the /etc/fd0 file as the block device did not know it. To fix this bug, warning messages concerning floppy devices have been explicitly suppressed and virt-v2v no longer returns warning messages in this situation.
- BZ#803629
- When reading a libvirt guest, virt-v2v uses libvirt metadata to determine the on-disk format, considering only those of "dir", "fs", and "netfs" types as meaningful. If a guest used a different type of storage pool, virt-v2v interpreted these data as a format type, which was unable to convert by libvirt guests. To address this bug, virt-v2v now only uses volume format metadata from storage pools of type "dir", "fs", and "netfs", but also all other storage pools can only hold raw data, so the format is assumed to be "raw". As a result, virt-v2v can now convert libvirt guests using any supported storage pool type.
- BZ#838057
- When creating a new libvirt guest, virt-v2v failed to disable caching for disks as recommended. As a consequence, guests created by virt-v2v used caching for their disks, unless explicitly disabled by the user after conversion. To address this bug, virt-v2v now explicitly disables caching for all disks when creating a new libvirt guest, and guests created by virt-v2v now have caching disabled for all disks. The user can enable it again if required after conversion.
- BZ#868405
- Virt-v2v failed when attempting to perform an on-disk format conversion when reading a guest using the libvirtxml input method. A patch has been provided to fix this bug and virt-v2v can now perform format conversions on guests using libvirtxml.
Enhancement
- BZ#682945
- With this update, virt-v2v can do an on-disk format conversion while converting a remote libvirt guest. Note that when doing this kind of format conversion, virt-v2v must make an intermediate copy of the guest storage data on the conversion server. Other types of conversion do not require any intermediate storage on the conversion server. The user must ensure that the TMPDIR temporary directory has sufficient space for this intermediate copy.
7.268. virt-viewer
libvirt
and is intended as a replacement for traditional VNC or SPICE clients.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#814150
- The
remote-viewer
and thevirt-viewer
tools, both use the same constant to print their usage message. Consequently, when the user used an unknown command option with theremote-viewer
command, the error message referred to thevirt-viewer --help
command instead of theremote-viewer --help
command. With this update, theremote-viewer
andvirt-viewer
code has been modified so that the commands now return the correct error message when used with an unknown option. - BZ#822794
- When connected to a guest using the
virt-viewer -v
command and the console was closed, the command prompt was printed at the end of the last line instead of the new line. This update fixes this bug and the command prompt is printed correctly. - BZ#832121
- If the XML listen attribute contained a string consisting of the colon (“:”) and zero (“0”) characters,
virt-viewer
did not treat the string as a wildcard address and did not create an appropriate remote host address as expected. Consequently, an attempt to connect to a remote host with such an address led to the connection failure. This update modifies the underlying source code to treat the aforementioned characters as wildcards andvirt-viewer
now successfully connects to a remote host in the described scenario. - BZ#854318
- Due to changes in the latest upstream version of the spice-gtk packages,
virt-viewer
stopped working with the newspice-gtk
module. With this update, the virt-viewer packages have been rebuilt to work properly with this new version ofspice-gtk
. - BZ#856610
- Previously, the automatic window resize option did not work correctly with the
remote-viewer
client. When disabling and then re-enabling the automatic window size, the resized window was smaller then expected. This update provides a patch to fix this bug and the automatic window resize option now works properly. - BZ#856678
- Within certain non-US keyboard layouts, keyboard shortcuts using the “Alt” key and another character worked even if they were disabled in a virtual machine. This update applies a patch that fixes this bug and keyboard shortcuts are now disabled as expected.
- BZ#864929
- Previously, when the
virt-viewer
client was sized to the full screen, the virt-viewer size resolution could not be set to a higher resolution than the monitor's native resolution. With this update, the user is now able to set a higher resolution than the monitor's native resolution. - BZ#867248
- When connecting to a SPICE guest and the user input an incorrect graphic password first, a later attempt to connect using the correct password was unsuccessful, and the
virt-viewer
tool terminated unexpectedly. This update modifies the underlying code so thatvirt-viewer
no longer crashes in the described scenario. - BZ#867459
- When connecting to the Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization portal and the
remote-viewer
client was started from theXPI
plug-in, the client terminated unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. This update modifies the underlying code and applies a patch to fix this bug so thatremote-viewer
now works as expected in this situation. - BZ#881020
- Previously, when using
remote-viewer
to display multiple screens of a virtual machine with multiple physical displays, under certain circumstances,remote-viewer
could display only one screen in singleremote-viewer
window and the other screens were disconnected. With this update, the underlying code has been modified so that all physical displays are now properly displayed in the respectiveremote-viewer
windows.
Enhancements
- BZ#828339
- This enhancement provides the new
--title
option which allows the user to specify a title displayed in the remote-viewer window title bar. - BZ#842305
- With this update, the
virt-viewer
tool supports theSpiceMonitorsConfig
display message. - BZ#865793
- The
virt-viewer
tool is now able to handle requests from the Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization portal to enable or disable passing of the Ctrl+Alt+Delete key combination to the guest operating system. - BZ#875126
- Screenshots can be currently saved only in the PNG format. With this update, the “.png” suffix is automatically added to the screenshot file name if is it missing.
7.269. virt-what
Enhancement
- BZ#829427
- This enhancement adds support for the Virtage hardware partitioning system to the virt-what utility.
7.270. virt-who
Bug Fixes
- BZ#825215
- Previously, when running the virt-who service, unregistering a Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization Hypervisor host from the Subscription Asset Manager (SAM) server caused the service to be terminated with the following message:
SubscriptionManagerError: No such file or directory Error in communication with candlepin, trying to recover Unable to read certificate, system is not registered or you are not root
Only the last line of the aforementioned message should have been displayed. This bug has been fixed, and the traceback errors are now saved to the log file and not printed on the screen. - BZ#866890
- When a snapshot of a virtual machine (VM) was created in Microsoft Hyper-V Server, the virt-who agent replaced the UUID of the VM file with the UUID of the snapshot. This bug has been fixed, and the UUID is not changed in the described case. Additionally, in certain cases, the virt-who agent running with the "--hyperv" command-line option terminated with the following message:
AttributeError: HyperV instance has no attribute 'ping'
This bug has been fixed and the aforementioned error no longer occurs. - BZ#869960
- Previously, the virt-who agent failed to function correctly when a URL, which was set in the VIRTWHO_ESX_SERVER parameter, was missing the initial "https://" string. With this update, virt-who has been modified, and "https://" is no longer required in VIRTWHO_ESX_SERVER.
Enhancements
- BZ#808060
- With this update, the virt-who agent has been modified to start as a foreground process and to print error messages or debugging output (the "-d" command-line option) to the standard error output. Moreover, the following command-line options have been enhanced: the "-o" option provides the one-shot mode and exits after sending the list of guests; the "-b" option and the "service virt-who start" command equivalently start on the background and send data to the /var/log/ directory.
- BZ#846788
- The virt-who agent has been modified to support Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization Manager polling.
- BZ#860854
- With this update, the virt-who agent has been modified to correctly recognize guest virtual machines, which are installed on top of Microsoft Hyper-V Server.
- BZ#868149
- The virt-who manual pages and the output of the "virt-who --help" command have been enhanced with clarifying information. In addition, a typographical error has been corrected in both texts.
7.271. wdaemon
Bug Fix
- BZ#852332
- Due to the broken %postun scriptlet, an attempt to uninstall wdaemon caused an error message to appear. This error message also occurred during the wdaemon update because the old package is removed during the update. Consequently, the wdaemon service was not restarted after the update. The %postun scriptlet has been fixed and wdaemon works as expected in this situation.
Enhancement
- BZ#838752
- This enhancement adds support for emulation of the Wacom Intuos5 tablet series.
7.272. wget
7.272.1. RHBA-2012:1353 — wget bug fix update
Bug Fixes
- BZ#754168
- Prior to this update, the wget package contained a redundant URL to the wget upstream project. This update modifies the specification file to list the correct http://www.gnu.org/software/wget/.
- BZ#814208
- Prior to this update, the wget utility did not previously work as intended with the "-T, --timeout" option set when http server did not answer the SSL handshake. Wget source code has been patched, to ensure that wget aborts the connection when using --timeout option correctly.
- BZ#714893
- Prior to this update, the wget utility source code was lacking check of the HTTP response parsing function return value. In some cases, when HTTP response header was malformed (fuzzed), the parsing function returned error. Because the returned value was not checked, it then resulted in Segmentation Fault. This update adds check of the HTTP response parsing function return value in the wget source code. Now when HTTP response header is malformed (fuzzed) and the parsing function returns error, the following error message is thrown and wget retries the request:
2012-10-01 10:13:44 ERROR -1: Malformed status line.
7.273. wpa_supplicant
Bug Fixes
- BZ#813579
- When roaming from one Access Point (AP) to another and the connection was disrupted, NetworkManager did not always automatically reconnect. This update includes a number of backported upstream patches to improve Proactive Key Caching (PKC), also known as Opportunistic Key Caching (OKC). As a result, WPA connections now roam more reliably.
- BZ#837402
- Previously, the supplicant would attempt to roam to slightly stronger access points, increasing the chance of a disconnection. This bug has been fixed and the supplicant now only attempts to roam to a stronger access point when the current signal is significantly degraded.
Enhancement
- BZ#672976
- The "wpa_gui" program was removed from "wpa_supplicant" in the 6.0 release as per BZ#553349, however, the man page was still being installed. This upgrade removes the man page.
7.274. x3270
Bug Fix
- BZ#801139
- Prior to this update, the x3270 emulator failed to support the double-byte character set (DBCS). As a consequence, the character sets option for Japanese was disabled. This update modifies the underlying code to enable DBCS and adds the icu packages as a dependency. Now, Japanese character sets are again available.
7.275. xfsdump
Bug Fix
- BZ#860454
- With Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, XFS has been enhanced to allow the use of the 32-bit project quota ID feature. However, the top 16 bits of a 32-bit project quota ID were not properly saved and restored using the xfsdump and xfsrestore utilities. This caused the data to be saved and restored with an incorrect 16-bit project quota ID. With this update, the underlying source code has been fixed so that all 32 bits of the project quota ID are properly saved and restored by xsfdump and xfsrestore.
7.276. xfsprogs
Bug Fixes
- BZ#730433
- When the manual geometry of the mkfs.xfs utility was specified for striping as well as calculating of the allocation group counts and size, mkfs.xfs could emit confusing error messages on failure. With this update, more standardized and informative error messages are returned.
- BZ#836433
- When the sector size was not specified by the "-f" option, the mkfs.xfs utility used the 512 byte sector size by default even for drives with 4 Kb physical sectors. With this update, mkfs.xfs correctly recognizes the sector size in the described scenario, which fixes this bug.
- BZ#878859
- When attempting to set a 32-bit quota project ID on an XFS file system which did not have this feature enabled, the command returned success, but truncated the project ID to the lower 16 bits. With this update, a project ID of more than 16 bits cannot be set unless the 32-bit project ID feature is enabled.
Enhancement
- BZ#827186
- With this update, mkfs.xfs can enable 32-bit project quota IDs on a file system with the "-i projid32bit=1" parameter specified. Without this parameter, mkfs.xfs defaults to 16-bit project quota IDs. The 32-bit project quota IDs can be enabled on existing file systems by using the "xfs_admin -p" command.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#971698
- When stripe geometry was specified manually to the mkfs.xfs utility, mkfs.xfs did not properly select "multidisk mode" as it does when stripe geometry is automatically detected. As a result, a less than optimal number of allocation groups were created. With this update, multidisk mode is selected properly, and a larger number of allocation groups are created.
- BZ#976217
- Previously, xfs_repair was unable to properly handle fragmented multiblock version 2 directories (Multiblock dir2 is only enabled with the "-n size=" mkfs.xfs option, where the size is greater than the file system block size). With this update, xfs_repair can operate on fragmented dir2 directories without errors.
7.277. xinetd
Security Fix
- CVE-2012-0862
- When xinetd services are configured with the "TCPMUX" or "TCPMUXPLUS" type, and the tcpmux-server service is enabled, those services are accessible via port 1. It was found that enabling the tcpmux-server service (it is disabled by default) allowed every xinetd service, including those that are not configured with the "TCPMUX" or "TCPMUXPLUS" type, to be accessible via port 1. This could allow a remote attacker to bypass intended firewall restrictions.
Bug Fixes
- BZ#790036
- Prior to this update, a file descriptor array in the service.c source file was not handled as expected. As a consequence, some of the descriptors remained open when xinetd was under heavy load. Additionally, the system log was filled with a large number of messages that took up a lot of disk space over time. This update modifies the xinetd code to handle the file descriptors correctly and messages no longer fill the system log.
- BZ#809271
- Prior to this update, services were disabled permanently when their CPS limit was reached. As a consequence, a failed bind operation could occur when xinetd attempted to restart the service. This update adds additional logic that attempts to restart the service. Now, the service is only disabled if xinetd cannot restart the service after 30 attempts.
7.278. X.Org Legacy Input Drivers
PACKAGE NAME | UPSTREAM VERSION | BZ NUMBER |
---|---|---|
xorg-x11-drv-acecad | 1.5.0 | 835212 |
xorg-x11-drv-aiptek | 1.4.1 | 835215 |
xorg-x11-drv-elographics | 1.4.1 | 835222 |
xorg-x11-drv-fpit | 1.4.0 | 835229 |
xorg-x11-drv-hyperpen | 1.4.1 | 835233 |
xorg-x11-drv-keyboard | 1.6.2 | 835237 |
xorg-x11-drv-mouse | 1.8.1 | 835242 |
xorg-x11-drv-mutouch | 1.3.0 | 835243 |
xorg-x11-drv-penmount | 1.5.0 | 835248 |
xorg-x11-drv-void | 1.4.0 | 835264 |
7.279. xorg-x11-drv-ati
Note
7.280. xorg-x11-drv-evdev
Note
7.281. xorg-x11-drv-intel
Note
7.282. xorg-x11-drv-nouveau
Note
7.283. xorg-x11-drv-qxl
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#883578
- Due to overlapping memory areas, remote-viewer became unresponsive after a migration of a guest playing a video. This update adjusts the monitors_config pointer to fix this issue, and migration of a guest, which is displaying video, works as expected.
- BZ#896005
- This update disables "surfaces" by default due to a performance regression with the rendering support.
7.284. xorg-x11-drv-synaptics
Note
7.285. xorg-x11-drv-vmmouse
Note
7.286. xorg-x11-drv-wacom
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#859851
- Due to a bug in the input driver, covering the Expresskeys on the Wacom Intuos5 graphics tablet caused a spurious stylus jump to the upper left corner (0,0). This bug has been fixed and the described issue no longer occurs.
- BZ#862939
- Previously, the xorg.conf configuration file with two devices containing the same input node caused a double free error and subsequent failure of the X server. With this update, xorg.conf has been fixed, and the server crash is now prevented.
Enhancements
- BZ#838751
- With this update, support for the Wacom Intuos5 series graphics tablets has been added to the xorg-x11-drv-wacom package.
- BZ#857088
- With this update, support for the Wacom Cintiq 22HD series graphics tablets has been added to the xorg-x11-drv-wacom package.
7.287. xorg-x11-server
Note
Bug Fixes
- BZ#608076
- When the GNOME sound volume applet was configured to pop up after pressing the "mute", "volume up", or "volume down" hardware buttons, doing so caused a graphical glitch to appear in a dual monitor configuration. Now, the screen glitch no longer appears.
- BZ#745033
- When spice-client was opened in full-screen mode, the client screen contained a static image which was not refreshed until it was switched back to window mode. Now, the static image no longer appears when opened in full-screen mode.
- BZ#816347
- When the screen saver started to fade, pressing keys did not interrupt the fade and did not immediately display the unlock screen. Now, pressing keys stops the screen from fading.
- BZ#829321
- A NULL pointer dereference caused X.Org to terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault on certain servers. The error is fixed and X.Org no longer crashes on those servers.
- BZ#837073
- An invalid pointer dereference in the server caused the server to unexpectedly terminate with a segmentation fault when the mouse was moved over the VNC window. Crashes no longer occur when moving the mouse over the VNC window.
- BZ#853236
- The KVM process could not access the X server because the "/usr/bin/Xorg" binary was unreadable for non-root users. Now, all users can read the binary and KVM guests can access host operating systems.
- BZ#858005
- A transformation matrix is used to bind a device to a specific area on the screen. An uninitialized device transformation matrix caused the pointer to jump to the top-left corner of the screen on some devices. With this update, the transformation matrix is properly initialized and pointer device movement works as expected.
- BZ#863913
- An X Input Extension (XI 1.x) grab on a disabled device led to a NULL pointer dereference error which caused the server to terminate unexpectedly. Currently, the XI 1.x grab functions normally and the X server no longer crashes.
- BZ#864054
- When screens are reconfigured, the server updates some internal fields to adjust input device coordinate scaling if the device is bound to a specific screen. The NVIDIA binary driver did not have access to these internal methods, and was not able to update these fields when it changed output configurations. A new API is now exported for the driver and the NVIDIA driver is now able to update the server-internal fields.
- BZ#868054
- Pointer screen crossings for non-Xinerama setups caused the mouse pointer to wrap around on the first screen instead of moving to the second screen. Now, the mouse pointer can move between both screens on non-Xinerama setups.
- BZ#883206
- Running xrestop on servers that used Intel, ATI or Nouveau drivers caused the server to terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. Now, users are able to run xrestop on those servers without crashes.
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-4396
- A use-after-free flaw was found in the way the X.Org server handled ImageText requests. A malicious, authorized client could use this flaw to crash the X.Org server or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with root privileges.
7.288. xorg-x11
Package name | Upstream version | BZ number |
---|---|---|
xorg-x11-drv-apm | 1.2.5 | 835216 |
xorg-x11-drv-ast | 0.97.0 | 835217 |
xorg-x11-drv-cirrus | 1.5.1 | 835219 |
xorg-x11-drv-dummy | 0.3.6 | 835220 |
xorg-x11-drv-fbdev | 0.4.3 | 835228 |
xorg-x11-drv-geode | 2.11.13 | 835230 |
xorg-x11-drv-glint | 1.2.8 | 835231 |
xorg-x11-drv-i128 | 1.3.6 | 835234 |
xorg-x11-drv-i740 | 1.3.4 | 835235 |
xorg-x11-drv-mach64 | 6.9.3 | 835239 |
xorg-x11-drv-mga | 1.6.1 | 835240 |
xorg-x11-drv-neomagic | 1.2.7 | 835244 |
xorg-x11-drv-nv | 2.1.20 | 835246 |
xorg-x11-drv-openchrome | 0.3.0 | 835247 |
xorg-x11-drv-r128 | 6.9.1 | 835250 |
xorg-x11-drv-rendition | 4.2.5 | 835251 |
xorg-x11-drv-s3virge | 1.10.6 | 835252 |
xorg-x11-drv-savage | 2.3.6 | 835253 |
xorg-x11-drv-siliconmotion | 1.7.7 | 835254 |
xorg-x11-drv-sis | 0.10.7 | 835255 |
xorg-x11-drv-sisusb | 0.9.6 | 835256 |
xorg-x11-drv-tdfx | 1.4.5 | 835258 |
xorg-x11-drv-v4l | 0.2.0 | 835260 |
xorg-x11-drv-trident | 1.3.6 | 835259 |
xorg-x11-drv-vesa | 2.3.2 | 835261 |
xorg-x11-drv-vmware | 12.0.2 | 835263 |
xorg-x11-drv-voodoo | 1.2.5 | 835265 |
xorg-x11-drv-xgi | 1.6.0 | 835267 |
xorg-x11-drivers | 7.3 | 835285 |
7.289. xorg-x11-xkb-utils
Note
7.290. yaboot
Bug Fix
- BZ#871579
- Prior to this update, the yaboot loader used by default a maximum block size of 512 bytes in the fdisk partition table. As a consequence, yaboot could not load a kernel in a disk that was formatted using 4 kilobytes partitions. This update extends the MAX_BLOCK_SIZE value to 4 kilobytes to allow for disks that use the advanced format.
Enhancement
- BZ#822657
- This update adds VLAN Tag support for network boot and installation to allow multiple VLANs in a bridged network to share the same physical network link but maintain isolation.
7.291. ypbind
Bug Fix
- BZ#647495
- Prior to this update, ypbind started too late in the boot sequence, which caused problems in some environments, where it needed to be started before netfs. This update changes the priority of the ypbind service. Now, ypbind starts as expected.
7.292. ypserv
Bug Fixes
- BZ#790812
- Prior to this update, the NIS server was returning "0" (YP_FALSE) instead of "-1" (YP_NOMAP) after a request for a database not present in the server's domain. This behavior caused the autofs mount attempts to fail on Solaris clients. With this update, the return value has been fixed and the autofs mounts no longer fail on Solaris clients.
- BZ#816981
- Previously, when the crypt() function returned NULL, the yppasswd utility did not properly recognize the return value. This bug has been fixed, and the NULL return values of crypt() are now recognized and reported correctly by yppaswd.
- BZ#845283
- Previously, the ypserv utility allocated large amounts of virtual memory when parsing XDR requests, but failed to free that memory in case the request was not parsed successfully. Consequently, memory leaks occurred. With this update, a patch has been provided to free the already allocated memory when parsing of a request fails. As a result, the memory leaks no longer occur.
- BZ#863952
- Previously, the yppush(8) man page did not describe how to change settings of the yppush utility. The manual page has been amended to specify that the settings can be changed in the /var/yp/Makefile file.
7.293. yum-rhn-plugin
Bug Fixes
- BZ#789092
- Previously, yum-rhn-plugin ignored the timeout value set for yum. In some scenarios with slow networking, this could cause yum to timeout when communicating with Red Hat Network. Now, yum-rhnplugin abides by the timeout set for all yum repositories.
- BZ#802636
- Previously, the check-update utility could in certain cases incorrectly return a 0 error code if an error occurred. With this update, "1" is returned if an error occurs.
- BZ#824193
- Prior to this update, applying automatic updates with the yum-rhn-plugin utility on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 system could fail with an "empty transaction" error message. This was because the cached version of yum-rhn-plugin metadata was not up-to-date. With this update, yum-rhn-plugin downloads new metadata if available, ensuring that all packages are available for download.
- BZ#830219
- Previously, the messaging in yum-rhn-plugin was specific only to Red Hat Network Classic scenarios. This update clarifies what source yum-rhn-plugin is receiving updates from to reduce confusion.
- BZ#831234
- Prior to this update, yum-rhn-plugin did not correctly try the alternate server URLs provided if the first option failed. This update ensures that fail-over situations are handled correctly.
7.294. yum
Bug Fixes
- BZ#674756
- When running the
yum localinstall
command, various requires, obsoletes, and conflicts situations were not handled properly and resulted in inconsistent package installations using different Yum commands. The underlying source code has been modified and Yum resolves all the aforementioned situations properly. - BZ#727553
- When trying to execute the
yum update --skip-broken
command on the command line, the package dependency resolution never ended. This bug is now fixed and dependencies are resolved successfully after executing theyum update --skip-broken
command. - BZ#802462
- After creating a new yum history file, the
yum history stats
command failed with a traceback instead of reporting an actual error. This bug is now fixed and when theyum history stats
command fails after creating a new yum history file, it displays an error message. - BZ#815568
- Previously, when running the
yum makecache
command, followed by theyum -C updateinfo
command, the second command failed to execute because although the updateinfo file had been downloaded byyum makecache
it was uncompressed and treated as unavailable byyum -C updateinfo
. This bug is now fixed andyum -C updateinfo
works as expected in this scenario. - BZ#834159
- Previously, when trying to install an obsoleted package from a repository, Yum reported Nothing to do instead of providing an "obsolete" error message. This bug is now fixed and Yum now correctly warns users about obsolete packages.
- BZ#840543
- Previously, when the
yum upgrade
command failed to execute, Yum displayed a misleading Protected multilib versions error message instead of the accurate one. This bug is now fixed and if Yum fails, it displays the correct error message. - BZ#872518
- When Yum was executed by a regular user, Yum downloaded metadata even if the "root" metadata were up-to-date. This bug is now fixed and Yum does not download unnecessary data if the "root" metadata are up-to-date.
- BZ#809117
- A typo in the yum(8) man page has been fixed.
- BZ#878335
- After a rebase update of the createrepo utility, execution of the
createrepo --update
command took significantly longer. This update reduces the time for executing thecreaterepo --update
command. - BZ#737173
- Previously, when the
yum updateinfo
command, provided by the yum-security plug-in, was used, Yum did not merge the version information from multiple repositories. This could prevent the latest version of a package that was present in multiple repositories to not be installed. Now, when installing packages from multiple repositories, Yum installs only the latest packages available. - BZ#819522
- Previously, when trying to reinstall an unavailable package and the execution failed, the exit code had the value of 0. This bug is now fixed and when reinstallation of an unavailable package fails, it returns an exit code with the value of 1.
- BZ#820674
- Previously, when the
yum-debug-restore
command was used to restore multiple installonly packages, Yum tried to keep a limit of packages that were installed simultaneously and removed packages that were present in the system. Also, Yum restored multiple packages but assumed that just one would be installed. Yum'sinstallonly_limit
configuration now determines what to install and remove correctly when multiple items are installed at once. This is most noticeable when using commands likeyum shell
andyum-debug-restore
. - BZ#858844
- When using the
yum.yumBase().update()
function to specify a package name, version, and/or release of a certain package, the function terminated and failed to update the aforementioned variables. This bug is now fixed and theyum.yumBase().update()
function can be used successfully to specify a package name, version, and release. - BZ#868840
- Previously, when trying to resolve dependencies while updating packages that had dependencies, Yum entered a loop and no packages were installed after execution of the
yum update
command. After this update, theyum update
command now handles packages with obsoleting dependencies as expected. - BZ#880968
- Due to an incorrect prioritization of actions performed by Yum after entering a command with a syntactically incorrect subcommand, Yum performed a series of unnecessary actions before acknowledging the typo. This bug has been fixed and Yum performs an immediate syntax check in the described scenario.
- BZ#887935
- When updateinfo.xml was generated via the update_md.UpdateNotice() method, the yum API only accounted for the "issued date" element and ignored the updated date element. Now, the yum API accounts for the "updated date" element and the "updated date" element is displayed in the XML file.
- BZ#885159
- Previously, users were not notified that different certificate files with the same basename were treated as identical, which could lead to various problems. With this update, Yum checks certificate files for such duplicates and displays an error message appropriately.
Enhancements
7.295. zlib
Bug Fix
- BZ#754694
- Due to missing information about the zlib version, some applications using zlib could not work properly. The zlib.map version script, which provides version information, has been added to the underlying source code and zlib now works as expected.
Enhancement
- BZ#823007
- This enhancement optimizes the zlib compression library for IBM System z.
7.296. gnome-power-manager
Bug Fix
- BZ#912270
- When the power saving features (reduce backlight brightness and dim display when idle) were enabled for the "on battery power" mode and the brightness was adjusted manually, then leaving the laptop idle caused it to forget custom brightness settings. Currently, the "dim display when idle" functionality is disabled by default and laptops remember custom brightness settings.
7.297. ghostscript
Bug Fix
- BZ#920251
- Due to a bug in a function that copies CIDFontType 2 fonts, document conversion attempts sometimes caused the ps2pdf utility to terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. A patch has been provided to address this bug so that the function now copies fonts properly and ps2pdf no longer crashes in the described scenario.
7.298. boost
Bug Fix
- BZ#921441
- Users experienced problems when trying to build MongoDB, because the version of boost (1.41), which was installed by default on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 had codes that violated the compilation rules which the version of GCC (4.4.7) verified. The previous version of GCC did not check for the error in the boost code, and this caused builds to fail for any projects that included the boost/thread.h header file from boost version 1.41. This update fixes this bug by explicitly spelling out the full destructor definition of the boost::exception_ptr class, and the previous version is now fully compatible with version 4.4.7.
7.299. coreutils
Bug Fix
- BZ#924711
- The "tail -f" command uses inotify for tracking changes in files. For remote file systems [-/,] inotify is not available. In the case of unknown file systems, for example panasas, "tail -f" failed instead of falling back to polling. Now, the list of known file systems is updated and "tail -f" is modified to fall back into polling for unknown file systems. As result, "tail -f" now works correctly, even on unknown file systems, with only a warning about the unknown file system and a fall back to polling.
Bug Fix
- BZ#963327
- When parsing the file content and the end of a field was specified using the obsolete key formats (+POS -POS), the sort utility determined the end of the field incorrectly, and therefore produced incorrect output. This update fixes the parsing logic to match the usage of the "-k" option when using these obsolete key formats. The sort utility now returns expected results in this situation.
7.300. esc
7.300.1. RHBA-2013:0735 — esc bug fix update
Bug Fix
- BZ#922646
- The ESC utility did not start when the latest 17 series release of the XULRunner runtime environment was installed on the system. This update includes necessary changes to ensure that ESC works as expected with the latest version of XULRunner.
7.301. gzip
7.301.1. RHBA-2013:0862 — gzip bug fix update
Bug Fix
- BZ#963195
- The O_NONBLOCK flag was recently added to the open() system call. As a consequence gzip did not prevent opening of parity (PAR) and Ots File List (OFL) files that are managed by the SGI Data Migration Facility (DMF). Processing of such files resulted in gzip aborts or corrupted output files. With this update, if an attempt to read a file with the O_NONBLOCK flag fails with the EAGAIN error code, the file is re-read without O_NONBLOCK. The gzip utility no longer aborts or produce corrupted output files in this situation.
7.302. cluster
Bug Fix
- BZ#1001504
- Prior to this update, if one of the gfs2_tool, gfs2_quota, gfs2_grow, or gfs2_jadd commands was killed unexpectedly, a temporary GFS2 metadata mount point used by those tools could be left mounted. The mount point was also not registered in the /etc/mtab file, and so the "umount -a -t gfs2" command would not unmount it. This mount point could prevent systems from rebooting properly, and cause the kernel to panic in cases where it was manually unmounted after the normal GFS2 mount point. This update corrects the problem by creating an mtab entry for the temporary mount point, which unmounts it before exiting when signals are received.
Bug Fix
- BZ#982700
- Previously, the cman init script did not handle its lock file correctly. During a node reboot, this could have caused the node itself to be evicted from the cluster by other members. With this update, the cman init script now handles the lock file correctly, and no fencing action is taken by other nodes of the cluster.
7.303. crash-gcore-command
Bug Fix
- BZ#968897
- VDSO and vsyscall pages are not contained in the generated process core dump, due to a backported madvise/MADV_DONTDUMP change in the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 kernel. With this update, the VDSO and vsyscall pages are contained in the generated core dump.
7.304. cups
7.304.1. RHBA-2013:1163 — cups bug fix update
Bug Fix
- BZ#994480
- For queues using the "ipp" back-end, print jobs containing more than one file were previously treated as though all files were in the same format as the first file in the job when transferring the job to the remote IPP system. This has been corrected by declaring each file as having an unknown document format ("application/octet-stream") for multiple file jobs, and leaving format detection to the remote IPP system.
7.305. busybox
Bug Fix
- BZ#981178
- Prior to this update, the "mknod" command was unable to create device nodes with a major or minor number larger than 255. Consequently, the kdump utility failed to handle such a device. The underlying source code has been modified, and it is now possible to use the "mknod" command to create device nodes with a major or minor number larger than 255.
7.306. authd
Bug Fix
- BZ#994118
- If authd encountered a negative UID when reading a /proc/net/tcp entry then it stopped reading at that point, and failed to identify the connection it was looking for. Consequently, authd returned a "non-existent user" error response. With this update, the handling of negative UID values in authd is modified, and authd correctly reports a valid user.
7.307. db4
7.307.1. RHBA-2013:1258 — db4 bug fix update
Bug Fix
- BZ#1005826
- Due to an incorrect order of the mutex initialization calls, the rpm utility became unresponsive under certain circumstances, until it was terminated. With this update, the order of mutex initialization calls has been revised. As a result, the rpm utility no longer becomes unresponsive.
7.308. chkconfig
Bug Fix
- BZ#1007372
- Previously, the readServices() function returned a wrong value when the /etc/init.d directory was not readable. As a consequence, a segmentation fault occurred. With this update, when the /etc/init.d directory is not readable, the readServices() function properly detects the situation and exits with a failure message. As a result, a segmentation fault no longer occurs.
7.309. abrt
7.309.1. RHBA-2013:1289 — abrt bug fix update
Bug Fixes
- BZ#968345
- Previously, attempts to create a Python virtualenv environment using the "--system-site-packages" option resulted in an exception when the site.py() function attempted to load the abrt_exception_handler package. This was caused because Python tried to load the abrt.pth file, in which the abrt_exception_handler module was imported. Since the abrt_exception_handler module was installed under the /usr/lib64 directory and the abrt.pth file was installed under the /usr/lib directory, the site.py() function did not find the required module. This update moves the abrt.pth file to the architecture specific folder, so on 32-bit systems to the /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/ directory and on 64-bit systems to the /usr/lib64/python2.7/site-packages/ directory, which corrects this issue.
- BZ#1002856
- Prior to this update, attempts to use ABRT to report bugs in a Bugzilla server returned the following Remote Procedure Call (RPC) error message: "fatal: RPC failed at server. The requested method 'bugzilla.getBug' was not found." Consequently, Bugzilla tickets were not created, and bugs were not reported. This update changes the code to use the new XMLRPC calls, and with the latest version of ABRT, Bugzilla tickets are created without any problems.
7.310. pcs
7.310.1. RHEA-2013:0655 — pcs bug fix update
Bug Fix
- BZ#915585
- The "pcs config" command did not show resources configured as master and slave resources when the configuration of the Pacemaker cluster was reviewed. Consequently, users had to directly analyze the CIB to view the configured master and slave resources and their options. This update provides a patch to address this bug, so the "pcs config" command now shows all resources, including master and slave resources.
Note
7.311. expect
Bug Fix
- BZ#1025202
- Prior to this update, the "expect" utility leaked memory when used with the "-re" option, and its memory usage kept increasing indefinitely. A patch has been provided to fix this bug, and "expect" memory usage is now stable and without any leaks.
7.312. dbus-glib
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-0292
- A flaw was found in the way dbus-glib filtered the message sender (message source subject) when the "NameOwnerChanged" signal was received. This could trick a system service using dbus-glib (such as fprintd) into believing a signal was sent from a privileged process, when it was not. A local attacker could use this flaw to escalate their privileges.
7.313. java-1.7.0-openjdk
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-0809
- An integer overflow flaw was found in the way the 2D component handled certain sample model instances. A specially-crafted sample model instance could cause Java Virtual Machine memory corruption and, possibly, lead to arbitrary code execution with virtual machine privileges.
- CVE-2013-1493
- It was discovered that the 2D component did not properly reject certain malformed images. Specially-crafted raster parameters could cause Java Virtual Machine memory corruption and, possibly, lead to arbitrary code execution with virtual machine privileges.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-5782
- Multiple input checking flaws were found in the 2D component native image parsing code. A specially crafted image file could trigger a Java Virtual Machine memory corruption and, possibly, lead to arbitrary code execution with the privileges of the user running the Java Virtual Machine.
- CVE-2013-5830
- The class loader did not properly check the package access for non-public proxy classes. A remote attacker could possibly use this flaw to execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running the Java Virtual Machine.
- CVE-2013-5829, CVE-2013-5814, CVE-2013-5817, CVE-2013-5842, CVE-2013-5850, CVE-2013-5838
- Multiple improper permission check issues were discovered in the 2D, CORBA, JNDI, and Libraries components in OpenJDK. An untrusted Java application or applet could use these flaws to bypass Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-5809
- Multiple input checking flaws were discovered in the JPEG image reading and writing code in the 2D component. An untrusted Java application or applet could use these flaws to corrupt the Java Virtual Machine memory and bypass Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-5802
- The FEATURE_SECURE_PROCESSING setting was not properly honored by the javax.xml.transform package transformers. A remote attacker could use this flaw to supply a crafted XML that would be processed without the intended security restrictions.
- CVE-2013-5825, CVE-2013-4002, CVE-2013-5823
- Multiple errors were discovered in the way the JAXP and Security components processes XML inputs. A remote attacker could create a crafted XML that would cause a Java application to use an excessive amount of CPU and memory when processed.
- CVE-2013-3829, CVE-2013-5840, CVE-2013-5774, CVE-2013-5783, CVE-2013-5820, CVE-2013-5851, CVE-2013-5800, CVE-2013-5849, CVE-2013-5790, CVE-2013-5784
- Multiple improper permission check issues were discovered in the Libraries, Swing, JAX-WS, JAXP, JGSS, AWT, Beans, and Scripting components in OpenJDK. An untrusted Java application or applet could use these flaws to bypass certain Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-5778
- It was discovered that the 2D component image library did not properly check bounds when performing image conversions. An untrusted Java application or applet could use this flaw to disclose portions of the Java Virtual Machine memory.
- CVE-2013-5804, CVE-2013-5797
- Multiple input sanitization flaws were discovered in javadoc. When javadoc documentation was generated from an untrusted Java source code and hosted on a domain not controlled by the code author, these issues could make it easier to perform cross-site scripting attacks.
- CVE-2013-5780
- Various OpenJDK classes that represent cryptographic keys could leak private key information by including sensitive data in strings returned by toString() methods. These flaws could possibly lead to an unexpected exposure of sensitive key data.
- CVE-2013-5772
- The Java Heap Analysis Tool (jhat) failed to properly escape all data added into the HTML pages it generated. Crafted content in the memory of a Java program analyzed using jhat could possibly be used to conduct cross-site scripting attacks.
- CVE-2013-5803
- The Kerberos implementation in OpenJDK did not properly parse KDC responses. A malformed packet could cause a Java application using JGSS to exit.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-2470, CVE-2013-2471, CVE-2013-2472, CVE-2013-2473, CVE-2013-2463, CVE-2013-2465, CVE-2013-2469
- Multiple flaws were discovered in the ImagingLib and the image attribute, channel, layout and raster processing in the 2D component. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use these flaws to trigger Java Virtual Machine memory corruption.
- CVE-2013-2459
- Integer overflow flaws were found in the way AWT processed certain input. An attacker could use these flaws to execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running an untrusted Java applet or application.
- CVE-2013-2448, CVE-2013-2454, CVE-2013-2458, CVE-2013-2457, CVE-2013-2453, CVE-2013-2460
- Multiple improper permission check issues were discovered in the Sound, JDBC, Libraries, JMX, and Serviceability components in OpenJDK. An untrusted Java application or applet could use these flaws to bypass Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-2456, CVE-2013-2447, CVE-2013-2455, CVE-2013-2452, CVE-2013-2443, CVE-2013-2446
- Multiple flaws in the Serialization, Networking, Libraries and CORBA components can be exploited by an untrusted Java application or applet to gain access to potentially sensitive information.
- CVE-2013-2445
- It was discovered that the Hotspot component did not properly handle out-of-memory errors. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use these flaws to terminate the Java Virtual Machine.
- CVE-2013-2444, CVE-2013-2450
- It was discovered that the AWT component did not properly manage certain resources and that the ObjectStreamClass of the Serialization component did not properly handle circular references. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use these flaws to cause a denial of service.
- CVE-2013-2407, CVE-2013-2461
- It was discovered that the Libraries component contained certain errors related to XML security and the class loader. A remote attacker could possibly exploit these flaws to bypass intended security mechanisms or disclose potentially sensitive information and cause a denial of service.
- CVE-2013-2412
- It was discovered that JConsole did not properly inform the user when establishing an SSL connection failed. An attacker could exploit this flaw to gain access to potentially sensitive information.
- CVE-2013-2449
- It was discovered that GnomeFileTypeDetector did not check for read permissions when accessing files. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use this flaw to disclose potentially sensitive information.
- CVE-2013-1571
- It was found that documentation generated by Javadoc was vulnerable to a frame injection attack. If such documentation was accessible over a network, and a remote attacker could trick a user into visiting a specially-crafted URL, it would lead to arbitrary web content being displayed next to the documentation. This could be used to perform a phishing attack by providing frame content that spoofed a login form on the site hosting the vulnerable documentation.
- CVE-2013-1500
- It was discovered that the 2D component created shared memory segments with insecure permissions. A local attacker could use this flaw to read or write to the shared memory segment.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-1569, CVE-2013-2383, CVE-2013-2384
- Multiple flaws were discovered in the font layout engine in the 2D component. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use these flaws to trigger Java Virtual Machine memory corruption.
- CVE-2013-1558, CVE-2013-2422, CVE-2013-2436, CVE-2013-1518, CVE-2013-1557
- Multiple improper permission check issues were discovered in the Beans, Libraries, JAXP, and RMI components in OpenJDK. An untrusted Java application or applet could use these flaws to bypass Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-1537
- The previous default value of the java.rmi.server.useCodebaseOnly property permitted the RMI implementation to automatically load classes from remotely specified locations. An attacker able to connect to an application using RMI could use this flaw to make the application execute arbitrary code.
- CVE-2013-2420
- Note: The fix for CVE-2013-1537 changes the default value of the property to true, restricting class loading to the local CLASSPATH and locations specified in the java.rmi.server.codebase property. Refer to Red Hat Bugzilla bug 952387 for additional details.The 2D component did not properly process certain images. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use this flaw to trigger Java Virtual Machine memory corruption.
- CVE-2013-2431, CVE-2013-2421, CVE-2013-2423
- It was discovered that the Hotspot component did not properly handle certain intrinsic frames, and did not correctly perform access checks and MethodHandle lookups. An untrusted Java application or applet could use these flaws to bypass Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-2429, CVE-2013-2430
- It was discovered that JPEGImageReader and JPEGImageWriter in the ImageIO component did not protect against modification of their state while performing certain native code operations. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use these flaws to trigger Java Virtual Machine memory corruption.
- CVE-2013-1488, CVE-2013-2426
- The JDBC driver manager could incorrectly call the toString() method in JDBC drivers, and the ConcurrentHashMap class could incorrectly call the defaultReadObject() method. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use these flaws to bypass Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-0401
- The sun.awt.datatransfer.ClassLoaderObjectInputStream class may incorrectly invoke the system class loader. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use this flaw to bypass certain Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-2417, CVE-2013-2419
- Flaws were discovered in the Network component's InetAddress serialization, and the 2D component's font handling. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use these flaws to crash the Java Virtual Machine.
- CVE-2013-2424
- The MBeanInstantiator class implementation in the OpenJDK JMX component did not properly check class access before creating new instances. An untrusted Java application or applet could use this flaw to create instances of non-public classes.
- CVE-2013-2415
- It was discovered that JAX-WS could possibly create temporary files with insecure permissions. A local attacker could use this flaw to access temporary files created by an application using JAX-WS.
7.314. java-1.6.0-openjdk
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-1569, CVE-2013-2383, CVE-2013-2384
- Multiple flaws were discovered in the font layout engine in the 2D component. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use these flaws to trigger Java Virtual Machine memory corruption.
- CVE-2013-1558, CVE-2013-2422, CVE-2013-1518, CVE-2013-1557
- Multiple improper permission check issues were discovered in the Beans, Libraries, JAXP, and RMI components in OpenJDK. An untrusted Java application or applet could use these flaws to bypass Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-1537
- The previous default value of the java.rmi.server.useCodebaseOnly property permitted the RMI implementation to automatically load classes from remotely specified locations. An attacker able to connect to an application using RMI could use this flaw to make the application execute arbitrary code.
- CVE-2013-2420
- Note: The fix for CVE-2013-1537 changes the default value of the property to true, restricting class loading to the local CLASSPATH and locations specified in the java.rmi.server.codebase property. Refer to Red Hat Bugzilla bug 952387 for additional details.The 2D component did not properly process certain images. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use this flaw to trigger Java Virtual Machine memory corruption.
- CVE-2013-2431, CVE-2013-2421
- It was discovered that the Hotspot component did not properly handle certain intrinsic frames, and did not correctly perform MethodHandle lookups. An untrusted Java application or applet could use these flaws to bypass Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-2429, CVE-2013-2430
- It was discovered that JPEGImageReader and JPEGImageWriter in the ImageIO component did not protect against modification of their state while performing certain native code operations. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use these flaws to trigger Java Virtual Machine memory corruption.
- CVE-2013-1488, CVE-2013-2426
- The JDBC driver manager could incorrectly call the toString() method in JDBC drivers, and the ConcurrentHashMap class could incorrectly call the defaultReadObject() method. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use these flaws to bypass Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-0401
- The sun.awt.datatransfer.ClassLoaderObjectInputStream class may incorrectly invoke the system class loader. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use this flaw to bypass certain Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-2417, CVE-2013-2419
- Flaws were discovered in the Network component's InetAddress serialization, and the 2D component's font handling. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use these flaws to crash the Java Virtual Machine.
- CVE-2013-2424
- The MBeanInstantiator class implementation in the OpenJDK JMX component did not properly check class access before creating new instances. An untrusted Java application or applet could use this flaw to create instances of non-public classes.
- CVE-2013-2415
- It was discovered that JAX-WS could possibly create temporary files with insecure permissions. A local attacker could use this flaw to access temporary files created by an application using JAX-WS.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-2470, CVE-2013-2471, CVE-2013-2472, CVE-2013-2473, CVE-2013-2463, CVE-2013-2465, CVE-2013-2469
- Multiple flaws were discovered in the ImagingLib and the image attribute, channel, layout and raster processing in the 2D component. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use these flaws to trigger Java Virtual Machine memory corruption.
- CVE-2013-2459
- Integer overflow flaws were found in the way AWT processed certain input. An attacker could use these flaws to execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running an untrusted Java applet or application.
- CVE-2013-2448, CVE-2013-2457, CVE-2013-2453
- Multiple improper permission check issues were discovered in the Sound and JMX components in OpenJDK. An untrusted Java application or applet could use these flaws to bypass Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-2456, CVE-2013-2447, CVE-2013-2455, CVE-2013-2452, CVE-2013-2443, CVE-2013-2446
- Multiple flaws in the Serialization, Networking, Libraries and CORBA components can be exploited by an untrusted Java application or applet to gain access to potentially sensitive information.
- CVE-2013-2445
- It was discovered that the Hotspot component did not properly handle out-of-memory errors. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use these flaws to terminate the Java Virtual Machine.
- CVE-2013-2444, CVE-2013-2450
- It was discovered that the AWT component did not properly manage certain resources and that the ObjectStreamClass of the Serialization component did not properly handle circular references. An untrusted Java application or applet could possibly use these flaws to cause a denial of service.
- CVE-2013-2407, CVE-2013-2461
- It was discovered that the Libraries component contained certain errors related to XML security and the class loader. A remote attacker could possibly exploit these flaws to bypass intended security mechanisms or disclose potentially sensitive information and cause a denial of service.
- CVE-2013-2412
- It was discovered that JConsole did not properly inform the user when establishing an SSL connection failed. An attacker could exploit this flaw to gain access to potentially sensitive information.
- CVE-2013-1571
- It was found that documentation generated by Javadoc was vulnerable to a frame injection attack. If such documentation was accessible over a network, and a remote attacker could trick a user into visiting a specially-crafted URL, it would lead to arbitrary web content being displayed next to the documentation. This could be used to perform a phishing attack by providing frame content that spoofed a login form on the site hosting the vulnerable documentation.
- CVE-2013-1500
- It was discovered that the 2D component created shared memory segments with insecure permissions. A local attacker could use this flaw to read or write to the shared memory segment.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-0809
- An integer overflow flaw was found in the way the 2D component handled certain sample model instances. A specially-crafted sample model instance could cause Java Virtual Machine memory corruption and, possibly, lead to arbitrary code execution with virtual machine privileges.
- CVE-2013-1493
- It was discovered that the 2D component did not properly reject certain malformed images. Specially-crafted raster parameters could cause Java Virtual Machine memory corruption and, possibly, lead to arbitrary code execution with virtual machine privileges.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-5782
- Multiple input checking flaws were found in the 2D component native image parsing code. A specially crafted image file could trigger a Java Virtual Machine memory corruption and, possibly, lead to arbitrary code execution with the privileges of the user running the Java Virtual Machine.
- CVE-2013-5830
- The class loader did not properly check the package access for non-public proxy classes. A remote attacker could possibly use this flaw to execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running the Java Virtual Machine.
- CVE-2013-5829, CVE-2013-5814, CVE-2013-5817, CVE-2013-5842, CVE-2013-5850
- Multiple improper permission check issues were discovered in the 2D, CORBA, JNDI, and Libraries components in OpenJDK. An untrusted Java application or applet could use these flaws to bypass Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-5809
- Multiple input checking flaws were discovered in the JPEG image reading and writing code in the 2D component. An untrusted Java application or applet could use these flaws to corrupt the Java Virtual Machine memory and bypass Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-5802
- The FEATURE_SECURE_PROCESSING setting was not properly honored by the javax.xml.transform package transformers. A remote attacker could use this flaw to supply a crafted XML that would be processed without the intended security restrictions.
- CVE-2013-5825, CVE-2013-4002, CVE-2013-5823
- Multiple errors were discovered in the way the JAXP and Security components processes XML inputs. A remote attacker could create a crafted XML that would cause a Java application to use an excessive amount of CPU and memory when processed.
- CVE-2013-3829, CVE-2013-5840, CVE-2013-5774, CVE-2013-5783, CVE-2013-5820, CVE-2013-5849, CVE-2013-5790, CVE-2013-5784
- Multiple improper permission check issues were discovered in the Libraries, Swing, JAX-WS, JGSS, AWT, Beans, and Scripting components in OpenJDK. An untrusted Java application or applet could use these flaws to bypass certain Java sandbox restrictions.
- CVE-2013-5778
- It was discovered that the 2D component image library did not properly check bounds when performing image conversions. An untrusted Java application or applet could use this flaw to disclose portions of the Java Virtual Machine memory.
- CVE-2013-5804, CVE-2013-5797
- Multiple input sanitization flaws were discovered in javadoc. When javadoc documentation was generated from an untrusted Java source code and hosted on a domain not controlled by the code author, these issues could make it easier to perform cross-site scripting attacks.
- CVE-2013-5780
- Various OpenJDK classes that represent cryptographic keys could leak private key information by including sensitive data in strings returned by toString() methods. These flaws could possibly lead to an unexpected exposure of sensitive key data.
- CVE-2013-5772
- The Java Heap Analysis Tool (jhat) failed to properly escape all data added into the HTML pages it generated. Crafted content in the memory of a Java program analyzed using jhat could possibly be used to conduct cross-site scripting attacks.
- CVE-2013-5803
- The Kerberos implementation in OpenJDK did not properly parse KDC responses. A malformed packet could cause a Java application using JGSS to exit.
7.315. xulrunner
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-0787
- A flaw was found in the way XULRunner handled malformed web content. A web page containing malicious content could cause an application linked against XULRunner (such as Mozilla Firefox) to crash or execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running the application.
7.316. thunderbird
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-5590, CVE-2013-5597, CVE-2013-5599, CVE-2013-5600, CVE-2013-5601, CVE-2013-5602
- Several flaws were found in the processing of malformed content. Malicious content could cause Thunderbird to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Thunderbird.
- CVE-2013-5595
- It was found that the Thunderbird JavaScript engine incorrectly allocated memory for certain functions. An attacker could combine this flaw with other vulnerabilities to execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Thunderbird.
- CVE-2013-5604
- A flaw was found in the way Thunderbird handled certain Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations (XSLT) files. An attacker could combine this flaw with other vulnerabilities to execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Thunderbird.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-0788
- Several flaws were found in the processing of malformed content. Malicious content could cause Thunderbird to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Thunderbird.
- CVE-2013-0795
- A flaw was found in the way Same Origin Wrappers were implemented in Thunderbird. Malicious content could use this flaw to bypass the same-origin policy and execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Thunderbird.
- CVE-2013-0796
- A flaw was found in the embedded WebGL library in Thunderbird. Malicious content could cause Thunderbird to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Thunderbird. Note: This issue only affected systems using the Intel Mesa graphics drivers.
- CVE-2013-0800
- An out-of-bounds write flaw was found in the embedded Cairo library in Thunderbird. Malicious content could cause Thunderbird to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Thunderbird.
- CVE-2013-0793
- A flaw was found in the way Thunderbird handled the JavaScript history functions. Malicious content could cause a page to be displayed that has a baseURI pointing to a different site, allowing cross-site scripting (XSS) and phishing attacks.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-1718, CVE-2013-1722, CVE-2013-1725, CVE-2013-1730, CVE-2013-1732, CVE-2013-1735, CVE-2013-1736
- Several flaws were found in the processing of malformed content. Malicious content could cause Thunderbird to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Thunderbird.
- CVE-2013-1737
- A flaw was found in the way Thunderbird handled certain DOM JavaScript objects. An attacker could use this flaw to make JavaScript client or add-on code make incorrect, security sensitive decisions.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-1701
- Several flaws were found in the processing of malformed content. Malicious content could cause Thunderbird to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Thunderbird.
- CVE-2013-1710
- A flaw was found in the way Thunderbird generated Certificate Request Message Format (CRMF) requests. An attacker could use this flaw to perform cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks or execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Thunderbird.
- CVE-2013-1709
- A flaw was found in the way Thunderbird handled the interaction between frames and browser history. An attacker could use this flaw to trick Thunderbird into treating malicious content as if it came from the browser history, allowing for XSS attacks.
- CVE-2013-1713
- It was found that the same-origin policy could be bypassed due to the way Uniform Resource Identifiers (URI) were checked in JavaScript. An attacker could use this flaw to perform XSS attacks, or install malicious add-ons from third-party pages.
- CVE-2013-1714
- It was found that web workers could bypass the same-origin policy. An attacker could use this flaw to perform XSS attacks.
- CVE-2013-1717
- It was found that, in certain circumstances, Thunderbird incorrectly handled Java applets. If a user launched an untrusted Java applet via Thunderbird, the applet could use this flaw to obtain read-only access to files on the user's local system.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-1682, CVE-2013-1684, CVE-2013-1685, CVE-2013-1686, CVE-2013-1687, CVE-2013-1690
- Several flaws were found in the processing of malformed content. Malicious content could cause Thunderbird to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Thunderbird.
- CVE-2013-1692
- It was found that Thunderbird allowed data to be sent in the body of XMLHttpRequest (XHR) HEAD requests. In some cases this could allow attackers to conduct Cross-Site Request Forgery (CSRF) attacks.
- CVE-2013-1693
- Timing differences in the way Thunderbird processed SVG image files could allow an attacker to read data across domains, potentially leading to information disclosure.
- CVE-2013-1694, CVE-2013-1697
- Two flaws were found in the way Thunderbird implemented some of its internal structures (called wrappers). An attacker could use these flaws to bypass some restrictions placed on them. This could lead to unexpected behavior or a potentially exploitable crash.
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-0787
- A flaw was found in the processing of malformed content. Malicious content could cause Thunderbird to crash or execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Thunderbird.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-0801, CVE-2013-1674, CVE-2013-1675, CVE-2013-1676, CVE-2013-1677, CVE-2013-1678, CVE-2013-1679, CVE-2013-1680, CVE-2013-1681
- Several flaws were found in the processing of malformed content. Malicious content could cause Thunderbird to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Thunderbird.
- CVE-2013-1670
- A flaw was found in the way Thunderbird handled Content Level Constructors. Malicious content could use this flaw to perform cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks.
7.317. firefox
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-5590, CVE-2013-5597, CVE-2013-5599, CVE-2013-5600, CVE-2013-5601, CVE-2013-5602
- Several flaws were found in the processing of malformed web content. A web page containing malicious content could cause Firefox to terminate unexpectedly or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Firefox.
- CVE-2013-5595
- It was found that the Firefox JavaScript engine incorrectly allocated memory for certain functions. An attacker could combine this flaw with other vulnerabilities to execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Firefox.
- CVE-2013-5604
- A flaw was found in the way Firefox handled certain Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations (XSLT) files. An attacker could combine this flaw with other vulnerabilities to execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Firefox.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-1701
- Several flaws were found in the processing of malformed web content. A web page containing malicious content could cause Firefox to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Firefox.
- CVE-2013-1710
- A flaw was found in the way Firefox generated Certificate Request Message Format (CRMF) requests. An attacker could use this flaw to perform cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks or execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Firefox.
- CVE-2013-1709
- A flaw was found in the way Firefox handled the interaction between frames and browser history. An attacker could use this flaw to trick Firefox into treating malicious content as if it came from the browser history, allowing for XSS attacks.
- CVE-2013-1713
- It was found that the same-origin policy could be bypassed due to the way Uniform Resource Identifiers (URI) were checked in JavaScript. An attacker could use this flaw to perform XSS attacks, or install malicious add-ons from third-party pages.
- CVE-2013-1714
- It was found that web workers could bypass the same-origin policy. An attacker could use this flaw to perform XSS attacks.
- CVE-2013-1717
- It was found that, in certain circumstances, Firefox incorrectly handled Java applets. If a user launched an untrusted Java applet via Firefox, the applet could use this flaw to obtain read-only access to files on the user's local system.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-1682, CVE-2013-1684, CVE-2013-1685, CVE-2013-1686, CVE-2013-1687, CVE-2013-1690
- Several flaws were found in the processing of malformed web content. A web page containing malicious content could cause Firefox to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Firefox.
- CVE-2013-1692
- It was found that Firefox allowed data to be sent in the body of XMLHttpRequest (XHR) HEAD requests. In some cases this could allow attackers to conduct Cross-Site Request Forgery (CSRF) attacks.
- CVE-2013-1693
- Timing differences in the way Firefox processed SVG image files could allow an attacker to read data across domains, potentially leading to information disclosure.
- CVE-2013-1694, CVE-2013-1697
- Two flaws were found in the way Firefox implemented some of its internal structures (called wrappers). An attacker could use these flaws to bypass some restrictions placed on them. This could lead to unexpected behavior or a potentially exploitable crash.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-0788
- Several flaws were found in the processing of malformed web content. A web page containing malicious content could cause Firefox to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Firefox.
- CVE-2013-0795
- A flaw was found in the way Same Origin Wrappers were implemented in Firefox. A malicious site could use this flaw to bypass the same-origin policy and execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Firefox.
- CVE-2013-0796
- A flaw was found in the embedded WebGL library in Firefox. A web page containing malicious content could cause Firefox to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Firefox. Note: This issue only affected systems using the Intel Mesa graphics drivers.
- CVE-2013-0800
- An out-of-bounds write flaw was found in the embedded Cairo library in Firefox. A web page containing malicious content could cause Firefox to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Firefox.
- CVE-2013-0793
- A flaw was found in the way Firefox handled the JavaScript history functions. A malicious site could cause a web page to be displayed that has a baseURI pointing to a different site, allowing cross-site scripting (XSS) and phishing attacks.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-1718, CVE-2013-1722, CVE-2013-1725, CVE-2013-1730, CVE-2013-1732, CVE-2013-1735, CVE-2013-1736
- Several flaws were found in the processing of malformed web content. A web page containing malicious content could cause Firefox to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Firefox.
- CVE-2013-1737
- A flaw was found in the way Firefox handled certain DOM JavaScript objects. An attacker could use this flaw to make JavaScript client or add-on code make incorrect, security sensitive decisions.
Security Fixes
- CVE-2013-0801, CVE-2013-1674, CVE-2013-1675, CVE-2013-1676, CVE-2013-1677, CVE-2013-1678, CVE-2013-1679, CVE-2013-1680, CVE-2013-1681
- Several flaws were found in the processing of malformed web content. A web page containing malicious content could cause Firefox to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running Firefox.
- CVE-2013-1670
- A flaw was found in the way Firefox handled Content Level Constructors. A malicious site could use this flaw to perform cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks.
7.318. mysql
Security Fix
- CVE-2012-5614, CVE-2013-1506, CVE-2013-1521, CVE-2013-1531, CVE-2013-1532, CVE-2013-1544, CVE-2013-1548, CVE-2013-1552, CVE-2013-1555, CVE-2013-2375, CVE-2013-2378, CVE-2013-2389, CVE-2013-2391, CVE-2013-2392
- This update fixes several vulnerabilities in the MySQL database server. Information about these flaws can be found on the Oracle Critical Patch Update Advisory page.
7.319. openswan
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-2053
- A buffer overflow flaw was found in Openswan. If Opportunistic Encryption were enabled ("oe=yes" in "/etc/ipsec.conf") and an RSA key configured, an attacker able to cause a system to perform a DNS lookup for an attacker-controlled domain containing malicious records (such as by sending an email that triggers a DKIM or SPF DNS record lookup) could cause Openswan's pluto IKE daemon to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with root privileges. With "oe=yes" but no RSA key configured, the issue can only be triggered by attackers on the local network who can control the reverse DNS entry of the target system. Opportunistic Encryption is disabled by default.
7.320. haproxy
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-2175
- A flaw was found in the way HAProxy handled requests when the proxy's configuration ("/etc/haproxy/haproxy.cfg") had certain rules that use the hdr_ip criterion. A remote attacker could use this flaw to crash HAProxy instances that use the affected configuration.
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-1912
- A buffer overflow flaw was found in the way HAProxy handled pipelined HTTP requests. A remote attacker could send pipelined HTTP requests that would cause HAProxy to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running HAProxy. This issue only affected systems using all of the following combined configuration options: HTTP keep alive enabled, HTTP keywords in TCP inspection rules, and request appending rules.
7.321. polkit
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-4288
- A race condition was found in the way the PolicyKit pkcheck utility checked process authorization when the process was specified by its process ID via the --process option. A local user could use this flaw to bypass intended PolicyKit authorizations and escalate their privileges.
7.322. rtkit
Security Fix
- CVE-2013-4326
- It was found that RealtimeKit communicated with PolicyKit for authorization using a D-Bus API that is vulnerable to a race condition. This could have led to intended PolicyKit authorizations being bypassed. This update modifies RealtimeKit to communicate with PolicyKit via a different API that is not vulnerable to the race condition.
Appendix A. Revision History
Revision History | |||
---|---|---|---|
Revision 1-1.37 | Thu Jan 21 2016 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.36 | Wed Jun 04 2014 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.33 | Wed Mar 12 2014 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.32 | Fri Jan 24 2014 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.30 | Tue Dec 02 2013 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.29 | Fri Nov 29 2013 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.26 | Wed Oct 16 2013 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.25 | Wed Aug 28 2013 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.22 | Tue Jul 23 2013 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.21 | Tue Jun 25 2013 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.20 | Tue Jun 11 2013 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.17 | Fri May 24 2013 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.15 | Fri Apr 26 2013 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.13 | Fri Mar 22 2013 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.11 | Fri Mar 22 2013 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.10 | Tue Mar 12 2013 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.2 | Mon Feb 25 2013 | ||
| |||
Revision 1-1.1 | Thu Feb 21 2013 | ||
|